TPI ENTERPRISES INC
10-K/A, 1995-04-18
EATING PLACES
Previous: TECUMSEH PRODUCTS CO, SC 13D/A, 1995-04-18
Next: TELEPHONE & DATA SYSTEMS INC, SC 13D/A, 1995-04-18







                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C.  20549

                                      FORM 10-K/A No. 1
          (Mark One)

          (X)  ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF  THE
               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                          OR

          (  ) TRANSITION REPORT  PURSUANT TO  SECTION 13  OR 15(d)  OF THE
               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

          For the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994                      /
                                  Commission file number 0-7961            
                        

                                  TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                                     Amendment No. 1
                    NEW JERSEY                              22-1899681
           (State or other jurisdiction                  (I.R.S. Employer
                        of                             Identification No.)
                 incorporation or
                  organization)
                3950 RCA BOULEVARD
                    SUITE 5001
           PALM BEACH GARDENS, FLORIDA                        33410
              (Address of principal                         (Zip Code)
                executive office)

                                    (407) 691-8800
                 (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

             Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                       COMMON SHARES, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE
                                   (Title of Class)

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
          reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
          (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
          file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
          requirements for the past 90 days.
                                      YES   X     NO      
                                          -----      -----

            Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
          pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Sec.229.405 of
          this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
          to the best of registrant's knowledge, in
          definitive proxy or information statement incorporated by
          reference in Part III of this Form 10-K/A.   X  
                                                     -----

            The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-
          affiliates of the Registrant is $87,294,004  (as of       March
          15, 1995).

            The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's common
          stock is 20,419,719 (as of March 15, 1995).

                         DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

            Portions of the Company's Proxy Statement filed with the 
          Commission on April 3, 1995 (pursuant to Regulation 14A) 
          concerning the Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated 
          by reference to Part III of this Form 10-K/A. 

          The Registrant hereby amends and restates the following items
          and other portions of its annual report on Form 10-K for the 
          fiscal year ended December 25, 1994 to correct typographical
          errors and hereby amends Item 14(a)(3) by adding a new Exhibit
          23.1 (Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP) thereto.






<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
          PART I
          Item 1.    BUSINESS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Item 2.    PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9 
          Item 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
          Item 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS . .12
                     EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT . . . . . . . . . 12
  

          PART II
          Item 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                     SHAREHOLDER  MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
          Item 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
          Item 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                     CONDITION AND  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . 16
          Item 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  . . . . . 22
          Item 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                     ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  . . . . . . . . . 53


          PART III
          Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT . .  53
          Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
          Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                    MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
          Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS . .  . . 53


          PART IV
          Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON
          FORM 8-K  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
          SIGNATURES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SUBSIDIARY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W-1
          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES OF SUBSIDIARY . . . . . . . . . .  WS-1
          EXHIBIT INDEX.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>






          PART I

          Item 1.   BUSINESS

          General

            TPI Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") is a New Jersey
          Corporation, incorporated in 1970.  Its principal executive
          offices are located at 3950 RCA Boulevard, Suite 5001, Palm Beach
          Gardens, Florida 33410, telephone (407) 691-8800. 


          Continuing Operations

          General

            The Company, through TPI Restaurants, Inc. ("Restaurants") is
          one of the largest restaurant franchisees in the United States. 
          As of March 15, 1995, Restaurants owns and operates 256
          restaurants including 187 Shoney's and  69 Captain D's in eleven
          states, primarily in the southern United States.  TPI Restaurants
          is the largest Shoney's and Captain D's franchisee, operating
          more than four times as many Shoney's as the next largest
          Shoney's franchisee and more than three times as many Captain D's
          as the next largest Captain D's franchisee.  The Company operates
          its Shoney's and Captain D's restaurants under license agreements
          with Shoney's, Inc., an unaffiliated public company. 
          Approximately 83% and 17% of the Company's revenues from
          continuing operations in 1994 were from its Shoney's and Captain
          D's restaurants, respectively.  "Shoney's" and "Captain D's" are
          registered trademarks of Shoney's, Inc.  References to the
          Company include the operations of Restaurants.

          Shoney's

            Concept and Strategy.  Shoney's are full-service, family-style
          restaurants which are generally open 18 hours per day, seven days
          per week, serving breakfast, lunch and dinner.  Shoney's varied
          menu includes hamburgers, chicken, steaks, seafood and
          sandwiches, as well as salad bars and breakfast bars.  Shoney's
          offers a high quality dining experience at attractive prices; the
          average check per customer at the Company's Shoney's restaurants
          (based on entrees served at a sampling of restaurants) was
          approximately $5.84 for the year ending December 25, 1994.

            Shoney's has sought to differentiate themselves from similarly
          priced restaurants by providing a superior dining experience,
          excellent service and warm hospitality.  Customers are greeted
          upon their arrival by a dining room manager who escorts them to
          their tables, where they are served by friendly waiters and
          waitresses.  Shoney's restaurants are attractively styled. The
          Company places major emphasis on the quality, preparation and
          service of its food, the maintenance and repair of its premises
          and the appearance and conduct of its employees.

            Menu.  Shoney's varied menu is designed to appeal to a broad
          spectrum of customers.  Shoney's restaurants offer health-
          oriented soup and salad bars, which allow customers to prepare
          fresh salads using over 30 different items, and to choose from
          home-made soups.  Shoney's popular breakfast bars, containing 40
          different items, feature a variety of fresh fruits and
          traditional breakfast selections, including eggs, bacon, sausage,
          grits, home-fried potatoes, gravy, biscuits, muffins and
          specially prepared preserves.  The breakfast bars have helped
          secure Shoney's position as a leader in the breakfast segment of
          the market, enabling Shoney's restaurants to have significant
          sales during all three daily meal periods.  Pie shops are also
          included in most of the Company's recently constructed Shoney's
          and are being added to most stores that are remodeled.  TPI's
          Shoney's menu has been enhanced to add customer requested items
          such as rotisserie chicken, caesar salads and chicken caesar
          salads.

            The Company's menu strategy for its Shoney's restaurants is to
          provide distinctive, quality meals that represent good value and
          appeal to the varied dining preferences of its targeted
          customers.  Shoney's strives to be sensitive

                                          3

<PAGE>


          to emerging food trends in order to maximize their sales
          potential.  The restaurants feature separate menus for the three
          meal periods, and offer a wide variety of selections.  Each
          restaurant offers a feature dessert which changes monthly and
          home-made soups which change weekly.  Shoney's provides a
          complete dining experience, emphasizing value, speed of service,
          hospitality and menu diversity to a broad spectrum of value-
          conscious customers.

            In addition to its core menu, the Company has implemented a
          promotional program at its Shoney's restaurants offering a
          special feature entree at various times throughout the year. 
          Successful promotional items may be later placed on the Shoney's
          regular daily menu.  The Company also offers a senior citizen's
          discount and a children's menu at its Shoney's restaurants.  The
          Company (in conjunction with its franchiser) continually modifies
          its Shoney's restaurant concept and menu in order to adapt to new
          market trends and to maintain its appeal to its traditional broad
          spectrum of customers.  Management believes that, as a result of
          its diverse menu, its Shoney's restaurants are less dependent on
          the commercial success of any particular product than certain of
          its competitors.

            History.  Shoney's restaurants have been in operation in the
          southern United States since 1952 and enjoy a high level of name
          recognition in that region.  Shoney's restaurants (including
          those operated by Shoney's, Inc. and other franchisees) are now
          located in 34 states extending as far west as California.  As of
          February 19, 1995, there were 913 Shoney's in operation, 544 of
          which are franchised.

            The Company currently operates 187 Shoney's which is
          approximately 34% of all franchised Shoney's restaurants and more
          than four times as many as the next largest Shoney's, Inc.
          franchisee.  The Company's  first Shoney's restaurant was opened
          in 1963.  During 1994, the Company opened five newly constructed
          Shoney's restaurants.  The Company closed fifteen under performing
          Shoney's and relocated one restaurant in 1994 to a higher traffic
          location.  Since December 25, 1994, no additional restaurants
          have been constructed as the Company evaluates the results of its
          test remodel program.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
          of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for a
          discussion of our progress on the closure of under performing
          Shoney's restaurants identified in 1993.

            The Company has the exclusive right to develop Shoney's
          restaurants in more than 80% of the geographic territory of
          Texas, including the San Antonio, Corpus Christi, Austin,
          Amarillo, El Paso and Fort Worth metropolitan areas,  most of
          Dallas County and portions of Houston.  The Company also has
          exclusive rights to build Shoney's restaurants in the Orlando,
          Florida area and portions of Broward and Palm Beach Counties in
          south Florida.  In addition, the Company has agreed to develop a
          territory in eastern Michigan jointly with Shoney's, Inc.  The
          Company also has exclusive rights to build Shoney's restaurants
          in Maricopa County, Arizona.  See "Reserved Area and License
          Agreements" for additional discussions of the Company's reserved
          areas.  

          Captain D's

            Concept and Strategy.  Captain D's are fast-service
          restaurants, specializing in seafood meals, and are generally
          open 11 hours per day, seven days per week.  Captain D's
          restaurants project a nautical theme, with a distinctive wood or
          stucco exterior and an inviting interior decor featuring light
          wood tones, interior plants and brass accessories.  The Captain
          D's concept also provides a take-out service including drive-
          through window service representing approximately 44% of its 1994
          sales at Captain D's.  The average check per customer at the
          Company's Captain D's (based on entrees served at a sampling of
          restaurants), including take-out, was approximately $4.63 during
          the year ended December 25, 1994.

            The Company's operating strategy with respect to its Captain
          D's restaurants is to seek to increase same store sales averages
          through the continued introduction and promotion of distinctive,
          high quality menu items, and through increased emphasis on
          customer service, food quality and cost management.

            Menu.  The Captain D's menu is designed to capitalize on the
          trend of increased per capita consumption of seafood by serving
          fried fish fillets, broiled fish, shrimp, clams, stuffed crab in
          a natural shell and salads.  To extend the appeal of its menu to
          all family members, Captain D's also serves hamburgers, chicken
          fillets, french fries, hush puppies and country style vegetables. 
          Captain D's also offers broiled entrees to benefit from the
          increased health consciousness of its customers.  The Company, in
          conjunction with Shoney's, Inc., continually

                                          4

<PAGE>


          develops and tests new items for the Captain D's menu and seeks
          to improve existing products.  This year, Captain D's has added
          new menu items including caesar salads, kabobs and sandwich
          combos.  The Company's Captain D's have experienced slightly
          rising prices on its shrimp supplies.

            History.  Captain D's restaurants have been in operation in the
          southeastern United States since 1969.  As of February 19, 1995,
          there were 640 Captain D's in operation, 308 of which are
          franchised.  TPI Restaurants operates approximately 22% of the
          franchised Captain D's restaurants.  The Company opened its first
          Captain D's restaurant in 1973 and presently operates 69 Captain
          D's in Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina,
          South Carolina and Tennessee.  During 1994, the Company opened
          three newly constructed Captain D's restaurants and closed one
          under performing restaurant.  

          Other Restaurants

            During 1993, the Company closed all of its remaining Hungry
          Fisherman and Danver's restaurants.  The Company recorded the
          estimated losses related to the disposition of these properties
          during 1992 and anticipates no future financial impact from these
          restaurants. 

          Employees

            As of December 25, 1994, the Company had approximately 10,300
          employees, including approximately 8,000 restaurant employees,
          1,900 store management personnel (including field supervision and
          management-in-training),  150 headquarters personnel and 250
          commissary personnel.  Employment in Shoney's restaurants is
          seasonal and is highest in the second and third quarters.  

          Competition and Markets

            The restaurant business is highly competitive.  Key competitive
          factors in the industry are the quality, variety and value of the
          food products offered, quality and speed of service, advertising,
          name identification, restaurant location and attractiveness of
          facilities.  There are a large number of national and regional
          chain operators, fast food restaurants and other family
          restaurants that compete directly and indirectly with the
          Company.  Some of these entities have significantly greater
          financial resources and higher sales volume than does the
          Company.  The restaurant business is often affected by changes in
          consumer tastes and discretionary spending priorities, national,
          regional or local economic conditions, demographic trends,
          consumer confidence in the economy, weather conditions, traffic
          patterns, employee availability, and the type, number and
          location of competing restaurants.  Any change in these factors
          could adversely affect the Company.  In addition, factors such as
          inflation and increased food, labor and other employee
          compensation costs could also adversely affect the Company.

          Financial Controls

            The Company maintains centralized accounting controls for all
          of its restaurants through the use of computerized management
          information systems.  Weekly reports of individual restaurant
          sales, labor costs, food costs and other expenses and daily
          reports of sales, all with comparisons to prior periods, give the
          Company's management current operating results by restaurant as
          well as on a company-wide basis.  

            A new point of sale system was installed in 34 of the 69
          Captain D's during 1994.  This system enhances management's
          ability to evaluate sales, costs and menu preferences and to
          quickly make modifications where warranted.  As of March, 1995,
          an additional 17 units were installed with this system.  The
          Company is in the process of testing the system.

            The Company does not have significant receivables or inventory
          and receives trade credit based upon negotiated terms in
          purchasing food and supplies.  Because funds available from cash
          sales are not needed immediately to pay for food and supplies or
          to finance receivables or inventory, they may be used for non-
          current capital expenditures.  Therefore, the Company, like many
          other companies in the restaurant industry, normally operates
          with a working capital deficit.

                                          5


<PAGE>


          Acquisition and Distribution of Food and Supplies

            To achieve consistent food quality and control costs, the
          Company centrally purchases all major food and supply items used
          in its restaurants.  These items, which account for approximately
          98.7% of all food and supplies used, are delivered to the
          Company's commissary centers in Memphis, Tennessee and Charlotte,
          North Carolina, from which they are redistributed at least twice
          weekly to its restaurants.  The Memphis distribution center
          contains 80,000 square feet of storage area, and the Charlotte
          distribution center contains 70,000 square feet of storage area. 
          Since 1990, the range of products provided from the commissary
          has been significantly expanded from that provided in prior
          years.  This strategy has led to reduced costs and consistent
          food quality and freshness and should continue to do so as the
          commissary operations are expanded to serve additional
          restaurants.  The commissary centers are able to control costs by
          purchasing food and supply items in bulk quantities in
          anticipation of future needs and price increases.   

            The Company's ability to maintain consistent quality throughout
          its chain of restaurants depends in part upon the ability to
          acquire food products and related items from reliable sources. 
          In situations when supplies may be expected to become unavailable
          or prices are expected to rise significantly, the Company may
          enter into purchase contracts or purchase quantities for future
          use. The Company is currently under one long-term contract for
          the purchase of food.  This contract was entered into due to
          expected price increases.  Adequate alternative sources are
          believed to be available for those items not covered under
          contracts or other agreements.  


          Reserved Area and License Agreements

            Shoney's.  The Company operates its Shoney's restaurants under
          a series of reserved area agreements, pursuant to which Shoney's,
          Inc. has granted the Company the exclusive right to develop
          Shoney's restaurants within specified geographic areas, and
          license agreements entered into between the Company and Shoney's,
          Inc.  The existing license agreements for Shoney's generally
          provide for 20-year terms with 20-year renewal options subject to
          the satisfaction of certain conditions.  The current expiration
          dates of the Shoney's license agreements, including renewals,
          range from 2016 to 2033.  In 1994, the average royalty fee paid
          by the Company for its Shoney's restaurants was 1.9% of gross
          sales compared to 3.5% which new franchisees are currently being
          required to pay.  Shoney's restaurants built by the Company
          pursuant to its reserved area agreements will be subject to
          varying royalty rates of up to 3.0% of sales.

            The license agreements impose specifications as to the
          preparation of the products as well as general procedures, such
          as advertising, maintenance of records, protection of trademarks
          and provisions for inspection by the franchiser.  The license
          agreements also require the prior approval of Shoney's, Inc. (not
          to be unreasonably withheld) in order for the Company to close
          any of its Shoney's restaurants.  Termination of the license
          agreements may be effected for breach of conditions of the
          agreements, including sale of adulterated products or failure to
          meet proper standards of quality and sanitation.  The Company has
          never been subjected to any involuntary termination of its
          license agreements.
                                                                            
                         
            Several of the Company's reserved area agreements include
          expansion schedules requiring the Company to develop a minimum
          number of stores over a defined period of time.  The reserved
          area agreement for 28 counties in Texas, which covers Fort Worth
          and much of Dallas County, requires the development of 14
          Shoney's restaurants over a nine-year period amended during 1995
          to end in 1999.  To date, the Company has opened four restaurants
          in the reserved area.  The Company's development agreements for
          expansion of the Shoney's concept in certain parts of Broward and
          Palm Beach Counties in south Florida, northwest Harris County,
          Texas, Maricopa County, Arizona, and Michigan were extended
          during 1995 resulting in new store building requirements to begin
          in 1996.  The current amended agreement requires the development
          of six restaurants in the Florida area by 2004, six restaurants
          in the Harris County area by 1999, three stores in the Arizona
          area by 1999, and eleven stores in the Michigan area by 2001.
          During 1994, one store was opened in each of the Harris County,
          Texas area, the Florida area, and the Michigan area.   If above
          schedules are not satisfied, Shoney's, Inc. has the right to
          terminate the Company's exclusive rights in these areas.  The
          reserved area agreements permit the Company to open as many
          Shoney's restaurants as it deems desirable within such reserved
          territories in compliance with the terms of the reserved area 


                                          6




<PAGE>


          agreement, in addition to those required to be open in accordance
          with the development schedule. 

            The Company is a party to other exclusive territory agreements
          in the areas of its Shoney's operations, including agreements
          covering over 170 additional counties in Texas; all of Arkansas;
          over 75 counties in North Carolina; over 30 counties in
          Mississippi; over 20 counties in Tennessee; and several
          additional counties in Georgia, South Carolina, Florida and
          Alabama.  With respect to the reserved areas described in the
          preceding sentence, the Company has no required development
          schedule and is entitled to open as many Shoney's restaurants in
          such reserved areas as it deems desirable in compliance with the
          terms of the reserved area agreements.  Shoney's, Inc. may
          terminate any reserved area agreement upon the default by
          Restaurants under the terms of any license agreement for
          operation of a Shoney's restaurant within such reserved area.  In
          addition, the reserved area agreement covering the 28 counties in
          Texas provides that Shoney's, Inc. may terminate such reserved
          area agreement upon the expiration of more than 10% of the
          Company's license agreements for Shoney's restaurants within such
          reserved area (without replacing those restaurants within two
          years following such expiration).  The Company has never had a
          reserved area agreement involuntarily terminated by Shoney's,
          Inc.

            Captain D's.  The Company's Captain D's restaurants are
          operated under a master reserved area agreement with individual
          license agreements with Shoney's, Inc.  The Company has the right
          to develop Captain D's in 124 counties in seven southeastern
          states (Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina,
          South Carolina and Tennessee). The Company must open an aggregate
          of 30 new Captain D's, by July 11, 2011, at a rate of two
          restaurants per year.  The reserved area agreement permits the
          Company to open as many Captain D's restaurants as it deems
          desirable within its reserved territories in addition to those
          required to be opened in accordance with the development
          schedule.  The reserved area agreement provides that Shoney's,
          Inc. may terminate the reserved area agreement (i) upon the
          default by Restaurants under the terms of any license agreement
          for operation of a Captain D's restaurant or (ii) after July 11,
          2011, upon the expiration of more than 10% of Restaurants'
          license agreements for Captain D's (without replacing those
          restaurants within two years following such expiration).

            The Company's existing license agreements for Captain D's
          generally provide for 20-year terms with two 20-year renewal
          options subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  The
          current expiration dates of the license agreements, including
          renewals, assuming compliance with the expansion schedule in the
          Captain D's reserved area agreement, range from 2035 to 2052.  In
          1994, the average royalty paid to Shoney's, Inc. by the Company's
          Captain D's was 1.5% of sales.

          Advertising and Promotion

            The license agreements for the Company's Shoney's and Captain
          D's restaurants require that the Company pay fees equal to 0.35%
          and 0.65% of sales, respectively, in addition to its franchise
          fees, which are put into production funds and used by the
          franchiser to produce radio and television commercials and
          printed advertising materials.  Shoney's, Inc. uses such
          commercials in its nationwide advertising and marketing programs. 
          The Company is also required to spend for local marketing on its
          own behalf and through a cooperative in which other franchisees
          and Shoney's, Inc. participate.  The aggregate amount spent by
          the Company in 1994 for such advertising, inclusive of the fee
          paid to the franchiser described above to the production funds,
          was approximately 3.5% of sales.  As part of such local
          marketing, the Company purchases television and radio spots to
          air commercials produced by the franchiser.  Through such
          advertising, management believes that Shoney's and Captain D's
          have a high level of name recognition and positive customer
          perceptions on key attributes of food quality, service and
          atmosphere. As part of its marketing program, the Company offers
          several weekly promotions, including free nights for children,  a
          special senior citizens' menu and "all-you-care-to-eat" seafood
          buffets at Shoney's restaurants.  In addition, the Company has
          increased its reliance on radio and television advertising and
          reduced its reliance on coupon and billboard advertising.


                                          7


<PAGE>


          Regulation

            The Company is subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act and
          various state laws governing such matters as minimum wages,
          overtime and other working conditions.  Significant numbers of
          the Company's food service personnel are paid at rates related to
          the federal and state minimum wage, and accordingly, increases in
          the minimum wage increase the Company's labor costs.

            TPI Transportation, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
          Restaurants, obtained a license from the Interstate Commerce
          Commission to conduct interstate trucking and is subject to
          applicable federal regulations relating to interstate trucking.

            Each Company restaurant is subject to licensing and regulation
          by state and local health, sanitation, safety, fire and other
          departments.  Difficulties or failures in obtaining or renewing
          any required licensing or approval could affect the Company's
          restaurants.

            The Company is also subject to various federal, state and local
          laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. 
          The cost of developing restaurants has increased as a result of
          the Company's compliance with such laws.  Such costs relate
          primarily to the necessity of obtaining more land, landscaping
          and below surface storm drainage and the cost of more expensive
          equipment necessary to decrease the amount of effluent emitted
          into the air and ground.

            The Company believes it is in material compliance with the
          regulations to which it is subject.

          Other Activities

            Insurex Agency, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Restaurants,
          was organized as a Tennessee corporation in 1975 for the purpose
          of acting as agent for property and casualty, workers'
          compensation, life and health and other insurance policies for
          Restaurants, other corporations and the general public. 
          Approximately 98% of the insurance premiums written by Insurex
          are for insured entities not affiliated with Restaurants.

            Insurex Benefits Administrators, Inc., ("IBA") a wholly-owned
          subsidiary of Restaurants, was organized as a Tennessee
          corporation in 1989 for the purpose of operating as a third party
          administrator of medical and dental claims for Restaurants and
          other corporations.  Approximately 91% of IBA's revenues are from
          other corporations.

            TPI Transportation, Inc. and TPI Commissary, Inc. were a part
          of Restaurants' operations during 1993 and became wholly-owned
          subsidiaries of Restaurants during 1994.

            TPI Insurance Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
          Company, was incorporated in 1993 and is licensed as a pure
          captive insurance company in the state of Hawaii.  Under the
          terms of its Certificate of Authority, it provides workers'
          compensation insurance for the Company.

            Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc.'s ("Maxcell"), a wholly-owned
          subsidiary of the Company, original business plan was to create a
          cellular telephone network that would operate throughout the
          southeastern United States.  In 1986, Maxcell disposed of
          substantially all of its remaining interests in the cellular
          business.  Since 1986, Maxcell has had no operations.  Beginning
          in late 1988, and extending to 1989, Maxcell invested
          approximately $150,000 to participate in lotteries held by the
          Federal Communication Commission ("FCC") for rights to develop
          cellular systems for approximately 300 markets.  Maxcell
          continues to have outstanding applications for markets which may
          be re-lotteried by the FCC.  Maxcell does not intend to apply for
          any new permits from the FCC or to conduct any non-restaurant
          business other than in connection with the permits for which
          applications are pending.  There can be no assurance that such
          markets will be re-lotteried or that Maxcell would win any such
          lottery.  See Item 3 "Legal Proceedings".


                                          8


<PAGE>


          Discontinued Operations

            On February 24, 1989, the Company, through its wholly-owned
          subsidiary, TPI Entertainment, Inc. ("Entertainment"), acquired
          leasehold interests and other assets related to the operation of
          55 movie theaters from American Multi-Cinema, Inc. ("AMC"), a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of AMC Entertainment Inc. ("AMCE"),
          subject to a management agreement and certain other agreements,
          which subsidiary at that time held 6,275,144 shares of the
          Company's common stock.  On March 4, 1991, Entertainment entered
          into the General Partnership Agreement of Exhibition Enterprises
          Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement") with Cinema
          Enterprises, Inc. ("CENI"), a Missouri corporation and a wholly-
          owned subsidiary of AMC, forming Exhibition Enterprises
          Partnership, a New York general partnership (the "Partnership").

            Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, effective April 19,
          1991, (a) Entertainment contributed to the Partnership its
          interest in the assets (subject to certain exclusions) relating
          to the 57 movie theaters Entertainment then owned and other
          leasehold interests, subject to obligations under notes, loans
          and capital leases, (b) the Partnership assumed certain
          liabilities of Entertainment and (c) CENI contributed to the
          Partnership 3,800,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock. 
          Thereafter, the Partnership distributed the shares and cash to
          Entertainment.  

            On May 28, 1993, the Company completed the sale of its 50%
          interest in the Partnership to AMC for $17,500,000.  See Item 3
          "Legal Proceedings".

          Item 2.   PROPERTIES

          General

            The Company is currently in the process of moving its Tennessee
          operations and its West Palm Beach headquarters facility to a new
          facility at 3950 RCA Boulevard, Suite 5001, Palm Beach Gardens,
          Florida.  This facility consists of 38,000 square feet under a
          lease expiring in 2004 and provides for an annual base rental of
          $331,000.  The lease requires the Company to pay certain
          operating expenses and contains escalation clauses relating to
          real estate taxes and the like.

            The Company's executive offices were located at 777 South
          Flagler Drive, West Palm Beach, Florida, where it occupied
          approximately 4,800 square feet of space under a lease expiring
          in 1999 and providing for an annual base rent of approximately
          $119,000. 

            Restaurants' corporate headquarters were located in Memphis,
          Tennessee in a leased building consisting of approximately 48,000
          square feet.  The lease agreement, which expires December 1995,
          provides for an annual rent of $84,000 and requires the Company
          to pay certain expenses of approximately $95,000 annually. 
          Restaurants operates its commissary centers in leased facilities
          in Memphis, Tennessee and Charlotte, North Carolina consisting of
          80,000 and 70,000 square feet of storage area in each location,
          respectively.

          Restaurants

            The majority of the Company's Shoney's restaurants are free
          standing buildings of approximately 5,000 square feet and 170
          seats.  The Company opened five new Shoney's in 1994 at an
          average cost of $1,061,000 for building and equipment and
          $526,000 for land costs.

          Each Captain D's is a free standing building of approximately
          2,200 square feet and 70 seats.  The Company opened three new
          Captain D's in 1994 at an average cost of $582,000 for the
          building and equipment and $182,000 for land costs.


                                          9


<PAGE>


       A majority of the operating restaurant properties used by Restaurants are
leased from others under noncancellable agreements.  The following table sets
forth certain information regarding Restaurants' restaurant properties as of
March 15, 1995:

                            Land and     Land Leased    Land and
                            Building      Building      Building
     Type of Restaurant      Owned          Owned        Leased      Total
 -----------------------   ---------    -----------     --------    ------


 Shoney's . . . . . . .       69             39            79          187
 Captain D's  . . . . .       29             26            14           69
                            ----           ----          ----         ----
                              98             65            93          256
                            ====           ====          ====         ====

   Most of the restaurant leases provide for 10 to 25 year initial terms, with
renewal options by Restaurants for additional periods ranging from 5 to 15
years.  The leases generally have rents which are the greater of a fixed minimum
amount or a percentage of gross sales ranging from 1.0% to 6.5%.  The following
table summarizes the expiration dates of the original or current terms of all of
Restaurants' leases and the number of related leases currently having renewal
options.

                                             Number of      Number with
      Lease Term Expires                      Leases      Renewal Options

           1995 . . . . . . . . . . . .         2                   2 
      1996-2000 . . . . . . . . . . . .        69                  54 
      2001-2005 . . . . . . . . . . . .        37                  31 
      2006-2010 . . . . . . . . . . . .        46                  45 
      2011-2014 . . . . . . . . . . . .         4                   2 


      The Company's experience has been that where leases do not contain renewal
options and Restaurants desires to continue operating at the same location, 
negotiating a new lease at competitive terms has been possible.  However, prior
to negotiating a new lease (or exercising a renewal option), the Company 
carefully reviews the site location to determine if it continues to be optimal.
The Company has from time to time found alternative locations in the same area
to be more desirable.  The amount of rent varies considerably from lease to 
lease. Restaurants' philosophy is to own its restaurant sites in each situation
where possible and to utilize lease financing, as necessary, to supplement other
financing sources.


                                        10


<PAGE>


          Item 3.   LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS

          Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., et al., v. McCaw Cellular
          Communications, Inc., et al.
                                                                            
                                                                            
                    On November 1, 1993, the Company and its wholly-owned
          subsidiary, Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., filed a complaint in the
          Circuit Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit in and for Palm
          Beach County, Florida.  The complaint against McCaw Cellular
          Communications, Inc. ("McCaw"), Charisma Communications Corp.
          ("Charisma") and various related parties, relates to McCaw's
          failure to disclose the existence of a side agreement between
          McCaw and Charisma to share in the net profits from the resale of
          certain cellular properties which were sold by the Company to
          McCaw.  The Company seeks recision of the sales contract and
          damages based upon the defendant's alleged fraudulent
          misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, conspiracies and
          tortuous interference with contracts.  The Company's attorneys
          are unable at this time to state the likelihood of a favorable
          outcome.
                 

          Reading Company and James J. Cotter v. TPI Enterprises, Inc.

            On March 7, 1995, a civil action captioned James J. Cotter v.
          TPI Enterprises, Inc., 95 Civ. 1579 was filed in the United
          States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  The
          plaintiffs allege inter alia breach of contract and seek damages
          of $1,250,000 plus interest, punitive damages and attorney's fees
          in connection with the sale to a subsidiary of American Multi-
          Cinema, Inc. of TPI Entertainment, Inc.'s interest in Exhibition
          Enterprises Partnership in April 1991.  The Company's attorneys
          are unable at this time to state the likelihood of an unfavorable
          outcome.         

          Other Proceedings

            The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various
          lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business.  It is the
          opinion of the management of the Company that the outcome of such
          litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the
          consolidated financial statements.


                                          11


<PAGE>


          Item 4.   SUBMISSION  OF  MATTERS  TO  A  VOTE  OF  SECURITY 
          HOLDERS

            There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders
          of the registrant during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year
          ended December 25, 1994.


          EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS OF THE  REGISTRANT

            Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the
          following list is included as an unnumbered Item in Part I of
          this Report in lieu of being included in its entirety in the
          Proxy Statement.

            The following sets forth certain information regarding the
          Company's executive officers as of March 15, 1995:


           Name                 Age     Positions held with the Company

           J. Gary Sharp .      48      President and Chief Executive
                                        Officer of TPI               
                                        Enterprises; President of TPI
                                        Restaurants; Director of
                                        TPI Enterprises and TPI
                                        Restaurants

           Frederick W.         44      Executive Vice President, Chief
           Burford . . . .              Financial Officer of TPI
                                        Enterprises; Vice President,
                                        Chief Financial  Officer and
                                        Treasurer of TPI Restaurants;
                                        Director of TPI Enterprises and
                                        TPI Restaurants

           Robert A.            46      Executive Vice President and
           Kennedy . . . .              Secretary of TPI Enterprises; Vice
                                        Chairman of the Board and     
                                        Secretary of TPI Restaurants; 
                                        Director of TPI
                                        Restaurants; Vice President of
                                        Human Resources

           Haney A. Long,       49      Senior Vice President, Procurement
           Jr. . . . . . .              and Distribution of TPI
                                        Restaurants; Director of TPI
                                        Restaurants


            J. Gary Sharp was an employee of Shoney's, Inc. from 1969
          through 1986 holding positions ranging from store manager to
          group Vice President of all of Shoney's, Inc.'s operations.  He
          left Shoney's, Inc. in 1986 to own and operate franchises in
          Orlando, Florida and was President of Sharp Concepts, Inc. from
          1985 through September 1989.  Mr. Sharp has served as President,
          Chief Operating Officer and a Director of TPI Restaurants since
          1989.  Mr. Sharp was elected a Director of TPI Enterprises in
          April 1992.  He was named Chief Executive Officer of TPI
          Enterprises in March 1993.

            Frederick W. Burford joined TPI Restaurants in November 1991,
          after 14 years in top management positions at The Promus
          Companies (formerly Holiday Corporation).  Mr. Burford was a
          Corporate Vice President and served in capacities as both
          Treasurer and Controller at the Promus Companies.  Mr. Burford
          was elected Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
          and a Director of TPI Restaurants in November 1991. He was named
          Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and a Director
          of TPI Enterprises, Inc. in March 1993.

            Robert A. Kennedy joined TPI Enterprises in February 1977 as a
          Vice President and was elected Executive Vice President in
          February 1985 and Secretary in September 1988.  Mr. Kennedy was a
          Director of TPI Enterprises between August 1984 and March 1993. 
          Mr. Kennedy was elected Vice Chairman of the Board and Assistant
          Secretary of TPI  Restaurants in 1989, Secretary in 1991, a
          Director in 1988, and Vice President of Human Resources in 1995.


                                          12


<PAGE>


            Haney A. Long, Jr., joined TPI Restaurants in November 1989 as
          Senior Vice President of Procurement and Distribution.  Prior to
          joining the Company, Mr. Long served as Senior Vice President of
          Procurement at Rich SeaPak Corporation between 1979 and 1989.  He
          also served as Executive Director of Commissary Operations for
          Shoney's, Inc., between 1975 and 1977.  He was elected Director
          of TPI Restaurants in June 1993.

            Stephen R. Cohen announced his retirement from the Company and
          as Chairman of the Board of TPI Enterprises effective January 31,
          1995.  He continues to serve as President and Director of
          Maxcell.


                                          13


<PAGE>



PART II

Item 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
          MATTERS

          The Company's common shares are traded in the National Market System
of the over-the-counter market (NASDAQ symbol: TPIE).  As of March 15, 1995, 
there were 2,118 shareholders of record of the Company's common shares.  The 
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales
prices, as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated. 
Over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail
mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual 
transactions.

          The Company has never paid any dividends on its common shares.  The
Company currently intends to retain all earnings, if any, to support the 
development and growth of the Company's restaurant business. Accordingly, the
Company does not anticipate that any cash dividends will be declared on its
common shares for the foreseeable future.  The indentures covering the 8 1/4%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures and the 5% Convertible Senior Subordinated
Debentures prohibit the payment of cash dividends while the debentures remain
outstanding.  The Company's credit facility also limits the payment of dividends
by the Company.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".





                       1994                  1993                   1992
               --------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
                  High       Low        High        Low        High      Low
               --------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
First Quarter   $10 3/8    $6 7/8     $10 7/8    $ 8 1/8     $7 3/8     $5 3/4

Second Quarter   9 3/16     5 3/4      10 1/2      7 1/2      7 1/8      5 7/8

Third Quarter    7 9/16     6          12          9 3/8      6 7/8      5 1/8

Fourth Quarter   6 1/2      3 1/2      12 1/2      9 3/4      8 7/8      6 1/4




                                        14



<PAGE>

Item 6.   SELECTED  FINANCIAL  DATA

          The Company recognized a $5,273,000 gain, net of tax, in 1993 
following the sale of its remaining interest in Exhibition Enterprises 
Partnership (the "Partnership"). During 1992, the Company recorded an
extraordinary loss, net of tax, of $11,949,000 in connection with an early 
extinguishment of debt. (See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)
During 1990, the Company recognized an after-tax gain of approximately
$11,600,000  from the sale of a cellular telephone construction permit by its
wholly-owned subsidiary Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc.  Discontinued operations 
include the results of TPI Entertainment, Inc. ("Entertainment") since 
February 24, 1989.   Discontinued operations also include the gains or losses
resulting from the disposal of the discontinued operations of Entertainment,
as well as the Company's telecommunication business discontinued in 1986.  See
Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the disposal
of discontinued operations including the sale of Entertainment's interest in its
movie theater operations.


<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                    Statement of Operations Data
                                                         Fiscal Year Ended
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                December 25,  December 26,  December 31,  December  31,  December 31,
                                  1994          1993           1992          1991           1990
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------
                                              (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                              <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>
Revenues . . . . .  . . . . .    $287,384      $289,439     $277,390       $261,130        $252,370
Income (loss) from
 continuing operations. . . .      (3,717)      (36,488)         662        (12,053)          5,731
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
    accounting changes . . . .     (3,717)      (31,215)         662         10,667          1,528
Net income (loss). . . . . . .     (3,717)      (31,215)     (14,125)        10,667          1,528
Income (loss) per share
  from continuing
   operations. . . . . . . . .       (.18)        (1.81)         .04          (.63)            .26
Net income (loss) per
  share. . . . . . . . . . . .       (.18)        (1.55)        (.77)          .55             .07

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Balance Sheet Data
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                December 25,  December 26,  December 31,  December  31,  December 31,
                                  1994          1993           1992          1991           1990
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                              <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Working capital
    (deficiency) . . . . . . . $ (17,972)     $  (10,796)   $   2,734       $  28,123     $  18,218
Total assets . . . . . . . . .   254,496         258,839      255,607         282,794       427,037
Short-term obligations . . . .     3,725           1,728        5,278          18,905        10,399
Long-term obligations
   including minority
     interest. . . . . . . . .   107,721         106,773      110,937         107,710       213,986


Shareholders' equity . . . . .    67,570          70,559       83,650          97,318       110,489
</TABLE>

                                        15
<PAGE>
 Item 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Results of Operations

1994 Compared to 1993

Revenues
  Revenues decreased .7% or $2.0 million to $287.4 million due primarily to
softness in same store sales at the Shoney's concept.  New restaurants
accounted for $7.3 million of 1994 revenues, while comparable store
sales declined $9.3 million, or 4.3%, in the Shoney's concept and increased
$2.6 million or 6.0% in the Captain D's concept.  The first twelve weeks of
a new restaurant's operations are excluded from the comparable store sales
computation.  Revenues for 1993 include $19.9 million relating primarily to 27
under performing units, which were either closed subsequent to the second
quarter of 1993 or are scheduled to be closed in accordance with the
Company's restructuring plan adopted in 1993.  Revenues and expenses related
to units provided for in the reserve for restructuring have been excluded
from the 1994 statement of operations.  In fiscal 1995, the Company's
comparable store sales have declined 5.5 % in the Shoney's concept
and .9% in the Captain D's concept through March 19, 1995.

Costs and Expenses
  Cost of sales includes food, supplies and uniforms, restaurant labor and 
benefits, restaurant depreciation and amortization, and other restaurant 
operating expenses.  A summary of cost of sales as a percentage of revenues 
for 1994 and 1993 is shown below.

                                                           1994      1993

Food, supplies and uniforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.8%     35.2%


Restaurant labor and benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5%     31.2%


Restaurant depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . .  4.9%      4.7%


Other restaurant operating expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3%     17.7%

                                                           89.5%     88.8%


  The Company's food costs suffered from price increases in several high volume
commodities during 1994, including shrimp and cooking oil.  These increases,
along with relatively fixed costs for supplies and uniforms, resulted in
increased food costs as a percentage of revenues.  The decrease in labor costs
during the current year at the restaurants is due to a decline in workers' 
compensation.  This decline in workers' compensation expense is primarily
due to a $4.5 million adjustment to workers' compensation in the fourth
quarter of 1993 to increase the Company's reserves to better reflect the
likely outcome of its liabilities. Restaurant depreciation and amortization
increased in relation to the prior year due to the full year of depreciation
expense related to the 18 newly constructed units during 1993.  Other
restaurant operating expenses increased as a percentage of revenues primarily
due to increased repairs and maintenance expenses along with increased
advertising costs.  The increase in repairs and maintenance expenses in
relation to 1993 is primarily due to the increased aging of the buildings,
cleaning and repair costs of the carpets installed in various store locations
during 1993, and increased restocking of small wares.  The increase in
advertising is primarily due to promotional outdoor advertising begun
during 1994.

    General and administrative expenses decreased $4.7 million in relation
to 1993 due to decreased workers' compensation and general liability expense
for the Company and decreased salary expense associated with a reduction
in corporate staff along with a decrease in executive compensation.  The
decrease in workers' compensation and general liability expense is primarily
due to an increase in the reserves at the end of 1993 

                                        16
<PAGE>
to better reflect the likely outcome of its liabilities.

  Operating income rose 84.8% or $2.4 million excluding the restructuring
charges in 1994 and 1993.  This increase was primarily driven by a 16.5%
decrease in general and administrative expenses  which was somewhat
offset by slightly higher food costs and other restaurant operating expenses.

Other Income and Expenses
  Interest income decreased $.26 million primarily due to a reduction in the
investment balance held during the current year.  Interest expense declined
$.3 million primarily due to a lower weighted average interest rate during
1994 as compared to 1993.

Restructuring Charges

  The Company adopted a restructuring plan at the end of the fourth quarter of
1993 which included closing or relocating 31 of its restaurants by the end
of 1994, not exercising options to renew leases with respect to an
additional 19 of its restaurants upon expiration of the current lease
terms, and the restructuring of divisional management as well as
consolidation of the Company's two corporate offices.  With respect to the
restaurants to be closed or relocated, the Company recorded $19.8 million
of restructuring charges in 1993 consisting primarily of the write-off of
assets and the accrual of lease and other expenses, net of projected sales
proceeds and sublease income.  As of December 25, 1994, the Company has 
closed 22 restaurants with plans to close an additional 4 restaurants during
the first half of 1995.  During the fourth quarter of 1994, management
determined that improved operations at 5 of the restaurants, previously
included in the restructure plan, indicated the locations should not be
closed.  Accordingly, the Company reduced its reserve by approximately
$2.5 million related to these 5 locations.  During 1994, the reserve was
also charged $3.5 million for expenditures and asset write-offs related
to the other 26 units.

  With respect to the 19 restaurants projected to be closed no later than
the expiration of their current lease terms, the Company determined that 
the recoverability of the assets had been permanently impaired, and
accordingly, recorded a charge of $4.5 million primarily for the write-down of
assets at the end of 1993. During 1994, three of these units were closed
prior to or upon the expiration of their current lease terms. The reserve
was charged approximately $.7 million for the write-down of assets.

  With respect to the Company's restructuring of its divisional
management and consolidation of its corporate offices, the Company recorded
approximately $1.8 million for the cost of moving the Memphis office,
$1.3 million for the write-off of assets and accrual of remaining lease
obligations at the Company's present facilities and $1.2 million for
severance costs and other costs relating to the restructuring of divisional
and corporate overhead.  During 1994, the Company paid out approximately
$1.1 million related to the restructure of which $.3 million was for severance.

  In addition to the amounts paid, management determined that an additional
$1.2 million should be provided for the write-off of assets at its Memphis
location.  The Company expects to pay the majority of the remaining
relocation obligations during 1995 as the consolidation of the corporate
offices is completed.  In addition to these reserves, the Company also
recorded approximately $6.5 million in the prior year related to
units that were closed prior to 1993 and for the sale of vacant properties.
During 1994, the reserve had charges of approximately $1.7 million
resulting from expenditures and asset write-offs and an increase of $.3
million related to changes in original estimates for the costs of disposal.

1993 Compared to 1992

Revenues
  Revenues for 1993 increased to $289.4 million, 4.3% over the $277.4 million
earned in 1992.  New restaurants accounted for $30.4 million of 1993
revenues, while comparable store sales declined $7.2 million, or 3.3%,
in the Shoney's concept and remained flat in the Captain D's concept.  The
first twelve weeks of new


                                        17
<PAGE>
restaurants' operations are excluded from the comparable store sales
computation.  Revenues from closed stores, primarily Hungry Fisherman
and Danver's restaurants, which are excluded from 1993 sales, totalled
$11.2 million in 1992.


Costs and Expenses
  Cost of sales includes food, supplies and uniforms, restaurant labor and
benefits, restaurant depreciation and amortization, and other restaurant
operating expenses.  A summary of cost of sales as a percentage of
revenues for 1993 and 1992 is shown below.

                                                           1993      1992

Food, supplies and uniforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2%     34.6%


Restaurant labor and benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2%     29.2%


Restaurant depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . .  4.7%      4.1%


Other restaurant operating expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . 17.7%     16.2%

                                                           88.8%     84.1%


  The Company's food costs suffered from significant price increases in several
high volume commodities during 1993, including pork, eggs and shrimp.  These
increases were partially offset by a decrease in white fish prices, which
contributed to a decrease in food costs as a percentage of revenues in the
Company's Captain D's restaurants.  Most restaurant operating expenses,
including restaurant labor, restaurant depreciation and amortization, repairs
and maintenance, utilities and advertising, are relatively fixed, and
accordingly, a decrease in same store sales results in an unfavorable margin
impact.  Management completed an extensive review of the Company's exposure
resulting from its self insurance program for workers' compensation and
general liability in 1993.  The review, which was based on improved data
available to the Company relating to the trend in claims development,
indicated that the Company's reserves for retained losses were near the
lower end of the expected range of possible losses.  Management determined
it would be appropriate to increase the Company's reserves to better reflect
the likely outcome of its liability within the possible range of losses.
Accordingly, as of the end of the fourth quarter of 1993, workers'
compensation insurance reserves were increased by charging $4.5 million to
restaurant labor and benefits and $0.7 million to general and administrative
expenses.  Also, a charge of $1.8 million was made to other restaurant
operating expenses and $0.6 million to the gain on sale of discontinued
operations (theater operations) to increase the general liability insurance
reserves.

  General and administrative expenses declined as a percentage of revenues from
10.2% in 1992 to 9.9% in 1993.  The Company experienced savings during 1993
from the restructuring and relocation of TPI Enterprises, Inc.'s headquarters
in the latter half of 1992.  In addition to the workers' compensation reserve
adjustment described above, the Company recorded charges of $1.2 million
following the termination and settlement of its retirement plan in December
1993 and $0.9 million resulting from the reduction in the discount rate used to
compute the Company's deferred compensation obligations.  General and
administrative expenses for 1992 include a $1.1 million charge to pension
expense resulting from the early retirement of a senior executive officer.

Restructuring Charges
  The Company adopted a restructuring plan as of the end of the fourth quarter
of 1993 which included closing or relocating 31 of its restaurants by the end
of 1994, not exercising options to renew leases with respect to an additional
19 of its restaurants upon expiration of the current lease terms and
restructuring divisional management and consolidating the Company's two
corporate offices.  After an in-depth evaluation of the Company's Shoney's and
Captain D's restaurants, management identified 31 restaurants, which had not

                                        18
<PAGE>
performed well and appeared to have limited potential for improvement in the
future, to be closed or relocated.  Included in these restaurants were five
Shoney's and four Captain D's closed in December 1993. With respect to the
restaurants closed or to be closed, the Company recorded $19.8 million of
restructuring charges consisting primarily of the write-off of assets and the
accrual of lease and other expenses, net of projected sales proceeds and
sublease income.  With respect to the 19 restaurants projected to be closed no
later than the expiration of their current lease terms, the Company 
determined that the recoverability of the assets has been permanently 
impaired, and accordingly,  recorded a charge of $4.5 million primarily for the
write-down of assets.  The Company is continuing its efforts to  restructure
and downside corporate overhead by consolidating its Memphis, Tennessee
corporate office with its headquarters office in West Palm Beach, Florida.
The Company recorded approximately $1.8 million  for the cost of moving the
Memphis office and $1.3 million for the  write-off of assets and accrual of
remaining lease obligations at the Company's present facilities.  In
addition, the Company accrued $1.2 million for severance costs and other costs
relating to the restructuring of divisional and corporate overhead.   Further,
the Company wrote down vacant properties to net realizable value and revised
its estimated loss with respect to units closed prior to 1993 by increasing
its restructuring charge and related reserve by $6.5 million.

  The Company's restructuring charges of $3.6 million in 1992 consisted of
a $4.0 million provision foreclosed units relating primarily to the closings
of the remaining Hungry Fisherman restaurants, and a $.4 million reduction
in previously accrued reserves relating to the 1991 charge of $2.8 million for
restructuring the Company's operations and moving its headquarters.

Other Income and Expenses
  Interest income decreased $3.0 million, primarily due to interest earned in
1992 on income tax refunds. During the third quarter of 1992, the Company
refinanced  Restaurants' 14 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes. Primarily as a
result of this debt restructuring, and the investment by the Airlie Group,
L.P., and other related parties (the "Airlie Group"), in  March 1993, interest
expense decreased $3.8 million in 1993 compared to 1992.

Discontinued Operations
  The Company realized a $5.3 million gain, net of $2.7 million of income tax
expense, on the sale of its investment in Exhibition Enterprises Partnership
in 1993.

Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes
  The Company recorded a charge to income of $11.9 million during 1992 in
connection with the refinancing of Restaurants' 14 1/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes.  The Company also recorded charges of $2.8 million during
1992 relating to the implementation of Financial Accounting Standard No.
112,  "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" and Financial
Accounting Standard No. 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes".

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

  Working capital declined  from a deficiency of $10.8 million in 1993 to a
deficiency of $18.0 million in 1994 due primarily to the utilization of cash
on hand for capital expenditures in the Company's restaurant operations
and an increase in current liabilities due to an increase in the current
portion of long term debt.  Approximately 88% of the Company's restaurant
sales are for cash and the remainder are for credit card receivables which
are generally collected within 3 days.  Since the Company's payables,
including amounts for inventory and other operating expenses, are paid over a
longer period of time, it is not unusual for the Company, like many others
in the restaurant industry,  to operate with a working capital deficit.

  Net cash provided by operating activities decreased from $19.6 million in
1993 to $12.7 million in 1994. A significant factor contributing to this net
decrease is a decrease in accounts payable trade of $4.3 million in 1994
compared to an increase of $4.7 million in 1993 due to significant amounts
relating to construction payables at the end of 1993.  Another factor
relating to this change is an increase of $3.4 million in accrued expenses
and current liabilities in 1994 compared to an increase of $7.4 million in 1993.
Also, inventories


                                        19

<PAGE>
increased by $.5 million over 1993, largely due to increased purchases
of fish, compared to a net decrease in inventories of $3.5 million
in 1993.  The decrease in the restructuring reserve in 1994 includes $2.3
million in payments relating to the payment of lease obligations and related
expenses for closed units and $1.1 million in payments relating to the
consolidation of the corporate offices and restructure of divisional and
corporate overhead.  As of December 25, 1994, restructuring charges included in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities includes $3.7 million relating
to the consolidation of the corporate offices and approximately $2.0 million
relating to the ongoing costs of closed restaurants expected to be expended
over the next year.  The above decreases in cash were partially offset by the
receipt of a federal income tax refund of $2.5 million in 1994.

  Net cash used in investing activities decreased $28.8 million from 1993.  The
decrease in cash used is primarily the result of the Company building fewer
restaurants in 1994 compared to 1993.  The Company has invested $19.4 million
in capital expenditures in 1994 compared to $48.5 million in 1993.  Of the
$19.4 million invested in the current year, $8.2 million was for the
acquisition of sites and construction of five new Shoney's restaurants and
three new Captain D's, $3.3 million for the remodeling of six Shoney's and 22
Captain D's, $3.6 million for maintenance type capital expenditures,
$.8 million for sites to be constructed in coming years, and $.8 million
relating to the new point of sale system.  The remaining $2.7 million
relates primarily to the purchase of commissary equipment and to the
relocation of the Company's headquarters to Florida.  Proceeds in 1994
include $2.7 million from the disposal of restaurants, $1.9 million from the
sale of excess property and other property and equipment, and $.5 million from
a sale lease back.

  The Company has various reserved areas with minimum development
requirements.  Aggregate commitments beyond 1994 require 35 restaurants to
be constructed in the Company's reserved areas in Phoenix, West Palm
Beach, Michigan, Houston, and certain other counties in Texas prior to
October 6, 2004.  The Company has delayed building any more Shoney's
restaurants during 1995 as Shoney's, Inc. evaluates the Shoney's concept
and how best to update it to meet customer preferences.

  The Company has the right to develop Captain D's restaurants in 124
counties in seven Southeastern states (Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee).  To avoid
termination of the reserved area agreement, the Company is required to open
30 additional Captain D's by July 11, 2011.  The Company anticipates
investing $1.0 million on remodels and incurring maintenance and other
capital expenditures of less than $3.5 million in 1995.  The Company does
not intend to build any Captain D's restaurants during 1995.

  Financing activities provided $2.3 million in 1994 compared to $6.5 million
in the prior year.  The Company used proceeds of $3.4 million under its
credit facility and proceeds of $.6 million from the issuance of stock
pursuant to employee stock plans primarily to fund capital expenditures
during 1994.  Other long-term debt payments during 1994 related to payments
on capital lease obligations and other long-term debt.  In 1993, the Airlie
Group L.P. and certain related parties made an investment in the Company
which resulted in net proceeds of $29.1 million from the issuance of $15
million of convertible debentures and $15 million of common stock and
warrants.  These proceeds were used to reduce borrowings under the Company's
credit facility and pay other long-term debt.

     The Credit Facility which previously consisted of a $50,000,000 Revolving
Credit Facility was amended as of December 23, 1994.  This amendment and
waiver restricted the total borrowings available under the facility
to $40,000,000 and waived compliance with certain financial ratios through
January 31, 1995.  The Credit Facility was amended and restated as of
January 31, 1995.  The amendment to the facility limits borrowings to
$40,000,000, revises certain financial covenant ratios and requires the
collateralization of additional properties.  The Credit Facility matures
on June 3, 1996, unless extended by the Banks.  The Credit Facility
continues to bear interest at either a defined base rate or a rate based on
the London Interbank Offered Rate. The amount available for borrowing under
the Credit Facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. The
Company pays a fee of 2.0% on outstanding letters of credit and a commitment
fee of .5% on the average daily unused Credit Facility.  The terms of the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement require that


                                        20
<PAGE>
the fee paid on borrowings and letters of credit be increased by .50%
effective January 31, 1995.


  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all shares of the
capital stock of Restaurants, whenever issued, intercompany debt of
Restaurants owed to the Company and ground lease mortgages with respect
to certain premises in which the land is currently leased but the building
located thereon is owned by Restaurants.  In addition, the banks have
exercised their right to obtain, as security, assignments of other
leases and/or mortgages on real property currently owned or subsequently
acquired.  However, the Company has rights to finance certain of these
properties and obtain a release of the collateral under certain
conditions.  The Company has also agreed  to reduce the outstanding
Credit Facility whereby any amounts received by Restaurants in excess of
$5 million from any asset sales, mortgage financings or sale/leasebacks
will be applied 50% for general corporate purposes and 50% to the paydown
of the revolving credit facility and commitment.  The appropriate release
of collateral will be made at the time of paydown.  Restaurants may
repay intercompany borrowings but may not transfer amounts to the Company
except for the payment of a management fee not to exceed $2.5 million
in each fiscal year and a dividend in an amount sufficient to pay
interest on the Company's 5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures
and 8 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures, in each case provided that
no defaults under the Credit Facility exist either immediately before
or after the transfer.  Restaurants must also maintain certain financial
ratios.  At December 25, 1994, $22.4 million was outstanding on the Credit
Facility and letters of credit in the amount of $11.0 million were
outstanding, resulting in a remaining balance available to borrow of
$6.6 million under the Agreement, as revised.

  The Company has outstanding $15 million of 5% Convertible Senior
Subordinated Debentures, due 2003, convertible into common stock at $11
per share (the "Senior Debentures").  The Senior Debenture holders may
require the Company to repurchase the Senior Debentures, in whole or in
part, in certain circumstances involving a change in control of the
Company.  Restaurants has guaranteed the repayment of the Senior
Debentures on a subordinated basis.

     In addition, the Company has outstanding $51.6 million of 8 1/4%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures").  The Debentures
are convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company
at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or repurchased, at
a conversion price of $6.50 per share, subject to adjustment in certain
events.  The Debentures mature on July 15, 2002 and are redeemable,
in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time on or after
July 15, 1995, initially at 105.775% of their principal amount and declining
to 100% of their principal amount on July 15, 2002, together with accrued
and unpaid interest.  The Debenture holders may also require the Company to
repurchase the Debentures, in whole or in part, in certain circumstances
involving a change in control of the Company as defined in the indenture
covering the Debentures (the "Indenture").  However, a change in control, as
defined in the Indenture, will create an event of default under the Credit
Facility and, as a result, any repurchase would, absent a waiver, be blocked
by the subordination provisions of the Indenture until the Credit Facility
(and any other senior indebtedness of the Company and senior indebtedness
of Restaurants with respect to which there is a payment default) has been
repaid in full.  The Debentures are unconditionally guaranteed (the
"Guarantee") on a subordinated basis by Restaurants.  The Debentures and the
Guarantee are subordinated to all existing and future senior indebtedness,
as defined in the Indenture, of the Company.  The Indenture does not
prohibit or limit the ability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness, including that which will rank senior to the
Debentures.

  Management believes sufficient funds will be available from cash on hand, cash
flow from operations and borrowings under the Credit Facility to meet its debt
service requirements, as well as its capital expenditure and working capital
requirements in the foreseeable future.  The Company believes that there are
several alternatives available when the current Credit Facility matures, 
including a new Credit Facility, sale/leaseback financing, and/or
securitization.


                                        21
<PAGE>


Item 8.  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA








INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
  of TPI Enterprises, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TPI
Enterprises, Inc., and its subsidiaries as of December 25, 1994 and
December 26, 1993, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in
the period ended December 25, 1994. Our audits also included the financial
statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 14(a)(2).  These financial
statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of TPI Enterprises, Inc. and its
subsidiaries as of December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years
in the period ended December 25, 1994 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, such financial statement
schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 1992 the
Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes and postemployment
benefits to conform with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 109
and 112.  The Company reflected the cumulative effect of these changes in 1992.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

March 10, 1995
Memphis, Tennessee


                                        22
<PAGE>
                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEETS
                                  ASSETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             December 25,      December 26,
                                                                                1994              1993
                                                                             ------------      ------------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                          <C>               <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $   17,228        $   16,664


     Accounts receivable - trade (net of allowance for doubtful
       accounts of $59 in 1994). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          806               984


     Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       11,969            11,424


     Deferred tax benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        5,666             6,734


     Other current assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        3,256             5,514
                                                                              ---------           -------
          TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       38,925            41,320
                                                                              ---------           -------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (at cost) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      240,394           232,240

     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . .       70,401            57,802

     Less allowance for unit closings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       12,430            18,695
                                                                              ---------           -------
                                                                                157,563           155,743

OTHER ASSETS:


     Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of $8,152 in 1994
      and $6,873 in 1993)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       37,675            38,954


     Other intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of
          $5,157 in 1994 and $3,420 in 1993) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       19,726            21,923


     Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          607               899

                                                                                 58,008            61,776

                                                                             $  254,496        $  258,839
</TABLE>

               See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                        23
<PAGE>

                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEETS
                                (Continued)

                  LIABILITIES  AND SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             December 25,      December 26,
                                                                                1994              1993
                                                                             ------------      ------------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                          <C>               <C>

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     Current portion of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $   3,725         $   1,728


     Accounts payable - trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      15,565            19,910


     Accrued expenses and other current liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . .      36,889            29,829

     Income taxes currently payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         718               649
                                                                             ---------        ----------

          TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      56,897            52,116
                                                                             ---------        ----------

LONG-TERM DEBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     107,721           106,773
                                                                             ---------        ----------
RESERVE FOR RESTRUCTURING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      14,735            20,230
                                                                             ---------        ----------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       5,663             6,734
                                                                             ---------        ----------
OTHER LIABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1,910             2,427
                                                                             ---------        ----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 Preferred shares, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized;
     none issued and outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---               ---

 Common shares, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
     33,241,118 and 33,118,614 issued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         332               331

 Additional paid-in capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     226,144           225,417


 Deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (88,961)          (85,244)
                                                                             ---------        ----------
                                                                               137,515           140,504

  Less treasury stock, at cost, 12,846,094 common shares in 1994
    and 1993 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      69,945            69,945
                                                                             ---------        ----------
          TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      67,570            70,559


                                                                             $ 254,496        $  258,839
                                                                             ---------        ----------
</TABLE>



              See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                        24
<PAGE>
                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  OPERATIONS




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
                                                                              December 25,     December 26,      December 31,
                                                                                  1994             1993              1992
                                                                             --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>               <C>
Restaurant revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 287,384        $ 289,439         $ 277,390
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Costs and expenses:
     Food, supplies and uniforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       102,831          101,980            95,957
     Restaurant labor and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        87,644           90,263            80,911
     Restaurant depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        14,138           13,632            11,466
     Other restaurant operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        52,727           51,291            44,916
     General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        23,906           28,641            28,178
     Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (986)          35,082             3,586
     Other, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           940              819             1,063
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
                                                                                 281,200          321,708           266,077
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------


Operating income (loss). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         6,184          (32,269)           11,313
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Other income and expenses:
     Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           337              593             3,604
     Interest expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (10,238)         (10,539)          (14,302)
     Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -             (109)              321
                                                                                  (9,901)         (10,055)          (10,377)
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
  taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (3,717)         (42,324)              936

Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -           (5,836)              274
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (3,717)         (36,488)              662
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------


Discontinued operations:
     Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net. . . . . . . . . . .             -            5,273                 -
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative
   effect of accounting changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (3,717)         (31,215)              662
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Extraordinary item - loss on early extinguishment of
      debt, net of income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -                -           (11,949)

Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of income
    taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -                -            (2,838)
                                                                               ---------        ---------         ---------
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  (3,717)       $ (31,215)        $ (14,125)
                                                                               =========        =========         =========
</TABLE>


                                        25
<PAGE>


                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  OPERATIONS
                                (Continued)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
                                                                              December 25,     December 26,      December 31,
                                                                                  1994             1993              1992
                                                                             --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>               <C>

Primary income (loss) per common
share:

 Continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $    (.18)       $     (1.81)      $   0.04

 Discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -                .26              -

 Extraordinary item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -                  -          (0.65)

Cumulative effect of accounting
   changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -                  -          (0.16)

Net income (loss) per common
 share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $    (.18)       $     (1.55)      $  (0.77)

Weighted average number of
 common and common equivalent
 shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       20,415             20,127         18,293
</TABLE>


              See notes to consolidated financial statements.




                                        26


<PAGE>
                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
                                                                              December 25,     December 26,      December 31,
                                                                                  1994             1993              1992
                                                                             --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                           <C>              <C>               <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ (3,717)        $ (31,215)        $ (14,125)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      19,216            18,046            14,869
        Deferred income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (3)           (2,501)           (1,421)
        Reserve for restructuring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (667)           35,100               854
        Gain on disposal of discontinued
               operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---            (5,273)              ---
        Extraordinary item - loss on early
              extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---               ---             11,949
        Cumulative effect of accounting changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---               ---              2,838
        Changes in assets and liabilities:
           Accounts receivable - trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         178                79                 13
           Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (545)            3,488             (2,013)
           Other current assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       2,258              (777)             3,797
           Other assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         752            (1,415)               123
           Accounts payable - trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (4,345)            4,688              1,020
           Accrued expenses and other current
              liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       3,365             7,424                388
           Reserve for restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (3,370)           (4,703)               ---
           Income taxes currently payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          69            (1,471)              (656)
           Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (517)           (1,878)               (21)
             Total adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      16,391            50,807             31,740

           Net cash provided by operating
              activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      12,674            19,592             17,615

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (19,402)          (43,867)           (24,026)
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash received. . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---            (4,660)           (4,525)
  Disposition of property and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       5,054             5,230             3,679
  Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---               ---             1,254
  Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (16)              115            (1,019)

            Net cash used in investing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . .    $(14,364)        $ (43,182)        $ (24,637)
</TABLE>


            See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                        27


<PAGE>
                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  CASH  FLOWS
                                (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                             ------------------------------------------------
                                                                              December 25,     December 26,      December 31,
                                                                                  1994             1993              1992
                                                                             --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                           <C>              <C>               <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net borrowings (payments) on Credit Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $       3,400    $      (18,550)   $ 35,545
  Common shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              576            17,204         457
  Net payments on lines of credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---               ---      (4,250)
  Net proceeds of 8 1/4% Convertible
      Subordinated Debentures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---               ---      47,948
  Repurchase of 14 1/4% Subordinated Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---               ---     (98,526)
  Restricted cash deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---               ---      11,700
  Proceeds from 5% Convertible Senior
     Subordinated Debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---            15,000         ---
  Other long-term debt payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           (1,722)           (7,186)     (1,789)

          Net cash provided by (used in)  financing
           activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            2,254             6,468      (8,915)
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing
            operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              564           (17,122)    (15,937)
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued
        operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---            12,766      (1,907)
Net cash used by extraordinary item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---               ---     (13,206)
Net  increase (decrease) in cash and cash
     equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              564            (4,356)    (31,050)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           16,664            21,020      52,070
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $ 17,228          $ 16,664    $ 21,020
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow
  Information:
  Non-cash transactions:
     Capitalized lease obligations entered into. . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $  1,430          $  3,241    $  2,331
     Conversion of 8 1/4% Subordinated
         Debentures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              162               ---        ---
     Liabilities assumed in acquisitions of
          properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---             1,819       4,975
     Common stock issued in acquisitions of
       properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              ---               895         ---
  Cash payments (refunds) during the year for:
     Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $  9,226          $ 10,100    $ 13,263
     Interest capitalized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               77               202         172
     Income taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           (2,164)            2,810      (5,046)
</TABLE>

                       See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                        28
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
            CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENT  OF  SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY
                          (Dollars in thousands)


                                        Common Shares Issued      Additional
                                        Number of                  Paid-in               Treasury
                                         Shares      Amount        Capital     Deficit     Stock      Total
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>

Balance, December 31, 1991 . . .      30,932,295     $ 309        $ 206,858  $ (39,904) $ (69,945)   $ 97,318

Issue of shares pursuant to
    employee stock plans . . . .          85,394         1              456        ---        ---         457

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---       ---              ---    (14,125)       ---     (14,125)
                                      ----------     -----        ---------  ---------- ----------   ---------
Balance, December 31, 1992 . . .      31,017,689       310          207,314    (54,029)   (69,945)     83,650

Investment in Company by the
Airlie Group L.P.. . . . . . . .       1,503,220        15           14,030        ---        ---      14,045

Issue of shares in connection
   with acquisition. . . . . . .          94,300         1              894        ---        ---         895

Issue of shares pursuant to
    employee stock plans . . . .         499,559         5            3,154        ---        ---       3,159

Conversion of subordinated
  debentures . . . . . . . . . .           3,846       ---               25        ---        ---          25

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---       ---              ---    (31,215)       ---     (31,215)
                                      ----------     -----        ---------  ---------- ----------   ---------
Balance, December 26, 1993 . . .      33,118,614       331          225,417    (85,244)   (69,945)     70,559

Issue of shares pursuant to
  employee stock plans . . . . .          97,582         1              575        ---        ---         576

Conversion of subordinated
  debentures . . . . . . . . . .          24,922       ---              152        ---        ---         152

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---       ---              ---     (3,717)       ---      (3,717)
                                      ----------     -----        ---------  ---------- ----------   ---------
Balance, December 25, 1994 . . .      33,241,118     $ 332        $ 226,144   $(88,961)  $(69,945)    $67,570
                                      ==========     =====        =========  ========== ==========   =========
</TABLE>

              See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                        29
<PAGE>



                 TPI  ENTERPRISES,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES              
               NOTES  TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TPI
Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.  During 1993, the Company changed its fiscal year from a
calendar year to a 52-53 week period, ending on the last Sunday in December
in order to be consistent with the year end of its wholly-owned subsidiary,
TPI Restaurants, Inc., ("Restaurants").  The Company's quarters end as of
the end of the 16th, 28th, and 40th weeks of each fiscal year.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

  The Company considers cash on hand, deposits in banks, certificates of
deposit and short-term marketable securities with maturities of 90 days or
less when purchased, as cash and cash equivalents.

  Restaurants utilizes a cash management system under which cash overdrafts
exist in the book balances of its primary disbursing accounts.  These
overdrafts represent the uncleared checks in the disbursing accounts. The
cash amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements represent
balances on deposit at other locations prior to their transfer to the
primary disbursing accounts.  Uncleared checks of $7,229,000 and $7,393,000
are included in accounts payable at December 25, 1994 and December 26,
1993, respectively.

Inventories

  Inventories, consisting of food items, beverages and supplies, are stated
at the lower of weighted average cost (which approximates first-in,
first-out) or market.

Pre-opening Costs

  Direct costs incidental to the opening of new restaurants are capitalized
and amortized over the restaurants' first year of operations.

Depreciation and Amortization

  Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is provided on
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or,
in the case of leasehold improvements and certain property under capital
leases, over the lesser of the useful life or the lease term.

  Goodwill related to the acquisition of Restaurants is amortized on a
straight-line basis over a thirty-six year period.  The costs of franchise
license agreements which govern the individual Shoney's and Captain D's
restaurants and reserved area agreements are amortized on a straight-line
basis over the lives of the related franchise license agreements, up to 40
years.

Postemployment Benefits

 The Company recognizes the cost of postemployment benefits on an accrual
basis in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard No. 112, "Employers
Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."  The adoption of this statement
during the year ended December 31, 1992 resulted in an increase of $102,000
in 1992 income from continuing operations.  The cumulative effect on years
prior to January 1, 1992 of $716,000, or $.04 per share, is included in
1992 net income.

                                        30
<PAGE>
Income Taxes

  Effective January 1, 1992, the Company adopted Financial Accounting
Standard No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", which requires an asset
and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income
taxes.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually
for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and
liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future
based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the
differences are expected to affect taxable income.  Valuation allowances
are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount
expected to be realized.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or
refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Prior to 1992, income taxes were
accounted for under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 11.

  The effect of adopting Statement 109 on 1992 net income (loss) was a
decrease of $697,000,  or $.04 per share.  This effect consists of an
increase of $898,000, or $.05 per share, relating to continuing operations,
an increase of $500,000, or $.03 per share, relating to the extraordinary
item and $27,000 relating to the cumulative effect of adopting Statement
112.  The cumulative effect of the change on years prior to January 1, 1992
of $2,122,000, or $.12 per share, decreased 1992 net income.

Income (Loss) Per Share

  Primary earnings per share amounts are computed by dividing net income
(loss) by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent
shares outstanding during the period.  Reported primary per share amounts
include common equivalents relating to dilutive stock options of 80,000,
514,000  and 165,000  shares in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

  Fully diluted earnings per share amounts are similarly computed, but also
include the effect, when dilutive, of the Company's 8 1/4% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures issued in July and August of 1992 and 5%
Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures issued March 1993, after the
elimination of the related interest requirements, net of income taxes.  The
Company's convertible debentures are excluded from the fiscal 1994  and
1993 computation due to their antidilutive effect during that period.     
The inclusion of the Company's dilutive outstanding options in the
calculation, determined based on market values at the end of each period,
as applicable, is either antidilutive or does not result in a material
dilution of earnings per share for 1994, 1993 and 1992.

Reclassification

  Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the
1994 presentation.





                                        31
<PAGE>

NOTE 2 - RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

  The Company adopted a restructuring plan at the end of the fourth quarter
of 1993 which included closing or relocating 31 of its restaurants by the
end of 1994, not exercising options to renew leases with respect to an
additional 19 of its restaurants upon expiration of the current lease
terms, and the restructuring of divisional management as well as
consolidating the Company's two corporate offices.  With respect to the
restaurants to be closed or relocated, the Company recorded $19,800,000 of
restructuring charges in 1993 consisting primarily of the write-off of
assets and the accrual of lease and other expenses, net of projected sales
proceeds and sublease income.  As of December 25, 1994, the Company has
closed 22 restaurants with plans to close an additional 4 restaurants
during the first half of 1995.  During the fourth quarter of 1994,
management determined that improved operations at 5 of the restaurants,
previously included in the restructure plan, indicated the locations should
not be closed.  Accordingly, the Company reduced its reserve by
approximately $2,500,000 related to these 5 locations.  During 1994, the
reserve was also charged $3,500,000 for expenditures and asset write-offs
related to the other 26 units.

  With respect to the 19 restaurants projected to be closed no later than
the expiration of their current lease terms, the Company determined that
the recoverability of the assets had been permanently impaired, and
accordingly, recorded a charge of $4,500,000 primarily for the write-down
of assets at the end of 1993. During 1994, three of these units were closed
prior to or upon the expiration of their current lease terms. The reserve
was charged approximately $700,000 for the write-down of assets.

  With respect to the Company's restructuring of its divisional management
and consolidation of its corporate offices, the Company recorded
approximately $1,800,000 for the cost of moving the Memphis office,
$1,300,000 for the write-off of assets and accrual of remaining lease
obligations at the Company's present facilities and $1,200,000 for
severance costs and other costs relating to the restructuring of divisional
and corporate overhead.  Severance costs included amounts to be paid to
approximately 80 employees at the divisional level and at the Memphis
corporate office whose employment  would be terminated as a result of the
restructuring of its divisional management and consolidation of its
corporate offices.  During 1994, the Company paid out approximately
$1,100,000 related to the restructure of which $300,000 was for severance.  

  In addition to the amounts paid, management determined that an additional
$1,200,000 should be provided for the write-off of assets at its Memphis
location.  The Company expects to pay the majority of the remaining
relocation obligations during 1995 as the consolidation of the corporate
offices is completed.  In addition to these reserves, the Company also
recorded approximately $6,500,000 in the prior year related to units that
were closed prior to 1993 and for the sale of vacant properties.  During
1994, the reserve had charges of approximately $1,700,000 resulting from
expenditures and asset write-offs and an increase of $300,000 related to
changes in original estimates for the costs of disposal.


NOTE 3 - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

  TPI Entertainment, Inc.

  During the period from March 1991 through May 1993, TPI Entertainment,
Inc. ("Entertainment"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, owned a
50% interest in a partnership, Exhibition Enterprises Partnership, (the
"Partnership"), with Cinema Enterprises, Inc.,  a wholly-owned subsidiary
of American Multi-Cinema, Inc. ("AMC").  At the end of 1991, the Company
resolved to offer for sale its 50% interest in the Partnership.
Accordingly, all theater operations are classified as discontinued
operations in the financial statements. The Company's proportionate share
of the Partnership loss was not recorded in 1993 or 1992, as the Company
anticipated proceeds from the sale of its interest in the Partnership would
exceed its carrying value.

  On May 28, 1993, the Company completed the sale of its 50% interest in
the Partnership to AMC for $17,500,000.  As a result of this transaction,
the Company recognized a gain of $5,273,000, net of income taxes of
$2,717,000 for the year ended December 26, 1993.


                                        32
<PAGE>
  The following condensed balance sheet reflects the financial position of
the Partnership as of May 28, 1993, the date of the completion of the sale
of the Company's interest in the Partnership.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           May 28, 1993
                                                                           (Unaudited)
                                                                           -------------
                                                                           (Dollars in
                                                                           thousands)

<S>                                                                       <C>
Assets:

  Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $    778

  Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      130

  Property, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60,251

  Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46,713

  Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,279

     Total Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $111,151

Liabilities and Partners' Capital:

  Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $  7,853

  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7,093

  Borrowings, including current portion of long-term debt. . . . . . . . .   56,125

     Total Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71,071

  Partner's Capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40,080

     Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $111,151
</TABLE>


Results of theater operations are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 21 Weeks Ended May 28, 1993      53 Weeks Ended Dec. 31, 1992
                                                                 (Partnership) (Unaudited)              (Partnership)
                                                                 -----------------------------    -----------------------------
                                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                               <C>                                <C>
Revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $ 56,919                       $148,397

Costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               55,581                        138,211

Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                1,338                         10,186

Other expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              (3,816)                         (9,962)

Net income (loss). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $(2,478)                       $    224
</TABLE>



  The Company received an administrative fee of 1/4% of theater revenue
from the theater operations which was deducted from the carrying value of
the Partnership.  Such fees were $230,000 and $370,000 for 1993 and 1992,
respectively.

                                        33
<PAGE>
NOTE 4 - PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT

  Property and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994               1993
                                                                            ----------         ----------
                                                                              (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>
Owned:
     Land. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  35,602          $  37,434
     Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     52,616             47,553
     Leasehold improvements and buildings on leased land . . . . . . . . .     51,344             52,061
     Equipment and furnishings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     75,003             69,135
                                                                            ---------          ---------
                                                                              214,565            206,183
                                                                            ---------          ---------

Leased:
     Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23,905             24,116
     Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,924              1,941
                                                                            ---------          ---------
                                                                               25,829             26,057
                                                                            ---------          ---------

Property and equipment (at cost) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    240,394            232,240
                                                                            ---------          ---------
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70,401             57,802
                                                                            ---------          ---------
Less allowance for unit closings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12,430             18,695
                                                                            ---------          ---------
     Total property and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 157,563          $ 155,743
                                                                            =========          =========
</TABLE>

  Property and equipment with a net book value of approximately $22,233,000
and $22,681,000 were pledged as collateral for the Company's debt
facilities as of December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, respectively.

  Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line
method and are based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as
follows:  buildings, 30 years; equipment and furnishings, 3-15 years; and
leasehold improvements, primarily representing buildings constructed on
leased property, the lesser of the term of the lease or 30 years. 
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, exclusive of
depreciation and amortization included in discontinued operations, totalled
approximately $14,985,000, $14,104,000 and $12,880,000 during 1994, 1993
and 1992, respectively.  In 1994, 1993 and 1992, approximately $1,643,000,
$1,716,000 and $1,843,000, respectively, related to capitalized leases. 
Property and equipment includes  capitalized interest on construction of
$425,000,  $374,000 and $172,000 at December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993
and December 31, 1992, respectively.



                                        34
<PAGE>

NOTE 5 - OTHER  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS

  Other intangible assets consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994               1993
                                                                            ----------         ----------
                                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>
     Franchise and reserved area rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 17,704          $ 17,729
     Deferred debt costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6,175             6,085
     Unamortized pre-opening expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        946             1,473
     Other deferred charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         58                56
                                                                            ---------          ---------
                                                                               24,883            25,343
     Less accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5,157             3,420
                                                                            ---------          ---------
                                                                             $ 19,726          $ 21,923
                                                                            =========          =========
</TABLE>


NOTE 6 - LONG-TERM  DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994               1993
                                                                            ----------         ----------
                                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>
8 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures, due 2002 . . . . . . . . . . .  $  51,563          $  51,725

5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures, due 2003. . . . . . . . . .     15,000             15,000

Credit Facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22,400             19,000

Notes  payable, interest rates of 7.75% to 10%, due through 2007 . . . . .      4,863              4,209

Obligations under capital leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17,620             18,567
                                                                            ---------          ---------
                                                                              111,446            108,501
     Less amounts due within one year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3,725              1,728
                                                                            ---------          ---------
                                                                            $ 107,721           $106,773
                                                                            =========          =========
</TABLE>


  Scheduled annual principal maturities of long-term debt, excluding
obligations under capital leases,  for the five years subsequent to
December 25, 1994, are as follows: $2,224,000 in 1995; $24,010,000 in 1996;
$41,000 in 1997; $46,000 in 1998 and $51,000 in 1999.

 Interest expense from continuing operations for 1994, 1993 and 1992
includes interest on obligations under capital leases of $1,952,000,
$2,334,000 and $2,610,000, respectively.

Debentures

  On March 19, 1993, the Airlie Group, L.P., and certain related parties
(the "Airlie Group") made an investment in the Company of $30,000,000
including $15,000,000 of 5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures (the
"Senior Debentures"), due 2003, the issuance of 1,500,000 shares of the
Company's common stock at $10 per share and the issuance of warrants to
purchase an additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock at $11 per share. 
The Senior Debentures are senior to the 8 % Convertible Subordinated
Debentures (the "Debentures").   The Senior Debentures are convertible at
the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time
prior to maturity at $11 per share, subject to adjustment in certain
events.  The Senior Debentures mature on April 15, 2003 and are redeemable,
in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time on or after
April 15, 1996, initially at 103.5% of their principal amount and declining
to 100% of their principal amount on April 15, 2003.  The Debenture holders
may require the Company to repurchase the Senior Debentures, in whole or in
part, in certain circumstances involving a change in control


                                        35
<PAGE>

NOTE 6 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

Debentures (Continued)

of the Company as defined in the Debenture Purchase Agreement (the
"Agreement").  However, a change in control, as defined in the Agreement,
will create an event of default under the Credit Facility (described below)
and, as a result, any repurchase would, absent a waiver, be blocked by the
subordination provisions of the Agreement until the Credit Facility (and
any other senior indebtedness of the Company and senior indebtedness of 
Restaurants with respect to which there is a payment default) has been
repaid in full. The Senior Debentures are unconditionally guaranteed on a
subordinated basis by Restaurants.  They are subordinated to all existing
and future senior indebtedness of the Company and Restaurants, excluding
the Debentures.

  The 8 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures"), which
provided proceeds to the Company of $47,948,000, net of $3,802,000 in
deferred debt costs, are convertible at the option of the holder into
common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion
price of $6.50 per share subject to adjustment in certain events.  The
Debentures mature on July 15, 2002, and are redeemable at the option of the
Company at any time on or after July 15, 1995, at a premium which declines
as the Debentures approach maturity.  The Debenture holders may also
require the Company to repurchase the Debentures, in whole or in part, in
certain circumstances involving a change in control of the Company as
defined in the indenture covering the Debentures (the "Indenture"). 
However, a change in control, as defined in the Indenture, will create an
event of default under the Credit Facility and, as a result, any repurchase
would, absent a waiver, be blocked by the subordination provisions of the
Indenture until the Credit Facility (and any other senior indebtedness of
the Company and senior indebtedness of Restaurants with respect to which
there is a payment default) has been repaid in full.  The Debentures are
unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Restaurants.  They
are subordinated to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the
Company and Restaurants.

  During 1992, the Company recorded a charge of $11,949,000 following the
repurchase of $98,526,000 principal amount of the 14 % Senior Subordinated
Notes of Restaurants (the "Notes").   The costs of the repurchased Notes in
excess of their principal amounts, together with the related deferred
finance costs and expenses related to the repurchase, were charged to
income as an extraordinary item, net of income tax of $6,170,000.   The
remaining $1,474,000 principal amount of the Notes was repurchased on
November 15, 1993. Premiums on the purchases and the write-off of deferred
debt costs resulted in a charge of $109,000 to other income and expense
during 1993.

Credit Facility

  The Credit Facility which previously consisted of a $50,000,000 Revolving
Credit Facility was amended as of December 23, 1994.  This amendment and
waiver restricted the total borrowings available under the facility to
$40,000,000 and waived compliance with certain financial ratios through
January 31, 1995.  The Credit Facility was amended and restated as of
January 31, 1995.  The amendment to the facility limits borrowings to
$40,000,000, revises certain financial covenant ratios and requires the
collateralization of additional properties.  The Credit Facility matures on
June 3, 1996, unless extended by the Banks.


                                        36
<PAGE>

NOTE 6 - LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

Credit Facility (continued)

  Borrowings under the Credit Facility, at the Company's option, bear
interest at either a defined base rate or a rate based on the London
Interbank Offered Rate.  The weighted average interest rate on the amount
outstanding was 8.2% and 5.72% for 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The
Company paid certain fees and expenses to the Banks in connection with the
original commitment letter, which along with other costs associated with
the Original Credit Facilities, totalled approximately $2,000,000 and also
agreed to indemnify the Banks against certain liabilities.  The Company
also paid an amendment fee of $80,000 for its Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1995.  The Company also pays a fee based
on the Eurodollar rate, 2.0% at December 25, 1994, in connection with
letters of credit issued and a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum on
the average daily unused amount of the Credit Facility.  The terms of the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement require that the fee paid on
borrowings and letters of credit be increased by .50% effective January 31,
1995.

  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all shares of the
capital stock of Restaurants, whenever issued, intercompany debt of
Restaurants owed to the Company and ground lease mortgages with respect to
certain premises in which the land is currently leased but the building
located thereon is owned by Restaurants.  In addition, the Banks have
exercised their right to obtain, as security, assignments of other leases
and/or mortgages on real property currently owned or subsequently acquired. 
However, the Company has rights to finance certain of these properties and
obtain a release of the collateral under certain conditions.  The  Credit
Facility limits the amount of additional indebtedness which the Company and
its subsidiaries may incur and the aggregate annual amount to be spent on
capital expenditures.  In addition, the Credit Facility limits, among other
things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to  pay dividends,
create liens, sell assets, engage in mergers or acquisitions and make
investments in subsidiaries.  Restaurants may not transfer amounts to the
Company except for the payment of a management fee not to exceed $2,500,000 
in each fiscal year and a dividend in an amount sufficient to pay interest
on the Senior Debentures and the Debentures, in each case provided that no
defaults under the Credit Facility exist either immediately before or after
the transfer.  Restaurants must also maintain certain financial ratios.

  At December 25, 1994, $22,400,000 was drawn on the facility and letters
of credit in the amount of $10,951,000  were outstanding, resulting in a
remaining available balance of $6,649,000 under the revised Agreement.

Notes Payable

  Notes payable as of December 25, 1994 consist of obligations secured by
buildings, land, equipment, and cash value life insurance policies with a
net book value of $8,381,000.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

  The estimated fair value of the Company's  Debentures, based on the
quoted market price, is $39,200,000 and $86,900,000 for December 25, 1994
and December 26, 1993, respectively.   The estimated fair value of the
Company's Senior Debentures at December 25, 1994 is $11,600,000, based on
the estimated borrowing rates available to the Company.  The Credit
Facility reprices frequently at market rates; therefore, the carrying
amount of this facility is a reasonable estimate of its fair value at
December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993.  The estimated fair value of the
Company's notes payable approximates the principal amount of such notes
outstanding at December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, which is based upon
the estimated borrowing rates available to the Company.

  The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent
information available to management as of December 25, 1994 and December
26, 1993.  Although management is not aware of any factors that would
significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have
not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial
statements since that date, and current estimates of fair value may differ
significantly from the amounts presented herein.



                                        37

<PAGE>



 NOTE 7 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994               1993
                                                                            ----------         ----------
                                                                              (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>
Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 17,368           $ 13,417

Reserve for restructuring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5,700              2,005

Taxes other than income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4,451              5,232

Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2,407              2,401

Payroll and compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2,878              1,987

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4,085              4,787

                                                                            $ 36,889           $ 29,829
</TABLE>


     The Company is primarily self insured for general liability and
workers' compensation risks supplemented by stop loss type insurance
policies.  The self insurance liabilities, related to continuing
operations, included in accrued insurance at December 25, 1994 and December
26, 1993  were approximately $17,022,000 and $12,300,000, respectively.

     In 1993, management completed an extensive review of the Company's
exposure resulting from its self insurance program for workers'
compensation and general liability.  The review, which  was based on
improved data available to the Company relating to the trend in claims
development, indicated that the Company's reserves for retained losses were
near the lower end of the expected range of possible losses.  Management
determined it would be appropriate to increase the Company's reserves to
better reflect the likely outcome of its liability within the possible
range of losses.  Accordingly,  as of the end of  the fourth quarter of
1993, workers' compensation insurance reserves were increased by charging
$4,500,000 to restaurant labor and benefits and  $700,000 to general and
administrative expenses.  Also a charge of $1,800,000 was made to other
restaurant  operating expenses and $600,000 to the gain on sale of
discontinued operations (theater operations) to increase the general
liability insurance reserves. 






                                        38
<PAGE>

 NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes on continuing operations is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994               1993            1992
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>            <C>
Current:

 Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $        3         $  (3,335)     $    1,695

 State and local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          --                --              --
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
                                                                                     3            (3,335)          1,695

Deferred:

 Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (3)           (1,611)         (1,275)

 State and local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          --              (890)          (146)
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
                                                                                   (3)            (2,501)        (1,421)

                                                                            $       --         $  (5,836)    $      274
                                                                            ==========         ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


     The provision (benefit) for income taxes on continuing operations is
different from the amount that would be computed by multiplying the income
(loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income
taxes by the statutory U.S. federal income tax rates for the following
reasons:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994               1993            1992
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>                <C>            <C>
Income (loss) from continuing operations before
  provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $(3,717)           $ (42,324)     $     936

Provision (benefit) at statutory rate of 34% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (1,264)             (14,390)           318

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax
  benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---                 (587)           (97)

Goodwill and other nondeductible items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      476                  435            501

Tax refund claims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---                 (619)           ---

Targeted jobs tax credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (318)                (105)           (446)

Tip credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (388)                 ---             ---

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,454                9,502             ---

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       40                  (72)             (2)

Income tax provision (benefit) on continuing operations. . . . . . . . . .  $   ---            $  (5,836)       $    274
</TABLE>

                                        39

<PAGE>
 NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES (continued)

The tax effects of principal temporary differences in 1994 are shown in the
following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Assets            Liabilities      Total 
                                                                            ----------         -----------    ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>         <C>
Additional inventory costs for tax purposes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   162            $  ---         $  162

Net operating loss and contributions
      carryforwards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      783               ---            783

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7,563               ---          7,563

Unamortized pre-opening expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---               (18)           (18)

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      496              (287)           209

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (3,033)              ---         (3,033)
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
     Total Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,971              (305)         5,666
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
Unamortized intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---            (1,138)        (1,138)

Net operating loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7,827               ---          7,827

Investment related basis differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---            (3,847)        (3,847)

Excess tax over book depreciation and sale-
    leasebacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---           (14,250)       (14,250)

Deferred compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      564               ---            564

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8,616               ---          8,616

AMT, targeted jobs tax credit, and tip credit carry
  forwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,673               ---          5,673

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      434            (1,757)        (1,323)

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (7,785)              ---         (7,785)
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
     Total Noncurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15,329           (20,992)        (5,663)
                                                                            ----------         ----------     ----------
          Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $21,300          $(21,297)     $       3
                                                                            ==========         ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


    Other current assets include income tax refund receivable of $132,000
and $3,171,000 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.

   The valuation allowance at December 25, 1994 of $10,818,000 resulted
from an increase in net operating losses in excess of deferred liabilities.


                                        40
<PAGE>
NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES (continued)

The tax effects of principal temporary differences in 1993 are shown in the
following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Assets            Liabilities      Total 
                                                                            ----------         -----------    ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>        <C>
Additional inventory costs for tax purposes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $    209          $    ---    $    209

Net operating loss and contributions
         carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4,425               ---       4,425

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6,026               ---       6,026

Unamortized pre-opening expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---              (275)      (275)

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---              (289)      (289)

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (3,362)              ---     (3,362)

     Total Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7,298              (564)     6,734

Unamortized intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---            (1,237)    (1,237)

Net operating loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,625               ---      3,625

Investment related basis differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---            (3,847)    (3,847)

Excess tax over book depreciation and
  sale-leasebacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---           (10,450)   (10,450)

Deferred compensation and pension expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      848               ---        848

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,402               ---      5,402

AMT and targeted jobs tax credit
carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4,595               ---      4,595

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      470               ---        470

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (6,140)              ---     (6,140)

     Total Noncurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8,800           (15,534)    (6,734)

          Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 16,098         $ (16,098) $     ---
</TABLE>


      The Company increased its deferred tax asset and liability in 1993 as
a result of legislation enacted during 1993, increasing the corporate tax
rate from 34% to 35% commencing in 1993.  The valuation allowance at
December 26, 1993 of $9,502,000  resulted from a change in circumstances
during 1993 surrounding the likelihood of the realization of the deferred
tax assets in future years.


                                        41
<PAGE>


NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES (continued)








The tax effects of principal temporary differences in 1992 are shown in the
following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Assets            Liabilities      Total 
                                                                            ----------         -----------    ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
Additional inventory costs for tax purposes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $    235          $         ---   $     235

Net operating loss and contributions
          carryforwards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,599                    ---       1,599

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,062                    ---       5,062

Unamortized pre-opening expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---                   (189)       (189)

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---                   (260)       (260)

     Total Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6,896                   (449)      6,447

Unamortized intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      328                 (1,130)       (802)

Investment related basis differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---                 (5,186)     (5,186)

Excess tax over book depreciation and
         sale-leasebacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,203                (13,294)    (10,091)

Deferred compensation and pension expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,298                    ---       1,298

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      346                    ---         346

AMT and targeted jobs tax credit
           carryforward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,487                    ---       5,487

     Total Noncurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10,662                (19,610)     (8,948)

          Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17,558               $(20,059)  $  (2,501)
</TABLE>


                                        42
<PAGE>




NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES (continued)

     The Company has tax carryforwards at December 25, 1994 expiring as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Net                 Targeted
                                                             Operating              Jobs Tax         Tip
Expiration                            Contributions             Loss                 Credit         Credit
- ----------                            ---------------   ----------------------    ------------     --------
                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>              <C>                   <C>              <C>
1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $     180        $       ---          $   ---           $  ---

1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    41                ---              ---              ---

1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   536                ---              ---              ---

1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   703                ---              ---              ---

1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   779                ---              ---              ---

2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---                ---              330              ---

2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---                 13              403              ---

2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---                135              304              ---

2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---                332              501              ---

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---              8,609              714              ---

2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---             12,131              159              ---

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ---              1,143              489              589

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . .             $   2,239           $ 22,363         $  2,900            $ 589
</TABLE>


     The use of these carryforwards is limited to future taxable income. 
Alternative minimum tax credits total $2,222,000 and may be carried forward
indefinitely.




                                        43
<PAGE>






 NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES (continued)


      The overall (benefit) provision for income taxes, during 1994, 1993
and 1992 is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended December 25, 1994
                                                                            --------------------------------------------
                                                                             Federal        State and local       Total 
                                                                            ----------      ---------------       ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>         <C>
Continuing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$         ---       $         ---       $      ---

          Net benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$         ---       $         ---       $      ---
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended December 26, 1993
                                                                            --------------------------------------------
                                                                             Federal        State and local       Total 
                                                                            ----------      ---------------       ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>                    <C>
Continuing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  (4,946)       $     (890)            $  (5,836)

Discontinued operations:

  Gain on disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2,717               ---                 2,717

     Net benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (2,229)       $     (890)            $  (3,119)
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1992
                                                                            --------------------------------------------
                                                                             Federal        State and local       Total 
                                                                            ----------      ---------------       ------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>               <C>
Continuing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $     420        $    (146)        $    274

Extraordinary loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (6,160)             (10)          (6,170)

Cumulative effect of adopting

  Statement 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (365)             ---             (365)

     Net benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  (6,105)       $    (156)        $ (6,261)
</TABLE>


                                        44
<PAGE>


 NOTE 9 - LEASE COMMITMENTS

     The Company leases certain of its restaurant locations under long-term
lease arrangements.  Lease terms generally range from 10 to 25 years and
normally contain renewal options ranging from 5 to 15 years, but do not
contain purchase options.  The Company is generally obligated for the cost
of property taxes and insurance.  Some of these leases contain contingent
rental clauses based on a percentage of revenue.  The building portions of
such leases are capitalized and the land portions are accounted for as
operating leases. Contingent rentals on capital leases in continuing
operations were $389,000, $526,000 and $581,000 during 1994, 1993 and 1992,
respectively.

     Rent expense under operating leases included in continuing operations
is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994             1993                  1992
                                                                            ----------      ---------------       ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>                   <C>
Land and buildings:

      Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 4,918           $ 5,184               $ 5,084

     Contingent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     686               714                   840

                                                                             5,604             5,898                 5,924

Equipment leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2,386             2,124                 1,687

                                                                           $ 7,990           $ 8,022               $ 7,611
</TABLE>


     A summary of future minimum lease payments under capital leases,
non-cancelable operating leases, and leases reserved for in the provision
for restructuring recorded as of the fourth quarter of 1993 with remaining
terms in excess of one year at December 25, 1994 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Capital        Operating              Reserved
                                                                             Leases           Leases                Leases
                                                                            ----------      ---------------       ----------
                                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>                  <C>
     1995. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $   3,268       $  7,267               $ 1,206

     1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3,157          6,863                 1,216

     1997. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3,011          6,578                 1,177

     1998. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2,706          6,177                   941

     1999. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2,279          5,257                   931

     Thereafter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16,331         24,233                 4,948

                                                                              30,752         56,375                10,419

     Less interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13,365            ---                  ---

                                                                            $ 17,387       $ 56,375              $10,419
</TABLE>


     Future minimum lease payments on operating leases in continuing
operations have been reduced for sublease rental income of approximately
$158,000 to be received in the future under non-cancelable subleases.


                                        45
<PAGE>
NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS  AND  CONTINGENCIES

     Several of the Company's reserved area agreements include expansion
schedules requiring it to develop a minimum number of Shoney's restaurants
in the reserved areas over a defined period of time.  Pursuant to these
agreements, the Company is required to open a minimum of 36 Shoney's
restaurants through October 6, 2004.  In 1991, the Company entered into an
agreement with Shoney's, Inc., to develop 38 new Captain D's restaurants
over 20 years, at the approximate rate of two per year.  The Company has
constructed eight restaurants with respect to this agreement.

     During 1994, the Company entered into a long-term purchase commitment
to purchase 8 million pounds of french fries, annually, over a two year
period beginning on December 1, 1994 through November 30, 1996.  The total
estimated cost related to this commitment totals approximately $5,800,000. 
As of December 25, 1994, approximately 570,000 pounds, or $208,000, was
purchased under the current contract.

NOTE 11 - LITIGATION

Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., et al., v. McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc.,
et al.

     On November 1, 1993, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary,
Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., filed a complaint in the Circuit Court of the
Fifteenth Judicial Circuit in and for Palm Beach County, Florida.  The
complaint against McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc. ("McCaw"), Charisma
Communications Corp. ("Charisma") and various related parties, relates to
McCaw's failure to disclose the existence of a side agreement between McCaw
and Charisma to share in the net profits from the resale of certain
cellular properties which were sold by the Company to McCaw.  The Company
seeks recision of the sales contract and damages based upon the defendant's
alleged fraudulent misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty,
conspiracies and tortuous interference with contracts.  The Company's
attorneys  are unable at this time to state the likelihood of a favorable
outcome.

Reading Company and James J. Cotter v. TPI Enterprises, Inc.

     On March 7, 1995, a civil action captioned James J. Cotter v. TPI
Enterprises, Inc., 95 Civ. 1579 was filed in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York.  The plaintiffs allege inter
alia breach of contract and seek damages of $1,250,000 plus interest,
punitive damages and attorney's fees in connection with the sale to a
subsidiary of American Multi-Cinema, Inc. of TPI Entertainment, Inc.'s
interest in Exhibition Enterprises Partnership in April 1991.  The
Company's attorneys  are unable at this time to state the likelihood of an
unfavorable outcome.

Other

     The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various lawsuits
arising in the ordinary course of business.  It is the opinion of the
management of the Company that the outcome of such litigation will not have
a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.


                                        46


<PAGE>


 NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY

Stock Option Plans

     Officers and other key employees have been granted options to purchase
common shares under non-qualified stock option plans adopted in 1982,
1983, 1984 and 1992.  In addition, 165,000 shares of the Company's common
stock are reserved under the 1992 stock option plan for non-employee
directors.  At December 25, 1994, an aggregate of 3,127,360 common shares
were reserved under these plans.  The number of shares available for future
grants was 890,000 at December 25, 1994.  Options are generally granted at
the market price on the date of grant and generally become exercisable in
20% increments over a five-year period and expire ten years from the date
of grant.  At December 25, 1994, options were exercisable to purchase
1,386,920 shares at prices ranging from $5.00 to $10.88.  The Company's
stock option transactions are summarized as follows:



                                                  Number         Exercise Price
                                                of Options         per Option
                                              --------------   -----------------


Outstanding at December 31, 1991 . . . . . . .  1,831,600        $5.00 - $7.00

     Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,631,900        $6.63 - $8.38

     Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (2,000)           $6.25

     Canceled or lapsed . . . . . . . . . .  .   (918,750)       $6.25 - $7.00

Outstanding at December 31, 1992 . . . . . . .  2,542,750        $5.00 - $8.38

     Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     57,500        $9.38 - $10.88

     Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (426,140)       $5.00 - $8.38

     Canceled or lapsed . . . . . . . . . . .     (29,850)       $6.25 - $8.38

Outstanding at December 26, 1993 . . . . . . .  2,144,260        $5.00 - $10.88

     Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    117,500        $9.18 - $9.75

     Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (6,650)       $6.25 - $7.00

     Canceled or lapsed . . . . . . . . . . .     (17,750)       $6.25 - $8.38

Outstanding at December 25, 1994 . . . . . . .  2,237,360        $5.00 - $10.88


     The Company has warrants outstanding at December 25, 1994 to purchase
1,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $11 per share.



                                      47

<PAGE>



 NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued)

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     On August 16, 1989, the Company adopted the 1989 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "Employee Plan") pursuant to which up to 500,000 common
shares of the Company may be purchased at 85% of the fair market value of
common shares on the first or last business day of each of thirteen
purchase periods.  This Employee Plan will terminate on April 16, 1995.  On
December 16, 1994, the Company and certain subsidiaries adopted the 1995
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the new Employee Plan) pursuant to which
1,000,000 common shares of the Company may be purchased at 85% of the fair
market value of common shares on the first or last business day of each of
thirteen purchase periods.  The new Employee Plan is open to all active
adult employees of the Company and Restaurants who have been employed for
at least six months, customarily work more than 20 hours per week and more
than five months per year, and are not directors or 5% shareholders of the
Company or any subsidiary, as defined in the Employee Plan.  Employees can
designate up to 10% of their compensation for the purchase of common
shares, which is consistent with the prior plan.  During 1994, 1993 and
1992, 90,932, 73,419 and 83,394 shares, respectively, were issued under the
Employee Plan at prices ranging from $3.77 to $8.29 per Common Share in
1994, $6.91 to $9.14 per common share in 1993 and $4.78 to $6.59 per common
share in 1992.  Aggregate purchases were approximately $532,000, $582,000
and $444,000 in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS,  DEFERRED COMPENSATION  AND  RETIREMENT 
PLAN Employment Agreements

     The Company has agreements with two executive officers which expire at
various dates through January 13, 1999.  The aggregate minimum commitment
for future salaries under these agreements is approximately $1,855,000. 
Additionally, three key employees of Restaurants are covered by agreements
with two expiring on January 1, 1996 and one containing a self-renewing
term of three years.  The aggregate minimum commitment for future salaries
under Restaurants' agreements is $902,000.  In addition to salaries, the
Company will pay minimum annual bonuses in connection with the above
agreements of $127,000.  The Company also is required to pay incentive
bonuses equal to an aggregate of 4.2% of the annual increase in operating
income over the prior year and $44,000 for each percentage point increase,
or portion thereof, in the Company's same store sales. Additional bonuses
are at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  All of the above
agreements provide severance benefits in the event of a change of control
or an involuntary termination of the officer or key employee.  The maximum
contingent liability related to these severance benefits at December 25,
1994 was $2,904,000.

     The Company also has an agreement with Robert A. Kennedy which
stipulates that the Company will pay Mr. Kennedy, upon a favorable outcome
of the courts, .50% or 1% of the gross proceeds relating to the McCaw
Cellular Communications, Inc. lawsuit. See further discussion of the
lawsuit included in Note 11.

     In addition, the 1994 results of operations include a charge of
$1,600,000 resulting from the retirement of the Company's Chairman,
effective January 31, 1995.  The provision includes all amounts due under
his current employment contracts.  The agreement also stipulates that the
Company will pay the former Chairman of the Board, upon a favorable outcome
of the courts, 3% or 5% of the gross proceeds relating to the McCaw
Cellular Communications, Inc. lawsuit.  See further discussion of the
lawsuit included in Note 11.

Deferred Compensation Agreements

     Deferred compensation of $1,619,000 and $2,382,000 included in other
liabilities at December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, respectively,
relates to agreements with two former officers of Restaurants.  Due to
interest rate fluctuations occurring at the measurement date, the Company
recorded a $913,000 charge to operations and a $562,000 increase in
operations during the fourth quarter of 1993 and 1994, respectively.


                                   48


<PAGE>


 NOTE 13 - EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND RETIREMENT PLAN 
    (continued)

Retirement Plan

     In December 1993, the Board of Directors authorized the termination of
the Company's non-qualified retirement plan for certain senior executives. 
Prior to December 31, 1992, the plan had four participants selected by the
Board of Directors to participate in the plan.  Three participants became
eligible during 1992 to begin receiving retirement benefits under the early
retirement provisions of the plan.  In February 1993, one of these
participants informed the Company of his intentions to retire prior to the
end of 1993. The Company paid a lump sum benefit payment to this officer of
$1,850,000 during March 1993.  Operations was charged $1,148,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1992 in connection with this curtailment.  Upon
termination of the plan, the Company made total lump sum benefit payments
of $4,225,000 to the three remaining participants in the plan.  These
payments were determined through negotiations with the participants and
were less than the aggregate actuarial present value of the retirement
benefits otherwise payable under the plan. This termination resulted in a
charge to operations of $1,220,000 during the year ended December 26, 1993.

     Net periodic pension cost for the fiscal years ended December 26, 1993
and December 31, 1992 consists of the following:




                                                          1993            1992
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)


Service cost - benefits earned during the period . . .  $    254    $     282

Interest cost on projected benefit obligations . . . .       335          343

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs . . .       195          261

Effect of curtailment and settlements. . . . . . . . .     1,220        1,148
                                                        --------    ---------
Net periodic pension costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  2,004    $   2,034
                                                        ========    =========
Assumed rates of increase in compensation levels . . .      6.0%         6.0%
                                                        ========    =========
Assumed discount rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6.0%         8.0%
                                                        ========    =========
 NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Restaurants

     On July 21, 1993, the Company, through a wholly-owned subsidiary,
acquired the stock of a company which operated three Shoney's restaurants,
including one owned and two leased locations.  Included in the acquisition
were the exclusive rights to operate Shoney's restaurants in the
surrounding northern Palm Beach County, Florida area.  The purchase price
of $3,860,000 included the issuance of 94,300 shares of the Company's
common stock at $9.49 per share, the weighted average price for the prior
twenty days.  In conjunction with this transaction, the Company purchased
the land and building at one of the leased restaurant locations for
$1,240,000.  The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company was a
20% shareholder of the acquired company and had a 50% interest in the land
and building the Company purchased. The Company engaged the services of an
independent appraisal company to review the fairness of the transaction.    

     On January 19, 1993, Restaurants purchased an airplane from a corporation
owned by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company for
$650,000.  Prior to this purchase, Restaurants leased the airplane for
approximately $87,000 during 1992.  In addition, Restaurants paid chartering
fees and expenses to the corporation of approximately $42,000 during 1992. 
The cost of the charter arrangements and the lease arrangement were
comparable to similar arrangements available from unrelated third parties. 
A mortgage on the airplane was obtained in 1994.

                                   49
<PAGE>


NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

Exhibition Enterprises Partnership

     On May 28, 1993, the Company completed the sale of its 50% interest in
the Partnership to American Multi-Cinema, Inc. ("AMC"), the parent company
of Entertainment's partner in the Partnership and the original owner of 56
of the 57 theaters owned by the Partnership, for $17,500,000.  In addition,
AMC retired the bank loan owed by the Partnership, which was guaranteed by
Entertainment.  For the year ended December 31, 1992, the Partnership
incurred AMC management fees of $8,876,000.  For the approximate five month
period prior to the completion of the sale of Entertainment's 50% interest
in the Partnership on May 28, 1993 to AMC, the Partnership incurred AMC 
management fees of $3,428,000.

     During the period ended May 28, 1993 and the year ended December 31,
1992, the Partnership incurred interest expense on notes payable to AMC of
$2,061,000 and $5,084,000, respectively.

     Additionally, during the period ended May 28, 1993 and the year ended
December 31, 1992, the Partnership recorded charges of $133,000 and
$370,000, respectively, for an administrative fee payable to the Company.
















                                   50
<PAGE>

 NOTE 15 - QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION (unaudited)

     Summarized quarterly financial information for 1994 and 1993 reflects
the results of operations of Restaurants as continuing operations and the
Company's interest in theater operations as discontinued operations (Note
3).  Restaurants' fiscal year is comprised of fifty-two or fifty-three
weeks divided into four quarters of sixteen, twelve or
thirteen weeks, respectively.  Both 1994 and 1993 were fifty-two week
years.  During the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company recorded $1,600,000
related to the retirement of the Company's Chairman (Note 13), $562,000 for
adjustments to the Company's deferred compensation obligation (Note 13),
and a $1,000,000 reduction to the Company's restructure reserve (Note
2).During 1993, the Company changed its fiscal year from a calendar year
end to Restaurants' fiscal year. During the fourth quarter of 1993, the
Company recorded restructuring charges of $35,082,000 (Note 2).  Other
unusual charges during the fourth quarter of 1993 include $7,000,000  for
additions to insurance reserves (Note 7), $1,220,000 for termination of the
Company's retirement plan (Note 13), and $913,000 for adjustments to the
Company's deferred compensation obligation (Note 13).  The second and third
quarters of 1993 include gains on the disposal of discontinued operations
of $6,115,000, and $85,000, respectively.  The fourth quarter of 1993
includes a loss on the disposal of discontinued operations of $927,000.



                                        First     Second      Third     Fourth
Quarter ended - 1994                   Quarter   Quarter     Quarter    Quarter
- --------------------                  ---------  ---------  ----------  -------
                                   (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales, previously reported .       $87,397   $68,730     $67,325    $63,932

  Effect of change in estimate .         1,026       799         761     (2,586)

Net sales, restated . . .  . . .        88,423    69,529      68,086     61,346

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . .        10,714     8,474       6,589      4,267

Net income (loss) from 
  continuing operations . . . . .          847       336      (1,246)    (3,654)

Net income (loss). . . . . . . .           847       336      (1,246)    (3,654)

Primary earnings per share:

 Continuing operations . . . . .          0.04      0.02       (0.06)     (0.18)

 Net income (loss) . . . . . . .          0.04      0.02       (0.06)     (0.18)

Quarter ended - 1993
- --------------------
Net sales. . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 85,133   $69,850     $70,326    $64,130

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . .        12,008    10,093       9,355        817

Net income (loss) from
   continuing operations . . . .           976     1,125         491    (39,080)

Net income (loss). . . . . . . .           976     7,240         576    (40,007)

Primary earnings per share:
 Continuing operations . . . . .          0.05      0.06        0.02      (1.93)

 Net income (loss) . . . . . . .          0.05      0.36        0.03      (1.98)

Fully diluted earnings per share:
 Continuing operations . . . . .          0.05      0.06        0.02      (1.93)

 Net income (loss) . . . . . . .          0.05      0.27        0.03      (1.98)

                                           51


<PAGE>

 NOTE 15 - QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION (Continued)

     The quarters ended April 17, 1994, July 10, 1994, and October 2, 1994
have been restated as indicated above for a change in an accounting
estimate related to the Company's restructuring plan.  See Note 2.

     Gross profit equals revenues less food, supplies and uniforms,
restaurant labor and benefits, restaurant depreciation and amortization and
other restaurant operating expenses.  Net income (loss) per share is
computed separately for each period and, therefore, the sum of such
quarterly per share amounts may differ from the total for the year.  The
effect of convertible debentures and stock options on the fully-diluted
earnings per share computation for all of 1994 and for the first, third
and fourth quarters of 1993 were either antidilutive or did not result in a
material dilution of earnings per share and, therefore, primary and
fully-diluted earnings per share are equivalent.



                                        52

<PAGE>






 Item 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
          FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURE

 There have been no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants during
1994.

PART III

 Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE
REGISTRANT; EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION; SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT; AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS

 The information required by these Items is omitted because the Company
will file a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which
information is herein incorporated by reference as if set out in full.

PART IV

Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K




 (a)   1.  Financial Statements                                             Page
                                                                           -----

       The following financial statements of the Company have been filed
       under Item 8 hereto:

       Independent Auditors' Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           22

       Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 25, 1994 and
       December 26, 1993. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          23

       Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the Three
       Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 25, 1994 . . . . .          25

       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the Three
       Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 25, 1994 . . . . .          27

       Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for each of
       the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 25, 1994.         29

       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. . . . . . . . .           30

       2.  Financial Statement Schedules                                    Page
                                                                            ----

       The following financial statement schedules for the three years
      ended December 25, 1994 are filed herewith at the page indicated:



       Schedule I -- Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant      S-1


               Schedule II -- Reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-7




                                   53
<PAGE>

 Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K 
      (continued)

      The following financial statements and schedules of the Company's
 wholly-owned subsidiary, TPI Restaurants, Inc. are filed herewith at the
 page indicated:




                                                                           Page
                                                                          ------
      Independent Auditors' Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          W-1

      Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 25, 1994 and
      December 26, 1993 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          W-2

      Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the Three
      Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 25, 1994 . . . . .         W-4

      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the Three
      Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 25, 1994 . . . . .         W-5

      Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for each of
      the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 25, 1994         W-7

      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . .         W-8

      Schedule II -- Reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         WS-1


            All other schedules have been omitted because they are
inapplicable or the information required is shown in the consolidated
financial statements or the notes thereto.


                 3.  Exhibits

                 A list of exhibits required to be filed as part of this
report on Form 10-K is set forth in the "Exhibit Index", which immediately
precedes such exhibits, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 (b).  Reports on Form 8-K.

                 There were no reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company
during the last quarter of the period covered by this report.

 (c).  Exhibits

                 All exhibits required by item 601 are listed on the
accompanying "Exhibit Index" described in (a) 3 above.

 (d).  Financial Statements of Subsidiary

                 The financial statements of the Company's wholly-owned
subsidiary, TPI Restaurants, Inc. are filed under (a) 2 above.


                                      54

<PAGE>



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
registrant has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                                                      TPI Enterprises, Inc.
                                                     ------------------------
                                                            (Registrant)


Date:  April 5, 1995                            By:   /s/  Frederick W. Burford
                                                     -------------------------
                                                       Frederick W. Burford
                                                      Executive Vice President &
                                                       Chief Financial Officer





                                      55

<PAGE>

                                                           Schedule I
                          TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
              CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                         CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET




                                             December 25,        December 26,
                                                 1994                1993
                                           ----------------    ---------------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)


     ASSETS

Current Assets:

  Cash and cash equivalents. . . . .          $ 11,976            $ 10,637
  Deferred tax benefit . . . . . . .             5,666               6,734
  Income tax refund. . . . . . . . .               779               3,171
  Other current assets . . . . . . .                45                  64
                                              --------            --------
          Total Current Assets . . .            18,466              20,606
                                              --------            --------
Property and Equipment, net. . . . .               245                 291
                                              --------            --------
Other Assets:
 Investments in and advances 
 to subsidiaries, net . . . . . . .            139,924             142,834
  Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   3                   8
                                              --------            --------
                                               139,927             142,842
                                              --------            --------
Total Assets . . . . . . . . . . .            $158,638            $163,739
                                              ========            ========

     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable-trade . . . . .            $     77            $     40
  Accrued expenses and other
  current liabilities . . . . . .                2,652               2,311
  Income taxes currently payable .                 718                 649
                                              --------            --------
          Total Current Liabilities.             3,447               3,000
                                              --------            --------
Due to subsidiary. . . . . . . . . .            15,104              15,954
                                              --------            --------
Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . .            66,563              66,725
                                              --------            --------
Deferred income taxes. . . . . . . .             5,663               6,734
                                              --------            --------
Other liabilities. . . . . . . . . .               291                 767
Shareholders' Equity:                         --------            --------

  Preferred shares, no par value; 
   20,000,000 shares authorized;
   none issued and outstanding. . .                ---                 ---

 Common shares, $.01 par value;
  100,000,000 shares authorized;
   33,241,118 and 33,118,614 issued .              332                 331

  Additional paid-in capital . . . .           226,144             225,417
  Deficit. . . . . . . . . . . . . .           (88,961)            (85,244)
                                              --------            --------
                                               137,515             140,504


  Less treasury stock, at cost:
   12,846,094 common shares in 1994 and 1993    69,945              69,945
                                              --------            --------

Total Shareholders' Equity . . . . .            67,570              70,559
                                              --------            --------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity .  $158,638             $163,739
                                              --------            --------
               See notes to condensed financial statements.

                                                  S-1
<PAGE>
                                                               Schedule I
                          TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
              CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                   CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                    Fiscal Year Ended
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                       December 25,   December 26,  December 31,
                                         1994            1993         1992
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
Revenue:
 Management fee income. . . .           $2,500          $2,455       $1,714
  Interest income. . . . . .               267             428        3,414
  Equity in subsidiary earnings. .         ---              30          215
  Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---          381
                                        ------          ------       ------
                                         2,767           2,913        5,724
                                        ------          ------       ------

Expenses:
  Equity in subsidiary losses. . .       2,838          39,348       17,726
  General and administrative . . .       3,589           4,803        5,937
  Depreciation and amortization. .          57             235          357
  Corporate restructuring. . . . .         ---             511         (465)
  Interest expense . . . . . . . .         ---             340          433
                                        ------          ------       ------
                                         6,484          45,237       23,988
                                        ------          ------       ------

Loss from continuing operations 
 before income taxes. . . . . . . .     (3,717)        (42,324)     (18,264)

Income tax benefit . . . . . . . .        ---            5,836        6,261
                                        ------          ------       ------
Loss from continuing operations. .      (3,717)        (36,488)     (12,003)

Discontinued operations:
 Gain on disposal, net. . . . . .         ---            5,273         ---
                                        ------          ------       ------
Loss before cumulative effect
 of accounting changes . . . . .        (3,717)        (31,215)     (12,003)
Cumulative effect of accounting
 changes. . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---             ---        (2,122)
                                        ------          ------       ------
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .       $(3,717)       $(31,215)    $(14,125)
                                       =======        ========     ========

                      See notes to condensed financial statements.

                                                  S-2
<PAGE>
                                                               Schedule I
                          TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
              CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                   CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                    Fiscal Year Ended
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       December 25,   December 26,  December 31,
                                           1994            1993         1992
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                 (Dollars in thousands)

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $(3,717)        $(31,215)     $(14,125)

   Adjustments to reconcile net loss
      to net cash provided by (used in)
      operating activities:

      Depreciation and amortization. .        57              235           357
      Equity in subsidiary losses. . .     2,838           39,318        17,511
      Equity in subsidiary earnings
      from discontinued operations . .      ---            (7,990)         ---

      Deferred income taxes. . . . . .      (3)            (2,444)       (5,566)
      Cumulative effect of
       accounting changes. . . . . . .      ---             ---           2,122

     Changes in assets and liabilities,
      net of effects of discontinued
      operations:

      Income tax refund . . . . . . .     2,392            (3,171)         ---
      Other current assets . . . . . .       19             1,655         4,609
      Intangible pension asset. . . .       ---               330            50
      Other . . . . . . . . . . . . .         5                15          ---
      Accounts payable-trade. . . . .        37               (50)         (283)
      Accrued expenses and other 
       current liabilities. . . . . .       341              (474)         (742)
      Income taxes currently payable.        69            (1,016)         (647)
      Other liabilities . . . . . . .      (476)           (1,996)           89
                                        --------         ---------      -------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities . . . . .   $ 1,562          $ (6,803)      $ 3,375
                                        --------         ---------      -------

                                                  S-3
<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule I


                                TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                   CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                        CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                     (Continued)

                                                 Fiscal Year Ended
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                      December 25,   December 26,  December 31,
                                        1994            1993         1992
                                     -------------  -------------  -----------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)

Cash flows from investing
 activities:

 Investment in and advances
  to subsidiaries, net. . . . . .    $      72       $(32,926)      $(102,576)
 Acquisition of property and
 equipment. . . . . . . . . . . .          (11)          ---             (391)

 Dividends received from subsidiary .      ---          5,254           9,000
 Disposition of property and
  equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . .       ---           ---              386
                                        --------     ---------      ---------
   Net cash provided by (used in)
    investing activities. . . . . . .       61        (27,672)        (93,581)
                                        --------     ---------      ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:

 Payment of advances from subsidiaries .  (850)         ---             ---
 Proceeds of 8 1/4% Convertible
  Subordinated Debentures . . . . . . .    ---          ---            51,750
 Restricted cash deposits . . . . . . .    ---          ---            11,700
 Common shares issued . . . . . . . . .    566         17,204             457
 Proceeds from 5% Convertible Senior 
  Subordinated Debentures. . . . . . . .    ---         15,000             ---
                                        --------     ---------      ---------
 Net cash provided by (used in)
  financing activities. . . . . . . . .   (284)        32,204          63,907
                                        --------     ---------      ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and
 cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . .  1,339         (2,271)        (26,299)
Cash and cash equivalents, 
 beginning of period . . . . . . . .    10,637         12,908          39,207
                                        --------     ---------      ---------
Cash and cash equivalents,
 end of period . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 11,976        $10,637         $12,908
                                      ========        =======         =======
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash
 Flow Information:

  Non-cash transactions:

   Conversion of 8 1/4% Subordinated
    Debentures .  . . . . . .. . . .  $   165         $   ---       $     ---
 Cash payments (refunds) during
  the year for:
      Income taxes . . . . . . . . .  $(2,164)         $2,810        $(5,046)


               See notes to condensed financial statements.

                                                  S-4
<PAGE>



                                                                     Schedule I

                                   TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                     CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                     CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (Dollars in thousands, except share data)


<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                  Common Shares Issued   Additional
                                   Number of              Paid-in                Treasury
                                    Shares     Amount     Capital    Deficit       Stock       Total
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>     
Balance, December 31, 1991 . .   30,932,295    $ 309     $ 206,858  $ (39,904)  $ (69,945)  $ 97,318

Issue of shares pursuant to
  employee stock plans . . . .       85,394        1           456        ---         ---        457

Net Loss . . . . . . . . . . .          ---      ---           ---    (14,125)        ---    (14,125)

Balance, December 31, 1992 . .   31,017,689      310       207,314    (54,029)    (69,945)    83,650

Investment in Company by the
  Airlie Group L.P.. . . . . .    1,503,220       15        14,030        ---         ---     14,045

Issue of shares in connection
  with acquisition.. . . . . .       94,300        1           894        ---         ---        895

Issue of shares pursuant to
  employee stock plans . . . .      499,559        5         3,154        ---         ---      3,159

Conversion of subordinated
  debentures . . . . . . . . .        3,846      ---            25        ---         ---         25

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . .          ---      ---           ---       (31,215)     ---    (31,215)

Balance, December 26, 1993 . .   33,118,614      331       225,417       (85,244) (69,945)    70,559

Issue of shares pursuant to
  employee stock plans . . . .       97,582        1           575           ---      ---        576

Conversion of subordinated
  debentures . . . . . . . . .       24,922      ---           152           ---      ---        152

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . .         ---       ---           ---        (3,717)     ---     (3,717)

Balance, December 25, 1994 . .   33,241,118    $ 332     $ 226,144     $ (88,961)$ (69,945) $ 67,570

                                  See notes to condensed financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                                  S-5
<PAGE>


                                                               Schedule I


                                    TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                        CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                   NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT


Note 1 - Accounting Policies
         The investments in the Company's subsidiaries are carried at the
Company's equity in the subsidiary which represents amounts invested less the
Company's equity in the earnings and losses to date.  Significant intercompany
balances and activities have not been eliminated in this unconsolidated
financial information.

         Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in 
financial statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principals have been condensed or omitted.  Accordingly, these financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated
financial statements.

Note 2 - Cash Dividend Paid by Subsidiary
         Subsequent to the sale of its interest in the Partnership, the 
Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, TPI Entertainment, Inc., paid a dividend of
$5,254,000 to the Company.  On September 30, 1992, the Company's wholly-owned
subsidiary, Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., paid a dividend of $9,000,000 to the 
Company.

                                      S-6
<PAGE>


<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                          Schedule II
                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                            RESERVES
                                     (Dollars in thousands)

                                                              Additions
                                   Balance at   Additions     charged to   Deductions  Balance
                                   beginning    charged to    other        from        at end of
                                   of period    operations    accounts     reserves    period
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>          <C>         
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:

Year Ended December 25, 1994:    $      ---    $      59      $    ---  $     ---    $     59

Year Ended December 26, 1993:    $      ---    $     ---      $    ---  $     ---    $    ---

Year Ended December 31, 1992:    $       28    $     ---      $    ---  $      28    $    ---


ALLOWANCE FOR UNIT CLOSINGS:


Year Ended December 25, 1994:    $   18,695    $     ---      $    ---  $   6,265(1) $ 12,430

Year Ended December 26, 1993:    $    3,773    $  17,286      $    ---  $   2,364    $ 18,695

Year Ended December 31, 1992:    $      ---    $   3,773      $    ---  $     ---    $  3,773


(1)  Represents deductions for the write-off of assets and changes in assumptions in connection with the
Company's restructure plan.  See Note 2.
</TABLE>
                                                  S-7

<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of TPI Restaurants, Inc.:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TPI
Restaurants, Inc., (a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPI Enterprises, Inc.) and
its subsidiaries as of December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder's equity and
cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December
25, 1994.  Our audits also included the financial statement schedules
listed in the Index at Item 14 (a)(2).  These financial statements and
financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of TPI Restaurants, Inc. and
its subsidiaries as of December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
fiscal years in the period ended December 25, 1994 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, such
financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 1992
the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes and
postemployment benefits to conform with Statements of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109 and 112.  The Company has reflected the cumulative effect
of these changes in 1992.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

March 10, 1995 Memphis, Tennessee



                                        W-1
<PAGE>


                 TPI  RESTAURANTS,  INC.  AND  SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEETS

                                  ASSETS






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       December 25, December 26,
                                                                          1994          1994 
                                                                       -----------    ---------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
     Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $  4,832     $  5,675


     Accounts receivable - trade (net of allowance for doubtful
       accounts of $59 in 1994). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           805          939
     Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        11,969       11,424

     Deferred tax benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         3,611        1,346

     Other current assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         1,566        2,220
                                                                        ----------   ----------
          TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        22,783       21,604
                                                                        ----------   ----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (at cost) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       239,991      231,848

     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization. . . . . . . . .        70,243       57,701

     Less allowance for unit closings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        12,430       18,695 
                                                                        ----------   ----------
                                                                           157,318      155,452
                                                                        ----------   ----------
OTHER ASSETS:

     Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of $8,152 in 1994
       and $6,873 in 1993). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       37,675       38,954

     Other intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of
          $5,144 in 1994 and $3,420 in 1993) . . . . . . . . . . . . .      19,681       21,867

     Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         609          901 
                                                                        ----------   ----------

                                                                            57,965       61,722 

                                                                        $  238,066   $  238,778
                                                                        ==========   ==========

</TABLE>


              See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

                                    W-2

<PAGE>






                 TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           (Continued)

                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       December 25,  December 26,
                                                                          1994          1993 
                                                                       -----------    ---------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     Current portion of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $  3,725      $  1,728

     Accounts payable - trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          15,488        19,870

     Accrued expenses and other current liabilities. . . . . . . .          31,656        24,759
                                                                        ----------   ----------
          TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          50,869        46,357
                                                                        ----------   ----------
LONG-TERM DEBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         107,721       106,773
                                                                        ----------   ----------
RESERVE FOR RESTRUCTURING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          14,735        19,508
                                                                        ----------   ----------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           3,611         1,346
                                                                        ----------   ----------
PAYABLE TO PARENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          14,872        15,177
                                                                        ----------   ----------
OTHER LIABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           1,619         2,382
                                                                        ----------   ----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:

     Series A preferred stock ($40,000 aggregate liquidation
        preference). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---           ---

     Common Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---           ---

     Additional paid-in capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         115,216       115,064


     Deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (70,577)      (67,829)
                                                                        ----------   ----------

          TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          44,639        47,235 
                                                                        ----------   ----------

                                                                        $  238,066    $  238,778
                                                                        ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
              See notes to consolidated financial statements. 


                                      W-3


<PAGE>






                   TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES               
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Fiscal Year Ended   
                                                               -------------------------------------
                                                               December 25,  December 26,   December 27,
                                                                  1994           1993           1992 
                                                               -----------   -----------    -----------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>
Restaurant revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .        $ 287,384      $ 289,439     $ 277,390
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------


Costs and expenses:
      Food, supplies and uniforms . . . . . . . . .  . .         102,831        101,980        95,957

     Restaurant labor and benefits . . . . . . . . .. .           87,467         88,693        80,911

     Restaurant depreciation and amortization. . . . . .          14,138         13,632        11,466

     Other restaurant operating expenses . . . . . .. .           52,727         51,291        44,917

     General and administrative expenses . . . . . .. .           20,256         23,504        21,893

  Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             (986)        34,571         4,051

     Other, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .            3,440          3,275         2,753
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------
                                                                 279,873        316,946       261,948
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------
Operating income (loss). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .            7,511        (27,507)       15,442
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------
Other income and expenses:

     Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              66            112           378

     Interest expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .        (10,325)       (10,203)      (14,667)

     Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..                  -           (109)          321
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------

                                                                 (10,259)       (10,190)      (13,968)
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------

Income (loss) before income taxes. . . . . . . . . ..             (2,748)       (37,697)        1,474

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .                -             85           669
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative 
  effect of accounting changes . . . . . . . . . . . .            (2,748)       (37,782)          805
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------
Extraordinary item - loss on early extinguishment of   
  debt, net of income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 -              -       (16,069)

Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of 
  income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                -              -        (2,462)
                                                               ---------      ---------     ---------

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $  (2,748)     $ (37,782)   $  (17,726) 
                                                               =========      =========     =========
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      W-4
<PAGE>


                              TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. SUBSIDIARIES
                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Fiscal Year Ended   
                                                               -------------------------------------
                                                               December 25,  December 26,   December 27,
                                                                  1994           1993           1992 
                                                               -----------   -----------    -----------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $ (2,748)     $ (37,782)     $  (17,726)
          Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash               
            provided by operating activities::
            Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . .    19,158         17,810          14,775

                 Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---            ---          (1,134)

        Reserves for restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (667)        34,571             838
        Extraordinary item - loss on early                   
         extinguishment of  debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ---            ---          16,069
        Cumulative effect of accounting changes . .  . . . . .      ---            ---           2,462
        Changes in assets and liabilities:          
         Accounts receivable trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      134            494              28
        Inventories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (545)         3,488          (2,013)
        Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      654            329             960
        Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      754         (1,415)           (187)
        Accounts payable trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (4,382)         4,854             732
        Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.  . . .    3,725          4,911            (905)
        Reserves for restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (3,172)        (4,136)             ---
        Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (763)           840            (110)
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------
          Total adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    14,896        61,746          31,515
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------
        Net cash provided by operating activities. . . . . . .    12,148        23,964          13,789
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------

Cash flows from investing activities:

        Acquisition of property and equipment. . . . . . . . .   (19,391)      (43,867)        (23,216)
        Acquisition of business, net of cash received. . . . .       ---        (4,660)         (4,525)
        Disposition of property and equipment. . . . . . . . .     5,054         5,230           2,872
        Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions. . . . . . .       ---           ---           1,254
        Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (27)         (199)         (1,026)
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------

             Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . $ (14,364)    $ (43,496)      $ (24,641)
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------


</TABLE>
                                      W-5

<PAGE>

                  TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Fiscal Year Ended   
                                                               -------------------------------------
                                                               December 25,  December 26,   December 27,
                                                                  1994           1993           1992 
                                                               -----------   -----------    -----------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>           <C>
Cash flows from financing activities::
  Net proceeds from (payments on) Credit Facilities. . . .     $  3,400       $  (18,550)   $  35,545
  Contribution from parent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          ---           17,065       47,079
  Borrowings from (payments to) parent . . . . . . . . . .         (305)          15,177          ---
  Net payments on lines of credit . . . . . . . . . . . ..          ---              ---       (4,250)
  Net proceeds of 8 1/4% Debentures . . . . . . . . . . ..          ---              ---       47,948
  Repurchase of 14 1/4% Subordinated Notes. . . . . . . ..          ---              ---      (98,526)
  Proceeds from 5% Senior Debentures . . . . . . . . . . .          ---           15,000         ---
  Other long term debt payments . . . . . . . . . . . . ..       (1,722)          (7,209)      (1,789)
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------

  Net cash provided by financing activities. . . . . . . .        1,373           21,483       26,007
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------

Net cash provided by (used in) operations before
   extraordinary item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..         (843)           1,951       15,155
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------
Cash used by extraordinary item. . . . . . . . . . . . . .          ---              ---      (15,596)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . .         (843)           1,951         (441)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year . . . . . . .        5,675            3,724        4,165
                                                               ---------      -----------   ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year . . . . . . . . . .     $  4,832         $  5,675     $  3,724
                                                               =========      ===========   ==========


Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 Non-cash transactions:
  Capitalized lease obligations entered into . . . . . . .     $  1,430         $  3,241     $  2,331

 Conversion of 8 1/4% Subordinated Debentures . . . . . . .         162              ---          ---

 Liabilities assumed in acquisitions of properties  . . . .         ---            1,819        4,975

 Common stock issued in acquisitions of         
   properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---              895          ---
 Cash payments during the year for:
 Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  9,301         $  9,764     $ 13,513
 Interest capitalized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          77              202          172
</TABLE>
               See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                  W-6

<PAGE>




                  TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                               (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Additional
                                     Preferred       Common        Paid-in       
                                       Stock         Stock         Stock          Deficit        Total  
                                     ---------     ---------     -----------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>

Balance, December 29, 1991 . . .     $    ---      $     ---     $ 50,000        $(12,321)     $37,679

Stockholder contribution . . . .          ---            ---       47,079             ---       47,079

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .          ---            ---          ---         (17,726)     (17,726)

Balance, December 27, 1992 . . .          ---            ---       97,079         (30,047)      67,032

Stockholder contribution . . . .          ---            ---       17,985             ---       17,985

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .          ---            ---          ---         (37,782)     (37,782)

Balance, December 26, 1993 . . .          ---            ---      115,064         (67,829)      47,235

Stockholder contribution . . . .          ---            ---          152             ---          152

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . .          ---            ---          ---         (2,748)       (2,748)

Balance, December 25, 1994 . . .      $   ---        $   ---    $ 115,216        $(70,577)     $44,639
</TABLE>

               See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                  W-7

<PAGE>

                  TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TPI
Restaurants, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Company").  All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.  The Company maintains its books on a 52-53 week fiscal year
ending on the last Sunday in December.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers cash on hand, deposits in banks, certificates of
deposit and short-term marketable securities with maturities of 90 days or
less when purchased, as cash and cash equivalents.

     The Company utilizes a cash management system under which cash
overdrafts exist in the book balances of its primary disbursing accounts. 
These overdrafts represent the uncleared checks in the disbursing accounts.
The cash amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements
represent balances on deposit at other locations prior to their transfer to
the primary disbursing accounts.  Uncleared checks of $7,229,000 and
$7,393,000 are included in accounts payable at December 25, 1994 and
December 26, 1993, respectively.

Inventories

     Inventories, consisting of food items, beverages and supplies, are
stated at the lower of weighted average cost (which approximates first-in,
first-out) or market.

Preopening Costs

     Direct costs incidental to the opening of new restaurants are
capitalized and amortized over the restaurants' first year of operation.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is provided on
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or,
in the case of leasehold improvements and certain property under capital
leases, over the lesser of the useful life or the lease term.

     Goodwill related to the acquisition of the Company by TPI Enterprises,
Inc. is amortized on a straight-line basis over a thirty-six year period. 
The costs of franchise license agreements which govern the individual
Shoney's and Captain D's restaurants and reserved area agreements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related franchise
license agreements, up to 40 years.

Postemployment Benefits

     The Company recognizes the cost of postemployment benefits on an
accrual basis in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard 112,
"Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."  The adoption of this
statement during the year ended December 27, 1992 resulted in an increase
of $79,000 in 1992 income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect
of account charges.  The cumulative effect on years prior to December 30,
1991 of $968,000 is included in 1992 net income.

                                  W-8
<PAGE>

 NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES - (Continued)

Income Taxes 
     The Company's income taxes are computed in accordance
with a tax sharing and payment agreement with its parent company.

     Effective December 30, 1991, the Company adopted Financial Accounting
Standard No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", which requires an asset
and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income
taxes.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually
for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and
liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future
based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the
differences are expected to affect taxable income.  Valuation allowances
are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount
expected to be realized.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or
refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.  Prior to 1992, income taxes were
accounted for under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 11.

  The effect of adopting Statement 109 was an increase of $646,000,
relating to income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
accounting changes, an increase of $849,000 relating to the extraordinary
item and the cumulative effect of adopting Statement 112.  The cumulative
effect of the change on years prior to December 30, 1991 of $1,495,000 is a
decrease in 1992 net income.  The adoption of Statement 109 had no effect
on 1992 net income.

Working Capital Deficiency
     The Company had a working capital deficiency of $28,086,000 and 
$24,753,000 at December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, respectively.  
The Company does not have significant receivables or inventory and receives 
trade credit based upon negotiated terms in purchasing food and supplies.  
Because funds available from cash sales are not needed immediately to pay for 
food and supplies or to finance receivables or inventory, they may be used for 
non-current capital expenditures.

Reclassification
     Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the 
1994 presentation.

NOTE 2 - RESTRUCTURING  CHARGES

     The Company approved a restructuring plan as of the end of the fourth
quarter of 1993 which includes closing or relocating 31 of its restaurants
by the end of 1994, not exercising options to renew leases with respect to
an additional 19 of its restaurants upon expiration of the current lease
terms and the restructuring of divisional management as well as
consolidating the Company's corporate office with its parent company's
office.  With respect to the restaurants to be closed or relocated, the
Company recorded $19,800,000 of restructuring charges in 1993 consisting
primarily of the write-off of assets and the accrual of lease and other
expenses, net of projected sales proceeds and sublease income.  As of
December 1994, the Company has closed 22 restaurants with plans to close
an additional 4 restaurants during the first half of 1995.  During the
fourth quarter of 1994, management determined that improved operations at 5
of the restaurants, previously included in the restructure plan, indicated
the locations should not be closed.  Accordingly, the Company reduced its
reserve by approximately $2,500,000 related to these 5 locations.  During
1994,  the reserve was also charged $3,500,000 for expenditures and asset
write-offs related to the other 26 units.

     With respect to the 19 restaurants projected to be closed no later
than the expiration of their current lease terms, the Company determined
that the recoverability of the assets had been permanently impaired, and
accordingly, recorded a charge of $4,500,000 primarily for the write-down
of assets at the end of 1993. During 1994, three of these units were closed
prior to or upon the expiration of their current lease terms. The reserve
was charged approximately $700,000 for the write-down of assets.

                                  W-9
<PAGE>

NOTE 2 - RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Continued)

     With respect to the Company's restructuring of its divisional
management and consolidation of its corporate offices, the Company recorded
approximately $1,800,000 for the cost of moving the Memphis office,
$800,000 for the write-off of assets and accrual of remaining lease
obligations at the Company's present facilities and $1,200,000 for
severance costs and other costs relating to the restructuring of divisional
and corporate overhead.  Severance costs included amounts to be paid to
approximately 80 employees at the divisional level and at the Memphis
corporate office who would be terminated as a result of the restructuring
of its divisional management and consolidation of its corporate offices. 
During 1994, the Company paid out approximately $1,100,000 related to the
restructure of which $300,000 was for severance.

     In addition to the amounts paid, management determined that an
additional $1,200,000 should be provided for the write-off of assets at its
Memphis location.  The Company expects to pay the majority of the remaining
relocation obligations during 1995 as the consolidation of the corporate
offices is completed.  In addition to these reserves, the Company also
recorded approximately $6,500,000 in the prior year related to units that
were closed prior to 1993 and for the sale of vacant properties.  During
1994, the reserve had charges of approximately $1,700,000 resulting from
expenditures and asset write-offs and an increase of $300,000 related to
changes in original estimates for the costs of disposal.

NOTE 3 - PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                   1994            1993
                                                               -------------   -----------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
Owned:
     Land. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $  35,602       $  37,434

     Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      52,616          47,553

     Leasehold improvements and buildings on leased land . .      51,259          51,981

     Equipment and furnishings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      74,685          68,823
                                                               ---------       ---------
                                                                 214,162         205,791
                                                               ---------       ---------
Leased:

     Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      23,905          24,116
     Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1,924           1,941
                                                               ---------       ---------
                                                                  25,829          26,057
                                                               ---------       ---------

Property and equipment, at cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     239,991         231,848
                                                               ---------       ---------

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . .      70,243          57,701
                                                               ---------       ---------
Less allowance for unit closings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      12,430          18,695
                                                               ---------       ---------

     Total property and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $157,318        $155,452
                                                               =========       ==========   
</TABLE>

     Property and equipment with a net book value of approximately
$22,233,000 and $22,681,000 were pledged as collateral for the Company's
debt facilities as of December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993,
respectively.

     Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line
method and are based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as
follows:  buildings, 30 years; equipment and furnishings, 3-15 years; and
leasehold improvements, primarily representing buildings constructed on
leased property, the lesser of the term of the lease or 30 years. 
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment totalled
approximately $14,928,000,  $14,048,000 and $12,833,000 during 1994, 1993
and 1992 respectively.  In 1994, 1993 and 1992, approximately $1,643,000,
$1,649,000 and $1,844,000, respectively, related to capitalized leases. 
Property and equipment includes capitalized interest on construction of
$425,000, $374,000 and $172,000 at December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and
December 27, 1992, respectively. 

                                   W-10

<PAGE>

NOTE 4 - OTHER  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS

Other intangible assets consists of the following:

<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                   1994            1993
                                                               -------------   -----------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>

     Franchise and reserved area rights. . . . . . . . . .     $  17,704       $  17,729

     Deferred debt costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         6,175           6,085

     Other deferred charges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           946           1,473
                                                               ---------       ---------
                                                                  24,825          25,287
                                                               =========      ===========


     Less accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . .         5,144           3,420
                                                               ---------       --------- 
                                                               $  19,681       $  21,867
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 - LONG-TERM  DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                   1994            1993
                                                               -------------   -----------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>

     8 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures, 
        due 2002. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   51,563      $   51,725

     5% Senior Convertible Subordinated Debentures, 
        due 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       15,000          15,000

     Credit Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       22,400          19,000

     Notes  payable, interest rates of 7.75% to 10%, due 
       through 2007. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        4,863           4,209

     Obligations under capital leases. . . . . . . . . . . .       17,620          18,567
                                                                ---------       ---------
                                                                  111,446         108,501

     Less: amounts due within one year . . . . . . . . . . .        3,725           1,728
                                                                ---------       ---------
                                                                $ 107,721       $ 106,773
                                                                =========       =========

</TABLE>
     Scheduled annual principal maturities of long-term debt, excluding
capital leases, for the five years subsequent to December 25, 1994, are as
follows:  $2,224,000 in 1995; $24,010,000 in 1996; $41,000 in 1997; $46,000
in 1998 and $51,000 in 1999.

     Interest expense  for 1994, 1993 and 1992 includes interest on
obligations under capital leases of $1,952,000, $2,334,000 and $2,610,000
respectively.

                                    W-11
<PAGE>

 NOTE 5 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

Debentures

     On March 19, 1993, the Airlie Group, L.P. and certain related parties
(the "Airlie Group") made an investment in TPI Enterprises, Inc.
("Enterprises") of $30,000,000 including $15,000,000 of 5% Convertible
Senior Subordinated Debentures (the "Senior Debentures"), due 2003, the
issuance of 1,500,000 shares of Enterprises' common stock at $10 per share
and the issuance of warrants to purchase an additional 1,000,000 shares of
common stock at $11 per share.  The Senior Debentures are senior to the 8
1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures (described below).  The Senior
Debentures are convertible at the option of the holder into common shares
of Enterprises at any time prior to maturity at $11 per share, subject to
adjustment in certain events.  The Senior Debentures mature on April 15,
2003 and are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of Enterprises
at any time on or after April 15, 1996, initially at 103.5% of their
principal amount and declining to 100% of their principal amount on April
15, 2003.  The Senior Debenture holders may require Enterprises to
repurchase the Senior Debentures,  in whole or in part, in certain
circumstances involving a change in control of Enterprises as defined in
the Debenture Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement").  However, a change in
control, as defined in the Agreement, will create an event of default under
the Credit Facility (described below) and, as a result, any repurchase
would, absent a waiver, be blocked by the subordination provision of the
Agreement until the Credit Facility (and any other senior indebtedness of
Enterprises and senior indebtedness of the Company with respect to which
there is a payment default) have been repaid in full. The Senior Debentures
are unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by the Company. 
They are subordinated to all existing and future senior indebtedness of
Enterprises and the Company.

     The 8 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures"),
which provided proceeds to Enterprises of $47,948,000, net of $3,802,000 in
deferred debt costs, are convertible at the option of the holder into
common shares of Enterprises at any time prior to maturity at a conversion
price of $6.50 per share subject to adjustment in certain events.  The
Debentures mature on July 15, 2002, and are redeemable at the option of
Enterprises at any time on or after July 15, 1995, at a premium which
declines as the Debentures approach maturity.  The Debenture holders may
also require Enterprises to repurchase the Debentures, in whole or in part,
in certain circumstances involving a change in control of Enterprises as
defined in the indenture covering the Debentures  (the "Indenture"). 
However, a change in control, as defined in the Indenture, will create an
event of default under the Credit Facility and, as a result, any repurchase
would, absent a waiver, be blocked by the subordination provisions of the
Indenture until the Credit Facility (and any other senior indebtedness of
Enterprises and senior indebtedness of the Company with respect to which
there is a payment default) have been repaid in full.

     During 1992, the Company recorded a charge of $16,069,000 following
the repurchase of $82,676,000 principal amount of it's 14 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes (the "Notes").  The Company had previously purchased
$15,850,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes in the open market. 
The costs of all repurchased Notes in excess of their principal amounts,
together with the related deferred finance costs and expenses related to
the repurchase, were charged to income as extraordinary items, net of
income tax of $2,050,000.  The remaining $1,474,000 principal amount was
repurchased on November 15, 1993.  Premiums on the purchases and the
write-off of deferred debt costs resulted in a charge of $109,000 to other
income and expense during 1993. 

                                      W-12
<PAGE>

 NOTE 5 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

Credit Facility

     The Credit Facility which previously consisted of a $50,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility was amended as of December 23, 1994.  This
amendment and waiver restricted total borrowings available under the
facility to $40,000,000 and waived compliance with certain financial ratios
through January 31, 1995.  The Credit Facility was amended and restated as
of January 31, 1995.  The amendment to the facility limits borrowings to
$40,000,000, revises certain financial covenant ratios and requires the
collateralization of additional properties. The Credit Facility matures on
June 3, 1996, unless extended by the Banks.

     Borrowings under the Credit Facility, at the Company's option, bear
interest at either a defined base rate or a rate based on the London
Interbank Offered Rate.  The weighted average interest rate on the amount
outstanding was 8.2% and 5.2% for 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The Company
paid certain fees and expenses to the Banks in connection with the original
commitment letter, which along with other costs associated with the
Original Credit Facilities, totaled approximately $2,000,000 and also
agreed to indemnify the Banks against certain liabilities.  The Company
also pays a fee based on the Eurodollar rate, 2.00% at December 25, 1994,
in connection with letters of credit issued and a commitment fee equal to
0.50% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the Credit Facility. 
The terms of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement requires that
the fee paid on borrowings and letters of credit be increased by .50%
effective January 31, 1995.

     Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all shares of the
capital stock of the Company, whenever issued, intercompany debt of the
Company owed to Enterprises and ground lease mortgages with respect to
certain premises in which the land is currently leased but the building
located thereon is owned by the Company.  In addition, the Banks have the
right to obtain, as security, assignments of other leases and/or mortgages
on real property currently owned or subsequently acquired.  However, the
Company has rights to finance certain of these properties and obtain a
release of the collateral under certain conditions.  The Credit Facility
limits the amount of additional indebtedness which Enterprises, the Company
and its subsidiaries may incur and the aggregate annual amount to be spent
on capital expenditures.  In addition, the Credit Facility limits, among
other things, the ability of Enterprises, the Company and its subsidiaries
to pay dividends, create liens, sell assets, engage in mergers or
acquisitions and make investments in subsidiaries. The Company may not
transfer amounts to Enterprises except for the payment of a management fee
not to exceed $2,500,000 in each fiscal year and a dividend in an amount
sufficient to pay interest on the Senior Debentures and the Debentures, in
each case provided that no defaults under the Credit Facility exist either
immediately before or after the transfer.  The Company must also maintain
certain financial ratios and defined levels of net worth.

     At December 25, 1994, $22,400,000 was drawn on the facility and
letters of credit in the amount of $10,951,000 were outstanding, resulting
in a remaining available balance of $6,649,000.

Notes Payable

     Notes payable as of December 25, 1994 consists of obligations secured
by buildings, land, equipment and cash value life insurance policies with
a net book value of $8,381,000. 

                                        W-13
<PAGE>

 NOTE 5 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The estimated fair value of the Company's Debentures, based on the
quoted market price, is $39,200,000 and $86,900,000 at December 25, 1994
and December 26, 1993, respectively.  The estimated fair value of the
Company's Senior Debentures at December 25, 1994 is $11,600,000, based on
the estimated borrowing rates available to the Company.  The Credit
Facility reprices frequently at market rates; therefore, the carrying
amount of the Credit Facility is a reasonable estimate of its fair value at
December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993.  The estimated fair value of the
Company's notes payable approximates the principal amount of such notes
outstanding at December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, which is based upon
the estimated borrowing rates available to the Company.

     The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent
information available to management as of December 25, 1994 and December
26, 1993.  Although management is not aware of any factors that would
significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have
not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial
statements since that date, and current estimates of fair value may differ
significantly from the amounts presented herein.



                                        W-14

<PAGE>

 NOTE 6 - ACCRUED  EXPENSES  AND  OTHER  CURRENT  LIABILITIES

                                                        1994            1993
                                                 --------------    -------------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

Reserve for restructuring. . . . . . . . . .       $   5,177         $   2,005

Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          14,578            10,520

Taxes other than income taxes. . . . . . . .           4,463             3,790

Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           2,407             2,401

Payroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           1,524             1,987

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           3,507             4,056
                                                   ---------         ---------
                                                    $ 31,656          $ 24,759
                                                   =========         =========


     The Company is primarily self-insured for general liability and
workers' compensation risks supplemented by stop loss type insurance
policies.   The self-insurance liabilities included in accrued insurance at
December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993 were approximately $14,232,000 and
$9,451,000, respectively.

     During 1993, management completed an extensive review of the Company's
exposure resulting from its self insurance program for workers'
compensation and general liability.  The review, which was based on
improved data available to the Company relating to the trend in claims
development, indicated that the Company's reserves for retained losses were
near the lower end of the expected range of possible losses.  Management
determined it would be appropriate to increase the Company's reserves to
better reflect the likely outcome of its liability within the possible
range of losses.  Accordingly, as of the end of the fourth quarter of 1993,
workers' compensation insurance reserves were increased by charging
$2,900,000 to restaurant labor and benefits and $1,800,000 to other
operating expenses, respectively. 


                                        W-15


<PAGE>

 NOTE 7 - INCOME  TAXES

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes on income before
extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting changes is as
follows:

                                                    1994       1993        1992
                                                  ---------  --------    -------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

Current:

      Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $   ---      $   ---  $1,803

     State and local . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---          ---     ---
                                                   -------      -------   -----
                                                       ---          ---   1,803
                                                   -------      -------   -----
Deferred:

      Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          ---          ---  (1,349)

     State and local . . . . . . . . . . . . .         ---           85     215
                                                   -------      -------   -----

                                                       ---           85  (1,134)
                                                   -------      -------   -----

                                                   $   ---      $    85  $  669
                                                   =======      =======   =====


     The provision (benefit) for income taxes is different from the amount
that would be computed by multiplying the income (loss) before provision
(benefit) for income taxes by the statutory U.S. federal income tax rates
for the following reasons:


                                                    1994       1993        1992
                                                  ---------  --------    ------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) 
   for income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ (2,748)  $(37,782)  $ 1,474

Provision (benefit) at statutory rate 
  of 34%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..        (935)   (12,845)      501

State and local income taxes, net of 
  federal income tax benefit . . . . . . . . .         ---         ---      142

Goodwill and other nondeductible items . . . .         475        476       449

Targeted jobs tax credit . . . . . . . . . . .        (318)      (105)     (446)

Tip credits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (388)       ---       ---

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1,284     12,474       ---

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (118)        85        23
                                                    -------    ------     ------
Total provision (benefit) for income 
   taxes on continuing operations. . . . . . .      $  ---     $   85     $  669
                                                    =======    ======     ======



                                        W-16
<PAGE>

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)


The tax effects of principal temporary differences in 1994 are shown in the
following table:
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                         Assets    Liabilities   Total
                                                        ---------  -----------  -------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>          <C>
Additional inventory costs for tax purposes. . . . .   $    162    $    ---     $    162

Net operating loss and contributions carryforward           870         ---          870

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . .      6,610         ---        6,610

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        ---         (37)         (37)

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (3,994)        ---       (3,994)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------
  Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3,648         (37)       3,611
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

Unamortized intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . .        ---      (1,204)      (1,204)

Excess tax over book depreciation and
   sale-leasebacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..        ---     (11,738)     (11,738)

Deferred compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        559         ---          559

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . . .      6,104         ---        6,104

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        ---      (1,690)      (1,690)

AMT, net operating loss and targeted jobs 
  tax  credit carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19,174         ---       19,174

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (14,816)        ---      (14,816)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

 Noncurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11,021     (14,632)      (3,611)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

  Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $14,669    $(14,669)    $    ---
                                                       =========   =========    =========


</TABLE>
                                        W-17
<PAGE>

 NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

     The tax effects of principal temporary differences in 1993 are shown
in the following table:

<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                         Assets    Liabilities   Total
                                                        ---------  -----------  -------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>          <C>
Additional inventory costs for tax purposes. . . .     $     209   $     ---    $    209

Net operating loss and contributions carryforward.         4,237         ---      4,237

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . .         5,792         ---      5,792

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           ---         (20)       (20)

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (8,872)         ---    (8,872)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

     Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         1,366         (20)       1,346
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

Unamortized intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . .           ---      (1,319)    (1,319)

Excess tax over book depreciation and      
sale-leasebacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..           ---     (12,061)    (12,061)

Deferred compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           833         ---         833

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . .         7,322         ---       7,322

Other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           ---        (272)       (272)

AMT, net operating loss and targeted jobs 
  tax credit carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . ..        12,202         ---      12,202

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        (8,051)        ---      (8,051)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

   Noncurrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..        12,306     (13,652)     (1,346)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------

     Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  13,672   $ (13,672)    $   ---
                                                       =========   ==========    ========

</TABLE>
                                        W-18

<PAGE>

 NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

     The tax effects of principal temporary differences in 1992 are shown
in the following table:

<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                         Assets    Liabilities   Total
                                                        ---------  -----------  -------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>          <C>
Additional inventory costs for tax purposes. . . .     $    235    $    ---     $   235

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . .        3,946         ---       3,946

Unamortized preopening expenses  . . . . . . . . .          ---        (188)       (188)

     Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        4,181        (188)      3,993

Unamortized intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . .          328      (1,146)       (818)

Excess tax over book depreciation and      
     sale-leasebacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        3,203     (13,295)     (10,092)

Deferred compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          586         ---          586

Reserves and accrued expenses. . . . . . . . . . .          346         ---          346

Contribution carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . .          488         ---          488

AMT, net operating loss and targeted jobs tax
      credit carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . ..       10,063         ---       10,063

Valuation allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (4,566)         ---       (4,566)

     Noncurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      10,448      (14,441)      (3,993)

          Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 14,629     $(14,629)    $    ---
</TABLE>
     The Company increased its deferred tax asset and liability in 1993 as
a result of legislation enacted during 1993 increasing the corporate tax
rate from 34% to 35% commencing in 1993.  The net change in the valuation
for deferred tax assets was an increase of $12,357,000.

     
                                        W-19
<PAGE>

 NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The Company's share of Enterprises' consolidated tax carry forwards at
December 25, 1994 expire as follows:


<TABLE><CAPTION>

                                                              Net           Targeted
                                                            Operating       Jobs Tax       Tip
Expiration                            Contributions           Loss           Credit      Credit
- -----------                         ------------------    -------------    -----------   -------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>                    <C>             <C>           <C>

1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $      215             $      ---      $      ---    $  ---

1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             400                    ---             ---       ---

1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             259                    ---             ---       ---

1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             601                    ---             ---       ---

2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             681                    ---             330       ---

2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---                    ---             403       ---

2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---                    677             304       ---

2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---                    359             500       ---

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---                  7,573             706       ---

2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---                 11,970             160       ---

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . .             ---                  1,392             489       589
                                    ----------               --------        --------     -----

                                    $    2,156               $ 21,971        $  2,892     $ 589
                                    ==========               ========        ========     =====
</TABLE>

     The use of these carryforwards is limited to future taxable income. 
Alternative minimum tax credits total $873,000 and may be carried forward
indefinitely.

                                        W-20

<PAGE>

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

     The overall (benefit) provision for income taxes, during 1992 is as
follows:





<TABLE><CAPTION>

                                                     Federal      State and local     Total
                                                  ------------   -----------------   -------- 
                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>                 <C>
Income before extraordinary item and
      cumulative effect of accounting change. .   $      454     $     215           $    669

Extraordinary loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (1,723)         (327)            (2,050)

Cumulative effect of adopting Statement 112. . .         (96)          (18)              (114)
                                                  ------------   ---------

          Net benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   (1,365)    $    (130)          $ (1,495)
</TABLE>


     The Company entered into a tax sharing and payment agreement with 
Enterprises  (the "Agreement"), effective as of April 17, 1988, and
applicable to the consolidated federal income tax returns filed by 
Enterprises for its taxable year beginning January 1, 1988.  This Agreement
provides that the Company, acting for itself and its subsidiaries, shall be
allocated and shall reimburse Enterprises for their share of the
consolidated federal income tax liability of the Enterprises consolidated
group, and such share shall be determined by comparing the separate taxable
incomes (as defined for consolidated federal income tax reporting purposes)
of the Company and its subsidiaries to the sum of the separate taxable
incomes of members of the  Enterprises consolidated group.   Enterprises 
will have the right to assess the Company on a quarterly basis for its
share of the estimated consolidated federal income tax liability.

     Through December 25, 1994, deferred income taxes have not been
provided with respect to timing differences which gave rise to
approximately $1,800,000 of net operating losses, for tax purposes.  The
losses were utilized by Enterprises  in the computation of its consolidated
federal income tax liability in accordance with the Agreement. However, 
Enterprises has agreed to credit the Company with tax benefits related to
such net operating losses to offset future federal income taxes otherwise
payable by the Company under the Agreement. 

                                        W-21

<PAGE>

 NOTE 8 -  LEASE COMMITMENTS

     The Company leases certain of its restaurant locations under long-term
lease arrangements.  Lease terms generally range from 10 to 25 years and
normally contain renewal options ranging from 5 to 15 years, but do not
contain purchase options.  The Company is generally obligated for the cost
of property taxes and insurance.  Some of these leases contain contingent
rental clauses based on a percentage of revenue.  The building portions of
such leases are capitalized and the land portions are accounted for as
operating leases.  Contingent rentals on capital leases were $389,000,
$526,000 and $581,000 during 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

     Rent expense under operating leases included in continuing operations
is as follows:

                                       1994            1993             1992
                                   ------------    --------------   ------------
                                               (Dollars in thousands)

Land and buildings:

     Minimum . . . . . .            $ 4,777           $ 5,018           $ 4,825

     Contingent. . . . .                686               714               840
                                    -------           -------           -------

                                      5,463             5,732             5,665

Equipment leases . . . .              2,338             2,060             1,610
                                    -------           -------           -------

                                    $ 7,801           $ 7,792           $ 7,275
                                    =======           =======           =======


     A summary of future minimum lease payments under capital leases,
non-cancelable operating leases, and leases reserved for in the provision
for closed units recorded in the fourth quarter of 1993 with remaining
terms in excess of one year at December 25, 1994 follows:



                                    Capital         Operating       Reserved
                                     Leases           Leases         Leases 
                                   ------------    --------------   ------------
                                               (Dollars in thousands)
     1995. . . . . . . .           $   3,268         $  7,092         $ 1,206

     1996. . . . . . . .               3,157            6,717           1,216

     1997. . . . . . . .               3,011            6,429           1,177

     1998. . . . . . . .               2,706            6,021             941

     1999. . . . . . . .               2,279            5,149             931

     Thereafter. . . . .              16,331           24,233           4,948

                                      30,752           55,641          10,419

     Less interest . . .              13,365              ---             ---
          
                                    $ 17,387         $ 55,641        $ 10,419

     Future minimum lease payments on operating leases have been reduced
for sublease rental income of approximately $158,000 to be received in the
future under non-cancelable subleases. 

                                        W-22


<PAGE>

 NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS  AND  CONTINGENCIES

      Several of the Company's reserved area agreements include expansion
schedules requiring the Company to develop a minimum number of Shoney's
restaurants in the reserved areas over a defined period of time. Pursuant
to these agreements, the Company is required to open a minimum of 36
Shoney's restaurants through October 6, 2004.  In 1991, the Company entered
into an agreement with Shoney's, Inc. to develop 38 new Captain D's
restaurant over 20 years, at the approximate rate of two per year.  The
Company has constructed eight restaurants with respect to this agreement.

     During 1994, the Company entered into a long-term commitment to
purchase 8 million pounds of french fries, annually, over a two year period
beginning on December 1, 1994 and continuing through November 30, 1996. 
The total estimated cost related to this commitment totals approximately
$5,800,000.  As of December 25, 1994, approximately 570,000 pounds, or
$208,000, was purchased under the current contract.

NOTE 10 - LITIGATION

     The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various lawsuits
arising in the ordinary course of business.  It is the opinion of the
management of the Company that the outcome of such litigation will not have
a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDER'S  EQUITY

     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 10,000 shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.01, which are issued and
outstanding and 1,000 shares, par value $.01, of common stock which are
issued and outstanding.

     Dividends are payable on the Series A Preferred Stock at the annual
rate of $400 per share.  The dividends begin to accrue and are cumulative
from the date of issue and are payable when and if declared by the Board of
Directors.    As of December 25, 1994, there had been no dividends declared
and the aggregate cumulative dividends were approximately $24,942,000. 
Cumulative dividends in arrears also have a liquidation preference and must
be satisfied upon the redemption of the preferred stock by the Company.

The payment of dividends on the Company's stock is limited as described in
Note 5.


                                        W-23

<PAGE>

 NOTE 12 - TRANSACTIONS  WITH  RELATED  PARTIES

     On October 5, 1988, the Company and Enterprises  entered into a
management services agreement, pursuant to which Enterprises agreed to
provide certain management services to the Company on an ongoing basis. 
These services include financial and tax advice and assistance, auditing
and accounting advice and services, advice relating to personnel, including
benefit plans, and assistance with the administration and operation of the
Company in general.  The management services agreement originally provided
that the Company pay an annual fee of $1,000,000 to Enterprises as
compensation for rendering management services.  As of August 1, 1992, this
fee was increased to $2,500,000.   Enterprises will also be reimbursed for
its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering the
management services.  The management services agreement is effective until
December 31, 1998, at which time it may be renewed for succeeding one-year
terms by mutual agreement of the parties.  During the years ended December
25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992, the Company accrued and
expensed $2,500,000, $2,487,000 and $1,693,000, respectively, pursuant to
this agreement.

     As part of the refinancing completed in August 1992, Enterprises
purchased $15,850,000  aggregate principal amount of the Company's Notes. 
The Company paid approximately $798,000 of interest relating to these Notes
to Enterprises during the year ended December 27, 1992.

     On July 21, 1993,  Enterprises  acquired, for a purchase price of
$3,860,000,  the stock of a company which operated three Shoney's
restaurants, including one owned and two leased locations.  Included in the
acquisition were the exclusive rights to operate Shoney's restaurants in
the surrounding northern Palm Beach County, Florida area.   Enterprises
subsequently contributed all assets and related liabilities acquired in the
transaction to the Company.   In conjunction with this transaction, the
Company purchased the land and building at one of the leased restaurant
locations for $1,240,000.  The President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company was a 20% shareholder of the acquired company and had a 50%
interest in the land and building the Company purchased.  The Company
engaged the service of an independent appraisal company to review the
fairness of the transaction.

     On January 19, 1993, the Company purchased an airplane from a
corporation owned by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company for $650,000.  Prior to this purchase, the Company leased the
airplane for approximately $87,000 during 1992.  In addition, the Company
paid chartering fees and expenses to the corporation of approximately
$42,000 during 1992.  The cost of the charter arrangements and the lease
arrangement were comparable to similar arrangements available from
unrelated third parties.  A mortgage on the airplane was obtained in 1994. 

                                        W-24

<PAGE>

 NOTE 13 - QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION (unaudited)

     During the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company recorded $562,000 for
adjustments to the Company's deferred compensation obligation (Note 13) and
a $1,000,000 reduction to the Company's restructure reserve (Note 2).
During the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company recorded restructuring
charges of $34,571,000 relating primarily to a provision for closed units
(Note 2).  The Company's fiscal year is comprised of fifty-two or
fifty-three weeks divided into four quarters of sixteen, twelve or thirteen 
weeks, respectively.

                                     First      Second      Third      Fourth
                                    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter    Quarter
                                   --------    ---------   ---------  --------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)

Quarter ended - 1994
- --------------------

Net sales, previously reported     $  87,397   $  68,730   $  67,325   $ 63,932

  Effect of change in estimate         1,026         799         761     (2,586)

Net sales, restated                   88,423      69,529      68,086     61,346

Gross profit                          10,729       8,486       6,602      4,404

Net income (loss)                        608         140      (1,416)    (2,080)

Quarter ended - 1993
- --------------------

Net sales                          $  85,133   $  69,850    $ 70,326   $ 64,130

Gross profit                          12,008      10,093       9,355      2,387

Net income (loss)                      1,320       1,414       1,424    (41,940)


     The quarters ended April 17, 1994, July 10, 1994, and October 2, 1994
have been restated as indicated above for a change in an accounting
estimate related to the Company's restructuring plan.  See Note 2.

  Gross profit equals revenues less food, supplies and uniforms, restaurant
labor and benefits, restaurant depreciation and amortization and other
restaurant operating expense. 


                                        W-25



<PAGE>


<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                          Schedule II
                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                            RESERVES
                                     (Dollars in thousands)

                                                              Additions
                                   Balance at   Additions     charged to   Deductions  Balance
                                   beginning    charged to    other        from        at end of
                                   of period    operations    accounts     reserves    period
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>          <C>         
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:

Year Ended December 25, 1994:    $      ---    $      59      $    ---  $     ---    $     59

Year Ended December 26, 1993:    $      ---    $     ---      $    ---  $     ---    $    ---

Year Ended December 27, 1992:    $       28    $     ---      $    ---  $      28    $    ---


ALLOWANCE FOR UNIT CLOSINGS:


Year Ended December 25, 1994:    $   18,695    $     ---      $    ---  $   6,265(1) $ 12,430

Year Ended December 26, 1993:    $    3,773    $  17,286      $    ---  $   2,364    $ 18,695

Year Ended December 27, 1992:    $      ---    $   3,773      $    ---  $     ---    $  3,773


(1)  Represents deductions for the write-off of assets and changes in assumptions in connection with the
Company's restructure plan.  See Note 2.
</TABLE>
                                               WS-1
<PAGE>



<TABLE><CAPTION>


       Exhibit
       Number                               Description                                            Page
    ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------
         <S>        <C>                                                                           <C>
         3.1        Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Certificate of Amendment dated
                    March 25, 1987; Certificate of Amendment dated November 10, 1988

         3.2        By-laws as amended through December 18, 1987 (3), Amendment thereto dated
                    November 9, 1988 (8), Amendment thereto dated May 15, 1989 (9), Amendment
                    thereto dated April 27, 1990 (4), and Amendment thereto dated March 9, 1992
                    (3), and Amendment thereto dated March 19, 1993 (2)

        10.1        Lease between Registrant and 53rd at Third Venture, dated December 6, 1985,
                    as amended, covering premises situated at 885 Third Avenue, New York, New
                    York (3)

        10.2        Sublease dated August 14, 1992 between Registrant and Systemhouse, Inc. for
                    premises at 53rd at 3rd, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York (2)

        10.3        Lease dated June 26, 1992 between Registrant and Murray H. Goodman, for
                    premises at Phillips Point, West Palm Beach, Florida (2)

        10.4        Medical Expense Reimbursement Plan (13)

        10.5        1982 Stock Option Plan (4), and Amendment thereto dated April 15, 1991(3)

        10.6        1983 Stock Option Plan, Amendment thereto dated August 8, 1990 (4), and
                    Amendment thereto dated March 9, 1992 (3)

        10.7        1984 Stock Option Plan and Amendment thereto dated November 15, 1989 (4)
                    and Amendment thereto dated February 5, 1992 (3)

        10.8        1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (10); and Amendment thereto dated
                    December 16, 1994

        10.9        1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan Trust Agreement (9)

       10.10        1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2)

       10.11        Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (2), Amendment thereto adopted
                    March 19, 1993 (1), and Amendment thereto adopted December 16, 1994 

       10.12        TPI Enterprises, Inc. 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to
                    stockholder ratification

       10.13        Amended and Restated TPI Enterprises, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                    Trust Agreement

       10.14        NationsBank Defined Contribution Master Plan and Trust Agreement

       10.15        Form of letter agreement, dated January, 1984 between Registrant and Robert
                    A. Kennedy setting forth, among other matters, certain rights upon
                    termination of employment (4)

       10.16        Termination Agreement, Receipt and Release dated as of January 31, 1995
                    between Registrant, Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., and Stephen R. Cohen (15)

       10.17        Termination Agreement dated November 19, 1992 between Registrant and Robert
                    A. Kennedy, Amendment to Termination Agreement dated December 31, 1993
                    between Registrant and Robert A. Kennedy (1); Agreement dated February 20,
                    1995 between Registrant and Robert A. Kennedy

       10.18        Employment Agreement dated as of January 13, 1994, between Registrant and
                    J. Gary Sharp(1)


</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE><CAPTION>

       Exhibit
       Number                               Description                                            Page
    ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------
       <S>         <C>                                                                            <C>
       10.19       Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995,  between Registrant,
                   Restaurants and Frederick W. Burford 

       10.20       Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise and Settlement, dated January 6,
                   1988, among Robert M. Gintel, Ralph I. Reis, Daniel Schoonover, Stephen R.
                   Cohen, Thomas J. Burger, Joseph P. Gowan, Ira M. Lieberman, Robert A.
                   Kennedy, and Registrant (2)

       10.21       Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 5, 1988, between the
                   Registrant and Restaurants (11)

       10.22       Tax Sharing and paying Agreement effective as of April 22, 1988 between the
                   Registrant and Restaurants (11)

       10.23       Form of Shoney's Franchise Agreement (4)

       10.24       Form of Agreement amending Franchise Agreements with Shoney's, Inc. (12)

       10.25       Form of Captain D's Franchise Agreements (4)

       10.26       Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated January 31, 1995 by and
                   among TPI Restaurants, Inc., the banks party thereto, The Bank of New York
                   as Administrative Agent and NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A., as
                   collateral Agent (the "Collateral Agent") (15)

       10.27       Amended and Restated Enterprises Guaranty, dated as of June 3, 1993 made by
                   Registrant and Restaurants to NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A., as
                   Collateral Agent (1) and Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 18, 1994,
                   and Amendment No. 2 dated as of January 31, 1995 (15)

       10.28       Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1993 among Registrant
                   and the Purchasers named therein, relating to the $15,000,000 5%
                   Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures, due April 15, 2003 (2)

       10.29       Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1993 among Registrant and
                   the Purchasers named therein, relating to Warrants to Purchase 1,000,000
                   Shares of Common Stock (2)

       10.30       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1993 among Registrant and
                   the Purchasers named therein, relating to the purchase of 1,500,000 Shares
                   of Common Stock (2)

       10.31       Side Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1993 among Registrant and the
                   Purchasers named therein (2)

       10.32       Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 21,
                   1993 by and among the Company and the shareholders who are signatories
                   thereto (6)

       10.33       Management Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1989, between
                   Registrant and FirstMark (5)

       10.34       Reserved Area Agreement dated May 1, 1989 between Shoney's, Inc. and
                   Restaurants; as amended by Addendum to Reserved Area Agreement dated May 8,
                   1989; as amended by Amended and Restated Addendum to Reserved Area Agreement
                   entered into January 1, 1990; as amended by Second Amended and Restated
                   Addendum to Reserved Area Agreement entered into April, 1991

       10.35       Reserved Area Agreement dated August 2, 1988 between Shoney's, Inc.,
                   Registrant and Shoney's South, Inc. (predecessor to Restaurants);
                   letter dated March 5, 1993 from Shoney's, Inc. to Restaurants;
                   as amended by letter agreement dated July 30, 1993


</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE><CAPTION>

       Exhibit
       Number                               Description                                            Page
    ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------
       <S>         <C>                                                                            <C>

       10.36       Shoney's Market Development Agreement dated December 1, 1992 between
                   Shoney's, Inc. and Restaurants (regarding area in Michigan); as amended
                   by Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into January 26, 1995;
                   as amended by Second Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into
                   February 27, 1995

       10.37       Shoney's Market Development Agreement dated August 17, 1993 between
                   Shoney's, Inc. and Restaurants (regarding area in Arizona); as amended
                   by Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into January 26, 1993;
                   as amended by Second Addendum to Market Development Agreement dated
                   February 27, 1995

       10.38       Shoney's Market Development Agreement dated July 18, 1993 between
                   Shoney's, Inc. and Restaurants (regarding area in Florida); as amended
                   by Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into January 26, 1993;
                   as amended by Second Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into
                   February 27, 1995

       10.39       Shoney's Market Development Agreement dated October 11, 1993 between
                   Shoney's, Inc. and Restaurants (regarding area in Texas)

       10.40       Shoney's Market Development Agreement dated April 1, 1993 between
                   Shoney's, Inc. and Restaurants (regarding area in Texas); as amended
                   by Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into November 30, 1993;
                   as amended by Second Addendum to Market Development Agreement entered into
                   January 26, 1995; as amended by Third Addendum to Market Development
                   Agreement entered into February 27, 1995

       10.41       Franchiser Estoppel Letter dated January 31, 1995

       10.42       Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1993 between Restaurants and
                   Haney A. Long, Jr.

          11       Computation of Earning Per Share

          21       Subsidiaries of the Registrant

          23       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

          27       Financial Data Schedule

- ----------------------
      (1)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 26, 1993, and incorporated herein by reference

      (2)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by reference

      (3)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 31, 1991, and incorporated herein by reference

      (4)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 31, 1990, and incorporated herein by reference.

      (5)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 31, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference.

      (6)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated
                  July 11, 1993.

      (7)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May
                  8, 1991, and incorporated herein by reference.

      (8)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March
                  4, 1991, and incorporated herein by reference.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE><CAPTION>

       Exhibit
       Number                               Description                                           Page
    ------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------
    <S>           <C>                                                                            <C>

      (9)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No.
                  33-30551), dated August 16, 1989, and incorporated herein by reference.

     (10)         Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 4 to Registrant's Registration
                  Statement on Form S-2 (No. 33-24166), dated November 9, 1988, and
                  incorporated herein by reference.

     (11)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 (No.
                  33-24166), dated October 13, 1988, and incorporated herein by reference.

     (12)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 (No.
                  33-24166), dated September 2, 1988, and incorporated herein by reference.

     (13)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
                  2-72119), dated May 5, 1981, and incorporated herein by reference.

     (14)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July
                  29, 1992, and incorporated herein by reference.

     (15)         Filed as an exhibit to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
                  February 7, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.

</TABLE>


                                                                Exhibit 3.1


                           RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                            OF

                             TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


               To:  The Secretary of State
                    State of New Jersey

                         Pursuant to the provisions of Section 14A:9-5, of

               the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the undersigned

               corporation hereby executes the following Restated Certifi-

               cate of Incorporation:

                         FIRST:  (a)  The name of the corporation shall be

                         TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         SECOND:   The purpose or purposes for which the
               Corporation is organized are to engage in any activity
               within the purposes for which corporations may be organized
               under the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, including,
               but not limited to, engaging in the business of selling,
               installing and servicing telephone equipment that is inter-
               connected into telephone lines leased from regulated tele-
               phone companies and that is used in place of equipment
               furnished by regulated telephone companies, and to do every-
               thing necessary, convenient or incidental to the conduct of
               such business.

                         THIRD:    A.   General Authorization

                                   The aggregate number of shares of all
               classes of Capital Stock which the Corporation shall have
               authority to issue is One Hundred Twenty Million (120,000,0-
               00) Shares consisting of:

                                   (1)  One Hundred Million (100,000,000)
               Common shares, par value $.01 per share; and


<PAGE>


                                   (2)  Twenty Million (20,000,000) Pre

                                   B.   Preferred Shares

                                   (1)  The Board of Directors is autho-
               rized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the
               provisions of this subparagraph B, to provide for the issu-
               ance of the Preferred Shares, in series, and by filing a
               certificate of amendment, pursuant to the Business Corpora-
               tion Act, to establish the number of shares to be included
               in each such series, and to fix the designation, relative
               rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each
               such series.  The authority of the Board with respect to
               each series shall include, but not be limited to, the deter-
               mination of the following:

                                   (a)  the number of shares constituting
               that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

                                   (b)  the dividend rate, if any, on the
               shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative
               and, if so, from which date or dates;

                                   (c)  whether that series shall have
               voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by
               law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

                                   (d)  whether that series shall have
               conversion privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions
               of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of
               the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors
               shall determine;

                                   (e)  whether or not the shares of the
               series shall be redeemable and, if so, the terms and condi-
               tions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon
               or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per
               share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary
               under different conditions and at different redemption
               dates;

                                   (f)  the rights of the shares of that
               series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
               dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and

                                   (g)  any other relative rights, prefer-
               ences and limitations of that series.

                                             2


<PAGE>





                                   (2)  Dividends on outstanding Preferred
               Shares of such series on which dividends shall be declared
               and paid, or set apart for payments, on the Common Shares
               with respect to the same dividend period.

                                   C.   Common Shares

                                   (1)  The Common Shares may be issued by
               the Corporation from time to time for such consideration and
               upon such terms as may be fixed from time to time by the
               Board of Directors and as may be permitted by law, without
               action by any shareholders.

                                   (2)  Subject to any limitations which
               may be imposed pursuant to subparagraph B of this Article
               THIRD, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to
               dividends only if, when and as the same shall be declared by
               the Board of Directors and as may be permitted by law.

                                   (3)  Subject to any limitations which
               may be imposed pursuant to subparagraph B of this Article
               THIRD, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to
               one vote, in person or by proxy, at any and all meetings of
               the shareholders of the Corporation on all propositions
               before such meetings.

                                   D.   Fractional Shares

                                   The Corporation may, but shall not be
               obliged to, issue a certificate for a fractional share of
               any class of capital stock issued pursuant to this Article
               THIRD and, by action of the Board of Directors, may either
               pay cash therefor or issue in lieu thereof scrip or other
               evidence of ownership which shall entitle the holder to
               receive a certificate for a full share of stock upon the
               surrender of such scrip or other evidence of ownership
               aggregating a full share, but which shall not, unless other-
               wise provided, entitle the holder to exercise any voting
               right, or to receive dividends thereon, or to participate in
               any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liqui-
               dation.  The Board of Directors may cause such scrip or
               evidence of ownership to be issued subject to the condition
               that it shall become void if not exchanged for share certif-
               icates before a specified date, or subject to the condition
               that the shares for which such scrip or evidence of owner-
               ship is exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the
               proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of such scrip or

                                             3



<PAGE>


               evidence of ownership, or subject to any other condition
               which the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

                                   E.   Preemptive Rights

                                   No holder of any shares of Capital Stock
               of the Corporation shall have any preferential or preemptive
               right to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of
               stock of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter
               authorized, or any options or warrants or any rights to
               subscribe to or purchase any securities convertible into or
               exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of the Corpora-
               tion of any class, now or hereafter authorized, which may at
               any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corpora-
               tion or to have any other preemptive rights as now or here-
               after defined by the laws of the State of New Jersey.

                         FOURTH:   The address of the Corporation's current
               registered office is: 15 Exchange Place, Jersey City, New
               Jersey  07302 and the name of its current registered agent
               at such address is the Corporation Trust Company.

                         FIFTH:    The number of Directors constituting the
               current Board of Directors is eight (8).  The names and
               addresses of the Directors are as follows:

                         NAMES                         ADDRESSES
                         -----                         ---------

               Stephen R. Cohen         c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434

               Thomas J. Burger         c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434

               Joseph P. Gowan          c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434

               Ira M. Lieberman         c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434





                                               4


<PAGE>




               Robert A. Kennedy        c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434

               Herbert J. Breger        c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434

               Phillip Ean Cohen        c/o Morgan, Schiff & Co., Inc.
                                        55 Broad Street
                                        New York, New York  10004

               Jerry Finkelstein        c/o Telecom Plus International, Inc.
                                        8000 North Federal Highway
                                        Boca Raton, Florida  33434

                         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this
               certificate on behalf of the Corporation on this the 16th day of
               May, 1986.


                                        TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                        By     /s/ Thomas J. Burger   
                                             -------------------------
                                             Thomas J. Burger, President



                                             5
<PAGE>









                         CERTIFICATE REQUIRED TO BE FILED WITH THE

                           RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                            OF

                             TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                         Pursuant to the provisions of Section 14A:9-5(5)

               of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the undersigned

               Corporation hereby executes the following certificate:

                         FIRST:    The name of the corporation is

                                   TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         SECOND:   the Restated Certificate of Incorpora-

               tion was adopted on the 16th day of May, 1986.

               Dated this 16th day of May, 1986.



                                        TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                        By     /s/ Thomas J. Burger     
                                            ----------------------------
                                            Thomas J. Burger, President



<PAGE>




                                 CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

                                          OF THE

                               CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                            OF

                             TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                         The undersigned, in order to correct its Certifi-
               cate of Incorporation, pursuant to the New Jersey Business
               Corporation Act, hereby certifies as follows:

               FIRST:    The name of the corporation is Telecom Plus Inter-
               national, Inc. (the "Corporation").

               SECOND:   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
               Corporation was filed by the Department of State on May 28,
               1986.

               THIRD:    The Certificate of Incorporation is an inaccurate
               record in that a line was inadvertently omitted from Section
               B(2) of ARTICLE THIRD in the Corporation's Restated Certifi-
               cate of Incorporation filed by the Department of State on
               May 28, 1986.

               FOURTH:   Section B(2) of ARTICLE THIRD of the Certificate
               of Incorporation is hereby corrected to read as follows:

                         "Dividends on outstanding Preferred Shares of such
                         series on which dividends shall be payable shall
                         be declared and paid, or set apart for payment,
                         before any dividends shall be declared and paid,
                         or set apart for payment, on the Common Shares
                         with respect to the same dividend period."



<PAGE>




               In Witness Whereof, the undersigned has signed his name on
               behalf of the Corporation this 29th day of October, 1986.

                                   TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                   By:      /s/ William R. Griffith    
                                        -------------------------------
                                        William R. Griffith, Vice President
                                        Suite 2300
                                        805 Third Avenue
                                        New York, New York  10022



                                             2




<PAGE>



                                 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                          TO THE 

                           RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                            OF

                             TELECOM PLUS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

               To:  The Secretary of State
                    State of New Jersey

                         Pursuant to the provisions of Section 14A:9-4, of
               the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the undersigned
               Corporation hereby certifies as follows:

                              FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is
                         Telecom Plus International, Inc.

                              SECOND:   The Amendments to the Certificate
                         of Incorporation effected hereby are as follows:

                         Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorpora-
               tion is hereby amended to read as follows:

                              "FIRST:  The name of the Corporation shall be

                              TPI Enterprises, Inc."

                         Paragraph SECOND of the Certificate of Incorpora-
               tion is hereby amended to read as follows:

                              "SECOND:  The purposes for which the Corpora-
               tion is organized are to engage in any activity within the
               purposes for which corporations may be organized under the
               New Jersey Business Corporation Act."

                              THIRD:    The foregoing amendments were
               adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on March 9,
               1987.

                              FOURTH:   At the time the amendments were
               adopted, there were 30,683,674 shares outstanding and enti-
               tled to vote thereon.




<PAGE>


                              FIFTH:    The number of shares voted for said
               adoption is 17,284,295; and the number of shares voted
               against said adoption is 11,877,301.

                              EXECUTED on behalf of the Corporation this
               25th day of March, 1987.

                                        Telecom Plus International, Inc.

                                        By:     /s/ Thomas J. Burger     
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Thomas J. Burger, President

                                        By:     /s/ Ira M. Lieberman     
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Ira M. Lieberman, Secretary



                                             2









<PAGE>









                                 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                          TO THE

                           RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                            OF

                                   TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.

               TO:  Secretary of State
                    State of New Jersey

                         Pursuant to the provisions of Section 14A:9-2(4)
               and Section 14A:9-4(3) of the New Jersey Business Corpora-
               tion Act, the undersigned corporation, incorporated under
               the laws of the State of New Jersey, does hereby execute the
               following Amendment (the "Amendment") to its Restated Cer-
               tificate of Incorporation:

                         FIRST:    The name of the corporation is TPI
               Enterprises, Inc. (the "Corporation").

                         SECOND:   The Restated Certificate of Incorpora-
               tion is hereby amended to add a new paragraph SIXTH to the
               Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as follows:

                         "SIXTH.  To the fullest extent from time to
                         time permitted by law, directors and officers
                         shall not be personally liable to the Corpo-
                         ration or its shareholders for damages for
                         breach of any duty owed to the Corporation or
                         its shareholders.  Unless otherwise permitted
                         by law, the provisions of this Paragraph
                         SIXTH shall not relieve a director or officer
                         from liability for any breach of duty based
                         upon an act or omission (a) in breach of such
                         person's duty of loyalty to the Corporation
                         or its shareholders, (b) not in good faith or
                         involving a knowing violation of law or (c)
                         resulting in receipt by such person of an
                         improper personal benefit.  No amendment or
                         repeal of this provision shall adversely
                         affect any right or protection of a director
                         or officer of the Corporation existing at the
                         time of such amendment or repeal."


<PAGE>


                         THIRD:    The Amendment was approved by the Board
               of Directors of the Corporation on September 9, 1988 and
               thereafter duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corpora-
               tion at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on November
               9, 1988.

                         FOURTH:   At the time of the adoption of the
               Amendment by shareholders of the Corporation, there were
               outstanding and entitled to vote 24,315,816 shares of common
               stock of the Corporation.

                         FIFTH:    A total of 22,677,819 such shares voted
               for the Amendment, a total of 542,603 shares voted against
               the Amendment and a total of 57,950 shares abstained.

               Dated:  November 10, 1988.


                                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                             By:   /s/ Robert A. Kennedy   
                                                ---------------------------
                                                Robert A. Kennedy
                                                Executive Vice President
                                                and Secretary


                                             2




                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.8

                           AMENDMENT TO TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           1989 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                              ADOPTED DECEMBER 16, 1994     


                    1.   The fourth sentence of Section 3 of the 1989
                         Stock Purchase Plan shall be amended to read as
                         follows:

                         "Without further action by the Compensation
                         Committee, "Purchase Period" shall mean with
                         respect to TPI Enterprises, Inc. and TPI Res-
                         taurants, Inc. ("Restaurants"), each of the
                         thirteen Accounting Periods used by Restaurants
                         during each year while the Plan is in effect."

                    2.   The fifth sentence of Section 8 of the 1989
                         Stock Purchase Plan shall be amended to read as
                         follows:

                         "Without any action being required, the Plan
                         will terminate on April 16, 1995 or at any ear-
                         lier time if the maximum number of shares of
                         Common Stock to be sold under the Plan (as
                         hereinafter provided in Section 12) has been
                         purchased, but such termination shall not im-
                         pair any rights which under the Plan shall have
                         vested on or prior to the date of such termina-
                         tion."

                    3.   The following sentence shall be added to the
                         end of Section 8 of the 1989 Stock Purchase
                         Plan:

                         "Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board
                         adopts an employee stock purchase plan to suc-
                         ceed the Plan following its termination, all
                         employees participating in the Plan shall be-
                         come automatically enrolled in the new employee
                         stock purchase plan and all Recorded Amounts as
                         of the date of termination, as well as certifi-
                         cates for the whole shares of Common Stock then
                         held by the Plan Trustees for the benefit of
                         participants, shall automatically transfer to
                         the trust established in connection with the
                         new employee stock purchase plan; provided,
                         that if a participant notifies the Company in











<PAGE>









                         writing within thirty days of termination of    
                         the Plan that it does not want to be enrolled   
                         in the new employee stock purchase plan, then   
                         all transferred Recorded Amounts and certifi-   
                         cates as well as any payroll deductions made    
                         under the new employee purchase plan shall be 
                         delivered to such participant at no cost to the 
                         participant as soon as practicable after the    
                         date the notification is received by the 
                         Company."




                                           2



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.11

                           AMENDMENT TO TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                        NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN
                               ADOPTED DECEMBER 16, 1994


                         The first paragraph of Section 5 of the TPI
               Enterprises, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Stock Option
               Plan is hereby deleted and the following substituted in
               lieu thereof:

                         The stock subject to Options granted hereunder
                         shall be shares of Common Stock.  Such shares
                         may, in whole or in part, be authorized but
                         unissued shares or shares that shall have been
                         or that may be reacquired by TPI.  The maximum
                         number of shares of Common Stock as to which
                         Options may be granted from time to time under
                         the Plan shall not exceed 165,000.  The limita-
                         tion established by the preceding sentence
                         shall be subject to adjustment as provided in
                         Section 6(k) hereof.




                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.12

                                 TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.

                           1995 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                         1.  Purpose.  The purpose of the 1995 Employee

               Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") is to provide employees

               of TPI Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") and its Subsid-

               iary Companies (as hereinafter defined in Section 14)

               with added incentive to continue in the employment of

               such companies and to encourage increased efforts to

               promote the best interests of such companies by permit-

               ting eligible employees to purchase shares of common

               stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the

               "Common Stock"), at prices less than the then current

               market price thereof.  The Plan is intended to qualify as

               an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of

               the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

               "Code").  The Plan is intended to be a successor to the

               Company's 1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended

               (the "1989 Plan").  The Company and its Subsidiary Compa-

               nies are sometimes hereinafter called collectively the

               "Participating Companies."

                         2.  Eligibility.  Participation under the Plan

               shall be open to all active employees of the Partici-

               pating Companies who are at least 18 years of age except

               (a) employees who have not been continuously employed by 


<PAGE>

               the Participating Companies (and certain predecessor

               employers as determined by the Compensation Committee (as

               defined hereafter)) for at least six months; (b) employ-

               ees whose customary employment by the Participating

               Companies is 20 hours or less per week; (c) employees

               whose customary employment by the Participating Companies

               is for not more than five months in any calendar year;

               and (d) directors of TPI Enterprises, Inc.  Employees of

               the Participating Companies who are eligible to partici-

               pate in the Plan pursuant to this Section shall be re-

               ferred to as "Eligible Employees."  No right to purchase

               Common Stock shall accrue under the Plan in favor of any

               person who is not an Eligible Employee, and no Eligible

               Employee shall acquire such right to purchase (i) if,

               immediately after receiving such right, such employee

               would own 5% or more of the total combined voting power

               or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any

               subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of

               the Code) thereof, taking into account in determining

               stock ownership any stock attributable to such employee

               under Section 424(d) of the Code; or (ii) if such right

               would permit such employee's rights to purchase stock

               under all employee stock purchase plans from time to time

               in effect of the Company and its subsidiary 

                                           2



<PAGE>



               corporations (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code)

               to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market

               value of such stock for each calendar year, all deter-

               mined in the manner provided by Section 423(b)(8) of the

               Code.  For purposes of the Plan, "Compensation Committee"

               is a committee designated by the Company's Board of

               Directors (the "Board"), which committee members are not

               eligible to participate in the Plan (hereinafter some-

               times referred to as the "Committee"). 

                         3.  Effective Date of Plan; Purchase Periods.

               The Plan shall become effective on April 17, 1995, sub-

               ject to shareholders' approval as set forth in Section 8

               of the Plan ("Effective Date").  The first purchase

               period (the "Initial Purchase Period") under the Plan

               shall commence on the Effective Date.  The term "Purchase

               Period" shall have such meaning as may be determined by

               the Compensation Committee from time to time.  Without

               further action by the Compensation Committee, "Purchase

               Period" shall mean each of the consecutive thirteen four-

               week periods beginning with the Initial Purchase Period

               commencing on April 17, 1995.  In certain years, the

               final Purchase Period in a calendar year may be five

               weeks long.



                                           3



<PAGE>


                         4.  Basis of Participation.  (a)  Each Eligible

               Employee shall be entitled to enroll in the Plan as of

               the first day of the Purchase Period following the month

               in which such employee shall first become an Eligible Em-

               ployee.  If such employee shall not enroll in the Plan as

               of such day, he shall be entitled to enroll in the Plan

               as of the first day of any subsequent Purchase Period. 

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Eligible Employee who

               was a participant in the 1989 Plan as of April 16, 1995

               shall automatically be enrolled in the Plan as of its

               Effective Date, and such Participant's most recent valid

               payroll deduction authorization card under the 1989 Plan

               shall be deemed to be a valid Authorization (as defined

               below) under the Plan.  Any such participant, however,

               may elect not to enroll in the Plan, or may file a re-

               vised Authorization, as described below.

                          To enroll in the Plan, an Eligible Employee

               shall execute and deliver a payroll deduction authoriza-

               tion card (the "Authorization") which shall become effec-

               tive on the first day of the first Purchase Period which

               begins on or after the date which is ten days after the

               date on which such Authorization, if properly executed,

               is received by the Plan Trustees.  Each Authorization

               from an Eligible Employee shall direct that deductions be

                                           4


<PAGE>


               made by the Participating Company that is the employer of

               such Eligible Employee for each payroll period ending

               during the period while such employee is a participant in

               the Plan.  The amount of each payroll deduction specified

               in an Authorization for each such payroll period shall be

               a whole percentage amount not to exceed 10% of the par-

               ticipant's compensation (before withholding or other

               deductions) from time to time paid to such participant by

               the Participating Company that is his employer for such

               payroll period.  For purposes of this Plan, "compensa-

               tion" shall mean gross salary or wages (including over-

               time, tips and gratuities, but exclusive of incentive

               bonuses, and certain other fringe benefits as may be

               determined from time to time by the Compensation Commit-

               tee).

                         (b)  Payroll deductions shall be made for each

               participant in accordance with such participant's Autho-

               rization until the participant's participation in the

               Plan terminates, his Authorization is revised or the Plan

               terminates, all as hereinafter provided.

                         (c)  A participant may change the amount of his

               payroll deductions as of the first day of any Purchase

               Period while the Plan is in effect.  No other changes by

               a participant in the amount of his payroll deduction

                                           5

<PAGE>


               shall be permitted except that a participant may elect to

               terminate his participation in the Plan as hereinafter

               provided.  All such permitted changes shall be effected

               by filing a new Authorization with the Plan Trustees. 

               Such amendment by a participant shall become effective on

               the first day of the first Purchase Period which begins

               on or after the date which is ten days after the date on

               which such authorization, if properly executed, is re-

               ceived by the Plan Trustees.

                         (d)  The following shall be accumulated during

               each Purchase Period, recorded by the Company for each

               Purchase Period, and used by the Company for general

               corporate purposes:  (i) payroll deductions authorized

               pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this Section 4

               (with respect to each participant, the "Plan Deduc-

               tions"); and (ii) cash dividends paid with respect to

               those shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the

               terms of this Plan for which the participants owning such

               shares have not requested certificates.  Within ten days

               after the last day of each Purchase Period, the aggregate

               amount so recorded for such Purchase Period for each

               participant shall be applied to the purchase, for the

               trust account established under this Plan for such par-

               ticipant (the "Trust Account," and collectively, the

                                           6

<PAGE>



               "Trust Accounts"), of the number of whole shares of

               Common Stock determined by dividing (x) such amount by

               (y) the Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) for such

               Purchase Period; provided, however, that in no event will
                                --------  -------

               the number of shares of Common Stock purchased for a

               participant's Trust Account for any Purchase Period

               exceed an amount determined under the following formula:

               2 X (A/B), where A equals the Plan Deductions for and

               Recorded Amounts (as hereinafter defined) to be applied

               in such Purchase Period, and B equals the product of 0.85

               and the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on

               the first day of such Purchase Period.  Any cash balance

               remaining after the purchase of whole shares for the

               Trust Account of a participant for a Purchase Period, any

               Plan Deductions that accrue after the last payroll date

               of a Purchase Period, and any additional payments sent by

               the participant to the Company pursuant to paragraph (e)

               of this Section 4 that are not timely received with

               respect to such Purchase Period (such cash balances, Plan

               Deductions and additional payments are referred to col-

               lectively as "Recorded Amounts") shall be retained, used

               and recorded by the Company in the same manner as de-

               scribed in the first sentence of this paragraph (d) and

               shall be applied to the purchase of shares of Common

                                           7

<PAGE>


               Stock for the Trust Account of such participant at the

               end of the next succeeding Purchase Period unless the

               participant withdraws from the Plan, or the Plan termi-

               nates, prior to such date.  In the event of such a with-

               drawal or termination, such amount shall be paid in cash

               to the participant within three weeks of the occurrence

               of such event.

                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the Effec-

               tive Date, the Trust Accounts shall also include all

               amounts and all shares of Common Stock that have been

               transferred from the 1989 Plan pursuant to the terms of

               the 1989 Plan.

                         (e)  Since the amount of a payroll check from a

               Participating Company to a participant may not reflect 

               the amount of tips and gratuities received by the partic-

               ipant, the amount of a payroll check may at times be

               insufficient to fund all of the payroll deductions that a

               participant has authorized pursuant to the Plan or other-

               wise for such payroll period.  In such event, funds

               available for deduction will be allocated according to

               the following priorities:

                              (i)  Statutorily required payroll deduc-

                    tions, including withholdings for federal income

                    tax, any state and local taxes and FICA.

                                           8

<PAGE>


                              (ii)  Except for deductions stipulated

                    below, all other deductions presently withheld by

                    the Participating Company, including deductions for

                    the cost of a participant's uniforms, bad checks,

                    shortages, garnishments, advances, charitable con-

                    tributions, and insurance.

                              (iii)  Plan Deductions.

                              (iv)  Christmas Club.

                         If, after deductions for items with higher

               priorities, the funds remaining are inadequate to fund

               the full amount of the Plan Deductions, the participant

               shall have the option of paying into the Plan an addi-

               tional amount equal to the difference between (x) his

               Plan Deductions for such payroll period and (y) the

               amount of funds available after deduction for items with

               higher priorities than that of the Plan.  If a partici-

               pant chooses to pay an additional amount into the Plan,

               such additional amount must be paid by check payable to

               the Company, and must be sent to the Company at the ad-

               dress of its principal executive offices.  Such check

               must be received by the Company at least ten days before

               the end of the Purchase Period in which the participant

               expects such amount to be invested in shares of Common

               Stock.  Any such payment shall be applied under the Plan

                                           9


<PAGE>



               in the same manner as a Plan Deduction.  Any such payment

               will be returned to a participant only if a written

               request is received by the Plan Trustees at least 48

               hours before such payment is invested.

                         5.  Purchase Price.  The purchase price (the

               "Purchase Price") per share of Common Stock hereunder for

               any Purchase Period shall be 85% of the lesser of the

               fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the first

               business day or the last business day of such Purchase

               Period; provided that if such percentage results in a

               fraction of one cent, the Purchase Price shall be in-

               creased to the next higher full cent.  The fair market

               value of a share of Common Stock on the applicable valua-

               tion date of a Purchase Period shall be deemed to be the

               closing selling price of the Common Stock on NASDAQ or on

               the exchange on which such Common Stock is listed on such

               day, or if there shall be no such sale of the Common

               Stock on such day, then on the next preceding day on

               which there shall have been such a sale.  In no event,

               however, shall the Purchase Price be less than the par

               value of the Common Stock.

                         6.  Issuance of Shares.  Common Stock issued

               under the Plan will be held by the Plan Trustees in

               trust, in uncertificated form or otherwise as the Compen-

                                           10


<PAGE>

               sation Committee may determine from time to time, (i) in

               the name of the participant, or (ii) if his Authorization

               so specifies, in the name of the participant and another

               person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of

               survivor ship, unless prohibited by any provision of

               applicable law.  A participant may make a written request

               to the Company for the issuance of certificates for his

               whole shares at any time, but the Company shall not be

               required to issue any certificates to such participant

               sooner than three weeks after receipt of such request.

                         The balance of a participant's accumulated Plan

               Deductions for a Purchase Period shall be debited in the

               amount of $3.00 for each request that certificates be

               issued that is received during such Purchase Period from

               such participant.

                         No interest shall at any time accrue with

               respect to any Plan Deduction or Recorded Amount.  After

               the close of every fiscal quarter of the Company (or more

               often, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Commit-

               tee) a report will be made to each participant, stating

               the number of shares of Common Stock purchased, the date

               of purchase, the applicable Purchase Prices, the fair

               market value of the Common Stock on which such Purchase

               Prices were based, the total dollar amount of the pur-

                                           11

<PAGE>

               chases and the total number of shares which are then held

               in the Trust Account of such participant.

                         7.  Termination of Participation.  A partici-

               pant may at any time elect to terminate his participation

               in the Plan, except that no such termination shall be

               effective as to any Purchase Period unless such election

               is received in writing by the Participating Company that

               is the employer of such participant at least five days

               prior to the last day of such Purchase Period.  If such

               election to terminate is received prior to the last day

               of such Purchase Period, but is not received at least

               five days prior thereto, the Plan Deductions of the

               participant making such election shall be stopped as of

               the earliest practicable date (the "Deduction Termination

               Date") following receipt of such election.  Accumulated

               Plan Deductions and Recorded Amounts for the portion of

               such Purchase Period prior to the Deduction Termination

               Date will be applied to the purchase of Common Stock in

               keeping with the terms of the Plan.

                         If a participant's payroll deductions are

               interrupted by any legal process, an election to termi-

               nate will be considered as having been received from him

               on the day such interruption occurs.



                                           12

<PAGE>


                         No distribution of certificates (or Recorded

               Amounts, if any) shall be made to any participant who

               terminates his or her participation in the Plan unless

               such participant so requests the Company in writing.  A

               participant may not at any time request payment to him of

               all or any part of any such Recorded Amount without

               thereby terminating his participation in the Plan. 

               Certificates for the shares of Common Stock held for the

               benefit of such participant by the Plan Trustees will

               remain in such participant's Trust Account, and any such

               Recorded Amounts will be held by the Company, unless

               otherwise requested by such participant.

                         A participant who has withdrawn from the Plan

               may rejoin the Plan, provided that such participant (a)

               remains an Eligible Employee at the time he rejoins the

               Plan, and (b) executes and delivers a new Authorization. 

               Such new Authorization will not become effective with

               respect to such participant until the first day of the

               first Purchase Period which begins after three complete

               calendar months have elapsed following the date on which

               the most recent withdrawal from the Plan by such partici-

               pant became effective.

                         In the event of the death of any participant,

               the termination of his employment with any of the Partic-

                                           13

<PAGE>



               ipating Companies for any reason (unless he remains or

               immediately becomes employed by another Participating

               Company), or any other cessation of his eligibility to

               participate in the Plan, his participation in the Plan

               shall immediately terminate, and all Plan Deductions and

               other Recorded Amounts not used to purchase Common Stock

               as of the date of such termination, together with a

               certificate for the whole shares of Common Stock held for

               his benefit by the Plan Trustees, shall be returned to

               him or his legal representatives within three weeks upon

               his written request or the written request of such repre-

               sentatives to the Company.  If no such request is re-

               ceived by the Company within one year of the date on

               which the participation of such participant in the Plan

               terminates, the Company or the trustees shall send a

               notice to the last known address of such participant. 

               Unless the Company or the Trustees becomes aware, subse-

               quent to the date on which such notice is sent (the

               "Notice Date"), of a change in the address of such par-

               ticipant, such Plan Deductions, Recorded Amounts, and

               certificate shall be sent to such participant's last

               known address within 60 days after the Notice Date.

                         8.  Termination or Amendment of the Plan.  The

               Company, by action of the Board, may terminate the Plan

                                           14

<PAGE>


               as of the beginning of any Purchase Period.  Notice of

               termination shall be given to all participants, but any

               failure to give such notice shall not impair the effec-

               tiveness of the termination.

                         Without any action being required, the Plan

               will terminate in any event if it does not receive the

               approval of the shareholders of the Company, in a manner

               described in Section 423(b)(2) of the Code and regula-

               tions thereunder, within 12 months before or after the

               Plan is adopted by the Board.  If such approval is not

               received, certificates for all shares of Common Stock

               held in the Trust Accounts of the participants, and all

               Recorded Amounts with respect to such participants, shall

               be distributed to such participants in accordance with

               such Trust Accounts and records as soon as practicable

               after such failure to receive shareholder approval. 

               Without any action being required, the Plan will termi-

               nate upon the expiration of 10 years from the Effective

               Date, or at any earlier time if the maximum number of

               shares of Common Stock to be sold under the Plan (as

               hereinafter provided in Section 12) has been purchased,

               but such termination shall not impair any rights which

               under the Plan shall have vested on or prior to the date

               of such termination.  If at any time the number of shares

                                           15

<PAGE>

               of Common Stock remaining available for purchase under

               the Plan is not sufficient to satisfy all then outstand-

               ing purchase rights, the Board or the Committee may

               determine an equitable basis of apportioning available

               shares among all participants.

                         The Board may amend the Plan from time to time

               in any respect in order to meet changes in legal require-

               ments or for any other reason; provided, however, that no

               such amendment shall (a) materially adversely affect any

               purchase rights outstanding under the Plan during the

               Purchase Period in which such amendment is to be effect-

               ed, (b) increase the maximum number of shares of Common

               Stock which may be purchased under the Plan (except as

               provided in Section 12 hereof), or (c) decrease the

               Purchase Price of the Common Stock for any purchase

               period below 85% of the fair market value of the Common

               stock on the applicable valuation date of such period.

                         Upon termination of the Plan, a refund of all

               Recorded Amounts as of such date of termination, as well

               as certificates for the whole shares of Common Stock then

               held by the Plan Trustees for the benefit of partici-

               pants, shall be delivered to participants as soon as

               practicable after such date of termination.



                                           16


<PAGE>


                         9.  Non-Transferability.  Rights acquired under

               the Plan are not transferable and may be exercised only

               by a participant.

                         10.  Shareholders' Rights.  No Eligible Employee

               or participant shall by reason of the Plan have any

               rights of a shareholder of the Company until and to the

               extent he shall acquire shares of Common Stock (whether

               or not certificated) as herein provided.

                         11.  Administration of the Plan.  The Plan

               shall be administered by the Compensation Committee so as

               to ensure that all participants have the same rights and

               privileges as are provided by Section 423(b)(5) of the

               Code.

                         Members of the Compensation Committee may be

               appointed from time to time by the Board and shall be

               subject to removal by the Board.  The decision of a

               majority in number of the members of the Committee in

               office at the time shall be deemed to be the decision of

               the Committee.

                         The Board or the Committee, from time to time,

               may approve the forms of any documents or writings pro-

               vided for in the Plan, may adopt, amend and rescind rules

               and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan for carry-

               ing out the Plan and may construe the Plan.  The Board or

                                           17

<PAGE>



               the Committee may delegate responsibility for maintaining

               all or a portion of the records pertaining to partici-

               pants' accounts to persons not affiliated with the Par-

               ticipating Companies.  All expenses of administering the

               Plan shall be paid by the Participating Companies.  The

               interpretation and construction by the Committee of any

               provisions of the Plan shall be final.  The Committee may

               from time to time adopt such rules and regulations for

               carrying out the Plan as it may deem best.  No member of

               the Committee shall be liable for any action, omission or

               determination relating to the Plan, if such liability

               would be inconsistent with the provisions of the Certifi-

               cate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company.  The

               Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of

               the Committee, and each other director or employee of the

               Company to whom any duty or power relating to the admin-

               istration or interpretation of the Plan has been delegat-

               ed, against any cost, expense (including reasonable

               attorneys' fees) or liability arising out of any action,

               omission or determination relating to the Plan, to the

               fullest extent permitted by the Certificate of Incorpora-

               tion and By-Laws of the Company, and by New Jersey law.

                         12.  Changes in Capital; Dividends.  The maxi-

               mum number of shares of Common Stock may be purchased

                                           18

<PAGE>

               under the Plan is 1,000,000, subject, however, to adjust-

               ment as hereinafter set forth.  Common Stock sold hereun-

               der may be treasury shares, authorized and unissued

               shares or a combination thereof.  If at any time the

               numbers of shares remaining available for purchase under

               the Plan is not sufficient to satisfy all then outstand-

               ing purchase rights, the available shares will be appor-

               tioned among all participants on an equitable basis.

                         If the Common Stock subject to the Plan shall

               at any time be changed or exchanged by declaration of a

               stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares,

               recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other corpo-

               rate reorganization in which the Company is the surviving

               corporation, the number and kind of shares subject to

               this Plan and the prices shall be appropriately and

               equitably adjusted so as to maintain the prices thereof. 

               In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the

               Company or a merger, consolidation, sale of all or sub-

               stantially all of its assets, or other corporate reorga-

               nization in which the Company is not the surviving corpo-

               ration but the holders of Common Stock receive securities

               of another corporation, any outstanding options hereunder

               shall not in any way prevent any transaction described



                                           19

<PAGE>

               herein and no holder of an option shall have the right to

               prevent such transaction.

                         Any cash dividends paid upon Common Stock

               (whether or not uncertificated) held by the Plan Trustees

               pursuant to the Plan shall be treated as described in

               paragraph (d) of Section 4 herein.  Any cash dividends

               paid upon shares of Common Stock that have been issued

               pursuant to the Plan and for which certificates have been

               issued to the participant will not be automatically

               invested in shares of Common Stock but will be paid

               directly to the participant.

                         Similarly, in the case of stock dividends or

               stock splits upon shares of Common Stock that have been

               issued pursuant to the Plan and for which certificates

               have been issued to the participant, certificates repre-

               senting such stock dividends or stock splits will be sent

               directly to the participant.  In the case of stock divi-

               dends or stock splits upon shares of Common Stock (wheth-

               er or not uncertificated) held by the Plan Trustees, the

               number of shares in the participant's Trust Account will

               be increased appropriately.

                         13.  Application of Funds.  The proceeds re-

               ceived by the Company from the issuance of Common Stock



                                           20

<PAGE>

               pursuant to the Plan will be used for general corporate

               purposes.

                         14.  Miscellaneous.  Except as otherwise ex-

               pressly provided herein, any Authorization, election,

               notice or document under the Plan from any Eligible

               Employee or participant shall be delivered to his employ-

               er corporation and, subject to any limitation specified

               in the Plan, shall be effective when so delivered.

                         The term "Subsidiary Companies" shall mean TPI

               Restaurants, Inc., and such other subsidiary corporations

               (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code) of

               which the Company is a common parent as the Board of

               Directors of the Company shall determine from time to

               time.

                         The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine.


                         The Plan, and the Company's obligation to sell

               and deliver shares of Common Stock hereunder, shall be

               subject to all applicable federal, state and foreign

               laws, rules and regulations, and to such approval by any

               regulatory or governmental agency as may, in the opinion

               of counsel for the Company, be required.





                                           21



                                                             Exhibit 10.13







                                  AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                 TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                              EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
                                    TRUST AGREEMENT

                         THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

               (hereinafter referred to as this "Agreement"), entered

               into on the 27th day of March, 1995 by and between TPI

               ENTERPRISES, INC., a corporation organized and existing

               under the laws of the State of New Jersey (the "Company")

               and Michael D. Sanford, Frederick W. Burford and Joy

               Palmer, as Trustees (the "Trustees"), effective as of

               April 17, 1995.



                                  W I T N E S S E T H:

                         WHEREAS, the Company entered into a trust

               agreement with Dennis A. Reeve, Joseph P. Gowan, Jr., 

               Michael D. Sanford and Joey L. Stoner, as trustees on

               August 16, 1989 (the "1989 Trust Agreement") for the

               benefit of its employees and the employees of its Subsid-

               iary Companies, as such term is defined in the Company's

               1989 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (the "1989

               Plan"), who participate in the 1989 Plan, for the purpose

               of receiving and holding shares (which may be in uncerti-

               ficated form or otherwise, in the discretion of the Board

               of Directors of the Company or the Compensation 












<PAGE>









               Committee thereof) of the Company's Common Stock

               ("Shares") issued to participants as provided by the

               terms of the 1989 Plan;

                         WHEREAS, the Company adopted the 1995 Employee

               Stock Purchase Plan (the "1995 Plan"), as a successor

               plan to the 1989 Plan (the 1989 Plan and the 1995 Plan

               together referred to as the "Plans"), on the 16th day of

               December, 1994, effective April 17, 1995; and

                         WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend and

               restate the 1989 Trust to cover the 1995 Plan, and there-

               by to include participants of the 1989 Plan and the 1995

               Plan (the "Participants"), for the purpose of receiving

               and holding Shares issued to Participants as provided by

               the terms of both of the Plans.

                         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the forego-

               ing and the mutual obligations and undertakings hereinaf-

               ter set forth, this Agreement is hereby adopted, effec-

               tive as of April 17, 1995.

                                       ARTICLE I

                                       THE TRUST
                                       ---------

                         1.1.  The Trust.  The Company, in accordance
                               ---------

               with the terms of the Plans, hereby establishes this

               trust, to be known as the "TPI Enterprises, Inc. Employee

               Stock Purchase Plan Trust" (the "Trust").  The Trust

                                           2









<PAGE>









               assets (the "Assets") shall consist of such Shares as

               shall be issued by the Company to Participants pursuant

               to the terms of the Plans, together with stock splits or

               stock dividends, if any, to the extent provided in Sec-

               tion 12 of each of the Plans.  The Assets shall be held

               by the Trustees, in trust, in accordance with the provi-

               sions of the Plans and of this Agreement.

                                       ARTICLE II

                   CONTRIBUTIONS THROUGH EMPLOYEE PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS
                   -------------------------------------------------

                         2.1.  Contributions to Trust.  The Company
                               ----------------------

               intends to deposit with the Trustees from time to time

               the Shares that are issued for the benefit of Partici-

               pants in exchange for funds withheld or received by the

               Company from Participants' salaries or wages pursuant to

               the Plans, including funds received by the Company pursu-

               ant to paragraph (e) of Section 4 of each of the Plans

               ("Contributions").

                                      ARTICLE III

                                TRUST FUND AND TRUSTEES
                                -----------------------

                         3.1.  Establishment and Acceptance of Trust. 
                               -------------------------------------

               The Trustees shall receive the Shares transferred to them

               by the Company.  All Shares so received shall be held in

               trust pursuant to the terms of the Plans and of this

               Agreement.  The Trustees hereby accept the Trust created

                                           3









<PAGE>









               hereunder and agree to perform the duties required of

               them by law and by the terms hereof.

                         3.2.  Trust Account.  The Trustees agree to
                               -------------

               maintain a separate trust account ("Trust Account") for

               the interest of each Participant, provided, however, that
                                                 --------  -------

               the Assets attributable to each Trust Account may be

               commingled with Assets attributable to other Trust Ac-

               counts and held in common on behalf of all individuals

               who have an interest in the Assets.  The Trustees agree

               to cause the Company to perform and the Company agrees to

               perform the accounting for each Trust Account, at no 

               cost to the Trust, and pursuant to procedures and stan-

               dards approved in writing from time to time by the Trustees.


                         3.3.  Issuance of Shares from the Company. 
                               -----------------------------------

               Within 10 days after the last day of each Purchase Period

               (as defined in the Plan) (i) a statement of each

               Participant's payroll deductions will be delivered by the

               Company to the Trustees, and (ii) the number of whole

               Shares that can be paid for by any Contributions attrib-

               uted to each Participant will be issued to the Trustees

               by the Company, in uncertificated form or otherwise; pro-
                                                                    ----

               vided, however, that Recorded Amounts (as defined in the
               -----  -------

               Plans) will be retained by the Company and not exchanged

                                           4









<PAGE>









               for Shares until the last day of the subsequent Purchase

               Period; and, provided further, that no Shares will be
                            -------- -------

               issued by the Company to the Trustees in contravention of

               Sections 4(d), 7, or any other applicable provision of

               the Plan.  The Trustees may receive only Shares, subject

               to Sections 3.4(a) and (g) of this Agreement.  The Trust-

               ees will cause the Company to allocate to each

               Participant's Trust Account the number of Shares received

               by the Trustees on behalf of each such Participant.

                         3.4.  Powers of Trustees.  The Trustee shall
                               ------------------

               have the following powers and authority, to be exercised

               in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the

               Plan and of this Agreement:

                              (a)  Receipt of Property.  To accept and
                                   -------------------

               retain in trust Shares that are reserved by the Company

               for the purposes of the Plans and, to the extent provided

               in Section 12 of each of the Plan, any stock splits or

               stock dividends thereon.

                              (b)  Conveyance and Transfer of Property. 
                                   -----------------------------------

               To convey or transfer Shares to a Participant or to his

               or her beneficiaries entitled to such Shares under the

               terms of the Plans and of this Agreement, subject however

               to payment by such Participant or beneficiaries of any

               fee for issuance of stock certificates in their name or

                                           5









<PAGE>









               names as may be specified from time to time by the Trustees.


                              (c)  Supervision of Recordkeeping.  To
                                   ----------------------------

               supervise, inspect, review, and require changes in the

               books, records, reports, and accounting procedures main-

               tained by the Company with regard to the Plans.

                              (d)  Exercise of Owner's Rights.  To
                                   --------------------------

               deliver or cause to be delivered to the Participants all

               notices, prospectuses, financial statements, proxies, and

               proxy solicitation materials relating to the Shares held

               hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may deliv-
                          --------  -------

               er or cause to be delivered any such materials if it

               provides the Trustees with an undertaking that it will do

               so in a timely fashion for each Participant entitled to

               receive such materials.  The Trustees shall not vote any

               of the Shares held hereunder except in accordance with

               the written instructions of each Participant.  Subject to

               and in accordance with the written instructions of each

               Participant, the Trustees shall have the power (i) to

               vote the Shares held in trust; (ii) to give general or

               special proxies or powers of attorney with or without

               power of substitution; (iii) to exercise any conversion

               privileges, subscription rights, or other options and to

               cause to be made any payments incidental thereto; (iv) to

                                           6









<PAGE>









               oppose, or to consent to, or to otherwise participate in,

               corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting

               corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary

               powers, and to cause to be paid any assessments or charg-

               es in connection therewith; and (v) generally to exercise

               any of the powers of an owner with respect to stock held

               as part of the Assets.

                              (e)  Dispensation of Cash Dividends.  To
                                   ------------------------------

               cause the Company (i) to distribute to Participants any

               cash dividends or distributions paid with regard to

               Shares and/or (ii) to issue additional whole Shares for

               the account of Participants in lieu of payment of cash

               dividends or distributions; provided, however, that such
                                           --------  -------

               distributions or issuance shall be made only with respect

               to Shares for which Participants have been issued certif-

               icates.

                              (f)  Registration of Investments.  To
                                   ---------------------------

               cause Shares held as part of the Assets to be registered

               (i) in the name of the Trust (or of the Trustees, as

               such) or (ii) in the name of one or more nominees; and to

               hold any such Shares in bearer form, in uncertificated

               form, or otherwise in the discretion of the Board of

               Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Compensa-

               tion Committee thereof (the "Compensation Committee"),

                                           7









<PAGE>









               provided, however, that the books and records maintained
               --------  -------

               by the Company for the Trust shall at all times show that

               all such Shares are part of the Assets and that such

               Shares are allocated to the specific Trust Accounts of

               Participants.

                              (g)  Retention of Property Acquired.  To
                                   ------------------------------

               accept and retain for such time as they may deem advis-

               able any securities or other property received or ac-

               quired by them as Trustees hereunder, whether or not such

               securities or other property would normally be received

               or accepted hereunder.

                              (h)  Execution of Instruments.  To make,
                                   ------------------------

               execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents

               of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instru-

               ments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out

               the powers herein granted.

                              (i)  Settlement of Claims and Debts.  To
                                   ------------------------------

               settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims,

               debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Trust, to

               commence or defend suits or legal or administrative

               proceedings, and to represent the Trust in all suits and

               legal and administrative proceedings.

                              (j)  Employment of Agents and Counsel.  To
                                   --------------------------------

               employ suitable agents and counsel (who may be counsel

                                           8









<PAGE>









               for the Company, subject to Article IV of this Agree-

               ment), and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensa-

               tion.

                              (k)  Power to Do any Necessary Act.  To
                                   -----------------------------

               undertake all such acts or proceedings and to exercise

               all such rights and privileges (although not specifically

               mentioned herein) including, without limitation, the

               delegation of administrative duties, as the Trustees may

               deem necessary to administer the Assets or to carry out

               the purposes of the Plan and of this Agreement.

                         3.5.  Court Actions.  The Trustees shall not be
                               -------------

               required to receive any order or consent of any court as

               a prerequisite to taking any action hereunder, or to file

               any return or report to any court.

                                       ARTICLE IV

                               FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES
                               --------------------------

                         4.1.  Exclusive Benefit Rule.  The Trustees
                               ----------------------

               shall discharge their duties hereunder solely in the

               interest of the Participants and their beneficiaries and

               for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Par-

               ticipants and their beneficiaries.  The Trustees shall

               exercise such care, skill, prudence and diligence under

               the circumstances then prevailing that men of prudence

               acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters

                                           9









<PAGE>









               would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like charac-

               ter and with like aims.

                         4.2.  Conflicts of Interest.  The Trustees
                               ---------------------

               shall not:

                              (a)  deal with the Assets of the Plan in

               their own interests or for their own accounts;

                              (b)  in their individual or in any other

               capacity, act in any transaction involving the Plans or

               in behalf of a party (or represent a party) where the

               interests of the Trustees are adverse to the interests of

               the Plans or the interests of the Participants and their

               beneficiaries; or

                              (c)  receive any consideration for their

               own personal account from any party dealing with the

               Plans in connection with a transaction involving the

               Assets; provided, however, that nothing in this Section
                       --------  -------

               shall be construed to preclude the Trustees from receiv-

               ing reasonable compensation for services rendered, or for

               reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred

               in the performance of their duties under the Plan or from

               serving as Trustees.

                         4.3.  Duties.  The Trustees shall be under no
                               ------

               duties whatsoever except such duties as are specifically

               set forth in this Agreement, and no implied covenant or

                                           10









<PAGE>









               obligation shall be read into this Agreement against the

               Trustees.  In the performance of their duties, the Trust-

               ees shall be liable for their own negligence or willful

               misconduct, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate

               of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company.  In accept-

               ing, holding, and distributing Shares hereunder and caus-

               ing the Company or the transfer agent of the Company (the

               "Transfer Agent") to perform certain acts pursuant to the

               Plans, the Trustees may rely solely upon the accuracy of

               all facts and representations supplied or made at any

               time by the Participants or by the Company.  The Partici-

               pants shall have the sole authority and responsibility

               for the enforcement or defense of the terms and condi-

               tions of this Agreement.  The Trustees shall not be

               required to prosecute, defend, or respond to any action

               or any judicial proceeding relating to the Assets unless

               they have previously received indemnification satisfacto-

               ry to them in form and substance.  The Company shall, at

               all times, fully indemnify and save harmless the Trustees

               from any liability for which they may be indemnified

               pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws

               of the Company.  If the provisions of the Certificate of

               Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Company are deter-

               mined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be not

                                           11









<PAGE>









               applicable to a particular Trustee or Trustees, then such

               Trustee or Trustees shall be liable only to the minimum

               extent required by, and shall be indemnified to the

               fullest extent permitted by, New Jersey law.

                         4.4.  Insurance.  Nothing in this Article shall
                               ---------

               preclude:

                              (a)  the Trustees from purchasing insur-

               ance for the Plans or themselves to cover liability or

               losses occurring by reason of any act or omission of a

               fiduciary, provided such insurance shall permit recourse

               by the insurer against the fiduciary in the case of a

               breach of a fiduciary obligation by the fiduciary; or

                              (b)  a fiduciary from purchasing insurance

               to cover liability under this Article for his own ac-

               count.  Premiums for such insurance purchased by individ-

               ual Trustees shall be paid by the Company.

                                       ARTICLE V

                                 ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
                                 ----------------------

                         5.1.  Accounts.  The Trustees shall cause the
                               --------

               Company to keep accurate and detailed records pertaining

               to each Trust Account with respect to contributions,

               receipts, investments, distributions, disbursements, and

               all other transactions hereunder.  On or before the

               thirtieth day of each month following the close of each

                                           12









<PAGE>









               fiscal quarter of the Company, the Trustees shall cause

               the Company to furnish to each Participant a written

               report (as described in Section 6 of each of the Plans)

               reflecting all transactions for each such Participant's

               Trust Account effected pursuant to the Plans during the

               preceding Purchase Period or such other appropriate

               period.  The Company may, in the sole discretion of the

               Compensation Committee, furnish such additional written

               reports to each Participant as it deems useful or neces-

               sary.  In the absence of the filing in writing with the

               Trustees by Participants of exceptions or objections to

               any report within 30 days after mailing such report, each

               Participant not filing such objections shall be deemed to

               have approved such report and the Trustees shall be

               released, relieved and discharged from all liability to

               anyone with respect to all matters set forth in such

               report.

                                       ARTICLE VI

                          AUTHORIZATIONS FOR TRUSTEES' ACTION
                          -----------------------------------

                         6.1.  Payments.  The Trustees, in accordance
                               --------

               with provisions of the Plans, shall cause the Company or

               the Transfer Agent for the Shares to make payments of any

               dividends or distributions with respect to the Assets

               either to (i) the Participants in the form of cash or

                                           13









<PAGE>









               Shares in amounts consistent with each Participant's

               interest in the Assets or (ii) the Trustees in the form

               of Shares.  The Trustees shall be fully protected in

               acting upon any such written instructions from Partici-

               pants without inquiry or investigation.

                         6.2.  Direction of Committee.  The Trustees
                               ----------------------

               shall be fully protected in relying upon the written

               certification of the Company as to the membership and

               extent of authority of any committee (the "Committee")

               duly authorized to act on behalf of the Company with

               regard to the Plans and in continuing to rely thereupon

               until subsequent certification is filed with the Trust-

               ees.  The Trustees shall be fully protected in relying

               and acting upon any written direction of such Committee,

               and in continuing to so act and rely until subsequent

               certification that said authority has been revoked or

               modified has been filed with the Trustees.

                         6.3.  Impossibility of Performance.  In case it
                               ----------------------------

               becomes impossible for the Company or the Trustees to

               perform any act under the Plans, that act shall be per-

               formed which in the judgment of the Trustees will most

               nearly carry out the intent and purpose of the Plans. 

               All parties to this Agreement or any and all parties



                                           14









<PAGE>









               interested in the Plans shall be bound by any acts per-

               formed under such conditions.

                                      ARTICLE VII

                                        EXPENSES
                                        --------

                         7.1.  Expenses.  The expenses incurred by the
                               --------

               Company in the installation, administration and revision

               of the Plans and in the installation and revision of this

               Agreement shall be paid by the Company.  Such compensa-

               tion to the Trustees as may be agreed upon in writing

               from time to time between the Company and the Trustees

               and the expenses incurred by the Trustees in the perfor-

               mance of their duties, including professional fees of any

               person, firm or agent employed by the Trustees to carry

               out the administrative functions hereunder, shall be paid

               by the Company subject to the following limitations:

                              (a)  any persons now or hereafter serving

               as Trustees of the Plans who are employees and/or share-

               holders of the Company, shall not be entitled to any fees

               or other compensation solely in consideration of acting

               as a Trustee under the Plans.  Such persons shall, however,

               be entitled to payment or reimbursement of taxes and

               expenses, as set forth above, to the same extent as any

               other Trustee; and



                                           15









<PAGE>









                              (b)  any Trustee that is a fiduciary

               institution shall pay the cost of any insurance purchased

               pursuant to Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

                         7.2.  Taxes.  The Company shall reimburse the
                               -----

               Trustees for and indemnify and hold harmless the Trustees

               from the payment of taxes of any and all kinds, includ-

               ing, without limitation, property taxes and income taxes

               levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon or

               with respect to the Trust, any of the Assets, or the

               income therefrom, subject to the terms of any agreements

               or contracts made, if any, concerning such tax payments. 

               The Trustees may assume that any taxes assessed on or

               with respect to the Trust or its income are lawfully

               assessed unless the Company shall in writing advise the

               Trustees that in the opinion of counsel for the Company

               such taxes are or may be unlawfully assessed.  In the

               event that the Company shall so advise the Trustees, the

               Trustees will, if so requested in writing by the Company,

               contest the validity of such taxes in any manner deemed

               appropriate by the Company or its counsel, in which event

               the Trustees agree to execute all documents, instruments,

               claims, and petitions necessary or advisable in the opin-

               ion of the Company or its counsel for the refund, abate-

               ment, reduction, or elimination of any such taxes.

                                           16









<PAGE>









                                      ARTICLE VIII

                    APPOINTMENT, RESIGNATION, OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEES
                    ------------------------------------------------

                         8.1.  Qualifications of Trustees.  The Compen-
                               --------------------------

               sation Committee shall appoint and/or replace the Trust-

               ees.  The Compensation Committee shall appoint (i) at

               least three individual employees or officers of the

               Participating Companies (as defined in the Plan) as

               Trustees, or (ii) a fiduciary institution plus up to

               three individuals referred to in (i).  No person may be

               simultaneously both a Trustee and a Compensation Commit-

               tee member.

                         8.2.  Resignation or Removal of Trustees.  A
                               ----------------------------------

               Trustee may resign at any time upon thirty (30) days

               written notice to the Company.  A Trustee may be removed

               by the Board or the Compensation Committee at any time

               upon thirty (30) days written notice delivered to the

               Trustee.  If a Trustee is no longer an employee of a

               Participating Company, he shall no longer be a Trustee

               effective as of the date his employment is terminated,

               without any further action by the Trustee or the Partici-

               pating Company.  If following such resignation, removal

               or employment termination there are less than three

               remaining Trustees and the Plan is to be continued, the

               Board or the Compensation Committee shall designate a

                                           17









<PAGE>









               successor trustee.  If the Board or the Compensation

               Committee does not so designate such successor trustee

               within thirty (30) days after the written notice to the

               Company or a Trustee, as applicable, the Trustees that

               have not been so removed or that have not resigned may

               apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the pur-

               pose of securing the designation of same.

                         8.3.  Transfer of Assets to a Successor Trustee.
                               -----------------------------------------

               In the event the Company wishes to continue the Plan

               through a successor trustee, it may, upon thirty (30)

               days written notice and upon furnishing evidence of the

               continuation of the Plans through a successor trustee or

               trustees, direct the Trustees to transfer the Assets of

               this Trust to said successor trustee or trustees, in

               which event the Trustee shall deliver the Assets of the

               Trust and such instruments of conveyance and further

               assurances as may be reasonably required for vesting in

               such successor trustee or trustees all right, title, and

               interest of the Trustees in the Assets.  The transfer of

               the Assets under the circumstances above shall not, by

               itself, be deemed a termination of the Plans.







                                           18









<PAGE>









                                       ARTICLE IX

                                AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
                                ------------------------

                         9.1.  Amendment or Termination.  The Board
                               ------------------------

               reserves the right at any time and from time to time to

               amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions

               of this Agreement by written instrument signed and deliv-

               ered to and acknowledged by the Trustees, provided that

               (i) no amendment which affects the rights, duties, or

               responsibilities of the Trustees may be made without

               their written consent; (ii) any amendment requiring the

               approval of the Company's shareholders under either of

               the Plans is so approved; (iii) any such amendment is

               consistent with the terms of the Plans, as amended from

               time to time; and (iv) no amendment shall authorize or

               permit, at any time prior to the satisfaction of all

               liabilities with respect to Participants and their bene-

               ficiaries under the Plans, any part of the corpus or

               income of the Trust to be used for, or diverted to,

               purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Partici-

               pants and their beneficiaries.

                         The Company may at any time deliver notice to

               the Trustees that this Agreement is to be terminated as

               of the beginning of any Purchase Period.  Upon receipt of

               such notice, the Trustees shall distribute the Assets in

                                           19









<PAGE>









               accordance with the written directions of the Company. 

               Following such distribution, this Trust shall terminate.

                                       ARTICLE X

                        PROVISIONS RELATING TO MULTIPLE TRUSTEES
                        ----------------------------------------

                         10.1.  Application.  If on the date hereof or
                                -----------

               at any time hereafter there shall be more than one per-

               son, firm, corporation or other entity serving in the

               capacity of Trustees or Co-Trustees under this Agreement,

               their proceedings shall be conducted in the manner pre-

               scribed in this Article 10.

                         10.2.  Meetings.  Actions of the Trustees shall
                                --------

               be taken at one or more meetings called for the purpose,

               pursuant to seven (7) days advance written notice; pro-
                                                                  ----

               vided, however, that such notice may be waived in writing
               -----  -------

               and shall be deemed waived by personal or telephonic

               attendance at the meeting.

                         10.3.  Consent.  The foregoing provision to the
                                -------

               contrary notwithstanding, the Trustees may transact

               business by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting

               called for the purpose.

                         10.4.  Secretary.  The Trustees shall appoint
                                ---------

               one of their members as Secretary, who shall keep written

               records of all their proceedings.  The Secretary shall

               have authority to call meetings of the Trustees as pre-

                                           20









<PAGE>









               scribed in Section 10.2 above.  He shall also have au-

               thority to certify the actions taken by the Trustees to

               all interested persons.

                         10.5.  Quorum and Voting.  A majority of the
                                -----------------

               Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of

               business; provided, however, that any matter coming
                         --------  -------

               before the meeting must be decided by a majority vote of

               all Trustees, and not by a majority vote of the quorum. 

               In the case of a tie vote, or of the absence of a majori-

               ty of the Trustees to act upon any matter, a meeting may

               be adjourned and reconvened until such time as the requi-

               site number is present and voting.

                         10.6.  Other Rules.  The Trustees shall have
                                -----------

               authority to adopt such rules and procedures for the

               conduct of their affairs, not inconsistent with the rules

               set forth above, as they deem prudent and necessary.

                                       ARTICLE XI

                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                ------------------------

                         11.1.  Protection of Trustees.  The Trustees do
                                ----------------------

               not guarantee the Assets of the Trust from loss or depre-

               ciation and shall not be liable to anyone on account of

               such loss or depreciation unless they fail to discharge

               their duties in accordance with Articles III and IV of

               this Trust Agreement.

                                           21









<PAGE>









                         11.2.  Titles.  Title and Articles and headings
                                ------

               to Sections in this Agreement are inserted for conve-

               nience of reference only and, in the event of any con-

               flict, the text of this instrument, rather than such

               titles or headings, shall control.

                         11.3.  Separability Clause.  In case any provi-
                                -------------------

               sion of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or

               unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability

               of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be

               affected thereby.

                         11.4.  Governing Law.  This indenture shall be
                                -------------

               construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of

               the State of New Jersey, without regard to the conflict

               of law principles thereof.

                         11.5.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Agree-
                                -------------------------

               ment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each

               of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,

               but all such counterparts shall together constitute but

               one and the same instrument.











                                           22









<PAGE>









                         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have

               executed this Agreement on March 27, 1995 to be effective

               as of the 17th day of April, 1995.

                                        TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.



                                        By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp
                                            ---------------------------
                                             J. Gary Sharp


                                        TRUSTEES


                                             /s/ Michael D. Sanford
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Michael D. Sanford


                                             /s/ Frederick W. Burford
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Frederick W. Burford


                                             /s/ Joy Palmer
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Joy Palmer





















                                           23





                                                              EXHIBIT 10.14











                                         NATIONSBANK
                                DEFINED CONTRIBUTION MASTER PLAN
                                             AND
                                       TRUST AGREEMENT



<PAGE>
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Defined Contribution Master Plan

                                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                           <C>
ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF DEFINITIONS ...........   iii              3.06   Accrual of Benefit ............................     3.03
                                                                   3.07   - 3.16 Limitations on Allocations .............     3.05
                                                                   3.17   Special Allocation Limitation .................     3.07
ARTICLE I, DEFINITIONS                                             3.18   Defined Benefit Plan Limitation ...............     3.07
   1.01 Employer ..............................   1.01             3.19   Definitions - Article III .....................     3.07
   1.02 Trustee ...............................   1.01          ARTICLE IV, PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
   1.03 Plan ..................................   1.01             4.01   Participant Nondeductible Contributions........    4.01
   1.04 Adoption Agreement ....................   1.01             4.02   Participant Deductible Contributions...........    4.01
   1.05 Plan Administrator ....................   1.01             4.03   Participant Rollover Contributions ............    4.01
   1.06 Advisory Committee ....................   1.02             4.04   Participant Contribution - Forfeitability .....    4.02
   1.07 Employee ..............................   1.02             4.05   Participant Contribution -
   1.08 Self-Employed Individual/                                         Withdrawal/Distribution .......................    4.02
         Owner-Employee .......................   1.02             4.06   Participant Contribution -
   1.09 Highly Compensated Employee ...........   1.02                    Accrued Benefit ...............................    4.02
   1.10 Participant ...........................   1.03          ARTICLE V, TERMINATION OF SERVICE -
   1.11 Beneficiary ...........................   1.03          PARTICIPANT VESTING
   1.12 Compensation ..........................   1.03             5.01   Normal Retirement Age .........................    5.01
   1.13 Earned Income .........................   1.05             5.02   Participant Disability or Death ...............    5.01
   1.14 Account ...............................   1.05             5.03   Vesting Schedule ..............................    5.01
   1.15 Accrued Benefit .......................   1.05             5.04   Cash-out Distributions to Partially-
   1.16 Nonforfeitable ........................   1.05                    Vested Participants/Restoration of
   1.17 Plan Year/Limitation Year .............   1.05                    Forfeited Accrued Benefit .....................    5.01
   1.18 Effective Date ........................   1.05             5.05   Segregated Account for Repaid Amount...........    5.02
   1.19 Plan Entry Date .......................   1.05             5.06   Year of Service - Vesting .....................    5.03
   1.20 Accounting Date .......................   1.05             5.07   Break in Service - Vesting ....................    5.03
   1.21 Trust .................................   1.05             5.08   Included Years of Service - Vesting ...........    5.03
   1.22 Trust Fund ............................   1.05             5.09   Forfeiture Occurs .............................    5.03
   1.23 Nontransferable Annuity ...............   1.05          ARTICLE VI, TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT
   1.24 ERISA .................................   1.05          OF BENEFITS
   1.25 Code ..................................   1.05             6.01   Time of Payment of Accrued Benefit ............    6.01
   1.26 Service ...............................   1.05             6.02   Method of Payment of Accrued Benefit ..........    6.02
   1.27 Hour of Service .......................   1.05             6.03   Benefit Payment Elections .....................    6.04
   1.23 Disability ............................   1.07             6.04   Annuity Distributions to Participants
   1.29 Service for Predecessor Employer ......   1.07                    and Surviving Spouses .........................    6.06
   1.30 Related Employers .....................   1.07             6.05   Waiver Election - Qualified Joint and
   1.31 Leased Employees ......................   1.08                    Survivor Annuity ..............................    6.07
   1.32 Special Rules for Owner-Employees .....   1.08             6.06   Waiver Election - Preretirement Survivor
   1.33 Determination of Top Heavy Status .....   1.09                    Annuity .......................................    6.08
   1.34 Paired Plans ..........................   1.10             6.07   Distributions Under Domestic
  ARTICLE II, EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS                                       Relations Orders ..............................    6.08
   2.01 Eligibility ...........................   2.01           ARTICLE VII, EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE
   2.02 Year of Service - Participation .......   2.01           PROVISIONS
   2.03 Break in Service - Participation ......   2.01             7.01   Information to Committee ......................    7.01
   2.04 Participation upon Re-employment ......   2.01             7.02   No Liability ..................................    7.01
   2.05 Change in Employee Status .............   2.02             7.03   Indemnity of Certain Fiduciaries ..............    7.01
   2.06 Election Not to Participate ...........   2.02             7.04   Employer Direction of Investment ..............    7.01
  ARTICLE III, EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND                          7.05   Amendment to Vesting Schedule .................    7.01
  FORFEITURES                                                    ARTICLE VIII, PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE
   3.01 Amount ................................   3.01           PROVISIONS
   3.02 Determination of Contribution .........   3.01             8.01   Beneficiary Designation .......................    8.01
   3.03 Time of Payment of Contribution .......   3.01             8.02   No Beneficiary Designation/Death
   3.04 Contribution Allocation ...............   3.01                    of Beneficiary ................................    8.01
   3.05 Forfeiture Allocation .................   3.03             8.03   Personal Data to Committee ....................    8.02

                                                                                                                        1/90     i
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
    Defined Contribution Master Plan


<S>                                                           <C>
   8.04 Address for Notification .................  8.02         11.04    Dividend Plan .......................  11.02
   8.05 Assignment or Alienation..................  8.02         11.05    Insurance Company Not a Party
   8.06 Notice of Change in Terms ................  8.02                  to Agreement ........................  11.03
   8.07 Litigation Against the Trust .............  8.02         11.06    Insurance Company Not Responsible
   8.08 Information Available.....................  8.02                  for Trustee's Actions................  11.03
   8.09 Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits...  8.02         11.07    Insurance Company Reliance on
   8.10 Participant Direction of investment ......  8.03                  Trustee's Signature .................  11.03
ARTICLE IX, ADVISORY COMMITTEE-DUTIES                            11.08    Acquittance .........................  11.03
WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS                           11.09    Duties of insurance Company .........  11.03
   9.01 Members' Compensation, Expenses ..........  9.01       ARTICLE XII, MISCELLANEOUS
   9.02 Term .....................................  9.01
   9.03 Powers ...................................  9.01         12.01    Evidence ............................  12.01
   9.04 General ..................................  9.01         12.02    No Responsibility for Employer
                                                                          Action ..............................  12.01
   9.05 Funding Policy ...........................  9.02         12.03    Fiduciaries Not Insurers ............  12.01
   9.06 Manner of Action..........................  9.02         12.04    Waiver of Notice ....................  12.01
   9.07 Authorized Representative ................  9.02         12.05    Successors ..........................  12.01
   9.08 Interested Member ........................  9.02         12.06    Word Usage; .........................  12.01
   9.09 Individual Accounts ......................  9.02         12.07    State Law ...........................  12.01
   9.10 Value of Participant's Accrued Benefit....  9.02         12.08    Employer's Right to Participate .....  12.01
   9.11 Allocation and Distribution of                           12.09    Employment Not Guaranteed............  12.02
        Net Income Gain or Loss ..................  9.03       ARTICLE XIII, EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT,
   9.12 Individual Statement......................  9.03       TERMINATION
   9.13 Account Charged ..........................  9.04         13.01    Exclusive Benefit ...................  13.01
   9.14 Unclaimed Account Procedure ..............  9.04         13.02    Amendment by Employer ...............  13.01
ARTICLE X, TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS
AND DUTIES                                                       13.03    Amendment by Master Plan Sponsor.....  13.02
  10.01 Acceptance ............................... 10.01         13.04    Discontinuance ......................  13.02
  10.02 Receipt of Contributions ................. 10.01         13.05    Full Vesting on Termination .........  13.02
  10.03 Investment Powers ........................ 10.01         13.06    Merger/Direct Transfer ..............  13.02
  10.04 Records and Statements ................... 10.06         13.07    Termination..........................  13.03
                                                               ARTICLE XIV, CODE Sec.401(k) AND CODE Sec.401(m)
  10.05 Fees and Expenses from Fund .............. 10.06       ARRANGEMENTS
  10.06 Parties to Litigation..................... 10.06
  10.07 Professional Agents ...................... 10.06         14.01   Application ..........................  14.01
  10.08 Distribution of Cash or Property ......... 10.06         14.02   Code Sec.401(k) Arrangement ..........  14.01
  10.09 Distribution Directions .................. 10.06         14.03   Definitions ..........................  14.01
  10.10 Third Party/Multiple Trustees ............ 10.06         14.04   Matching Contributions/
  10.11 Resignation .............................. 10.07                 Employee Contributions ...............  14.03
  10.12 Removal .................................. 10.07         14.05   Time of Payment of
  10.13 Interim Duties and Successor Trustee ..... 10.07                 Contributions ........................  14.03
                                                                 14.06   Special Allocation Provisions-
  10.14 Valuation of Trust ....................... 10.07                 Deferral Contributions, Matching
  10.15 Limitation on Liability - If                                     Contributions and Qualified
        Investment Manager, Ancillary Trustee                            Nonelective Contributions ............  14.04
        or Independent Fiduciary Appointed ....... 10.07         14.07   Annual Elective Deferral
  10.16 Investment in Group Trust Fund ........... 10.07                 Limitation ...........................  14.05
  10.17 Appointment of Ancillary Trustee or                      
         Independent Fiduciary ................... 10.08         14.08   Actual Deferral Percentage
                                                                         ("ADP")Test ..........................  14.06
ARTICLE XI, PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE                     14.09   Nondiscrimination Rules for Employer
AND INSURANCE COMPANY                                                    Matching Contributions/Participant
 11.01 Insurance Benefit.......................... 11.01                 Nondeductible Contributions ..........  14.08
 11.02 Limitation on Life Insurance                     
       Protection................................. 11.01         14.10   Multiple Use Limitation ..............  14.10
 11.03 Definitions................................ 11.02         14.11   Distribution Restrictions ............  14.10
                                                                 14.12   Special Allocation Rules .............  14.11

 ii 1/90

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Defined Contribution Master Plan
 
                                                     ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF DEFINITIONS

                                               Section Reference                                              Section Reference
      Plan Definition                              (Page Number)               Plan Definition                    (Page Number)
<S>                                                                 <C>
100% Limitation .............................     3.19(l) (3.10)    Group Trust Fund ......................       10.16 (10.07)
Account .....................................        1.14 (1.05)    Hardship ..............................   6.01(A)(4) (6.01)
Accounting Date .............................        1.20 (1.05)    Hardship for Code Sec.401(k) Purposes..   14.11(A) (14.11)
Accrued Benefit .............................        1.15 (1.05)    Highly Compensated Employee ...........         1.09 (1.02)
Actual Deferral Percentage ("ADP") Test......      14.08 (14.06)    Highly Compensated Group ..............    14.03(d) (14.02)
Adoption Agreement ..........................        1.04 (1.01)    Hour of Service .......................         1.27 (1.06)
Advisory Committee ..........................        1.06 (1.02)    Incidental Insurance Benefits .........    11.01(A) (11.01)
Annual Addition .............................      3.19(a)(3.07)    Insurable Participant .................     11.03(d)(11.02)
Average Contribution Percentage Test ........      14.09 (14.08)    Investment Manager ....................      9.04(i) (9.01)
Beneficiary .................................        1.11 (1.03)    Issuing Insurance Company .............    11.03(b) (11.02)
Break in Service for Eligibility Purposes ...        2.03 (2.01)    Joint and Survivor Annuity ............      6.04(A) (6.06)
Break in Service for Vesting Purposes .......        5.07 (5.03)    Key Employee ..........................   1.33(B)(1) (1.09)
Cash-out Distribution .......................        5.04 (5.01)    Leased Employees ......................         1.31 (1.08)
Code ........................................        1.25 (1.06)    Limitation Year .........  1.17 and 3.19(e) (1.05 and 3.08)
Code Sec.411(d)(6) Protected Benefits .......      13.02 (13.01)    Loan Policy ...........................      9.04(A) (9.02)
Compensation ................................        1.12 (1.03)    Mandatory Contributions ...............    14.04(A) (14.03)
Compensation for Code Sec.401(k) Purposes ...    14.03(f)(14.02)    Mandatory Contributions Account .......    14.04(A) (14.03)
Compensation for Code Sec.415 Purposes ......     3.19(b) (3.08)    Master or Prototype Plan ..............       3.19(f)(3.08)
Compensation for Top Heavy Purposes..........  1.33(B)(3) (1.09)    Matching Contributions ................    14.03(i) (14.02)
Contract(s) .................................   11.03(c) (11.02)    Maximum Permissible Amount ............      3.19(g) (3.08)
Custodian Designation .......................   10.03(B) (10.03)    Minimum Distribution Incidental Benefit      6.02(A) (6.03)
Deemed Cash-out Rule ........................     5.04(C) (5.02)    Multiple Use Limitation ...............       14.10 (14.10)
Deferral Contributions ......................   14.03(g) (14.02)    Named Fiduciary .......................    10.03[D] (10.05)
Deferral Contributions Account ..............   14.06(A) (14.04)    Nonelective Contributions .............     14.03(j)(14.02)
Defined Benefit Plan ........................     3.19(i) (3.09)    Nonforfeitable ........................         1.16 (1.05)
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction ...............     3.19(j) (3.09)    Nonhighly Compensated Employee ........    14.03(b) (14.02)
Defined Contribution Plan ...................     3.19(h) (3.08)    Nonhighly Compensated Group ...........    14.03(e) (14.02)
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction ..........     3.19(k) (3.09)    Non-Key Employee ......................   1.33(B)(2) (1.09)
Determination Date ..........................  1.33(B)(7) (1.10)    Nontransferable Annuity ...............         1.23 (1.05)
Disability ..................................        1.28 (1.07)    Normal Retirement Age .................         5.01 (5.01)
Distribution Date ...........................        6.01 (6.01)    Owner-Employee ........................         1.08 (1.02)
Distribution Restrictions ...................   14.03(m) (14.03)    Paired Plans ..........................         1.34 (1.10)
Earned Income ...............................        1.13 (1.05)    Participant ...........................         1.10 (1.03)
Effective Date ..............................        1.18 (1.05)    Participant Deductible Contributions ..         4.02 (4.01)
Elective Deferrals ..........................   14.03(h) (14.02)    Participant Forfeiture ................         3.05 (3.03)
Elective Transfer ...........................   13.06(A) (13.03)    Participant Loans .....................    10.03(E) (10.04)
Eligible Employee ...........................   14.03(c) (14.02)    Participant Nondeductible Contributions         4.01 (4.01)
Employee ....................................        1.07 (1.02)    Permissive Aggregation Group ..........   1.33(B)(5) (1.10)
Employee Contributions ......................   14.03(n) (14.03)    Plan ..................................         1.03 (1.01)
Employer ....................................        1.01 (1.01)    Plan Administrator ....................         1.05 (1.01)
Employer Contribution Account ...............      14.06 (14.04)    Plan Entry Date .......................         1.19 (1.05)
Employer for Code Sec.415 Purposes ..........     3.19(c) (3.08)    Plan Year .............................         1.17 (1.05)
Employer for Top Heavy Purposes .............  1.33(B)(6) (1.10)    Policy ................................    11.03(a) (11.02)
Employment Commencement Date ................        2.02 (2.01)    Predecessor Employer ..................         1.29 (1.07)
ERISA .......................................        1.24 (1.06)    Preretirement Survivor Annuity ........      6.04(B) (6.06)
Excess Aggregate Contributions ..............   14.09(D) (14.09)    Qualified Domestic Relations Order ....         6.07 (6.08)
Excess Amount ...............................     3.19(d) (3.08)    Qualified Matching Contributions ......    14.03(k) (14.02)
Excess Contributions ........................      14.08 (14.07)    Qualified Nonelective Contributions....    14.03(l) (14.03)
Exempt Participant ..........................        8.01 (8.01)    Qualifying Employer Real Property .....    10.03(F) (10.05)
Forfeiture Break in Service .................        5.08 (5.03)    Qualifying Employer Securities ........    10.03(F) (10.05)

                                                                                                                       1/90 iii
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE><CAPTION>
Defined Contribution Master Plan

                                               Section Reference                                              Section Reference
      Plan Definition                              (Page Number)               Plan Definition                    (Page Number)
<S>                                                                 <C>

Related Employers ......................          1.30 (1.07)        Top Heavy Ratio ..........................      1.33 (1.09)
Required Aggregation Group .............    1.33(B)(4) (1.09)        Trust ....................................      1.21 (1.05)
Required Beginning Date ................       6.01(B) (6.02)        Trustee ..................................      1.02 (1.01)
Rollover Contributions .................          4.03 (4.01)        Trustee Designation ...................... 10.03[A] (10.01)
Self-Employed Individual ...............          1.08 (1.02)        Trust Fund ...............................      1.22 (1.05)
Service ................................          1.26 (1.06)        Weighted Average Allocation Method........    14.12 (14.11)
Term Life Insurance Contract ...........        11.03 (11.02)        Year of Service for Eligibility Purposes..      2.02 (2.01)
Top Heavy Minimum Allocation ...........       3.04(B) (3.01)        Year of Service for Vesting Purposes .....      5.06 (5.03)


                                     * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 



</TABLE>




iv 1/90

<PAGE>

                                NATIONSBANK
               DEFINED CONTRIBUTION MASTER PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                           BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #03


         NationsBank, in its capacity as Master Plan Sponsor, establishes
   this Master Plan intended to  conform to and qualify under Section 401
   and Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. An 
   Employer establishes a Plan and Trust under this Master Plan by
   executing an Adoption Agreement.  If the Employer adopts this Plan as a
   restated Plan in substitution for, and in amendment of, an  existing
   plan, the provisions of this Plan, as a restated Plan, apply solely to
   an Employee whose  employment with the Employer terminates on or after
   the restated Effective Date of the  Employer's Plan. If an Employee's
   employment with the Employer terminates prior to the restated  Effective
   Date, that Employee is entitled to benefits under the Plan as the Plan
   existed on the date  of the Employee's termination of employment.

                              ARTICLE I                           
                            DEFINITIONS

         1.01 "Employer" means each employer who adopts this Plan by
   executing an Adoption  Agreement.

         1.02 "Trustee" means the person or persons who as Trustee execute
   the Employer's Adoption  Agreement, or any successor in office who in
   writing accepts the position of Trustee. The Employer  must designate in
   its Adoption Agreement whether the Trustee will administer the Trust as
   a  discretionary Trustee or as a non discretionary Trustee. If a person
   acts as a discretionary Trustee,  the Employer also may appoint a
   Custodian. See Article X. If the Master Plan Sponsor is a bank  savings
   and loan, credit union or similar financial institution, a person other
   than the Master Plan  Sponsor (or its affiliate) may not serve as
   Trustee or as Custodian of the Employer's Plan without  the written
   consent of the Master Plan Sponsor.

        1.03 "Plan" means the retirement plan established or continued by
   the Employer in the form of this Agreement, including the Adoption
   Agreement under which the Employer has elected to participate in this
   Master Plan. The Employer must designate the name of the Plan in its
   Adoption Agreement. An Employer may execute more than one Adoption
   Agreement offered under this Master Plan, each of which will constitute
   a separate Plan and Trust established or continued by that Employer. The
   Plan and the Trust created by each adopting Employer is a separate Plan
   and a separate Trust, independent from the plan and the trust of any
   other employer adopting this Master Plan. All section references within
   the Plan are Plan section references unless the Context clearly
   indicates otherwise.

        1.04 "Adoption Agreement" means the document executed by each
   Employer adopting this Master Plan. The terms of this Master Plan as
   modified by the terms of an adopting Employer's Adoption Agreement
   constitute a separate Plan and Trust to be construed as a single
   Agreement. Each elective provision of the Adoption Agreement corresponds
   by section reference to the section of the Plan which grants the
   election. Each Adoption Agreement offered under this Master Plan is
   either a Nonstandardized Plan or a Standardized Plan, as identified in
   the preamble to that Adoption Agreement. The provisions of this Master
   Plan apply equally to Nonstandardized Plans and to Standardized Plans
   unless otherwise specified.

        1.05 "Plan Administrator" is the Employer unless the Employer
   designates another person to hold the position of Plan Administrator. In
   addition to his other duties, the Plan Administrator has full
   responsibility for compliance with the reporting and disclosure rules
   under ERISA as respects this Agreement.



















                                                                   1/90  1.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        1.06 "Advisory Committee" means the Employer's Advisory Committee
   as from time to time constituted.

        1.07 "Employee" means any employee (including a Self-Employed
   Individual) of the Employer. The Employer must specify in its Adoption
   Agreement any Employee, or class of Employees, not eligible to
   participate in the Plan. If the Employer elects to exclude collective
   bargaining employees, the exclusion applies to any employee of the
   Employer included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement which
   the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement
   between employee representatives and one or more employers unless the
   collective bargaining agreement requires the employee to be included
   within the Plan. The term "employee representatives" does not include
   any organization more than half the members of which are owners,
   officers, or executives of the Employer.

        1.08 "Self-Employed Individual/Owner-Employee." "Self-Employed
   Individual" means an individual who has Earned Income (or who would have
   had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business did not
   have net earnings) for the taxable year from the trade or business for
   which the Plan is established. "Owner-Employee" means a Self-Employed
   Individual who is the sole proprietor in the case of a sole
   proprietorship. If the Employer is a partnership, "Owner-Employee" means
   a Self-Employed Individual who is a partner and owns more than 10% of
   either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.

        1.09 "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee who, during
   the Plan Year or during the preceding 12-month period:

      (a) is a more than 5% owner of the Employer (applying the
   constructive ownership rules of    Code Section 318, and applying the
   principles of Code Section 318, for an unincorporated entity);

      (b) has Compensation in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted by the
   Commissioner of Internal    Revenue for the relevant year);

      (c) has Compensation in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted by the
   Commissioner of Internal Revenue for the relevant year) and is part of
   the top-paid 20% group of employees (based on Compensation for the
   relevant year); or

       (d) has Compensation in excess of 50% of the dollar amount
   prescribed in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)     (relating to defined benefit
   plans) and is an officer of the Employer.

        If the Employee satisfies the definition in clause (b), (c) or (d)
   in the Plan Year but does not satisfy clause (b), (c) or (d) during the
   preceding 12-month period and does not satisfy clause (a) in either
   period, the Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee only if he is one
   of the 100 most highly compensated Employees for the Plan Year. The
   number of officers taken into account under clause (d) will not exceed
   the greater of 3 or 10% of the total number (after application of the
   Code Section 414(q) exclusions) of Employees, but no more than 50
   officers. If no Employee satisfies the Compensation requirement in
   clause (d) for the relevant year, the Advisory Committee will treat the
   highest paid officer as satisfying clause (d) for that year.

        For purposes of this Section 1.09, "Compensation" means
   Compensation as defined in Section 1.12, except any exclusions from
   Compensation elected in the Employer's Adoption Agreement Section 1.12
   do not apply, and Compensation must include "elective contributions"
   (as defined in Section 1.12). The Advisory Committee must make the
   determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the
   determinations of the number and identity of the top paid 20% group, the
   top 100 paid Employees, the number of officers includable in clause (d)
   and the relevant Compensation, consistent with Code Section 414(q) and
   regulations issued under that Code section. The Employer may make a
   calendar year election to determine the Highly Compensated Employees for
   the Plan Year, as prescribed by Treasury regulations. A calendar year
   election must apply to all











   1.02  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                Defined Contribution Master Plan

   plans and arrangements of the Employer. For purposes of applying any
   nondiscrimination test required under the Plan or under the Code, in a
   manner consistent with applicable Treasury regulations, the Advisory
   Committee will treat a Highly Compensated Employee and all family
   members (a spouse, a lineal ascendant or descendant, or a spouse of a
   lineal ascendant or descendant) as a single Highly Compensated Employee,
   but only if the Highly Compensated Employee is a more than 5% owner or
   is one of the 10 Highly Compensated Employees with the greatest
   Compensation for the Plan Year. This aggregation rule applies to a family
   member even if that family member is a Highly Compensated Employee
   without family aggregation.

        The term "Highly Compensated Employee" also includes any former
   Employee who separated from Service (or has a deemed Separation from
   Service, as determined under Treasury regulations) prior to the Plan
   Year, performs no Service for the Employer during the Plan Year, and was
   a Highly Compensated Employee either for the separation year or any Plan
   Year ending on or after his 55th birthday. If the former Employee's
   Separation from Service occurred prior to January 1, 1987, he is a
   Highly Compensated Employee only if he satisfied clause (a) of this
   Section 1.09 or received Compensation in excess of $50,000 during: (1)
   the year of his Separation from Service (or the prior year); or (2) any
   year ending after his 54th birthday.

        1.10 "Participant" is an Employee who is eligible to be and becomes
   a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01.

        1.11 "Beneficiary" is a person designated by a Participant who is
   or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan. A Beneficiary who
   becomes entitled to a benefit under the Plan remains a Beneficiary under
   the Plan until the Trustee has fully distributed his benefit to him. A
   Beneficiary's right to (and the Plan Administrator's, the Advisory
   Committee's or a Trustee's duty to provide to the Beneficiary)
   information or data concerning the Plan does not arise until he first
   becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan.

        1.12 "Compensation" means, except as provided in the Employer's
   Adoption Agreement, the Participant's Earned Income, wages, salaries,
   fees for professional service and other amounts received for personal
   services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer
   maintaining the plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
   salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
   profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses). The
   Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement whether to include
   elective contributions in the definition of Compensation. "Elective
   contributions" are amounts excludable from the Employee's gross income
   under Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), and contributed by
   the Employer, at the Employee's election, to a Code Section 401(k)
   arrangement, a Simplified Employee Pension, cafeteria plan or tax-sheltered
   annuity. The term "Compensation" does not include:

   (a) Employer contributions (other than "elective contributions," if
   includable in the definition of Compensation under Section 1.12 of the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement) to a plan of deferred compensation to the
   extent the contributions are not included in the gross income of the
   Employee for the taxable year in which contributed, on behalf of an
   Employee to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan to the extent such
   contributions are excludable from the Employee's gross income, and any
   distributions from a plan of deferred compensation, regardless of
   whether such amounts are includable in the gross income of the Employee
   when distributed.

   (b) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option,
   or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either
   becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
   risk of forfeiture.

   (c) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
   stock acquired under a stock option described in Part II, Subchapter D,
   Chapter 1 of the Code.











                                                                1/90   1.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   (d) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums
   for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums
   are not includable in the gross income of the Employee), or
   contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary
   reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract
   described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are
   excludable from the gross income of the Employee), other than "elective
   contributions," if elected in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

        Any reference in this Plan to Compensation is a reference to the
   definition in this Section 1.12, unless the Plan reference specifies a
   modification to this definition. The Advisory Committee will take into
   account only Compensation actually paid for the relevant period. A
   Compensation payment includes Compensation by the Employer through
   another person under the common paymaster provisions in Code Sections
   3121 and 3306.

   (A) Limitations on Compensation.

        (1) Compensation dollar limitation. For any Plan Year beginning
   after December 31, 1988, the Advisory Committee must take into account
   only the first $200,000 (or beginning January 1, 1990, such larger
   amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe) of any
   Participant's Compensation. For any Plan Year beginning prior to January
   1, 1989, this $200,000 limitation (but not the family aggregation
   requirement described in the next paragraph) applies only if the Plan is
   top heavy for such Plan Year or operates as a deemed top heavy plan for
   such Plan Year.

        (2) Application of compensation limitation to certain family
   members. The $200,000 Compensation limitation applies to the combined
   Compensation of the Employee and of any family member aggregated with
   the Employee under Section 1.09 who is either (i) the Employee's spouse;
   or (ii) the Employee's lineal descendant under the age of 19. If, for a
   Plan Year, the combined Compensation of the Employee and such family
   members who are Participants entitled to an allocation for that Plan
   Year exceeds the $200,000 (or adjusted) limitation, "Compensation" for
   each such Participant, for purposes of the contribution and allocation
   provisions of Article III, means his Adjusted Compensation. Adjusted
   Compensation is the amount which bears the same ratio to the $200,000
   (or adjusted) limitation as the affected Participant's Compensation
   (without regard to the $200,000 Compensation limitation) bears to the
   combined Compensation of all the affected Participants in the family
   unit. If the Plan uses permitted disparity, the Advisory Committee must
   determine the integration level of each affected family member
   Participant prior to the proration of the $200,000 Compensation
   limitation, but the combined integration level of the affected
   Participants may not exceed $200,000 (or the adjusted limitation). The
   combined Excess Compensation of the affected Participants in the family
   unit may not exceed $200,000 (or the adjusted limitation) minus the
   affected Participants' combined integration level (as determined under
   the preceding sentence). If the combined Excess Compensation exceeds
   this limitation, the Advisory Committee will prorate the Excess
   Compensation limitation among the affected Participants in the family
   unit in proportion to each such individual's Adjusted Compensation minus
   his integration level. If the Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan,
   the Employer may elect to use a different method in determining the
   Adjusted Compensation of the affected Participants by specifying that
   method in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 1.12.

   (B) Nondiscrimination. For purposes of determining whether the Plan
   discriminates in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, Compensation
   means Compensation as defined in this Section 1.12, except: (1) the
   Employer may elect to include or to exclude elective contributions,
   irrespective of the Employer's election in its Adoption Agreement
   regarding elective contributions; and (2) the















   1.04  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Employer will not give effect to any elections made in the
   "modifications to Compensation definition" section of Adoption Agreement
   Section 1.12. The Employer's election described in clause (1) must be
   consistent and uniform with respect to all Employees and all plans of
   the Employer for any particular Plan Year. If the Employer's Plan is a
   Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer, irrespective of clause (2), may
   elect to exclude from this nondiscrimination definition of Compensation
   any items of Compensation excludable under Code Section 414(s) and the
   applicable Treasury regulations, provided such adjusted definition
   conforms to the nondiscrimination requirements of those regulations.

        1.13 "Earned Income" means net earnings from self-employment in the
   trade or business with respect to which the Employer has established the
   Plan, provided personal services of the individual are a material income
   producing factor. The Advisory Committee will determine net earnings
   without regard to items excluded from gross income and the deductions
   allocable to those items. The Advisory Committee will determine net
   earnings after the deduction allowed to the Self-Employed Individual for
   all contributions made by the Employer to a qualified plan and, for Plan
   Years beginning after December 31, 1989, the deduction allowed to the
   Self-Employed under Code Section 164(f) for self-employment taxes.

        1.14 "Account" means the separate account(s) which the Advisory
   Committee or the Trustee maintains for a Participant under the
   Employer's Plan.

        1.15 "Accrued Benefit" means the amount standing in a Participant's
   Account(s) as of any date derived from both Employer contributions and
   Employee contributions, if any.

        1.16 "Nonforfeitable" means a Participant's or Beneficiary's
   unconditional claim, legally enforceable against the Plan, to the
   Participant's Accrued Benefit.

        1.17 "Plan Year" means the fiscal year of the Plan, the
   consecutive month period specified in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.
   The Employer's Adoption Agreement also must specify the "Limitation
   Year" applicable to the limitations on allocations described in Article
   III. If the Employer maintains Paired Plans, each Plan must have the
   same Plan Year.

       1.18 "Effective Date" of this Plan is the date specified in the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement.

        1.19 "Plan Entry Date" means the date(s) specified in Section 2.01
   of the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

        1.20 "Accounting Date" is the last day of an Employer's Plan Year.
   Unless otherwise specified in the Plan, the Advisory Committee will make
   all Plan allocations for a particular Plan Year as of the Accounting
   Date of that Plan Year.

       1.21 "Trust" means the separate Trust created under the Employer's
   Plan.

        1.22 "Trust Fund" means all property of every kind held or acquired
   by the Employer's Plan, other than incidental benefit insurance
   contracts.

        1.23 "Nontransferable Annuity" means an annuity which by its terms
   provides that it may not be sold, assigned, discounted, pledged as
   collateral for a loan or security for the performance of an obligation
   or for any purpose to any person other than the insurance company. If
   the Plan distributes an annuity contract, the contract must be a
   Nontransferable Annuity.

   1.24 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
   as amended.


    










                                                                 1/90  1.05

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   1.25 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        1.26 "Service" means any period of time the Employee is in the
   employ of the Employer, including any period the Employee is on an
   unpaid leave of absence authorized by the Employer under a uniform,
   nondiscriminatory policy applicable to all Employees. "Separation from
   Service" means the Employee no longer has an employment relationship
   with the Employer maintaining this Plan.

   1.27 "Hour of Service" means:

   (a) Each Hour of Service for which the Employer, either directly or
   indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled to
   payment, for the performance of duties. The Advisory Committee credits
   Hours of Service under this paragraph (a) to the Employee for the
   computation period in which the Employee performs the duties,
   irrespective of when paid;
  
  
   (b) Each Hour of Service for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
   damages, to which the Employer has agreed or for which the Employee
   has received an award. The Advisory Committee credits Hours of Service
   under this paragraph (b) to the Employee for the computation period(s)
   to which the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the
   computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made; and
  
  
   (c) Each Hour of Service for which the Employer, either directly or
   indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled
   to payment (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is
   terminated), for reasons other than for the performance of duties
   during a computation period, such as leave of absence, vacation, 
   holiday, sick leave, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
   jury duty or military duty. The Advisory Committee will credit no more
   than 501 Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) to an Employee on
   account of any single continuous period during which the Employee does
   not perform any duties (whether or not such period occurs during a single
   computation period). The Advisory Committee credits Hours of Service under
   this paragraph (c) in accordance with the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c)
   of Labor Reg. Section 2530.200b-2, which the Plan, by this reference,
   specifically incorporates in full within this paragraph (c).

        The Advisory Committee will not credit an Hour of Service under
   more than one of the above paragraphs. A computation period for purposes
   of this Section 1.27 is the Plan Year, Year of Service period, Break in
   Service period or other period, as determined under the Plan provision
   for which the Advisory Committee is measuring an Employee's Hours of
   Service. The Advisory Committee will resolve any ambiguity with respect
   to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the Employee.

   (A) Method of crediting Hours of Service. The Employer must elect in its
   Adoption Agreement the method the Advisory Committee will use in
   crediting an Employee with Hours of Service. For purposes of the Plan,
   "actual" method means the determination of Hours of Service from records
   of hours worked and hours for which the Employer makes payment or for
   which payment is due from the Employer. If the Employer elects to apply
   an "equivalency" method, for each equivalency period for which the
   Advisory Committee would credit the Employee with at least one Hour of
   Service, the Advisory Committee will credit the Employee with: (i) 10
   Hours of Service for a daily equivalency; (ii) 45 Hours of Service for a
   weekly equivalency; (iii) 95 Hours of Service for a semimonthly payroll
   period equivalency; and (iv) 190 Hours of Service for a monthly
   equivalency.

   (B) Maternity/paternity leave. Solely for purposes of determining whether
   the Employee incurs a Break in Service under any provision of this Plan,
   the Advisory Committee must credit Hours of Service during an Employee's
   unpaid absence period due to maternity or paternity leave. The Advisory
   Committee considers an Employee on maternity or paternity leave if the
   Employee's absence is due to the Employee's pregnancy, the birth of the
   Employee's child, the placement with


    












                                    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
   1.06  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   the Employee of an adopted child, or the care of the Employee's child
   immediately following the child's birth or placement. The Advisory
   Committee credits Hours of Service under this paragraph on the basis of
   the number of Hours of Service the Employee would receive if he were
   paid during the absence period or, if the Advisory Committee cannot
   determine the number of Hours of Service the Employee would receive, on
   the basis of 8 hours per day during the absence period. The Advisory
   Committee will credit only the number (not exceeding 501) of Hours of
   Service necessary to prevent an Employee's Break in Service. The
   Advisory Committee credits all Hours of Service described in this
   paragraph to the computation period in which the absence period begins
   or, if the Employee does not need these Hours of Service to prevent a
   Break in Service in the computation period in which his absence period
   begins, the Advisory Committee credits these Hours of Service to the
   immediately following computation period.

         1.28 "Disability" means the Participant, because of a physical or
   mental disability, will be unable to perform the duties of his customary
   position of employment (or is unable to engage in any substantial
   gainful activity) for an indefinite period which the Advisory Committee
   considers will be of long continued duration. A Participant also is
   disabled if he incurs the permanent loss or loss of use of a member or
   function of the body, or is permanently disfigured, and incurs a
   Separation from Service. The Plan considers a Participant disabled on
   the date the Advisory Committee determines the Participant satisfies the
   definition of disability. The Advisory Committee may require a
   Participant to submit to a physical examination in order to confirm
   disability. The Advisory Committee will apply the provisions of this
   Section 1.28 in a nondiscriminatory, consistent and uniform manner. If
   the Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer may provide
   an alternate definition of disability in an addendum to its Adoption
   Agreement, numbered Section 1.28.

        1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. If the Employer maintains
             --------------------------------
   the plan of a predecessor employer, the Plan treats service of the
   Employee with the predecessor employer as service with the Employer. If
   the Employer does not maintain the plan of a predecessor employer, the
   Plan does not credit service with the predecessor employer, unless the
   Employer identifies the predecessor in its Adoption Agreement and
   specifies the purposes for which the Plan will credit service with that
   predecessor employer.

         1.30 RELATED EMPLOYERS. A related group is a controlled group of
              -----------------
   corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), trades or businesses 
   (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined 
   in Code Section 414(c)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code
   Section 414(m) or in Code Section 414(o)). If the Employer is a member of a
   related group, the term "Employer" includes the related group members
   for purposes of crediting Hours of Service, determining Years of Service
   and Breaks in Service under Articles II and V, applying the
   Participation Test and the Coverage Test under Section 3.06(E), applying
   the limitations on allocations in Part 2 of Article III, applying the
   top heavy rules and the minimum allocation requirements of Article III,
   the definitions of Employee, Highly Compensated Employee, Compensation
   and Leased Employee, and for any other purpose required by the
   applicable Code section or by a Plan provision. However, an Employer may
   contribute to the Plan only by being a signatory to the Execution Page
   of the Adoption Agreement or to a Participation Agreement to the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement. If one or more of the Employer's related
   group members become Participating Employers by executing a
   Participation Agreement to the Employer's Adoption Agreement, the term
   "Employer" includes the participating related group members for all
   purposes of the Plan, and "Plan Administrator" means the Employer that
   is the signatory to the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

        If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized Plan, all Employees of the
   Employer or of any member of the Employer's related group, are eligible
   to participate in the Plan, irrespective of whether the related group
   member directly employing the Employee is a Participating Employer. If
   the Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer must specify
   in Section 1.07 of its Adoption Agreement, whether the Employees of
   related group members that are not Participating










                                                                       1.07

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

    Employers are eligible to participate in the Plan. Under a
   Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer may  elect to exclude from the
   definition of "Compensation" for allocation purposes any Compensation 
   received from a related employer that has not executed a Participation
   Agreement and whose  Employees are not eligible to participate in the
   Plan.

        1.31 LEASED EMPLOYEES. The Plan treats a Leased Employee as an
             ----------------
   Employee of the Employer. A Leased Employee is an individual (who
   otherwise is not an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to a leasing
   agreement between the Employer and any other person, has performed
   services for the Employer (or for the Employer and any persons related to
   the Employer within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3)) on a
   substantially full time basis for at least one year and who performs
   services historically performed by employees in the Employer's business
   field. If a Leased Employee is treated as an Employee by reason of this
   Section 1.31 of the Plan, "Compensation" includes Compensation from the
   leasing organization which is attributable to services performed for the
   Employer.

   (A) Safe harbor plan exception. The Plan does not treat a Leased Employee
   as an Employee if the leasing organization covers the employee in a safe
   harbor plan and, prior to application of this safe harbor plan exception,
   20% or less of the Employer's Employees (other than Highly Compensated 
   Employees) are Leased Employees. A safe harbor plan is a money purchase
   pension plan providing immediate participation, full and immediate vesting,
   and a nonintegrated contribution formula equal to at least 10% of the
   employee's compensation without regard to employment by the leasing 
   organization on a specified date. The safe harbor plan must determine the
   10% contribution on the basis of compensation as defined in Code Section
   415(c)(3) plus elective contributions (as defined in Section 1.12).

   (B) Other requirements. The Advisory Committee must apply this Section
   1.31 in a manner consistent with Code Sections 414(n) and 414(o) and the
   regulations issued under those Code sections. The Employer must specify
   in the Adoption Agreement the manner in which the Plan will determine the
   allocation of Employer contributions and Participant forfeitures on behalf
   of a Participant if the Participant is a Leased Employee covered by a plan
   maintained by the leasing organization.

        1.32 SPECIAL RULES FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES. The following special
             ---------------------------------
   provisions and restrictions apply to Owner-Employees:

       (a) If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for an Owner-Employee
   or for a group of Owner-Employees who controls the trade or business with
   respect to which this Plan is established and the Owner-Employee or Owner-
   Employees also control as Owner-Employees one or more other trades or 
   businesses, plans must exist or be established with respect to all the
   controlled trades or businesses so that when the plans are combined they
   form a single plan which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)
   and Code Section 401(d) with respect to the employees of the controlled
   trades or businesses.

       (b) The Plan excludes an Owner-Employee or group of Owner-Employees
   if the Owner-Employee or group of Owner-Employees controls any other trade
   or business, unless the employees of the other controlled trade or business
   participate in a plan which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)
   and Code Section 401(d). The other qualified plan must provide contributions
   and benefits which are not less favorable than the contributions and benefits
   provided for the Owner-Employee or group of Owner-Employees under this Plan,
   or if an Owner-Employee is covered under another qualified plan as an Owner-
   Employee, then the plan established with respect to the trade or business he
   does control must provide contributions or benefits as favorable as those
   provided under the most favorable plan of the trade or business he does not
   control. If the exclusion of this paragraph (b) applies and the Employer's
   Plan is a Standardized Plan, the Employer may not participate or continue to
   participate in this Master Plan and the Employer's Plan becomes an 
   individually-designed plan for purposes of qualification reliance.








   1.08  1/90








<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   (c) For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 1.32, an
   Owner-Employee or group of Owner-Employees controls a trade or business
   if the Owner-Employee or Owner-Employees together (1) own the entire
   interest in an unincorporated trade or business, or (2) in the case of a
   partnership, own more than 50% of either the capital interest or the
   profits interest in the partnership.

          1.33 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS. If this Plan is the only
               ---------------------------------
   qualified plan  maintained by the Employer, the Plan is top heavy for a
   Plan Year if the top heavy ratio as of the  Determination Date exceeds
   60%. The top heavy ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
   sum of the present value of Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees as of
   the Determination Date  and the denominator of which is a similar sum
   determined for all Employees. The Advisory  Committee must include in
   the top heavy ratio, as part of the present value of Accrued Benefits, 
   any contribution not made as of the Determination Date but includable
   under Code Section 416 and the  applicable Treasury regulations, and
   distributions made within the Determination Period. The  Advisory
   Committee must calculate the top heavy ratio by disregarding the Accrued
   Benefit (and  distributions, if any, of the Accrued Benefit) of any
   Non-Key Employee who was formerly a Key  Employee, and by disregarding
   the Accrued Benefit (including distributions, if any, of the Accrued 
   Benefit) of an individual who has not received credit for at least one
   Hour of Service with the  Employer during the Determination Period. The
   Advisory Committee must calculate the top heavy  ratio, including the
   extent to which it must take into account distributions, rollovers and
   transfers,  in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations under
   that Code section.

         If the Employer maintains other qualified plans (including a
   simplified employee pension plan), or maintained another such plan which
   now is terminated, this Plan is top heavy only if it is part of the
   Required Aggregation Group, and the top heavy ratio for the Required
   Aggregation Group and for the Permissive Aggregation Group, if any, each
   exceeds 60%. The Advisory Committee will calculate the top heavy ratio
   in the same manner as required by the first paragraph of this Section
   1.33, taking into account all plans within the Aggregation Group. To the
   extent the Advisory Committee must take into account distributions to a
   Participant, the Advisory Committee must include distributions from a
   terminated plan which would have been part of the Required Aggregation
   Group if it were in existence on the Determination Date. The Advisory
   Committee will calculate the present value of accrued benefits under
   defined benefit plans or simplified employee pension plans included
   within the group in accordance with the terms of those plans, Code
   Section 416 and the regulations under that Code section. If a Participant
   in a defined benefit plan is a Non-Key Employee, the Advisory Committee
   will determine his accrued benefit under the accrual method, if any,
   which is applicable uniformly to all defined benefit plans maintained by
   the Employer or, if there is no uniform method, in accordance with the
   slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule accrual method
   described in Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). If the Employer maintains a
   defined benefit plan, the Employer must specify in Adoption Agreement
   Section 3.18 the actuarial assumptions (interest and mortality only) the
   Advisory Committee will use to calculate the present value of benefits
   from a defined benefit plan. If an aggregated plan does not have a
   valuation date coinciding with the Determination Date, the Advisory
   Committee must value the Accrued Benefits in the aggregated plan as of
   the most recent valuation date falling within the twelve-month period
   ending on the Determination Date, except as Code Section 416 and
   applicable Treasury regulations require for the first and second plan
   year of a defined benefit plan. The Advisory Committee will calculate
   the top heavy ratio with reference to the Determination Dates that fall
   within the same calendar year.

   (A) Standardized Plan. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized Plan,
   the Plan operates as a deemed top heavy plan in all Plan Years, except,
   if the Standardized Plan includes a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, the
   Employer may elect to apply the top heavy requirements only in Plan
   Years for which the Plan actually is top heavy. Under a deemed top heavy
   plan, the Advisory Committee need not determine whether the Plan
   actually is top heavy. However, if the Employer, in Adoption










                                                                       1.09

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

    Agreement Section 3.18, elects to override the 100% limitation, the
   Advisory Committee will need to  determine whether a deemed top heavy
   Plan's top heavy ratio for a Plan Year exceeds 90%.  (B) Definitions.
   For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 1.33:     (1)
   "Key Employee" means, as of any Determination Date, any Employee or
   former Employee     (or Beneficiary of such Employee) who, for any Plan
   Year in the Determination Period: (i)     has Compensation in excess of
   50% of the dollar amount prescribed in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)    
   (relating to defined benefit plans) and is an officer of the Employer;
   (ii) has Compensation in     excess of the dollar amount prescribed in
   Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) (relating to defined contribution     plans)
   and is one of the Employees owning the ten largest interests in the
   Employer; (iii) is a     more than 5% owner of the Employer; or (iv) is
   a more than 1% owner of the Employer and     has Compensation of more
   than $150,000. The constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318 (or  
     the principles of that section, in the case of an unincorporated
   Employer,) will apply to     determine ownership in the Employer. The
   number of officers taken into account under clause     (i) will not
   exceed the greater of 3 or 10% of the total number (after application of
   the Code     Section 414(q) exclusions) of Employees, but no more than
   50 officers. The Advisory Committee will     make the determination of
   who is a Key Employee in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the  
     regulations under that Code section.

       (2) "Non-Key Employee" is an employee who does not meet the
   definition of Key Employee.     (3) "Compensation" means Compensation as
   determined under Section 1.09 for purposes of     identifying Highly
   Compensated Employees.     (4) "Required Aggregation Group" means: (i)
   each qualified plan of the Employer in which at     least one Key
   Employee participates at any time during the Determination Period; and
   (ii) any     other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan
   described in clause (i) to meet the     requirements of Code Section
   401(a)(4) or of Code Section 410.     (5) "Permissive Aggregation Group"
   is the Required Aggregation Group plus any other     qualified plans
   maintained by the Employer, but only if such group would satisfy in the  
     aggregate the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and of Code
   Section 410. The Advisory Committee will     determine the Permissive
   Aggregation Group.     (6) "Employer" means the Employer that adopts
   this Plan and any related employers described     in Section 1.30.

       (7) "Determination Date" for any Plan Year is the Accounting Date of
   the preceding Plan     Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of the
   Plan, the Accounting Date of that Plan     Year. The "Determination
   Period" is the 5 year period ending on the Determination Date.

         1.34 "Paired Plans" means the Employer has adopted two
   Standardized Plan Adoption Agreements offered with this Master Plan, one
   Adoption Agreement being a Paired Profit Sharing Plan and one Adoption
   Agreement being a Paired Pension Plan. A Paired Profit Sharing Plan may
   include a Code Section 401(k) arrangement. A Paired Pension Plan must be
   a money purchase pension plan or a target benefit pension plan. Paired
   Plans must be the subject of a favorable opinion letter issued by the
   National Office of the Internal Revenue Service. This Master Plan does
   not pair any of its Standardized Plan Adoption Agreements with
   Standardized Plan Adoption Agreements under a defined benefit master
   plan.

                * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 












   1.10  1/90


<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE II                       EMPLOYEE
   PARTICIPANTS

        2.01 ELIGIBILITY. Each Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan
             -----------
   in accordance with the participation option selected by the Employer in
   its Adoption Agreement. If this Plan is a restated Plan, each Employee
   who was a Participant in the Plan on the day before the Effective Date
   continues as a Participant in the Plan, irrespective of whether he
   satisfies the participation conditions in the restated Plan, unless
   otherwise provided in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

        2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. For purposes of an Employee's
             -------------------------------
   participation in the Plan under Adoption Agreement Section 2.01, the
   Plan takes into account all of his Years of Service with the Employer,
   except as provided in Section 2.03. "Year of Service" means an
   eligibility computation period during which the Employee completes not
   less than the number of Hours of Service specified in the Employer's
   Adoption Agreement. The initial eligibility computation period is the
   first 12 consecutive month period measured from the Employment
   Commencement Date. The Plan measures succeeding eligibility computation
   periods in accordance with the option selected by the Employer in its
   Adoption Agreement. If the Employer elects to measure subsequent periods
   on a Plan Year basis, an Employee who receives credit for the required
   number of Hours of Service during the initial eligibility computation
   period and during the first applicable Plan Year will receive credit for
   two Years of Service under Article II. "Employment Commencement Date"
   means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service
   for the Employer. If the Employer elects a service condition under
   Adoption Agreement Section 2.01 based on months, the Plan does not apply
   any Hour of Service requirement after the completion of the first Hour
   of Service.

        2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. An Employee incurs a "Break
             --------------------------------
   in Service" if during any 12 consecutive month period he does not
   complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. The "12
   consecutive month period" under this Section 2.03 is the same 12
   consecutive month period for which the Plan measures "Years of Service"
   under Section 2.02.

   (A) 2-year Eligibility. If the Employer elects a 2 years of service
   condition for eligibility purposes under Adoption Agreement Section
   2.01, the Plan treats an Employee who incurs a one year Break in Service
   and who has never become a Participant as a new Employee on the date he
   first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer after the Break in
   Service.

   (B) Suspension of Years of Service. The Employer must elect in its
   Adoption Agreement whether a Participant will incur a suspension of
   Years of Service after incurring a one year Break in Service. If this
   rule applies under the Employer's Plan, the Plan disregards a
   Participant's Years of Service (as defined in Section 2.02) earned prior
   to a Break in Service until the Participant completes another Year of
   Service and the Plan suspends the Participant's participation in the
   Plan. If the Participant completes a Year of Service following his Break
   in Service, the Plan restores that Participant's pre-Break Years of
   Service (and the Participant resumes active participation in the Plan)
   retroactively to the first day of the computation period in which the
   Participant earns the first post-Break Year of Service. The initial
   computation period under this Section 2.03(B) is the 12 consecutive
   month period measured from the date the Participant first receives
   credit for an Hour of Service following the one year Break in Service
   period. The Plan measures any subsequent periods, if necessary, in a
   manner consistent with the computation period selection in Adoption
   Agreement Section 2.02. This Section 2.03(B) does not affect a
   Participant's vesting credit under Article V and, during a suspension
   period, the Participant's Account continues to share fully in Trust Fund
   allocations under Section 9.11. Furthermore, this Section 2.03(B) will
   not result in the restoration of any Year of Service disregarded under
   the Break in Service rule of Section 2.03(A).

        2.04 PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT. A Participant whose
             --------------------------------
   employment with the Employer terminates will re-enter the Plan as a
   Participant on the date of his re-employment, subject to the Break in
   Service rule, if applicable, under Section 2.03(B). An Employee who
   satisfies the Plan's eligibility conditions but who terminates
   employment with the




                                                                 1/90   2.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Employer prior to becoming a Participant will become a Participant on
   the later of the Plan Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan
   had he not terminated employment or the date of his re-employment,
   subject to the Break in Service rule, if applicable, under Section
   2.03(B). Any Employee who terminates employment prior to satisfying the
   Plan's eligibility conditions becomes a Participant in accordance with
   Adoption Agreement Section 2.01.    2.05 CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE STATUS. If a
   Participant has not incurred a Separation from  Service but ceases to be
   eligible to participate in the Plan, by reason of employment within an 
   employment classification excluded by the Employer under Adoption
   Agreement Section 1.07, the  Advisory Committee must treat the
   Participant as an Excluded Employee during the period such a 
   Participant is subject to the Adoption Agreement exclusion. The Advisory
   Committee determines a  Participant's sharing in the allocation of
   Employer contributions and Participant forfeitures, if  applicable, by
   disregarding his Compensation paid by the Employer for services rendered
   in his  capacity as an Excluded Employee. However, during such period of
   exclusion, the Participant,  without regard to employment
   classification, continues to receive credit for vesting under Article V 
   for each included Year of Service and the Participant's Account
   continues to share fully in Trust  Fund allocations under Section
   9.11.      If an Excluded Employee who is not a Participant becomes
   eligible to participate in the Plan  by reason of a change in employment
   classification, he will participate in the Plan immediately if  he has
   satisfied the eligibility conditions of Section 2.01 and would have been
   a Participant had he  not been an Excluded Employee during his period of
   Service. Furthermore, the Plan takes into  account all of the
   Participant's included Years of Service with the Employer as an Excluded 
   Employee for purposes of vesting credit under Article V.      2.06 
   ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized
   Plan, the   Plan does not permit an otherwise eligible Employee nor any
   Participant to elect not to participate   in the Plan. If the Employer's
   Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer must specify in its  
   Adoption Agreement whether an Employee eligible to participate, or any
   present Participant, may   elect not to participate in the Plan. For an
   election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the   Employee or
   Participant must file the election in writing with the Plan
   Administrator not later than   the time specified in the Employer's
   Adoption Agreement. The Employer may not make a   contribution under the
   Plan for the Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which 
   the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the
   Employee or Participant   re-elects to participate in the Plan. After an
   Employee's or Participant's election not to participate   has been
   effective for at least the minimum period prescribed by the Employer's
   Adoption   Agreement, the Employee or Participant may re-elect to
   participate in the Plan for any Plan Year   and subsequent Plan Years.
   An Employee or Participant may re-elect to participate in the Plan by  
   filing his election in writing with the Plan Administrator not later
   than the time specified in the Employer's Adoption Agreement. An Employee or
   Participant who re-elects to participate may again elect not to participate
   only as permitted in the Employer's Adoption Agreement. If an Employee is a
   Self-Employed Individual, the Employee's election (except as permitted by
   Treasury regulations without creating a Code Section 401(k) arrangement
   with respect to that Self-Employed Individual) must be effective no later
   than the date the Employee first would become a Participant in the Plan and
   the election is irrevocable. The Plan Administrator must furnish an
   Employee or a Participant any    form required for purposes of an
   election under this Section 2.06. An election timely filed is   
   effective for the entire Plan Year.        A participant who elects not
   to participate may not receive a distribution of his Accrued    Benefit
   attributable either to Employer or to Participant contributions except
   as provided under    Article IV or under Article VI. However, for each
   Plan Year for which a Participant's election not    to participate is
   effective, the Participant's Account, if any, continues to share in
   Trust Fund    allocations under Article IX. Furthermore, the Employee or
   the Participant receives vesting credit    under Article V for each
   included Year of Service during the period the election not to
   participate    is effective.

                * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 







   2.02  1/90


<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE III                EMPLOYER
   CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

    Part 1. Amount of Employer Contributions and Plan Allocations: Sections
   3.01 through 3.06

          3.01 AMOUNT. For each Plan Year, the Employer contributes to the
               ------
   Trust the amount  determined by application of the contribution option
   selected by the Employer in its Adoption  Agreement. The Employer may
   not make a contribution to the Trust for any Plan Year to the  extent
   the contribution would exceed the Participants' Maximum Permissible
   Amounts.

          The Employer contributes to this Plan on the condition its
   contribution is not due to a  mistake of fact and the Revenue Service
   will not disallow the deduction for its contribution. The  Trustee, upon
   written request from the Employer, must return to the Employer the
   amount of the  Employer's contribution made by the Employer by mistake
   of fact or the amount of the Employer's  contribution disallowed as a
   deduction under Code Section 404. The Trustee will not return any
   portion of  the Employer's contribution under the provisions of this
   paragraph more than one year after:

       (a) The Employer made the contribution by mistake of fact; or

       (b) The disallowance of the contribution as a deduction, and then,
   only to the extent of the     disallowance.

         The Trustee will not increase the amount of the Employer
   contribution returnable under this Section 3.01 for any earnings
   attributable to the contribution, but the Trustee will decrease the
   Employer contribution returnable for any losses attributable to it. The
   Trustee may require the Employer to furnish it whatever evidence the
   Trustee deems necessary to enable the Trustee to confirm the amount the
   Employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.

         3.02 DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION. The Employer, from its
              -----------------------------
   records, determines the amount of any contributions to be made by it to
   the Trust under the terms of the Plan.

         3.03 TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION. The Employer may pay its
              -------------------------------
   contribution for each Plan Year in one or more installments without
   interest. The Employer must make its contribution to the Plan within the
   time prescribed by the Code or applicable Treasury regulations. Subject
   to the consent of the Trustee, the Employer may make its contribution in
   property rather than in cash, provided the contribution of property is
   not a prohibited transaction under the Code or under ERISA.

       3.04 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION. (A) Method of Allocation. The Employer
            -----------------------
   must specify in its Adoption Agreement the manner of allocating each
   annual Employer contribution to this Trust.

   (B) Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Plan must comply with the
   provisions of this Section 3.04(B), subject to the elections in the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement.

         (1) Top Heavy Minimum Allocation Under Standardized Plan. Subject
   to the Employer's election under Section 3.04(B)(3), the top heavy
   minimum allocation requirement applies to a Standardized Plan for each
   Plan Year, irrespective of whether the Plan is top heavy.

        (a) Each Participant employed by the Employer on the last day of
        the Plan Year will  receive a top heavy minimum allocation for that
        Plan Year. The Employer may elect in  Section 3.04 of its Adoption
        Agreement to apply this paragraph (a) only to a Participant  who is
        a Non-Key Employee.











                                                                 1/90  3.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   (b) Subject to any overriding elections in Section 3.18 of the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement, the top heavy minimum allocation is the
   lesser of 3% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year or the
   highest contribution rate for the Plan Year made on behalf of any
   Participant for the Plan Year. However, if the Employee participates in
   Paired Plans, the top heavy minimum allocation is 3% of his
   Compensation. If, under Adoption Agreement Section 3.04, the Employer
   elects to apply paragraph (a) only to a Participant who is a Non-Key
   Employee, the Advisory Committee will determine the "highest
   contribution rate" described in the first sentence of this paragraph (b)
   by reference only to the contribution rates of Participants who are Key
   Employees for the Plan Year.

        (2) Top Heavy Minimum Allocation Under Nonstandardized Plan. The
   top heavy minimum allocation requirement applies to a Nonstandardized
   Plan only in Plan Years for which the Plan is top heavy. Except as
   provided in the Employer's Adoption Agreement, if the Plan is top heavy
   in any Plan Year:

   (a) Each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant and is employed by the
   Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will receive a top heavy
   minimum allocation for that Plan Year, irrespective of whether he
   satisfies the Hours of Service condition under Section 3.06 of the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement; and

   (b) The top heavy minimum allocation is the lesser of 3% of the Non-Key
   Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year or the highest contribution
   rate for the Plan Year made on behalf of any Key Employee. However, if a
   defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer which benefits a Key
   Employee depends on this Plan to satisfy the anti discrimination rules of
   Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of Code Section 410 (or 
   another plan benefiting the Key Employee so depends on such defined 
   benefit plan), the top heavy minimum allocation is 3% of the Non-Key 
   Employee's Compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the Key 
   Employees.

        (3) Special Election for Standardized Code Section 401(k) Plan. If
   the Employer's Plan is a Standardized Code Section 401(k) Plan, the
   Employer may elect in Adoption Agreement Section 3.04 to apply the top
   heavy minimum allocation requirements of Section 3.04(B)(1) only for Plan
   Years in which the Plan actually is a top heavy plan.

        (4) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 3.04(B), the
   term "Participant" includes any Employee otherwise eligible to
   participate in the Plan but who is not a Participant because of his
   Compensation level or because of his failure to make elective deferrals
   under a Code Section 401(k) arrangement or because of his failure to make
   mandatory contributions. For purposes of subparagraph (1)(b) or (2)(b),
   "Compensation" means Compensation as defined in Section 1.12, except
   Compensation does not include elective contributions, irrespective of
   whether the Employer has elected to include these amounts in Section
   1.12 of its Adoption Agreement, any exclusion selected in Section 1.12
   of the Adoption Agreement (other than the exclusion of elective
   contributions) does not apply, and any modification to the definition of
   Compensation in Section 3.06 does not apply.

        (5) Determining Contribution Rates. For purposes of this Section
   3.04(B), a Participant's contribution rate is the sum of all Employer
   contributions (not including Employer contributions to Social Security)
   and forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year
   divided by his Compensation for the entire Plan Year. However, for
   purposes of satisfying a Participant's top heavy minimum allocation in
   Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Participant's
   contribution rate does not include any elective contributions under a
   Code Section 401(k) arrangement nor any Employer matching contributions
   allocated on the basis of those elective contributions or on


    










   3.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   the basis of employee contributions, except a Nonstandardized Plan may
   include in the contribution rate any matching contributions not
   necessary to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section
   401(k) or of Code Section 401(m).

        If the Employee is a Participant in Paired Plans, the Advisory
   Committee will consider the Paired Plans as a single Plan to determine a
   Participant's contribution rate and to determine whether the Plans
   satisfy this top heavy minimum allocation requirement. To determine a
   Participant's contribution rate under a Nonstandardized Plan, the
   Advisory Committee must treat all qualified top heavy defined
   contribution plans maintained by the Employer (or by any related
   Employers described in Section 1.30) as a single plan.

        (6) No Allocations. If, for a Plan Year, there are no allocations
   of Employer contributions or forfeitures for any Participant (for
   purposes of Section 3.04 (B)(1)(b)) or for any Key Employee (for
   purposes of Section 3.04(B)(2)(b)), the Plan does not require any top
   heavy minimum allocation for the Plan Year, unless a top heavy minimum
   allocation applies because of the maintenance by the Employer of more
   than one plan.

        (7) Election of Method. The Employer must specify in its Adoption
   Agreement the manner in which the Plan will satisfy the top heavy
   minimum allocation requirement.     (a) If the Employer elects to make
   any necessary additional contribution to this Plan, the     Advisory
   Committee first will allocate the Employer contributions (and
   Participant forfeitures,     if any) for the Plan Year in accordance
   with the provisions of Adoption Agreement Section     3.04. The Employer
   then will contribute an additional amount for the Account of any    
   Participant entitled under this Section 3.04(B) to a top heavy minimum
   allocation and whose     contribution rate for the Plan Year, under this
   Plan and any other plan aggregated under     paragraph (5), is less than
   the top heavy minimum allocation. The additional amount is the    
   amount necessary to increase the Participant's contribution rate to the
   top heavy minimum     allocation. The Advisory Committee will allocate
   the additional contribution to the Account of     the Participant on
   whose behalf the Employer makes the contribution.     (b) If the
   Employer elects to guarantee the top heavy minimum allocation under
   another     plan, this Plan does not provide the top heavy minimum
   allocation and the Advisory     Committee will allocate the annual
   Employer contributions (and Participant forfeitures) under     the Plan
   solely in accordance with the allocation method selected under Adoption
   Agreement     Section 3.04.

        3.05 FORFEITURE ALLOCATION. The amount of a Participant's Accrued
             ---------------------
   Benefit forfeited under the Plan is a Participant forfeiture. The
   Advisory Committee will allocate Participant forfeitures in the manner
   specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement. The Advisory
   Committee will continue to hold the undistributed, non-vested portion of
   a terminated Participant's Accrued Benefit in his Account solely for his
   benefit until a forfeiture occurs at the time specified in Section 5.09
   or if applicable, until the time specified in Section 9.14. Except as
   provided under Section 5.04, a Participant will not share in the
   allocation of a forfeiture of any portion of his Accrued Benefit.

        3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT. The Advisory Committee will determine the
             ------------------
   accrual of benefit (Employer contributions and Participant forfeitures)
   on the basis of the Plan Year in accordance with the Employer's
   elections in its Adoption Agreement.

   (A) Compensation Taken Into Account. The Employer must specify in its
   Adoption Agreement the Compensation the Advisory Committee is to take
   into account in allocating an Employer contribution to a Participant's
   Account for the Plan Year in which the Employee first becomes a
   Participant. For all other Plan Years, the Advisory Committee will take
   into account only the














                                                                 1/90  3.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Compensation determined for the portion of the Plan Year in which the
   Employee actually is a Participant. The Advisory Committee must take
   into account the Employee's entire Compensation for the Plan Year to
   determine whether the Plan satisfies the top heavy minimum allocation
   requirement of Section 3.04(B). The Employer, in an addendum to its
   Adoption Agreement numbered 3.06(A), may elect to measure Compensation
   for the Plan Year for allocation purposes on the basis of a specified
   period other than the Plan Year.

   (B) Hours of Service Requirement. Subject to the applicable minimum
   allocation requirement of Section 3.04, the Advisory Committee will not
   allocate any portion of an Employer contribution for a Plan Year to any
   Participant's Account if the Participant does not complete the
   applicable minimum Hours of Service requirement specified in the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement.

   (C) Employment Requirement. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized
   Plan, a Participant who, during a particular Plan Year, completes the
   accrual requirements of Adoption Agreement Section 3.06 will share in
   the allocation of Employer contributions for that Plan Year without
   regard to whether he is employed by the Employer on the Accounting Date
   of that Plan Year. If the Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the
   Employer must specify in its Adoption Agreement whether the Participant
   will accrue a benefit if he is not employed by the Employer on the
   Accounting Date of the Plan Year. If the Employer's Plan is a money
   purchase plan or a target benefit plan, whether Nonstandardized or
   Standardized, the Plan conditions benefit accrual on employment with the
   Employer on the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan Year in which the
   Employer terminates the Plan.

   (D) Other Requirements. If the Employer's Adoption Agreement includes
   options for other requirements affecting the Participant's accrual of
   benefits under the Plan, the Advisory Committee will apply this Section
   3.06 in accordance with the Employer's Adoption Agreement selections.

   (E) Suspension of Accrual Requirements Under Nonstandardized Plan. If
   the Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Employer may elect in
   its Adoption Agreement to suspend the accrual requirements elected under
   Adoption Agreement Section 3.06 if, for any Plan Year beginning after
   December 31, 1989, the Plan fails to satisfy the Participation Test or
   the Coverage Test. A Plan satisfies the Participation Test if, on each
   day of the Plan Year, the number of Employees who benefit under the Plan
   is at least equal to the lesser of 50 or 40% of the total number of
   Includable Employees as of such day. A Plan satisfies the Coverage Test
   if, on the last day of each quarter of the Plan Year, the number of
   Nonhighly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan is at least 
   equal to 70% of the total number of Includable Nonhighly Compensated
   Employees as of such day. "Includable" Employees are all Employees other
   than: (1) those Employees excluded from participating in the Plan for
   the entire Plan Year by reason of the collective bargaining unit
   exclusion or the nonresident alien exclusion under Adoption Agreement
   Section 1.07 or by reason of the participation requirements of Sections
   2.01 and 2.03; and (2) any Employee who incurs a Separation from Service
   during the Plan Year and fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service
   for the Plan Year. A "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" is an Employee who
   is not a Highly Compensated Employee and who is not a family member
   aggregated with a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to Section 1.09
   of the Plan.

        For purposes of the Participation Test and the Coverage Test, an
   Employee is benefiting under the Plan on a particular date if, under
   Adoption Agreement Section 3.04, he is entitled to an allocation for the
   Plan Year. Under the Participation Test, when determining whether an
   Employee is entitled to an allocation under Adoption Agreement Section
   3.04, the Advisory Committee will disregard any allocation required
   solely by reason of the top heavy minimum allocation, unless the top
   heavy minimum allocation is the only allocation made under the Plan for
   the Plan Year.













   3.04  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        If this Section 3.06(E) applies for a Plan Year, the Advisory
   Committee will suspend the accrual requirements for the Includable
   Employees who are Participants, beginning first with the Includable
   Employee(s) employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year,
   then the Includable Employee(s) who have the latest Separation from
   Service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend in descending
   order the accrual requirements for each Includable Employee who incurred
   an earlier Separation from Service, from the latest to the earliest
   Separation from Service date, until the Plan satisfies both the
   Participation Test and the Coverage Test for the Plan Year. If two or
   more Includable Employees have a Separation from Service on the same
   day, the Advisory Committee will suspend the accrual requirements for
   all such Includable Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can
   satisfy the Participation Test and the Coverage Test by accruing
   benefits for fewer than all such Includable Employees. If the Plan
   suspends the accrual requirements for an Includable Employee, that
   Employee will share in the allocation of Employer contributions and
   Participant forfeitures, if any, without regard to the number of Hours
   of Service he has earned for the Plan Year and without regard to whether
   he is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. If the
   Employer's Plan includes Employer matching contributions subject to Code
   Section 401(m), this suspension of accrual requirements applies separately
   to the Code Section 401(m) portion of the Plan, and the Advisory Committee
   will treat an Employee as benefiting under that portion of the Plan if
   he is an Eligible Employee for purposes of the Code Section 401(m)
   nondiscrimination test. The Employer may modify the operation of this
   Section 3.06(E) by electing appropriate modifications in Section 3.06 of
   its Adoption Agreement.

   Part 2. Limitations On Allocations: Sections 3.07 through 3.19

        [Note: Sections 3.07 through 3.10 apply only to Participants in
   this Plan who do not participate, and who have never participated, in
   another qualified plan or in a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
   Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer.]

        3.07 The amount of Annual Additions which the Advisory Committee
   may allocate under this Plan on a Participant's behalf for a Limitation
   Year may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the amount the
   Employer otherwise would contribute to the Participant's Account would
   cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum
   Permissible Amount, the Employer will reduce the amount of its
   contribution so the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal
   the Maximum Permissible Amount. If an allocation of Employer
   contributions, pursuant to Section 3.04, would result in an Excess
   Amount (other than an Excess Amount resulting from the circumstances
   described in Section 3.10) to the Participant's Account, the Advisory
   Committee will reallocate the Excess Amount to the remaining
   Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer
   contributions for the Plan Year in which the Limitation Year ends. The
   Advisory Committee will make this reallocation on the basis of the
   allocation method under the Plan as if the Participant whose Account
   otherwise would receive the Excess Amount is not eligible for an
   allocation of Employer contributions.

        3.08 Prior to the determination of the Participant's actual
   Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Advisory Committee may determine
   the Maximum Permissible Amount on the basis of the Participant's
   estimated annual Compensation for such Limitation Year. The Advisory
   Committee must make this determination on a reasonable and uniform basis
   for all Participants similarly situated. The Advisory Committee must
   reduce any Employer contributions (including any allocation
   of forfeitures) based on estimated annual Compensation by any Excess
   Amounts carried over from prior years.

        3.09 As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
   Limitation Year, the Advisory Committee will determine the Maximum
   Permissible Amount for such Limitation Year on the basis of the
   Participant's actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.


    









                                                                 1/90  3.05

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        3.10 If, pursuant to Section 3.09, or because of the allocation of
   forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount with respect to a Participant for
   a Limitation Year, the Advisory Committee will dispose of such Excess
   Amount as follows:

   (a) The Advisory Committee will return any nondeductible voluntary
   Employee contributions to the Participant to the extent the return would
   reduce the Excess Amount.

   (b) If, after the application of paragraph (a), an Excess Amount still
   exists, and the Plan covers the Participant at the end of the Limitation
   Year, then the Advisory Committee will use the Excess Amount(s) to
   reduce future Employer contributions (including any allocation of
   forfeitures) under the Plan for the next Limitation Year and for each
   succeeding Limitation Year, as is necessary, for the Participant. If the
   Employer's Plan is a profit sharing plan, the Participant may elect to
   limit his Compensation for allocation purposes to the extent necessary
   to reduce his allocation for the Limitation Year to the Maximum
   Permissible Amount and eliminate the Excess Amount.

   (c) If, after the application of paragraph (a), an Excess Amount still
   exists, and the Plan does not cover the Participant at the end of the
   Limitation Year, then the Advisory Committee will hold the Excess Amount
   unallocated in a suspense account. The Advisory Committee will apply the
   suspense account to reduce Employer Contributions (including allocation
   of forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation
   Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. Neither the
   Employer nor any Employee may contribute to the Plan for any Limitation
   Year in which the Plan is unable to allocate fully a suspense account
   maintained pursuant to this paragraph (c).

   (d) The Advisory Committee will not distribute any Excess Amount(s) to
   Participants or to former Participants.

        [Note: Sections 3.11 through 3.16 apply only to Participants who,
   in addition to this Plan, participate in one or more plans (including
   Paired Plans), all of which are qualified Master or Prototype defined
   contribution plans or welfare benefit funds (as defined in Code Section
   419(e)) maintained by the Employer during the Limitation Year.]

        3.11 The amount of Annual Additions which the Advisory Committee
   may allocate under this Plan on a Participant's behalf for a Limitation
   Year may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, reduced by the sum
   of any Annual Additions allocated to the Participant's Accounts for the
   same Limitation Year under this Plan and such other defined contribution
   plan. If the amount the Employer otherwise would contribute to the
   Participant's Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions
   for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the Employer will
   reduce the amount of its contribution so the Annual Additions under all
   such plans for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
   Amount. If an allocation of Employer contributions, pursuant to Section
   3.04, would result in an Excess Amount (other than an Excess Amount
   resulting from the circumstances described in Section 3.10) to the
   Participant's Account, the Advisory Committee will reallocate the Excess
   Amount to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation
   of Employer contributions for the Plan Year in which the Limitation Year
   ends. The Advisory Committee will make this reallocation on the basis of
   the allocation method under the Plan as if the Participant whose Account
   otherwise would receive the Excess Amount is not eligible for an
   allocation of Employer contributions.

        3.12 Prior to the determination of the Participant's actual
   Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Advisory Committee may
   determine the amounts referred to in 3.11 above on the basis of the
   Participant's estimated annual Compensation for such Limitation Year.
   The Advisory Committee will make this determination on a reasonable and
   uniform basis for all Participants similarly














   3.06  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   situated. The Advisory Committee must reduce any Employer contribution
   (including allocation of forfeitures) based on estimated annual
   Compensation by any Excess Amounts carried over from prior years.

        3.13 As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
   Limitation Year, the Advisory Committee will determine the amounts
   referred to in 3.11 on the basis of the Participant's actual
   Compensation for such Limitation Year.

        3.14 If pursuant to Section 3.13, or because of the allocation of
   forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and all
   such other plans result in an Excess Amount, such Excess Amount will
   consist of the Amounts last allocated. The Advisory Committee will
   determine the Amounts last allocated by treating the Annual Additions
   attributable to a welfare benefit fund as allocated first, irrespective
   of the actual allocation date under the welfare benefit fund.

        3.15 The Employer must specify in its Adoption Agreement the Excess
   Amount attributed to this Plan, if the Advisory Committee allocates an
   Excess Amount to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which
   coincides with an allocation date of another plan.

        3.16 The Advisory Committee will dispose of any Excess Amounts
   attributed to this Plan as provided in Section 3.10.

        [Note: Section 3.17 applies only to Participants who, in addition
   to this Plan, participate in one or more qualified plans which are
   qualified defined contribution plans other than a Master or Prototype
   plan maintained by the Employer during the Limitation Year.]

        3.17 SPECIAL ALLOCATION LIMITATION. The amount of Annual Additions
             -----------------------------
   which the Advisory Committee may allocate under this Plan on behalf of
   any Participant are limited in accordance with the provisions of Section
   3.11 through 3.16, as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype
   plan, unless the Employer provides other limitations in an addendum to
   the Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.17.

        3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION. If the Employer maintains a
             -------------------------------
   defined benefit plan, or has ever maintained a defined benefit plan
   which the Employer has terminated, then the sum of the defined benefit
   plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction for any
   Participant for any Limitation Year must not exceed 1.0. The Employer
   must provide in Adoption Agreement Section 3.18 the manner in which the
   Plan will satisfy this limitation. The Employer also must provide in its
   Adoption Agreement Section 3.18 the manner in which the Plan will
   satisfy the top heavy requirements of Code Section 416 after taking into
   account the existence (or prior maintenance) of the defined benefit
   plan.

   3.19 DEFINITIONS - ARTICLE III. For purposes of Article III, the
        -------------------------
   following terms mean:

   (a) "Annual Addition" - The sum of the following amounts allocated on
   behalf of a Participant for a Limitation Year, of (i) all Employer
   contributions; (ii) all forfeitures; and (iii) all Employee
   contributions. Except to the extent provided in Treasury regulations,
   Annual Additions include excess contributions described in Code Section
   401(k), excess aggregate contributions described in Code Section 401(m) 
   and excess deferrals described in Code Section 402(g), irrespective of 
   whether the plan distributes or forfeits such excess amounts. Annual 
   Additions also include Excess Amounts reapplied to reduce Employer 
   contributions under Section 3.10. Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984,
   to an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2))
   included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are
   Annual

















                                                                  1/90  3.07

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Additions. Furthermore, Annual Additions include contributions paid or
   accrued after December 31, 1985, for taxable years ending after December
   31, 1985, attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to
   the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section
   419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section
   419(e)) maintained by the Employer.

   (b) "Compensation" - For purposes of applying the limitations of Part 2
   of this Article III "Compensation" means Compensation as defined in Section
   1.12, except Compensation does not include elective contributions,
   irrespective of whether the Employer has elected to include these
   amounts as Compensation under Section 1.12 of its Adoption Agreement,
   and any exclusion selected in Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement
   (other than the exclusion of elective contributions) does not apply.

   (c) "Employer" - The Employer that adopts this Plan and any related
   employers described in Section 1.30. Solely for purposes of applying the
   limitations of Part 2 of this Article III, the Advisory Committee will
   determine related employers described in Section 1.30 by modifying Code
   Sections 414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code Section 415(h).

   (d) "Excess Amount" - The excess of the Participant's Annual Additions
   for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

   (e) "Limitation Year" - The period selected by the Employer under
   Adoption Agreement Section 1.17. All qualified plans of the Employer
   must use the same Limitation Year. If the Employer amends the Limitation
   Year to a different 12 consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year
   must begin on a date within the Limitation Year for which the Employer
   makes the amendment, creating a short Limitation Year.

   (f) "Master or Prototype Plan" - A plan the form of which is the subject
   of a favorable notification letter or a favorable opinion letter from
   the Internal Revenue Service.

   (g) "Maximum Permissible Amount" - The lesser of (i) $30,000 (or, if
   greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation under Code
   Section 415(b)(1)(A)), or (ii) 25% of the Participant's Compensation for
   the Limitation Year. If there is a short Limitation Year because of a
   change in Limitation Year, the Advisory Committee will multiply the
   $30,000 (or adjusted) limitation by the following fraction:

               Number of months in the short Limitation Year 
               ---------------------------------------------
                                      12

   (h) "Defined contribution plan" - A retirement plan which provides for
   an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely
   on the amount contributed to the participant's account, and any income,
   expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other
   participants which the plan may allocate to such participant's account.
   The Advisory Committee must treat all defined contribution plans
   (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
   Solely for purposes of the limitations of Part 2 of this Article III,
   the Advisory Committee will treat employee contributions made to a
   defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer as a separate defined
   contribution plan. The Advisory Committee also will treat as a defined
   contribution plan an individual medical account (as defined in Code
   Section 415(l)(2)) included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained
   by the Employer and, for taxable years ending after December 31, 1985, a
   welfare benefit fund under Code Section 419(e) maintained by the Employer
   to the extent there are post-retirement medical benefits allocated to
   the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section
   419A(d)(3)).



















   3.08  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

       (i) "Defined benefit plan" - A retirement plan which does not
   provide for individual accounts     for Employer contributions. The
   Advisory Committee must treat all defined benefit plans     (whether or
   not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.

   [Note: The definitions in paragraphs (j), (k) and (l) apply only if the
   limitation described in Section 3.18 applies to the Employer's Plan.]

       (j) "Defined benefit plan fraction" -

         Projected annual benefit of the Participant under the defined
         -------------------------------------------------------------
        benefit plan(s)  
        ---------------
        --------------------------------------------------------------
        The lesser of (i) 125% (subject to the "100% limitation" in
        paragraph (l)) of the  dollar limitation in effect
        under Code Section  415(b)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year,       or
        (ii) 140% of the Participant's average Compensation for his         
           high three (3) consecutive Years of Service

           To determine the denominator of this fraction, the Advisory
   Committee will make any adjustment required under Code Section
   415(b) and will determine a Year of Service, unless otherwise   
   provided in an addendum to Adoption Agreement Section 3.18, as a Plan
   Year in which the    Employee completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service.
   The "projected annual benefit" is the    annual retirement benefit
   (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if the   
   plan expresses such benefit in a form other than a straight life annuity
   or qualified joint and    survivor annuity) of the Participant under the
   terms of the defined benefit plan on the    assumptions he continues
   employment until his normal retirement age (or current age, if later)
   as stated in the defined benefit plan, his compensation continues at the
   same rate as in effect    in the Limitation Year under consideration
   until the date of his normal retirement age and all    other relevant
   factors used to determine benefits under the defined benefit plan remain 
     constant as of the current Limitation Year for all future Limitation
   Years.

            Current Accrued Benefit. If the Participant accrued benefits in
   one or more defined    benefit plans maintained by the Employer which
   were in existence on May 6, 1986, the dollar    limitation used in the
   denominator of this fraction will not be less than the Participant's   
   Current Accrued Benefit. A Participant's Current Accrued Benefit is the
   sum of the annual    benefits under such defined benefit plans which the
   Participant had accrued as of the end of    the 1986 Limitation Year (the
   last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987),   determined
   without regard to any change in the terms or conditions of the Plan made
   after    May 5, 1986, and without regard to any cost of living
   adjustment occurring after May 5, 1986.   This Current Accrued Benefit
   rule applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in    the
   aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect at
   the end of the 1986    Limitation Year.

      (k) "Defined contribution plan fraction" -

            The sum, as of the close of the Limitation Year, of the Annual
   Additions             to the Participant's Account under the defined
   contribution plan(s) 
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                               The sum of the lesser of the following
                              --------------------------------------------
   amounts determined     for the Limitation Year and for each prior Year
   ------------------
   of Service with the Employer: (i) 125%   (subject to the "100%
   limitation" in paragraph (l)) of the dollar limitation in effect 
   under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year (determined
   without regard to        the special dollar limitations for employee
   stock ownership plans), or          (ii) 35% of the Participant's
   Compensation for the Limitation Year

            For purposes of determining the defined contribution plan
   fraction, the Advisory    Committee will not recompute Annual Additions
   in Limitation Years beginning prior to












                                                                  1/90  3.09

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   January 1, 1987, to treat all Employee contributions as Annual
   Additions. If the Plan satisfied Code Section 415 for Limitation Years
   beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the Advisory Committee will
   redetermine the defined contribution plan fraction and the defined
   benefit plan fraction as of the end of the 1986 Limitation Year, in
   accordance with this Section 3.19. If the sum of the redetermined
   fractions exceeds 1.0, the Advisory Committee will subtract permanently
   from the numerator of the defined contribution plan fraction an amount
   equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over
   1.0, times (2) the denominator of the defined contribution plan
   fraction. In making the adjustment, the Advisory Committee must
   disregard any accrued benefit under the defined benefit plan which is in
   excess of the Current Accrued Benefit. This Plan continues any
   transitional rules applicable to the determination of the defined
   contribution plan fraction under the Employer's Plan as of the end of
   the 1986 Limitation Year.

   (l) "100% limitation." If the 100% limitation applies, the Advisory
   Committee must determine the denominator of the defined benefit plan
   fraction and the denominator of the defined contribution plan fraction
   by substituting 100% for 125%. If the Employer's Plan is a Standardized
   Plan, the 100% limitation applies in all Limitation Years, subject to
   any override provisions under Section 3.18 of the Employer's Adoption
   Agreement. If the Employer overrides the 100% limitation under a
   Standardized Plan, the Employer must specify in its Adoption Agreement
   the manner in which the Plan satisfies the extra minimum benefit
   requirement of Code Section 416(h) and the 100% limitation must continue
   to apply if the Plan's top heavy ratio exceeds 90%. If the Employer's
   Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the 100% limitation applies only if: (i)
   the Plan's top heavy ratio exceeds 90%; or (ii) the Plan's top heavy
   ratio is greater than 60%, and the Employer does not elect in its
   Adoption Agreement Section 3.18 to provide extra minimum benefits which
   satisfy Code Section 416(h)(2).

              *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *










































  3.10  1/90



<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

          ARTICLE IV PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

        4.01 PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. This Plan does not
             ---------------------------------------
   permit Participant nondeductible contributions unless the Employer
   maintains its Plan under a Code Section 401(k) Adoption Agreement. If
   the Employer does not maintain its Plan under a Code Section 401(k)
   Adoption Agreement and, prior to the adoption of this Master Plan, the
   Plan accepted Participant nondeductible contributions for a Plan Year
   beginning after December 31, 1986, those contributions must satisfy the
   requirements of Code Section 401(m). This Section 4.01 does not prohibit
   the Plan's acceptance of Participant nondeductible contributions prior
   to the first Plan Year commencing after the Plan Year in which the
   Employer adopts this Master Plan.

        4.02 PARTICIPANT DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. A qualified Plan may not
             ------------------------------------
   accept Participant deductible contributions after April 15, 1987. If the
   Employer's Plan includes Participant deductible contributions ("DECs")
   made prior to April 16, 1987, the Advisory Committee must maintain a
   separate accounting for the Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable
   to DECs, including DECs which are part of a rollover contribution
   described in Section 4.03. The Advisory Committee will treat the
   accumulated DECs as part of the Participant's Accrued Benefit for all
   purposes of the Plan, except for purposes of determining the top heavy
   ratio under Section 1.33. The Advisory Committee may not use DECs to
   purchase life insurance on the Participant's behalf.

        4.03 PARTICIPANT ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. Any Participant, with the
             ----------------------------------
   Employer's written consent and after filing with the Trustee the form
   prescribed by the Advisory Committee, may contribute cash or other
   property to the Trust other than as a voluntary contribution if the
   contribution is a "rollover contribution" which the Code permits an
   employee to transfer either directly or indirectly from one qualified
   plan to another qualified plan. Before accepting a rollover
   contribution, the Trustee may require an Employee to furnish
   satisfactory evidence that the proposed transfer is in fact a "rollover
   contribution" which the Code permits an employee to make to a qualified
   plan. A rollover contribution is not an Annual Addition under Part 2 of
   Article III.

         The Trustee will invest the rollover contribution in a segregated
   investment Account for the Participant's sole benefit unless the Trustee
   (or the Named Fiduciary, in the case of a non discretionary Trustee
   designation), in its sole discretion, agrees to invest the rollover
   contribution as part of the Trust Fund. The Trustee will not have any
   investment responsibility with respect to a Participant's segregated
   rollover Account. The Participant, however, from time to time, may
   direct the Trustee in writing as to the investment of his segregated
   rollover Account in property, or property interests, of any kind, real,
   personal or mixed; provided however, the Participant may not direct the
   Trustee to make loans to his Employer. A Participant's segregated
   rollover Account alone will bear any extraordinary expenses resulting
   from investments made at the direction of the Participant. As of the
   Accounting Date (or other valuation date) for each Plan Year, the
   Advisory Committee will allocate and credit the net income (or net loss)
   from a Participant's segregated rollover Account and the increase or
   decrease in the fair market value of the assets of a segregated rollover
   Account solely to that Account. The Trustee is not liable nor
   responsible for any loss resulting to any Beneficiary, nor to any
   Participant, by reason of any sale or investment made or other action
   taken pursuant to and in accordance with the direction of the
   Participant. In all other respects, the Trustee will hold, administer
   and distribute a rollover contribution in the same manner as any
   Employer contribution made to the Trust.

        An eligible Employee, prior to satisfying the Plan's eligibility
   conditions, may make a rollover contribution to the Trust to the same
   extent and in the same manner as a Participant. If an Employee makes a
   rollover contribution to the Trust prior to satisfying the Plan's
   eligibility conditions, the Advisory Committee and Trustee must treat
   the Employee as a Participant for all











                                                                  1/90  4.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   purposes of the Plan except the Employee is not a Participant for
   purposes of sharing in Employer contributions or Participant forfeitures
   under the Plan until he actually becomes a Participant in the Plan. If
   the Employee has a Separation from Service prior to becoming a
   Participant, the Trustee will distribute his rollover contribution
   Account to him as if it were an Employer contribution Account.

        4.04 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - FORFEITABILITY. A Participant's
             -----------------------------------------
   Accrued Benefit is, at all times, 100% Non Forfeitable to the extent the
   value of his Accrued Benefit is derived from his Participant
   contributions described in this Article IV.

        4.05 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - WITHDRAWAL/DISTRIBUTION. A
             --------------------------------------------------
   Participant, by giving prior written notice to the Trustee, may withdraw
   all or any part of the value of his Accrued Benefit derived from his
   Participant contributions described in this Article IV. A distribution
   of Participant contributions must comply with the joint and survivor
   requirements described in Article VI, if those requirements apply to the
   Participant. A Participant may not exercise his right to withdraw the
   value of his Accrued Benefit derived from his Participant contributions
   more than once during any Plan Year. The Trustee, in accordance with the
   direction of the Advisory Committee, will distribute a Participant's
   unwithdrawn Accrued Benefit attributable to his Participant
   contributions in accordance with the provisions of Article VI applicable
   to the distribution of the Participant's Non Forfeitable Accrued Benefit.

        4.06 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - ACCRUED BENEFIT. The Advisory
             ------------------------------------------
   Committee must maintain a separate Account(s) in the name of each
   Participant to reflect the Participant's Accrued Benefit under the Plan
   derived from his Participant contributions. A Participant's Accrued
   Benefit derived from his Participant contributions as of any applicable
   date is the balance of his separate Participant contribution Account(s).

              *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *















































   4.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

                  ARTICLE V TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

        5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. The Employer must define Normal
             ---------------------
   Retirement Age in its Adoption Agreement. A Participant's Accrued
   Benefit derived from Employer contributions is 100% Nonforfeitable upon
   and after his attaining Normal Retirement Age (if employed by the
   Employer on or after that date).

        5.02 PARTICIPANT DISABILITY OR DEATH. The Employer may elect in its
             -------------------------------
   Adoption Agreement to provide a Participant's Accrued Benefit derived
   from Employer contributions will be 100% Nonforfeitable if the
   Participant's Separation from Service is a result of his death or his
   disability.

        5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE. Except as provided in Sections 5.01 and
             ----------------
   5.02, for each Year of Service, a Participant's Nonforfeitable
   percentage of his Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions
   equals the percentage in the vesting schedule completed by the Employer
   in its Adoption Agreement.

   (A) Election of Special Vesting Formula. If the Trustee makes a
   distribution (other than a cash-out distribution described in Section
   5.04) to a partially-vested Participant, and the Participant has not
   incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service at the relevant time, the
   Advisory Committee will establish a separate Account for the
   Participant's Accrued Benefit. At any relevant time following the
   distribution, the Advisory Committee will determine the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions in
   accordance with the following formula: P(AB + (R x D))- (R x D).      To
   apply this formula,"P" is the Participant's current vesting percentage at
   the relevant time, "AB" is the Participant's Employer-derived Accrued
   Benefit at the relevant time, "R" is the ratio of "AB" to the
   Participant's Employer-derived Accrued Benefit immediately following the
   earlier distribution and "D" is the amount of the earlier distribution.
   If, under a restated Plan, the Plan has made distribution to a
   partially-vested Participant prior to its restated Effective Date and is
   unable to apply the cash-out provisions of Section 5.04 to that prior
   distribution, this special vesting formula also applies to that
   Participant's remaining Account. The Employer, in an addendum to its
   Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 5.03, may elect to modify this
   formula to read as follows: P(AB + D) - D.     5.04 CASH-OUT
                                                       --------
   DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION OF FORFEITED
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   ACCRUED BENEFIT. If, pursuant to Article VI, a partially-vested
   ---------------
   Participant receives a cash-out distribution before he incurs a
   Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in Section 5.08), the cash-out
   distribution will result in an immediate forfeiture of the non vested
   portion of the Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer
   contributions. See Section 5.09. A partially-vested Participant is a
   Participant whose Nonforfeitable Percentage determined under Section
   5.03 is less than 100%. A cash-out distribution is a distribution of the
   entire present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit.

   (A) Restoration and Conditions upon Restoration. A partially-vested
   Participant who is re-employed by the Employer after receiving a
   cash-out distribution of the Nonforfeitable percentage of his Accrued
   Benefit may repay the Trustee the amount of the cash-out distribution
   attributable to Employer contributions, unless the Participant no longer
   has a right to restoration by reason of the conditions of this Section
   5.04(A). If a partially-vested Participant makes the cash-out
   distribution repayment, the Advisory Committee, subject to the
   conditions of this Section 5.04(A), must restore his Accrued Benefit
   attributable to Employer contributions to the same dollar amount as the
   dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit on the Accounting Date, or other
   valuation date, immediately preceding the date of the cash-out
   distribution, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent to
   that Accounting Date, or other valuation date. Restoration of the
   Participant's













                                                                1/90   5.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

    Accrued Benefit includes restoration of all Code Section 411(d)(6)
   protected benefits with respect to that  restored Accrued Benefit, in
   accordance with applicable Treasury regulations. The Advisory  Committee
   will not restore a re-employed Participant's Accrued Benefit under this
   paragraph if:     (1) 5 years have elapsed since the Participant's first
   re-employment date with the Employer     following the cash-out
   distribution; or     (2) The Participant incurred a Forfeiture Break in
   Service (as defined in Section 5.08). This     condition also applies if
   the Participant makes repayment within the Plan Year in which he    
   incurs the Forfeiture Break in Service and that Forfeiture Break in
   Service would result in a     complete forfeiture of the amount the
   Advisory Committee otherwise would restore.  (B) Time and Method of
   Restoration. If neither of the two conditions preventing restoration of
   the  Participant's Accrued Benefit applies, the Advisory Committee will
   restore the Participant's  Accrued Benefit as of the Plan Year
   Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the  repayment.
   To restore the Participant's Accrued Benefit, the Advisory Committee, to
   the extent  necessary, will allocate to the Participant's Account:    
   (1) First, the amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the Advisory
   Committee would     otherwise allocate under Section 3.05;

       (2) Second, the amount, if any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain
   for the Plan Year; and     (3) Third, the Employer contribution for the
   Plan Year to the extent made under a     discretionary formula.  In an
   addendum to its Adoption Agreement numbered 5.04(B), the Employer may
   eliminate as a means of restoration any of the amounts described in
   clauses (1), (2) and (3) or may change the order of priority of these
   amounts. To the extent the amounts described in clauses (1), (2) and (3)
   are insufficient to enable the Advisory Committee to make the required
   restoration, the Employer must contribute, without regard to any
   requirement or condition of Section 3.01, the additional amount
   necessary to enable the Advisory Committee to make the required
   restoration. If, for a particular Plan Year, the Advisory Committee must
   restore the Accrued Benefit of more than one re-employed Participant,
   then the Advisory Committee will make the restoration allocations to
   each such Participant's Account in the same proportion that a
   Participant's restored amount for the Plan Year bears to the restored
   amount for the Plan Year of all re-employed Participants. The Advisory
   Committee will not take into account any allocation under this Section
   5.04 in applying the limitation on allocations under Part 2 of Article
   III. (C) 0% Vested Participant. The Employer must specify in its
   Adoption Agreement whether the deemed cash-out rule applies to a 0%
   vested Participant. A 0% vested Participant is a Participant whose
   Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions is entirely
   forfeitable at the time of his Separation from Service. If the
   Participant's Account is not entitled to an allocation of Employer
   contributions for the Plan Year in which he has a Separation from
   Service, the Advisory Committee will apply the deemed cash-out rule as
   if the 0% vested Participant received a cash-out distribution on the
   date of the Participant's Separation from Service. If the Participant's
   Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer contributions or
   Participant forfeitures for the Plan Year in which he has a Separation
   from Service, the Advisory Committee will apply the deemed cash-out rule
   as if the 0% vested Participant received a cash-out distribution on the
   first day of the first Plan Year beginning after his Separation from
   Service. For purposes of applying the restoration provisions of this
   Section 5.04, the Advisory Committee will treat the 0% vested
   Participant as repaying his cash-out "distribution" on the first date of
   his re-employment with the Employer. If the deemed cash-out rule does
   not apply to the Employer's Plan, a 0% vested Participant will not incur
   a forfeiture until he incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service.      5.05
   SEGREGATED ACCOUNT FOR REPAID AMOUNT. Until the Advisory Committee
   ------------------------------------
   restores the Participant's Accrued Benefit, as described in Section
   5.04, the Trustee will invest the cash-out amount the Participant has
   repaid in a segregated Account maintained solely for that
















   5.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Participant. The Trustee must invest the amount in the Participant's
   segregated Account in Federally insured interest bearing savings
   account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of both), or in other
   fixed income investments. Until commingled with the balance of the Trust
   Fund on the date the Advisory Committee restores the Participant's
   Accrued Benefit, the Participant's segregated Account remains a part of
   the Trust, but it alone shares in any income it earns and it alone bears
   any expense or loss it incurs. Unless the repayment qualifies as a
   rollover contribution, the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to
   repay to the Participant as soon as is administratively practicable the
   full amount of the Participant's segregated Account if the Advisory
   Committee determines either of the conditions of Section 5.04(A)
   prevents restoration as of the applicable Accounting Date,
   notwithstanding the Participant's repayment.

        5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING. For purposes of vesting under
             -------------------------
   Section 5.03, Year of Service means any 12-consecutive month period
   designated in the Employer's Adoption Agreement during which an Employee
   completes not less than the number of Hours of Service (not exceeding
   1,000) specified in the Employer's Adoption Agreement. A Year of Service
   includes any Year of Service earned prior to the Effective Date of the
   Plan, except as provided in Section 5.08.

        5.07 BREAK IN SERVICE - VESTING. For purposes of this Article V, a
             --------------------------
   Participant incurs a "Break in Service" if during any vesting
   computation period he does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.
   If, pursuant to Section 5.06, the Plan does not require more than 500
   Hours of Service to receive credit for a Year of Service, a Participant
   incurs a Break in Service in a vesting computation period in which he
   fails to complete a Year of Service.

        5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. For purposes of
             -----------------------------------
   determining "Years of Service" under Section 5.06, the Plan takes into
   account all Years of Service an Employee completes with the Employer
   except:    (a) For the sole purpose of determining a Participant's
   Nonforfeitable percentage of his    Accrued Benefit derived from
   Employer contributions which accrued for his benefit prior to a   
   Forfeiture Break in Service, the Plan disregards any Year of Service
   after the Participant first    incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service. The
   Participant incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service    when he incurs 5
   consecutive Breaks in Service.

       (b) The Plan disregards any Year of Service excluded under the
   Employer's Adoption     Agreement.

        The Plan does not apply the Break in Service rule under Code
   Section 411(a)(6)(B). Therefore, an Employee need not complete a Year of
   Service after a Break in Service before the Plan takes into account the
   Employee's otherwise includable Years of Service under this Article V.

        5.09 FORFEITURE OCCURS. A Participant's forfeiture, if any, of his
             -----------------
   Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions occurs under the
   Plan on the earlier of:

   (a) The last day of the vesting computation period in which the
   Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service; or

   (b) The date the Participant receives a cash-out distribution.

        The Advisory Committee determines the percentage of a Participant's
   Accrued Benefit forfeiture, if any, under this Section 5.09 solely by
   reference to the vesting schedule of Section 5.03. A Participant does
   not forfeit any portion of his Accrued Benefit for any other reason or
   cause except as expressly provided by this Section 5.09 or as provided
   under Section 9.14.

                       * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *














                                                                 1/90  5.03

<PAGE>
                                                   Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE VI                TIME AND METHOD OF
   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

          6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. Unless, pursuant to
               -----------------------------------
   Section 6.03, the  Participant or the Beneficiary elects in writing to a
   different time or method of payment, the  Advisory Committee will direct
   the Trustee to commence distribution of a Participant's  Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit in accordance with this Section 6.01. A Participant must
   consent, in  writing, to any distribution required under this Section
   6.01 if the present value of the  Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit, at the time of the distribution to the Participant,  exceeds
   $3,500 and the Participant has not attained the later of Normal
   Retirement Age or age 62.  Furthermore, the Participant's spouse also
   must consent, in writing, to any distribution, for which  Section 6.04
   requires the spouse's consent. For all purposes of this Article VI, the
   term "annuity  starting date" means the first day of the first period
   for which the Plan pays an amount as an  annuity or in any other form. A
   distribution date under this Article VI, unless otherwise specified 
   within the Plan, is the date or dates the Employer specifies in the
   Adoption Agreement, or as soon  as administratively practicable
   following that distribution date. For purposes of the consent 
   requirements under this Article VI, if the present value of the
   Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued  Benefit, at the time of any
   distribution, exceeds $3,500, the Advisory Committee must treat that 
   present value as exceeding $3,500 for purposes of all subsequent Plan
   distributions to the  Participant.  

          (A) Separation from Service For a Reason Other Than Death.

          (1) Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding
   $3,500. If the Participant's  Separation from Service is for any reason
   other than death, the Advisory Committee will direct the  Trustee to
   distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump
   sum, on the  distribution date the Employer specifies in the Adoption
   Agreement, but in no event later than the  60th day following the close
   of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement 
   Age. If the Participant has attained Normal Retirement Age at the time
   of his Separation from  Service, the distribution under this paragraph
   will occur no later than the 60th day following the  close of the Plan
   Year in which the Participant's Separation from Service occurs.

         (2) Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Exceeds $3,500.
   If the Participant's Separation from Service is for any reason other
   than death, the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to commence
   distribution of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a
   form and at the time elected by the Participant, pursuant to Section
   6.03. In the absence of an election by the Participant, the Advisory
   Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum (or, if applicable, the
   normal annuity form of distribution required under Section 6.04), on the
   60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the
   following events occurs: (a) the Participant attains Normal Retirement
   Age; (b) the Participant attains age 62; or (c) the Participant's
   Separation from Service.

         (3) Disability. If the Participant's Separation from Service is
   because of his disability, the Advisory Committee will direct the
   Trustee to pay the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in lump
   sum, on the distribution date the Employer specifies in the Adoption
   Agreement, subject to the notice and consent requirements of this
   Article VI and subject to the applicable mandatory commencement dates
   described in Paragraphs (1) and (2).     (4) Hardship. Prior to the time
   at which the Participant may receive distribution under Paragraphs (1),
   (2) or (3), the Participant may request a distribution from his
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in an amount necessary to satisfy a
   hardship, if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit
   hardship distributions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in the
   Adoption Agreement, a hardship distribution must be on account of any of
   the following: (a) medical expenses; (b) the purchase (excluding
   mortgage payments) of the Participant's principal residence; (c)
   post-secondary education tuition, for the next semester or quarter, for
   the Participant or for the Participant's spouse, children or dependents;
   (d) to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal
   residence or the foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's







                                                                  1/90  6.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   principal residence; (e) funeral expenses of the Participant's family
   member; or (f) the Participant's disability. A partially-vested
   Participant may not receive a hardship distribution described in this
   Paragraph (A)(4) prior to incurring a Forfeiture Break in Service,
   unless the hardship distribution is a cash-out distribution (as defined
   in Article V). The Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to make
   the hardship distribution as soon as administratively practicable after
   the Participant makes a valid request for the hardship distribution. (B)
   Required Beginning Date. If any distribution commencement date described
   under Paragraph (A) of this Section 6.01, either by Plan provision or by
   Participant election (or nonelection), is later than the Participant's
   Required Beginning Date, the Advisory Committee instead must direct the
   Trustee to make distribution on the Participant's Required Beginning
   Date, subject to the transitional election, if applicable, under Section
   6.03(D). A Participant's Required Beginning Date is the April 1
   following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant
   attains age 70 1/2. However, if the Participant, prior to incurring a
   Separation from Service, attained age 70 1/2 by January 1, 1988, and, for
   the five Plan Year period ending in the calendar year in which he
   attained age 70 1/2 and for all subsequent years, the Participant was not a
   more than 5% owner, the Required Beginning Date is the April 1 following
   the close of the calendar year in which the Participant separates from
   Service or, if earlier, the April 1 following the close of the calendar
   year in which the Participant becomes a more than 5% owner. Furthermore,
   if a Participant who was not a more than 5% owner attained age 70 1/2
   during 1988 and did not incur a Separation from Service prior to January
   1, 1989, his Required Beginning Date is April 1, 1990. A mandatory
   distribution at the Participant's Required Beginning Date will be in
   lump sum (or, if applicable, the normal annuity form of distribution
   required under Section 6.04) unless the Participant, pursuant to the
   provisions of this Article VI, makes a valid election to receive an
   alternative form of payment.

   (C) Death of the Participant. The Advisory Committee will direct the
   Trustee, in accordance with this Section 6.01(C), to distribute to the
   Participant's Beneficiary the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit remaining in the Trust at the time of the Participant's death.
   Subject to the requirements of Section 6.04, the Advisory Committee will
   determine the death benefit by reducing the Participant's Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit by any security interest the Plan has against that
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by reason of an outstanding Participant
   loan.

        (1) Deceased Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Does Not
   Exceed $3,500. The Advisory Committee, subject to the requirements of
   Section 6.04, must direct the Trustee to distribute the deceased
   Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a single sum, as soon as
   administratively practicable following the Participant's death or, if
   later, the date on which the Advisory Committee receives notification of
   or otherwise confirms the Participant's death.

        (2) Deceased Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Exceeds
   $3,500. The Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the
   deceased Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit at the time and in
   the form elected by the Participant or, if applicable by the
   Beneficiary, as permitted under this Article VI. In the absence of an
   election, subject to the requirements of Section 6.04, the Advisory
   Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's
   undistributed Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum on the first
   distribution date following the close of the Plan Year in which the
   Participant's death occurs or, if later, the first distribution date
   following the date the Advisory Committee receives notification of or
   otherwise confirms the Participant's death.

        If the death benefit is payable in full to the Participant's
   surviving spouse, the surviving spouse, in addition to the distribution
   options provided in this Section 6.01(C), may elect distribution at any
   time or in any form (other than a joint and survivor annuity) this
   Article VI would permit for a Participant.

        6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. Subject to the annuity
             ------------------------------------
   distribution requirements, if any, prescribed by Section 6.04, and any
   restrictions prescribed by Section 6.03, a








   6.02  1/90

<PAGE>
                                         Defined Contribution Master Plan  
                 Participant or Beneficiary may elect distribution under
   one, or any combination, of the following   methods: (a) by payment in a
   lump sum; or (b) by payment in monthly, quarterly or annual  
   installments over a fixed reasonable period of time, not exceeding the
   life expectancy of the   Participant, or the joint life and last
   survivor expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary.   The
   Employer may elect in its Adoption Agreement to modify the methods of
   payment available   under this Section 6.02.

         The distribution options permitted under this Section 6.02 are
   available only if the present  value of the Participant Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit, at the time of the distribution to the  Participant,
   exceeds $3,500. To facilitate installment payments under this Article
   VI, the Advisory  Committee may direct the Trustee to segregate all or
   any part of the Participant's Accrued Benefit  in a separate Account.
   The Trustee will invest the Participant's segregated Account in
   Federally  insured interest bearing savings account(s) or time
   deposit(s) (or a combination of both), or in  other fixed income
   investments. A segregated Account remains a part of the Trust, but it
   alone  shares in any income it earns, and it alone bears any expense or
   loss it incurs. A Participant or  Beneficiary may elect to receive an
   installment distribution in the form of a Nontransferable  Annuity
   Contract. Under an installment distribution, the Participant or
   Beneficiary, at any time,  may elect to accelerate the payment of all,
   or any portion, of the Participant's unpaid  Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit, subject to the requirements of Section 6.04.  (A) Minimum
   Distribution Requirements for Participants. The Advisory Committee may
   not direct  the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit, nor may the Participant  elect to have the Trustee
   distribute his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, under a method of payment 
   which, as of the Required Beginning. Date, does not satisfy the minimum
   distribution requirements  under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
   applicable Treasury regulations. The minimum distribution for a 
   calendar year equals the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as
   of the latest valuation date  preceding the beginning of the calendar
   year divided by the Participant's life expectancy or, if  applicable,
   the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his
   designated Beneficiary  (as determined under Article VIII, subject to
   the requirements of the Code Section 401(a)(9) regulations).  The
   Advisory Committee will increase the Participant's Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit, as determined on the relevant valuation date, for
   contributions  or  forfeitures  allocated  after  the  
   valuation date and by December 31 of the valuation calendar
   year, and will decrease the valuation  by distributions made after the
   valuation date and by December 31 of the valuation calendar year.  For
   purposes of this valuation, the Advisory Committee will treat any
   portion of the minimum  distribution for the first distribution calendar
   year made after the close of that year as a  distribution occurring in
   that first distribution calendar year. In computing a minimum
   distribution,  the Advisory Committee must use the unisex life
   expectancy multiples under Treas. Reg. Section 1.72-9.  The Advisory
   Committee, only upon the Participant's written request, will compute the
   minimum  distribution for a calendar year subsequent to the first
   calendar year for which the Plan requires a  minimum distribution by
   redetermining the applicable life expectancy. However, the Advisory 
   Committee may not redetermine the joint life and last survivor
   expectancy of the Participant and a  nonspouse designated Beneficiary in
   a manner which takes into account any adjustment to a life  expectancy
   other than the Participant's life expectancy.       If the Participant's
   spouse is not his designated Beneficiary, a method of payment to the
   Participant (whether by Participant election or by Advisory Committee
   direction) may not provide more than incidental benefits to the
   Beneficiary. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Plan
   must satisfy the minimum distribution incidental benefit ("MDIB")
   requirement in the Treasury regulations issued under Code Section
   401(a)(9) for distributions made on or after the Participant's Required
   Beginning Date and before the Participant's death. To satisfy the MDIB
   requirement, the Advisory Committee will compute the minimum
   distribution required by this Section 6.02(A) by substituting the
   applicable MDIB divisor for the applicable life expectancy factor, if
   the MDIB divisor is a lesser number. Following the Participant's
   death, the Advisory Committee will compute the minimum distribution
   required by this Section 6.02(A) solely on the basis of the applicable
   life expectancy factor and will disregard the MDIB factor. For Plan
   Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the Plan satisfies the
   incidental benefits requirement if the distributions to the Participant
   satisfied the MDIB requirement or if the present value of the
   retirement benefits



                                                                  1/90  6.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   payable solely to the Participant is greater than 50% of the present
   value of the total benefits payable to the Participant and his
   Beneficiaries. The Advisory Committee must determine whether benefits to
   the Beneficiary are incidental as of the date the Trustee is to commence
   payment of the retirement benefits to the Participant, or as of any date
   the Trustee redetermines the payment period to the Participant.

        The minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar year
   is due by the Participant's Required Beginning Date. The minimum
   distribution for each subsequent distribution calendar year, including
   the calendar year in which the Participant's Required Beginning Date
   occurs, is due by December 31 of that year. If the Participant receives
   distribution in the form of a Nontransferable Annuity Contract, the
   distribution satisfies this Section 6.02(A) if the contract complies
   with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the applicable
   Treasury regulations.

   (B) Minimum Distribution Requirements for Beneficiaries. The method of
   distribution to the Participant's Beneficiary must satisfy Code Section
   401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury regulations. If the Participant's
   death occurs after his Required Beginning Date or, if earlier, the date
   the Participant commences an irrevocable annuity pursuant to Section
   6.04, the method of payment to the Beneficiary must provide for
   completion of payment over a period which does not exceed the payment
   period which had commenced for the Participant. If the Participant's
   death occurs prior to his Required Beginning Date, and the Participant
   had not commenced an irrevocable annuity pursuant to Section 6.04, the
   method of payment to the Beneficiary, subject to Section 6.04, must
   provide for completion of payment to the Beneficiary over a period not
   exceeding: (i) 5 years after the date of the Participant's death; or
   (ii) if the Beneficiary is a designated Beneficiary, the designated
   Beneficiary's life expectancy. The Advisory Committee may not direct
   payment of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit over a
   period described in clause (ii) unless the Trustee will commence payment
   to the designated Beneficiary no later than the December 31 following
   the close of the calendar year in which the Participant's death occurred
   or, if later, and the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
   surviving spouse, December 31 of the calendar year in which the
   Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. If the Trustee will make
   distribution in accordance with clause (ii), the minimum distribution
   for a calendar year equals the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit as of the latest valuation date preceding the beginning of the
   calendar year divided by the designated Beneficiary's life expectancy.
   The Advisory Committee must use the unisex life expectancy multiples
   under Treas. Reg. Section 1.72-9 for purposes of applying this
   paragraph. The Advisory Committee, only upon the written request of the
   Participant or of the Participant's surviving spouse, will recalculate
   the life expectancy of the Participant's surviving spouse not more
   frequently than annually, but may not recalculate the life expectancy of
   a nonspouse designated Beneficiary after the Trustee commences payment
   to the designated Beneficiary. The Advisory Committee will apply this
   paragraph by treating any amount paid to the Participant's child, which
   becomes payable to the Participant's surviving spouse upon the child's
   attaining the age of majority, as paid to the Participant's surviving
   spouse. Upon the Beneficiary's written request, the Advisory Committee
   must direct the Trustee to accelerate payment of all, or any portion, of
   the Participant's unpaid Accrued Benefit, as soon as administratively
   practicable following the effective date of that request.

        6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS. Not earlier than 90 days, but not
             -------------------------
   later than 30 days, before the Participant's annuity starting date, the
   Advisory Committee must provide a benefit notice to a Participant who is
   eligible to make an election under this Section 6.03. The benefit notice
   must explain the optional forms of benefit in the Plan, including the
   material features and relative values of those options, and the
   Participant's right to defer distribution until he attains the later of
   Normal Retirement Age or age 62.      If a Participant or Beneficiary
   makes an election prescribed by this Section 6.03, the Advisory
   Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in accordance with that election. Any
   election under this Section 6.03 is subject to the requirements of
   Section 6.02 and of Section 6.04. The Participant or Beneficiary must
   make an election under this Section 6.03 by filing his election with the
   Advisory Committee at any time before the







   6.04  1/90

<PAGE>
                                         Defined Contribution Master Plan
               Trustee otherwise would commence to pay a Participant's
   Accrued Benefit in accordance with the requirements of Article VI. (A)
   Participant Elections After Separation from Service. If the present
   value of a Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500,
   he may elect to have the Trustee commence distribution as of any
   distribution date permitted under the Employer's Adoption Agreement
   Section 6.03. The Participant may reconsider an election at any time
   prior to the annuity starting date and elect to commence distribution as
   of any other distribution date permitted under the Employer's Adoption
   Agreement Section 6.03. If the Participant is partially-vested in his
   Accrued Benefit, an election under this Paragraph (A) to distribute
   prior to the Participant's incurring a Forfeiture Break in Service (as
   defined in Section 5.08), must be in the form of a cash-out distribution
   (as defined in Article V). A Participant may not receive a cash-out
   distribution if, prior to the time the Trustee actually makes the
   cash-out distribution, the Participant returns to employment with the
   Employer. Following his attainment of Normal Retirement Age, a
   Participant who has separated from Service may elect distribution as of
   any distribution date, irrespective of the elections under Adoption
   Agreement Section 6.03.

    (B) Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service. The
   Employer must specify in its  Adoption Agreement the distribution
   election rights, if any, a Participant has prior to his  Separation from
   Service. A Participant must make an election under this Section 6.03(B)
   on a form  prescribed by the Advisory Committee at any time during the
   Plan Year for which his election is to  be effective. In his written
   election, the Participant must specify the percentage or dollar amount 
   he wishes the Trustee to distribute to him. The Participant's election
   relates solely to the  percentage or dollar amount specified in his
   election form and his right to elect to receive an  amount, if any, for
   a particular Plan Year greater than the dollar amount or percentage
   specified in  his election form terminates on the Accounting Date. The
   Trustee must make a distribution to a  Participant in accordance with
   his election under this Section 6.03(B) within the 90 day period (or  as
   soon as administratively practicable) after the Participant files his
   written election with the  Trustee. The Trustee will distribute the
   balance of the Participant's Accrued Benefit not distributed  pursuant
   to his election(s) in accordance with the other distribution provisions
   of this Plan.

    (C) Death Benefit Elections. If the present value of the deceased
   Participant's Nonforfeitable  Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500, the
   Participant's Beneficiary may elect to have the Trustee  distribute the
   Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a form and within a
   period permitted  under Section 6.02. The Beneficiary's election is
   subject to any restrictions designated in writing by  the Participant
   and not revoked as of his date of death.

    (D) Transitional Elections. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 
   6.01 and 6.02, if the Participant (or Beneficiary) signed a written 
   distribution designation prior to January 1, 1984, the  Advisory Committee
   must distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in
   accordance with that designation, subject however, to the survivor
   requirements, if applicable, of Sections 6.04, 6.05 and 6.06. This Section
   6.03(D) does not apply to a pre-1984 distribution designation, and the
   Advisory Committee will not comply with that designation, if any of the
   following applies: (1) the method of distribution would have disqualified
   the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect on December 31, 1983; (2)
   the Participant did not have an Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1983; (3)
   the distribution designation does not specify the timing and form of the
   distribution and the death Beneficiaries (in order of priority); (4) the
   substitution of a Beneficiary modifies the payment period of the 
   distribution; or, (5) the Participant (or Beneficiary) modifies or revokes
   the distribution designation. In the event of a revocation, the Plan must
   distribute, no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year
   of revocation, the amount which the Participant would have received under
   Section 6.02(A) if the distribution designation had not been in effect
   or, if the Beneficiary revokes the distribution designation, the amount
   which the Beneficiary would have received under Section 6.02(B) if the
   distribution designation had not been in effect. The Advisory Committee
   will apply this Section 6.03(D) to rollovers and transfers in accordance
   with Part J of the Code Section 401(a)(9) Treasury regulations.







                                                               1/90    6.05

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

       6.04 ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES.
            -----------------------------------------------------------
   (A) Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Advisory Committee must direct the
   Trustee to distribute a married or unmarried Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in the form of a qualified joint and
   survivor annuity, unless the Participant makes a valid waiver election
   (described in Section 6.05) within the 90 day period ending on the
   annuity starting date. If, as of the annuity starting date, the
   Participant is married, a qualified joint and survivor annuity is an
   immediate annuity which is purchasable with the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and which provides a life annuity for the
   Participant and a survivor annuity payable for the remaining life of the
   Participant's surviving spouse equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity
   payable during the life of the Participant. If, as of the annuity
   starting date, the Participant is not married, a qualified joint and
   survivor annuity is an immediate life annuity for the Participant which
   is purchasable with the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. On
   or before the annuity starting date, the Advisory Committee, without
   Participant or spousal consent, must direct the Trustee to pay the
   Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum, in lieu of a
   qualified joint and survivor annuity, in accordance with Section 6.01,
   if the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit is not greater than
   $3,500. This Section 6.04(A) applies only to a Participant who has
   completed at least one Hour of Service with the Employer after August
   22, 1984. (B) Preretirement Survivor Annuity. If a married Participant
   dies prior to his annuity starting date, the Advisory Committee will
   direct the Trustee to distribute a portion of the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit to the Participant's surviving spouse in
   the form of a preretirement survivor annuity, unless the Participant has
   a valid waiver election (as described in Section 6.06) in effect, or
   unless the Participant and his spouse were not married throughout the
   one year period ending on the date of his death. A preretirement
   survivor annuity is an annuity which is purchasable with 50% of the
   Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit (determined as of the date
   of the Participant's death) and which is payable for the life of the
   Participant's surviving spouse. The value of the preretirement survivor
   annuity is attributable to Employer contributions and to Employee
   contributions in the same proportion as the Participant's Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit is attributable to those contributions. The portion of
   the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not payable under this
   paragraph is payable to the Participant's Beneficiary, in accordance
   with the other provisions of this Article VI. If the present value of
   the preretirement survivor annuity does not exceed $3,500, the Advisory
   Committee, on or before the annuity starting date, must direct the
   Trustee to make a lump sum distribution to the Participant's surviving
   spouse, in lieu of a preretirement survivor annuity. This Section
   6.04(B) applies only to a Participant who dies after August 22, 1984,
   and either (i) completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer
   after August 22, 1984, or (ii) separated from Service with at least 10
   Years of Service (as defined in Section 5.06) and completed at least one
   Hour of Service with the Employer in a Plan Year beginning after
   December 31, 1975.

   (C) Surviving Spouse Elections. If the present value of the
   preretirement survivor annuity exceeds $3,500, the Participant's
   surviving spouse may elect to have the Trustee commence payment of the
   preretirement survivor annuity at any time following the date of the
   Participant's death, but not later than the mandatory distribution
   periods described in Section 6.02, and may elect any of the forms of
   payment described in Section 6.02, in lieu of the preretirement survivor
   annuity. In the absence of an election by the surviving spouse, the
   Advisory Committee must direct the Trustee to distribute the
   preretirement survivor annuity on the first distribution date following
   the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events
   occurs: (i) the Participant's death; (ii) the date the Advisory
   Committee receives notification of or otherwise confirms the
   Participant's death; (iii) the date the Participant would have attained
   Normal Retirement Age; or (iv) the date the Participant would have
   attained age 62.

   (D) Special Rules. If the Participant has in effect a valid waiver
   election regarding the qualified joint and survivor annuity or the
   preretirement survivor annuity, the Advisory Committee must direct the
   Trustee to distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit
   in accordance with Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03. The Advisory Committee
   will reduce the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by any
   security interest (pursuant to any offset rights authorized by Section





   6.06  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   10.03[E]) held by the Plan by reason of a Participant loan to determine
   the value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit
   distributable in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or
   preretirement survivor annuity, provided any post-August 18, 1985, loan
   satisfied the spousal consent requirement described in Section 10.03[E]
   of the Plan. For purposes of applying this Article VI, the Advisory
   Committee treats a former spouse as the Participant's spouse or
   surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic
   relations order described in Section 6.07. The provisions of this
   Section 6.04, and of Sections 6.05 and 6.06, apply separately to the
   portion of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit subject to
   the qualified domestic relations order and to the portion of the
   Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not subject to that order.

   (E) Profit Sharing Plan Election. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan,
   the Employer must elect the extent to which the preceding provisions of
   Section 6.04 apply. If the Employer elects to apply this Section 6.04
   only to a Participant described in this Section 6.04(E), the preceding
   provisions of this Section 6.04 apply only to the following
   Participants: (1) a Participant as respects whom the Plan is a direct or
   indirect transferee from a plan subject to the Code Section 417
   requirements and the Plan received the transfer after December 31, 1984,
   unless the transfer is an elective transfer described in Section 13.06;
   (2) a Participant who elects a life annuity distribution (if Section
   6.02 or Section 13.02 of the Plan requires the Plan to provide a life
   annuity distribution option); and (3) a Participant whose benefits under
   a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are offset by benefits
   provided under this Plan. If the Employer elects to apply this Section
   6.04 to all Participants, the preceding provisions of this Section 6.04
   apply to all Participants described in the first two paragraphs of this
   Section 6.04, without regard to the limitations of this Section 6.04(E).
   Sections 6.05 and 6.06 only apply to Participants to whom the preceding
   provisions of this Section 6.04 apply.

         6.05 WAIVER ELECTION - QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Not
              ------------------------------------------------------
   earlier  than 90 days, but not later than 30 days, before the
   Participant's annuity starting date, the  Advisory Committee must
   provide the Participant a written explanation of the terms and
   conditions  of the qualified joint and survivor annuity, the
   Participant's right to make, and the effect of, an  election to waive
   the joint and survivor form of benefit, the rights of the Participant's
   spouse  regarding the waiver election and the Participant's right to
   make, and the effect of, a revocation  of a waiver election. The Plan
   does not limit the number of times the Participant may revoke a  waiver
   of the qualified joint and survivor annuity or make a new waiver during
   the election period.

        A married Participant's waiver election is not valid unless (a) the
   Participant's spouse (to whom the survivor annuity is payable under the
   qualified joint and survivor annuity), after the Participant has
   received the written explanation described in this Section 6.05, has
   consented in writing to the waiver election, the spouse's consent
   acknowledges the effect of the election, and a notary public or the Plan
   Administrator (or his representative) witnesses the spouse's consent,
   (b) the spouse consents to the alternate form of payment designated by
   the Participant or to any change in that designated form of payment, and
   (c) unless the spouse is the Participant's sole primary Beneficiary, the
   spouse consents to the Participant's Beneficiary designation or to any
   change in the Participant's Beneficiary designation. The spouse's
   consent to a waiver of the qualified joint and survivor annuity is
   irrevocable, unless the Participant revokes the waiver election. The
   spouse may execute a blanket consent to any form of payment designation
   or to any Beneficiary designation made by the Participant, if the spouse
   acknowledges the right to limit that consent to a specific designation
   but, in writing, waives that right. The consent requirements of this
   Section 6.05 apply to a former spouse of the Participant, to the extent
   required under a qualified domestic relations order described in Section
   6.07.

        The Advisory Committee will accept as valid a waiver election which
   does not satisfy the spousal consent requirements if the Advisory
   Committee establishes the Participant does not have a spouse, the
   Advisory Committee is not able to locate the Participant's spouse, the
   Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the
   meaning of State law) and the Participant has a court order to that
   effect, or other circumstances exist under which the Secretary of the





                                                               1/90    6.07

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Treasury will excuse the consent requirement. If the Participant's
   spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the spouse's legal
   guardian (even if the guardian is the Participant) may give consent.

        6.06 WAIVER ELECTION - PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY. The Advisory
   Committee must provide a written explanation of the preretirement
   survivor annuity to each married Participant, within the following
   period which ends last: (1) the period beginning on the first day of the
   Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending on the last
   day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 34; (2) a
   reasonable period after an Employee becomes a Participant; (3) a
   reasonable period after the joint and survivor rules become applicable
   to the Participant; or (4) a reasonable period after a fully subsidized
   preretirement survivor annuity no longer satisfies the requirements for
   a fully subsidized benefit. A reasonable period described in clauses
   (2), (3) and (4) is the period beginning one year before and ending one
   year after the applicable event. If the Participant separates from
   Service before attaining age 35, clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) do not
   apply and the Advisory Committee must provide the written explanation
   within the period beginning one year before and ending one year after
   the Separation from Service. The written explanation must describe, in a
   manner consistent with Treasury regulations, the terms and conditions of
   the preretirement survivor annuity comparable to the explanation of the
   qualified joint and survivor annuity required under Section 6.05. The
   Plan does not limit the number of times the Participant may revoke a
   waiver of the preretirement survivor annuity or make a new waiver during
   the election period.

        A Participant's waiver election of the preretirement survivor
   annuity is not valid unless (a) the Participant makes the waiver
   election no earlier than the first day of the Plan Year in which he
   attains age 35 and (b) the Participant's spouse (to whom the
   preretirement survivor annuity is payable) satisfies the consent
   requirements described in Section 6.05, except the spouse need not
   consent to the form of benefit payable to the designated Beneficiary.
   The spouse's consent to the waiver of the preretirement survivor annuity
   is irrevocable, unless the Participant revokes the waiver election.
   Irrespective of the time of election requirement described in clause
   (a), if the Participant separates from Service prior to the first day of
   the Plan Year in which he attains age 35, the Advisory Committee will
   accept a waiver election as respects the Participant's Accrued Benefit
   attributable to his Service prior to his Separation from Service.
   Furthermore, if a Participant who has not separated from Service makes a
   valid waiver election, except for the timing requirement of clause (a),
   the Advisory Committee will accept that election as valid, but only
   until the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
   age 35. A waiver election described in this paragraph is not valid
   unless made after the Participant has received the written explanation
   described in this Section 6.06.

        6.07 DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS. Nothing
             ---------------------------------------------
   contained in this Plan prevents the Trustee, in accordance with the
   direction of the Advisory Committee, from complying with the provisions
   of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section
   414(p)). This Plan specifically permits distribution to an alternate
   payee under a qualified domestic relations order at any time,
   irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his earliest
   retirement age (as defined under Code Section 414(p)) under the Plan. A
   distribution to an alternate payee prior to the Participant's attainment
   of earliest retirement age is available only if: (1) the order specifies
   distribution at that time or permits an agreement between the Plan and
   the alternate payee to authorize an earlier distribution; and (2) if the
   present value of the alternate payee's benefits under the Plan exceeds
   $3,500, and the order requires, the alternate payee consents to any
   distribution occurring prior to the Participant's attainment of earliest
   retirement age. The Employer, in an addendum to its Adoption Agreement
   numbered 6.07, may elect to limit distribution to an alternate payee only
   when the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age under the
   Plan. Nothing in this Section 6.07 gives a Participant a right to
   receive distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan
   nor does it permit the alternate payee to receive a form of payment not
   otherwise permitted under the Plan.









   6.08  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

        The Advisory Committee must establish reasonable procedures to
   determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order. Upon
   receiving a domestic relations order, the Advisory Committee promptly
   will notify the Participant and any alternate payee named in the order,
   in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan's procedures for
   determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable
   period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the
   Advisory Committee must determine the qualified status of the order and
   must notify the Participant and each alternate payee, in writing, of its
   determination. The Advisory Committee must provide notice under this
   paragraph by mailing to the individual's address specified in the
   domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of
   Labor regulations.  If any portion of the Participant's Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit is payable during the period the Advisory Committee is
   making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic
   relations order, the Advisory Committee must make a separate accounting
   of the amounts payable. If the Advisory Committee determines the order
   is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date
   amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, the Advisory
   Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in
   accordance with the order. If the Advisory Committee does not make its
   determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month
   determination period, the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to
   distribute the payable amounts in the manner the Plan would distribute
   if the order did not exist and will apply the order prospectively if the
   Advisory Committee later determines the order is a qualified domestic
   relations order.

        To the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the
   qualified domestic relations order, the Advisory Committee may direct
   the Trustee to invest any partitioned amount in a segregated sub account
   or separate account and to invest the account in Federally insured,
   interest-bearing savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a
   combination of both), or in other fixed income investments. A segregated
   sub account remains a part of the Trust, but it alone shares in any
   income it earns, and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs. The
   Trustee will make any payments or distributions required under this
   Section 6.07 by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution
   to the alternate payee(s).


                       * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *






































                                                               1/90  6.09

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                              ARTICLE VII                 EMPLOYER
   ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

        7.01 INFORMATION TO COMMITTEE. The Employer must supply current
             ------------------------
   information to the Advisory Committee as to the name, date of birth,
   date of employment, annual compensation, leaves of absence, Years of
   Service and date of termination of employment of each Employee who is,
   or who will be eligible to become, a Participant under the Plan,
   together with any other information which the Advisory Committee
   considers necessary. The Employer's records as to the current
   information the Employer furnishes to the Advisory Committee are
   conclusive as to all persons.

        7.02 NO LIABILITY. The Employer assumes no obligation or
             ------------
   responsibility to any of its Employees, Participants or Beneficiaries
   for any act of, or failure to act, on the part of its Advisory Committee
   (unless the Employer is the Advisory Committee), the Trustee, the
   Custodian, if any, or the Plan Administrator (unless the Employer is the
   Plan Administrator).

        7.03 INDEMNITY OF CERTAIN FIDUCIARIES. The Employer indemnifies and
             --------------------------------
   saves harmless the Plan Administrator and the members of the Advisory
   Committee, and each of them, from and against any and all loss resulting
   from liability to which the Plan Administrator and the Advisory
   Committee, or the members of the Advisory Committee, may be subjected by
   reason of any act or conduct (except willful misconduct or gross
   negligence) in their official capacities in the administration of this
   Trust or Plan or both, including all expenses reasonably incurred in
   their defense, in case the Employer fails to provide such defense. The
   indemnification provisions of this Section 7.03 do not relieve the Plan
   Administrator or any Advisory Committee member from any liability he may
   have under ERISA for breach of a fiduciary duty. Furthermore, the Plan
   Administrator and the Advisory Committee members and the Employer may
   execute a letter agreement further delineating the indemnification
   agreement of this Section 7.03, provided the letter agreement must be
   consistent with and does not violate ERISA. The indemnification
   provisions of this Section 7.03 extend to the Trustee (or to a
   Custodian, if any) solely to the extent provided by a letter agreement
   executed by the Trustee (or Custodian) and the Employer.

        7.04 EMPLOYER DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT. The Employer has the right
             --------------------------------
   to direct the Trustee with respect to the investment and re-investment
   of assets comprising the Trust Fund only if the Trustee consents in
   writing to permit such direction. If the Trustee consents to Employer
   direction of investment, the Trustee and the Employer must execute a
   letter agreement as a part of this Plan containing such conditions,
   limitations and other provisions they deem appropriate before the
   Trustee will follow any Employer direction as respects the investment or
   re-investment of any part of the Trust Fund.

        7.05 AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE. Though the Employer reserves
             -----------------------------
   the right to amend the vesting schedule at any time, the Advisory
   Committee will not apply the amended vesting schedule to reduce the
   Nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant's Accrued Benefit derived
   from Employer contributions (determined as of the later of the date the
   Employer adopts the amendment, or the date the amendment becomes
   effective) to a percentage less than the Nonforfeitable percentage
   computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. An amended
   vesting schedule will apply to a Participant only if the Participant
   receives credit for at least one Hour of Service after the new schedule
   becomes effective.

        If the Employer makes a permissible amendment to the vesting
   schedule, each Participant having at least 3 Years of Service with the
   Employer may elect to have the percentage of his Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment. For
   Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the election described in
   the preceding sentence












                                                                1/90    7.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   applies only to Participants having at least 5 Years of Service with the
   Employer. The Participant must file his election with the Advisory
   Committee within 60 days of the latest of (a) the Employer's adoption of
   the amendment; (b) the effective date of the amendment; or (c) his
   receipt of a copy of the amendment. The Advisory Committee, as soon as
   practicable, must forward a true copy of any amendment to the vesting
   schedule to each affected Participant, together with an explanation of
   the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which the
   Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule
   provided under the Plan prior to the amendment and notice of the time
   within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the
   prior vesting schedule. The election described in this Section 7.05 does
   not apply to a Participant if the amended vesting schedule provides for
   vesting at least as rapid at all times as the vesting schedule in effect
   prior to the amendment. For purposes of this Section 7.05, an amendment
   to the vesting schedule includes any Plan amendment which directly or
   indirectly affects the computation of the Nonforfeitable percentage of
   an Employee's rights to his Employer derived Accrued Benefit.
   Furthermore, the Advisory Committee must treat any shift in the vesting
   schedule, due to a change in the Plan's top heavy status, as an
   amendment to the vesting schedule for purposes of this Section 7.05.

              *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *


























































   7.02  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                              ARTICLE VIII                 PARTICIPANT
   ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

        8.01 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. Any Participant may from time to time
             -----------------------
   designate, in writing, any person or persons, contingently or
   successively, to whom the Trustee will pay his Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit (including any life insurance proceeds payable to the
   Participant's Account) in the event of his death and the Participant may
   designate the form and method of payment. The Advisory Committee will
   prescribe the form for the written designation of Beneficiary and, upon
   the Participant's filing the form with the Advisory Committee, the form
   effectively revokes all designations filed prior to that date by the
   same Participant.

   (A) Coordination with survivor requirements. If the joint and survivor
   requirements of Article VI apply to the Participant, this Section 8.01
   does not impose any special spousal consent requirements on the
   Participant's Beneficiary designation. However, in the absence of
   spousal consent (as required by Article VI) to the Participant's
   Beneficiary designation: (1) any waiver of the joint and survivor
   annuity or of the preretirement survivor annuity is not valid; and (2)
   if the Participant dies prior to his annuity starting date, the
   Participant's Beneficiary designation will apply only to the portion of
   the death benefit which is not payable as a preretirement survivor
   annuity. Regarding clause (2), if the Participant's surviving spouse is
   a primary Beneficiary under the Participant's Beneficiary designation,
   the Trustee will satisfy the spouse's interest in the Participant's
   death benefit first from the portion which is payable as a preretirement
   survivor annuity.

    (B) Profit sharing plan exception. If the Plan is a profit sharing
   plan, the Beneficiary designation  of a married Exempt Participant is
   not valid unless the Participant's spouse consents (in a manner 
   described in Section 6.05) to the Beneficiary designation. An "Exempt
   Participant" is a Participant  who is not subject to the joint and
   survivor requirements of Article VI. The spousal consent  requirement in
   this paragraph does not apply if the Exempt Participant and his spouse
   are not  married throughout the one year period ending on the date of
   the Participant's death, or if the  Participant's spouse is the
   Participant's sole primary Beneficiary.

         8.02 NO BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION/DEATH OF BENEFICIARY. If a
              -----------------------------------------------
   Participant  fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section
   8.01, or if the Beneficiary named by a  Participant predeceases him,
   then the Trustee will pay the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued 
   Benefit in accordance with Section 6.02 in the following order of
   priority, unless the Employer  specifies a different order of priority
   in an addendum to its Adoption Agreement, to:

       (a) The Participant's surviving spouse;

       (b) The Participant's surviving children, including adopted
   children, in equal shares;

       (c) The Participant's surviving parents, in equal shares; or

       (d) The Participant's estate.

         If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies
   prior to distribution of the  Participant's entire Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit, the Trustee will pay the remaining  Nonforfeitable
   Accrued Benefit to the Beneficiary's estate unless the Participant's
   Beneficiary  designation provides otherwise or unless the Employer
   provides otherwise in its Adoption  Agreement. If the Plan is a profit
   sharing plan, and the Plan includes Exempt Participants, the  Employer
   may not specify a different order of priority in the Adoption Agreement
   unless the  Participant's surviving spouse will be first in the
   different order of priority. The Advisory  Committee will direct the
   Trustee as to the method and to whom the Trustee will make payment 
   under this Section 8.02.










                                                                1/90   8.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        8.03 PERSONAL DATA TO COMMITTEE. Each Participant and each
             --------------------------
   Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the Advisory
   Committee such evidence, data or information as the Advisory Committee
   considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the
   Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each
   Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will
   furnish promptly full, true and complete evidence, data and information
   when requested by the Advisory Committee, provided the Advisory
   Committee advises each Participant of the effect of his failure to
   comply with its request.

        8.04 ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION. Each Participant and each
             ------------------------
   Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must file with the Advisory
   Committee from time to time, in writing, his post office address and any
   change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice
   addressed to a Participant, or Beneficiary, at his last post office
   address filed with the Advisory Committee, or as shown on the records of
   the Employer, binds the Participant, or Beneficiary, for all purposes of
   this Plan.

         8.05 ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION. Subject to Code Section 414(p)
              ------------------------
   relating to qualified domestic  relations orders, neither a Participant
   nor a Beneficiary may anticipate, assign or alienate (either  at law or
   in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee will not
   recognize any  such anticipation, assignment or alienation. Furthermore,
   a benefit under the Plan is not subject to  attachment, garnishment,
   levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

         8.06 NOTICE OF CHANGE IN TERMS. The Plan Administrator, within the
              -------------------------
   time prescribed  by ERISA and the applicable regulations, must furnish
   all Participants and Beneficiaries a summary  description of any material
   amendment to the Plan or notice of discontinuance of the Plan and all other
   information required by ERISA to be furnished without charge.

         8.07 LITIGATION AGAINST THE TRUST. A court of competent
              ----------------------------
   jurisdiction may authorize  any appropriate equitable relief to redress
   violations of ERISA or to enforce any provisions of  ERISA or the terms
   of the Plan. A fiduciary may receive reimbursement of expenses properly
   and  actually incurred in the performance of his duties with the Plan.

         8.08 INFORMATION AVAILABLE . Any Participant in the Plan or any
              ----------------------
   Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual
   report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan and Trust, contract or any
   other instrument under which the Plan was established or is operated.
   The Plan Administrator will maintain all of the items listed in this
   Section 8.08 in his office, or in such other place or places as he may
   designate from time to time in order to comply with the regulations
   issued under ERISA, for examination during reasonable business hours.
   Upon the written request of a Participant or Beneficiary the Plan
   Administrator must furnish him with a copy of any item listed in this
   Section 8.08. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge to the
   requesting person for the copy so furnished.

        8.09 APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS. A Participant or a
             ---------------------------------------
   Beneficiary ("Claimant") may file with the Advisory Committee a written
   claim for benefits, if the Participant or Beneficiary determines the
   distribution procedures of the Plan have not provided him his proper
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. The Advisory Committee must render a
   decision on the claim within 60 days of the Claimant's written claim for
   benefits. The Plan Administrator must provide adequate notice in writing
   to the Claimant whose claim for benefits under the Plan the Advisory
   Committee has denied. The Plan Administrator's notice to the Claimant
   must set forth:

       (a) The specific reason for the denial;
















   8.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

       (b) Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the
   Advisory Committee based     its denial;     (c) A description of any
   additional material and information needed for the Claimant to    
   perfect his claim and an explanation of why the material or information
   is needed; and     (d) That any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of
   the adverse determination must be in     writing to the Advisory
   Committee within 75 days after receipt of the Plan Administrator's    
   notice of denial of benefits. The Plan Administrator's notice must
   further advise the Claimant     that his failure to appeal the action to
   the Advisory Committee in writing within the 75-day     period will
   render the Advisory Committee's determination final, binding and
   conclusive.    If the Claimant should appeal to the Advisory Committee,
   he, or his duly authorized representative, may submit, in writing,
   whatever issues and comments he, or his duly authorized representative,
   feels are pertinent. The Claimant, or his duly authorized
   representative, may review pertinent Plan documents. The Advisory
   Committee will re-examine all facts related to the appeal and make a
   final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified
   under the circumstances. The Advisory Committee must advise the Claimant
   of its decision within 60 days of the Claimant's written request for
   review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the
   rendering of a decision within the 60-day limit unfeasible, but in no
   event may the Advisory Committee render a decision respecting a denial
   for a claim for benefits later than 120 days after its receipt of a
   request for review.      The Plan Administrator's notice of denial of
   benefits must identify the name of each member of the Advisory Committee
   and the name and address of the Advisory Committee member to whom the
   Claimant may forward his appeal.

        8.10 PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT. A Participant has the
             -----------------------------------
   right to direct the Trustee with respect to the investment or
   re-investment of the assets comprising the Participant's individual
   Account only if the Trustee consents in writing to permit such
   direction. If the Trustee consents to Participant direction of
   investment, the Trustee will accept direction from each Participant on a
   written election form (or other written agreement), as a part of this
   Plan, containing such conditions, limitations and other provisions the
   parties deem appropriate. The Trustee or, with the Trustee's consent,
   the Advisory Committee, may establish written procedures, incorporated
   specifically as part of this Plan, relating to Participant direction of
   investment under this Section 8.10. The Trustee will maintain a
   segregated investment Account to the extent a Participant's Account is
   subject to Participant self-direction. The Trustee is not liable for any
   loss, nor is the Trustee liable for any breach, resulting from a
   Participant's direction of the investment of any part of his directed
   Account.

        The Advisory Committee, to the extent provided in a written loan
   policy adopted under Section 9.04, will treat a loan made to a
   Participant as a Participant direction of investment under this Section
   8.10. To the extent of the loan outstanding at any time, the borrowing
   Participant's Account alone shares in any interest paid on the loan, and
   it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs in connection with the
   loan. The Trustee may retain any principal or interest paid on the
   borrowing Participant's loan in an interest bearing segregated Account
   on behalf of the borrowing Participant until the Trustee (or the Named
   Fiduciary, in the case of a non discretionary Trustee) deems it
   appropriate to add the amount paid to the Participant's separate Account
   under the Plan.

        If the Trustee consents to Participant direction of investment of
   his Account, the Plan treats any post-December 31, 1981, investment by a
   Participant's directed Account in collectibles (as defined by Code
   Section 408(m)) as a deemed distribution to the Participant for Federal
   income tax purposes.

                                           * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 














                                                                1/90   8.03

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE IX    ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES
   WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

        9.01 MEMBERS' COMPENSATION, EXPENSES. The Employer must appoint an
             -------------------------------
   Advisory Committee to administer the Plan, the members of which may or
   may not be Participants in the Plan, or which may be the Plan
   Administrator acting alone. In the absence of an Advisory Committee
   appointment, the Plan Administrator assumes the powers, duties and
   responsibilities of the Advisory Committee. The members of the Advisory
   Committee will serve without compensation for services as such, but the
   Employer will pay all expenses of the Advisory Committee, except to the
   extent the Trust properly pays for such expenses, pursuant to Article X.

       9.02 TERM. Each member of the Advisory Committee serves until the
            ----
   appointment of his successor.

        9.03 POWERS. In case of a vacancy in the membership of the Advisory
             ------
   Committee, the remaining members of the Advisory Committee may exercise
   any and all of the powers, authority, duties and discretion conferred
   upon the Advisory Committee pending the filling of the vacancy.

      9.04 GENERAL. The Advisory Committee has the following powers and
   duties:

      (a) To select a Secretary, who need not be a member of the Advisory
   Committee;

      (b) To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to
   participate in the Plan, the value    of a Participant's Accrued Benefit
   and the Nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant's    Accrued
   Benefit;

      (c) To adopt rules of procedure and regulations necessary for the
   proper and efficient    administration of the Plan provided the rules
   are not inconsistent with the terms of this    Agreement;

      (d) To construe and enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and
   regulations it adopts,    including interpretation of the Plan documents
   and documents related to the Plan's operation;

      (e) To direct the Trustee as respects the crediting and distribution
   of the Trust;

      (f) To review and render decisions respecting a claim for (or denial
   of a claim for) a benefit    under the Plan;

      (g) To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may
   require for tax or    other purposes;

      (h) To engage the service of agents whom it may deem advisable to
   assist it with the    performance of its duties;

      (i) To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as
   defined in ERISA    Section 3(38)), each of whom will have full power
   and authority to manage, acquire or dispose (or    direct the Trustee
   with respect to acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under its  
    control;

      (j) To establish, in its sole discretion, a nondiscriminatory policy
   (see Section 9.04(A)) which    the Trustee must observe in making loans,
   if any, to Participants and Beneficiaries; and



















                                                                1/90  9.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   (k) To establish and maintain a funding standard account and to make
   credits and charges to the account to the extent required by and in
   accordance with the provisions of the Code.

        The Advisory Committee must exercise all of its powers, duties and
   discretion under the Plan in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

   (A) Loan Policy. If the Advisory Committee adopts a loan policy,
   pursuant to paragraph (j), the loan policy must be a written document and
   must include: (1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to
   administer the participant loan program; (2) a procedure for applying
   for the loan; (3) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (4) the
   limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans available; (5)
   the procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest; (6) the
   types of collateral which may secure the loan; and (7) the events
   constituting default and the steps the Plan will take to preserve plan
   assets in the event of default. This Section 9.04 specifically
   incorporates a written loan policy as part of the Employer's Plan.

        9.05 FUNDING POLICY. The Advisory Committee will review, not less
   often than annually, all pertinent Employee information and Plan data in
   order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine the
   appropriate methods of carrying out the Plan's objectives. The Advisory
   Committee must communicate periodically, as it deems appropriate, to the
   Trustee and to any Plan Investment Manager the Plan's short-term and
   long-term financial needs so investment policy can be coordinated with
   Plan financial requirements.

        9.06 MANNER OF ACTION. The decision of a majority of the members
   appointed and qualified controls.

        9.07 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. The Advisory Committee may
   authorize any one of its members, or its Secretary, to sign on its
   behalf any notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents,
   approvals, waivers, letters or other documents. The Advisory Committee
   must evidence this authority by an instrument signed by all members and
   filed with the Trustee.

        9.08 INTERESTED MEMBER. No member of the Advisory Committee may
   decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature or
   method of settlement of his own benefits under the Plan, except in
   exercising an election available to that member in his capacity as a
   Participant, unless the Plan Administrator is acting alone in the
   capacity of the Advisory Committee.

        9.09 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS. The Advisory Committee will maintain, or
   direct the Trustee to maintain, a separate Account, or multiple
   Accounts, in the name of each Participant to reflect the Participant's
   Accrued Benefit under the Plan. If a Participant re-enters the Plan
   subsequent to his having a Forfeiture Break in Service, the Advisory
   Committee, or the Trustee, must maintain a separate Account for the
   Participant's pre-Forfeiture Break in Service Accrued Benefit and a
   separate Account for his post-Forfeiture Break in Service Accrued
   Benefit, unless the Participant's entire Accrued Benefit under the Plan
   is 100% Nonforfeitable.

        The Advisory Committee will make its allocations, or request the
   Trustee to make its allocations, to the Accounts of the Participants in
   accordance with the provisions of Section 9.11. The Advisory Committee
   may direct the Trustee to maintain a temporary segregated investment
   Account in the name of a Participant to prevent a distortion of income,
   gain or loss allocations under Section 9.11. The Advisory Committee must
   maintain records of its activities.

        9.10 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED BENEFIT. The value of each
   Participant's Accrued Benefit consists of that proportion of the net
   worth (at fair market value) of the Employer's Trust Fund which the net
   credit balance in his Account (exclusive of the cash value of













   9.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   incidental benefit insurance contracts) bears to the total net credit
   balance in the Accounts (exclusive of the cash value of the incidental
   benefit insurance contracts) of all Participants plus the cash surrender
   value of any incidental benefit insurance contracts held by the Trustee
   on the Participant's life.

        For purposes of a distribution under the Plan, the value of a
   Participant's Accrued Benefit is its value as of the valuation date
   immediately preceding the date of the distribution. Any distribution
   (other than a distribution from a segregated Account) made to a
   Participant (or to his Beneficiary) more than 90 days after the most
   recent valuation date may include interest on the amount of the
   distribution as an expense of the Trust Fund. The interest, if any,
   accrues from such valuation date to the date of the distribution at the
   rate established in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

        9.11 ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NET INCOME GAIN OR LOSS. A
   "valuation date" under this Plan is each Accounting Date and each
   interim valuation date determined under Section 10.14. As of each
   valuation date the Advisory Committee must adjust Accounts to reflect
   net income, gain or loss since the last valuation date. The valuation
   period is the period beginning the day after the last valuation date and
   ending on the current valuation date.

   (A) Trust Fund Accounts. The allocation provisions of this paragraph
   apply to all Participant Accounts other than segregated investment
   Accounts. The Advisory Committee first will adjust the Participant
   Accounts, as those Accounts stood at the beginning of the current
   valuation period, by reducing the Accounts for any forfeitures arising
   under Section 5.09 or under Section 9.14, for amounts charged during the
   valuation period to the Accounts in accordance with Section 9.13
   (relating to distributions) and Section 11.01 (relating to insurance
   premiums), and for the cash value of incidental benefit insurance
   contracts. The Advisory Committee then, subject to the restoration
   allocation requirements of Section 5.04 or of Section 9.14, will
   allocate the net income, gain or loss pro rata to the adjusted
   Participant Accounts. The allocable net income, gain or loss is the net
   income (or net loss), including the increase or decrease in the fair
   market value of assets, since the last valuation date.

   (B) Segregated investment Accounts. A segregated investment Account
   receives all income it earns and bears all expense or loss it incurs.
   The Advisory Committee will adopt uniform and nondiscriminatory
   procedures for determining income or loss of a segregated investment
   Account in a manner which reasonably reflects investment directions
   relating to pooled investments and investment directions occurring
   during a valuation period. As of the valuation date, the Advisory
   Committee must reduce a segregated Account for any forfeiture arising
   under Section 5.09 after the Advisory Committee has made all other
   allocations, changes or adjustments to the Account for the Plan Year.

   (C) Additional rules. An Excess Amount or suspense account described in
   Part 2 of Article III does not share in the allocation of net income,
   gain or loss described in this Section 9.11. If the Employer maintains
   its Plan under a Code Section 401(k) Adoption Agreement, the Employer
   may specify in its Adoption Agreement alternate valuation provisions
   authorized by that Adoption Agreement. This Section 9.11 applies solely
   to the allocation of net income, gain or loss of the Trust. The Advisory
   Committee will allocate the Employer contributions and Participant
   forfeitures, if any, in accordance with Article III.

        9.12 INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT. As soon as practicable after the
   Accounting Date of each Plan Year, but within the time prescribed by
   ERISA and the regulations under ERISA, the Plan Administrator will
   deliver to each Participant (and to each Beneficiary) a statement
   reflecting the condition of his Accrued Benefit in the Trust as of that
   date and such other information ERISA requires be furnished the
   Participant or Beneficiary. No Participant, except a member of the













                                                               1/90   9.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Advisory Committee, has the right to inspect the records reflecting the
   Account of any other Participant.  9.13 ACCOUNT CHARGED. The Advisory
   Committee will charge a Participant's Account for all distributions made
   from that Account to the Participant, to his Beneficiary or to an
   alternate payee. The Advisory Committee also will charge a Participant's
   Account for any administrative expenses incurred by the Plan directly
   related to that Account.

        9.14 UNCLAIMED ACCOUNT PROCEDURE. The Plan does not require either
   the Trustee or the Advisory Committee to search for, or to ascertain the
   whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. At the time the
   Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit becomes distributable under
   Article VI, the Advisory Committee, by certified or registered mail
   addressed to his last known address of record with the Advisory
   Committee or the Employer, must notify any Participant, or Beneficiary,
   that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan. The notice must
   quote the provisions of this Section 9.14 and otherwise must comply with
   the notice requirements of Article VI. If the Participant, or
   Beneficiary, fails to claim his distributive share or make his
   whereabouts known in writing to the Advisory Committee within 6 months
   from the date of mailing of the notice, the Advisory Committee will
   treat the Participant's or Beneficiary's unclaimed payable Accrued
   Benefit as forfeited and will reallocate the unclaimed payable Accrued
   Benefit in accordance with Section 3.05. A forfeiture under this
   paragraph will occur at the end of the notice period or, if later, the
   earliest date applicable Treasury regulations would permit the
   forfeiture. Pending forfeiture, the Advisory Committee, following the
   expiration of the notice period, may direct the Trustee to segregate the
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a segregated Account and to invest
   that segregated Account in Federally insured interest bearing savings
   accounts or time deposits (or in a combination of both), or in other
   fixed income investments.

         If a Participant or Beneficiary who has incurred a forfeiture of
   his Accrued Benefit under the provisions of the first paragraph of this
   Section 9.14 makes a claim, at any time, for his forfeited Accrued
   Benefit, the Advisory Committee must restore the Participant's or
   Beneficiary's forfeited Accrued Benefit to the same dollar amount as the
   dollar amount of the Accrued Benefit forfeited, unadjusted for any gains
   or losses occurring subsequent to the date of the forfeiture. The
   Advisory Committee will make the restoration during the Plan Year in
   which the Participant or Beneficiary makes the claim, first from the
   amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the Advisory Committee
   otherwise would allocate for the Plan Year, then from the amount, if
   any, of the Trust Fund net income or gain for the Plan Year and then
   from the amount, or additional amount, the Employer contributes to
   enable the Advisory Committee to make the required restoration. The
   Advisory Committee must direct the Trustee to distribute the
   Participant's or Beneficiary's restored Accrued Benefit to him not later
   than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Advisory
   Committee restores the forfeited Accrued Benefit. The forfeiture
   provisions of this Section 9.14 apply solely to the Participant's or to
   the Beneficiary's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions.

                                           * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


























   9.04  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE X               TRUSTEE AND
   CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

        10.01 ACCEPTANCE. The Trustee accepts the Trust created under the
              ----------
   Plan and agrees to perform the obligations imposed. The Trustee must
   provide bond for the faithful performance of its duties under the Trust
   to the extent required by ERISA.

        10.02 RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTIONS. The Trustee is accountable to the
              ------------------------
   Employer for the funds contributed to it by the Employer, but does not
   have any duty to see that the contributions received comply with the
   provisions of the Plan. The Trustee is not obliged to collect any
   contributions from the Employer, nor is obliged to see that funds
   deposited with it are deposited according to the provisions of the Plan.

       10.03 INVESTMENT POWERS.
             -----------------

   [A] Discretionary Trustee Designation. If the Employer, in Adoption
   Agreement Section 1.02, designates the Trustee to administer the Trust
   as a discretionary Trustee, then the Trustee has full discretion and
   authority with regard to the investment of the Trust Fund, except with
   respect to a Plan asset under the control or direction of a properly
   appointed Investment Manager or with respect to a Plan asset properly
   subject to Employer, Participant or Advisory Committee direction of
   investment. The Trustee must coordinate its investment policy with Plan
   financial needs as communicated to it by the Advisory Committee. The
   Trustee is authorized and empowered, but not by way of limitation, with
   the following powers, rights and duties:

       (a) To invest any part or all of the Trust Fund in any common or
   preferred stocks,     open-end or closed-end mutual funds, put and call
   options traded on a national exchange,     United States retirement plan
   bonds, corporate bonds, debentures, convertible debentures,    
   commercial paper, U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and other
   direct or indirect     obligations of the United States Government or
   its agencies, improved or unimproved real     estate situated in the
   United States, limited partnerships, insurance contracts of any type,    
   mortgages, notes or other property of any kind, real or personal, to buy
   or sell options on     common stock on a nationally recognized exchange
   with or without holding the underlying     common stock, to buy and sell
   commodities, commodity options and contracts for the future     delivery
   of commodities, and to make any other investments the Trustee deems
   appropriate, as     a prudent man would do under like circumstances with
   due regard for the purposes of this     Plan. Any investment made or
   retained by the Trustee in good faith is proper but must be of     a
   kind constituting a diversification considered by law suitable for trust
   investments.

       (b) To retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as it may deem
   advisable to satisfy     liquidity needs of the Plan and to deposit any
   cash held in the Trust Fund in a bank account     at reasonable
   interest.

       (c) To invest, if the Trustee is a bank or similar financial
   institution supervised by the     United States or by a State, in any
   type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a bank related to     the Trustee
   within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) at a reasonable rate of
   interest or in a     common trust fund, as described in Code Section
   584, or in a collective investment fund, the     provisions of which
   govern the investment of such assets and which the Plan incorporates by  
     this reference, which the Trustee (or its affiliate, as defined in
   Code Section 1504) maintains     exclusively for the collective
   investment of money contributed by the bank (or the affiliate) in    
   its capacity as trustee and which conforms to the rules of the
   Comptroller of the Currency.















                                                               1/90   10.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   (d) To manage, sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase,
   convey, exchange, transfer, abandon, improve, repair, insure, lease for
   any term even though commencing in the future or extending beyond the
   term of the Trust, and otherwise deal with all property, real or
   personal, in such manner, for such considerations and on such terms and
   conditions as the Trustee decides.

   (e) To credit and distribute the Trust as directed by the Advisory
   Committee. The Trustee is not obliged to inquire as to whether any payee
   or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution is
   proper or within the terms of the Plan, or as to the manner of making
   any payment or distribution. The Trustee is accountable only to the
   Advisory Committee for any payment or distribution made by it in good
   faith on the order or direction of the Advisory Committee.

   (f) To borrow money, to assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and
   encumber by mortgage or pledge.

   (g) To compromise, contest, arbitrate or abandon claims and demands, in
   its discretion.

   (h) To have with respect to the Trust all of the rights of an individual
   owner, including the power to give proxies, to participate in any voting
   trusts, mergers, consolidations or liquidations, and to exercise or sell
   stock subscriptions or conversion rights.

   (i) To lease for oil, gas and other mineral purposes and to create
   mineral severances by grant or reservation; to pool or unitize interests
   in oil, gas and other minerals; and to enter into operating agreements
   and to execute division and transfer orders.

   (j) To hold any securities or other property in the name of the Trustee
   or its nominee, with depositories or agent depositories or in another
   form as it may deem best, with or without disclosing the trust
   relationship.

   (k) To perform any and all other acts in its judgment necessary or
   appropriate for the proper and advantageous management, investment and
   distribution of the Trust.

   (1) To retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without
   liability for the payment of interest, and to decline to make payment or
   delivery of the funds or property until final adjudication is made by a
   court of competent jurisdiction.

   (m) To file all tax returns required of the Trustee.

   (n) To furnish to the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Advisory
   Committee an annual statement of account showing the condition of the
   Trust Fund and all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
   transactions effected by the Trustee during the Plan Year covered by the
   statement and also stating the assets of the Trust held at the end of
   the Plan Year, which accounts are conclusive on all persons, including
   the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Advisory Committee, except
   as to any act or transaction concerning which the Employer, the Plan
   Administrator or the Advisory Committee files with the Trustee written
   exceptions or objections within 90 days after the receipt of the
   accounts or for which ERISA authorizes a longer period within which to
   object.

   (o) To begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary in connection
   with the administration of the Plan, except that the Trustee is not
   obliged or required to do so unless indemnified to its satisfaction.


    















   10.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   [B] Non Discretionary Trustee Designation/Appointment of Custodian. If
   the Employer, in its Adoption Agreement Section 1.02, designates the
   Trustee to administer the Trust as a non discretionary Trustee, then the
   Trustee will not have any discretion or authority with regard to the
   investment of the Trust Fund, but must act solely as a directed trustee
   of the funds contributed to it. A non discretionary Trustee, as directed
   trustee of the funds held by it under the Employer's Plan, is authorized
   and empowered, by way of limitation, with the following powers, rights
   and duties, each of which the non discretionary Trustee exercises solely
   as directed trustee in accordance with the written direction of the
   Named Fiduciary (except to the extent a Plan asset is subject to the
   control and management of a properly appointed Investment Manager or
   subject to Advisory Committee or Participant direction of investment):

       (a) To invest any part or all of the Trust Fund in any common or
   preferred stocks,     open-end or closed-end mutual funds, put and call
   options traded on a national exchange,     United States retirement plan
   bonds, corporate bonds, debentures, convertible debentures,    
   commercial paper, U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and other
   direct or indirect     obligations of the United States Government or
   its agencies, improved or unimproved real     estate situated in the
   United States, limited partnerships, insurance contracts of any type,    
   mortgages, notes or other property of any kind, real or personal, to buy
   or sell options on     common stock on a nationally recognized options
   exchange with or without holding the     underlying common stock, to buy
   and sell commodities, commodity options and contracts for     the future
   delivery of commodities, and to make any other investments the Named
   Fiduciary     deems appropriate.

   (b) To retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as the Named Fiduciary
   may direct in writing to satisfy liquidity needs of the Plan and to
   deposit any cash held in the Trust Fund in a bank account at reasonable
   interest, including, specific authority to invest in any type of deposit
   of the Trustee (or of a bank related to the Trustee within the meaning
   of Code Section 414(b)) at a reasonable rate of interest.

   (c) To sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase, convey,
   exchange, transfer, abandon, improve, repair, insure, lease for any term
   even though commencing in the future or extending beyond the term of the
   Trust, and otherwise deal with all property, real or personal, in such
   manner, for such considerations and on such terms and conditions as the
   Named Fiduciary directs in writing.

   (d) To credit and distribute the Trust as directed by the Advisory
   Committee. The Trustee is not obliged to inquire as to whether any payee
   or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution
   is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or as to the manner of making
   any payment or distribution. The Trustee is accountable only to the
   Advisory Committee for any payment or distribution made by it in good
   faith on the order or direction of the Advisory Committee.

   (e) To borrow money, to assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and
   encumber by mortgage or pledge.

   (f) To have with respect to the Trust all of the rights of an individual
   owner, including the power to give proxies, to participate in any voting
   trusts, mergers, consolidations or liquidations, and to exercise or sell
   stock subscriptions or conversion rights, provided the exercise of any
   such powers is in accordance with and at the written direction of the
   Named Fiduciary.

   (g) To lease for oil, gas and other mineral purposes and to create
   mineral severances by grant or reservation; to pool or unitize interests
   in oil, gas and other minerals; and to enter into operating agreements
   and to execute division and transfer orders, provided the exercise
















                                                               1/90   10.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   of any such powers is in accordance with and at the written direction of
   the Named Fiduciary.

   (h) To hold any securities or other property in the name of the
   non discretionary Trustee or its nominee, with depositories or agent
   depositories or in another form as the Named Fiduciary may deem best,
   with or without disclosing the custodial relationship.

   (i) To retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without
   liability for the payment of interest, and to decline to make payment or
   delivery of the funds or property until a court of competent
   jurisdiction makes final adjudication.

   (j) To file all tax returns required of the Trustee.

   (k) To furnish to the Named Fiduciary, the Employer, the Plan
   Administrator and the Advisory Committee an annual statement of account
   showing the condition of the Trust Fund and all investments, receipts,
   disbursements and other transactions effected by the non discretionary
   Trustee during the Plan Year covered by the statement and also stating
   the assets of the Trust held at the end of the Plan Year, which accounts
   are conclusive on all persons, including the Named Fiduciary, the
   Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Advisory Committee, except as
   to any act or transaction concerning which the Named Fiduciary, the
   Employer, the Plan Administrator or the Advisory Committee files with the
   non discretionary Trustee written exceptions or objections within 90 days
   after the receipt of the accounts or for which ERISA authorizes a longer
   period within which to object.

   (l) To begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary in connection
   with the administration of the Plan, except that the Trustee is not
   obliged or required to do so unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

        Appointment of Custodian. The Employer may appoint a Custodian
   under the Plan, the acceptance by the Custodian indicated on the
   execution page of the Employer's Adoption Agreement. If the Employer
   appoints a Custodian, the Employer's Plan must have a discretionary
   Trustee, as described in Section 10.03[A]. A Custodian has the same
   powers, rights and duties as a non discretionary Trustee, as described in
   this Section 10.03[B]. The Custodian accepts the terms of the Plan and
   Trust by executing the Employer's Adoption Agreement. Any reference in
   the Plan to a Trustee also is a reference to a Custodian where the
   context of the Plan dictates. A limitation of the Trustee's liability by
   Plan provision also acts as a limitation of the Custodian's liability.
   Any action taken by the Custodian at the discretionary Trustee's
   direction satisfies any provision in the Plan referring to the
   Trustee's taking that action.

        Modification of Powers/Limited Responsibility. The Employer and the
   Custodian or non discretionary Trustee, by letter agreement, may limit
   the powers of the Custodian or non discretionary Trustee to any
   combination of powers listed within this Section 10.03[B]. If there is
   a Custodian or a non discretionary Trustee under the Employer's Plan,
   then the Employer, in adopting this Plan acknowledges the Custodian or
   non discretionary Trustee has no discretion with respect to the
   investment or re-investment of the Trust Fund and that the Custodian or
   non discretionary Trustee is acting solely as custodian or as directed
   trustee with respect to the assets comprising the Trust Fund.

   [C] Limitation of Powers of Certain Custodians. If a Custodian is a bank
   which, under its governing state law, does not possess trust powers,
   then paragraphs (a), (c), (e), (f), (g) of Section 10.03[B], Section
   10.16 and Article XI do not apply to that bank and that bank only has
   the power and authority to exercise the remaining powers, rights and
   duties under Section 10.03[B].
















   10.04  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   [D] Named Fiduciary/Limitation of Liability of Non Discretionary Trustee
   or Custodian. Under a non discretionary Trustee designation, the Named
   Fiduciary under the Employer's Plan has the sole responsibility for the
   management and control of the Employer's Trust Fund, except with respect
   to a Plan asset under the control or direction of a properly appointed
   Investment Manager or with respect to a Plan asset properly subject to
   Participant or Advisory Committee direction of investment. If the
   Employer appoints a Custodian, the Named Fiduciary is the discretionary
   Trustee. Under a non discretionary Trustee designation, unless the
   Employer designates in writing another person or persons to serve as
   Named Fiduciary, the Named Fiduciary under the Plan is the president of
   a corporate Employer, the managing partner of a partnership Employer or
   the sole proprietor, as appropriate. The Named Fiduciary will exercise
   its management and control of the Trust Fund through its written
   direction to the non discretionary Trustee or to the Custodian, whichever
   applies to the Employer's Plan.    The non discretionary Trustee or
   Custodian has no duty to review or to make recommendations regarding
   investments made at the written direction of the Named Fiduciary. The
   non discretionary Trustee or Custodian must retain any investment
   obtained at the written direction of the Named Fiduciary until further
   directed in writing by the Named Fiduciary to dispose of such
   investment. The non discretionary Trustee or Custodian is not liable in
   any manner or for any reason for making, retaining or disposing of any
   investment pursuant to any written direction described in this
   paragraph. Furthermore, the Employer agrees to indemnify and to hold the
   non discretionary Trustee or Custodian harmless from any damages, costs
   or expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, which the
   non discretionary Trustee or Custodian may incur as a result of any claim
   asserted against the non discretionary Trustee, the Custodian or the
   Trust arising out of the non discretionary Trustee's or Custodian's
   compliance with any written direction described in this paragraph.

    [E] Participant Loans. This Section 10.03[E] specifically authorizes
   the Trustee to make loans on a  nondiscriminatory basis to a Participant
   or to a Beneficiary in accordance with the loan policy  established by
   the Advisory Committee, provided: (1) the loan policy satisfies the
   requirements of  Section 9.04; (2) loans are available to all
   Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent  basis and are
   not available in a greater mount for Highly Compensated Employees than
   for other  Employees; (3) any loan is adequately secured and bears a
   reasonable rate of interest; (4) the loan  provides for repayment within
   a specified time; (5) the default provisions of the note prohibit 
   offset of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit prior to the
   time the Trustee otherwise  would distribute the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit; (6) the amount of the loan does  not
   exceed (at the time the Plan extends the loan) the present value of the
   Participant's  Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit; and (7) the loan
   otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by  Code Section
   4975(d)(1). If the joint and survivor requirements of Article VI apply
   to the Participant, the  Participant may not pledge any portion of his
   Accrued Benefit as security for a loan made after  August 18, 1985,
   unless, within the 90 day period ending on the date the pledge becomes
   effective,  the Participant's spouse, if any, consents (in a manner
   described in Section 6.05 other than the  requirement relating to the
   consent of a subsequent spouse) to the security or, by separate consent, 
   to an increase in the amount of security. If the Employer is an
   unincorporated trade or business, a  Participant who is an
   Owner-Employee may not receive a loan from the Plan, unless he has 
   obtained a prohibited transaction exemption from the Department of
   Labor. If the Employer is an "S  Corporation," a Participant who is a
   shareholder-employee (an employee or an officer) who, at any  time
   during the Employer's taxable year, owns more than 5%, either directly
   or by attribution under  Code Section 318(a)(1), of the Employer's
   outstanding stock may not receive a loan from the Plan, unless  he has
   obtained a prohibited transaction exemption from the Department of
   Labor. If the Employer  is not an unincorporated trade or business nor
   an "S Corporation," this Section 10.03[E] does not  impose any
   restrictions on the class of Participants eligible for a loan from the
   Plan.

    [F] Investment in qualifying Employer securities and qualifying
   Employer real property. The  investment options in this Section 10.03[F]
   include the ability to invest in qualifying Employer  securities or
   qualifying Employer real property, as defined in and as limited by
   ERISA. If the  Employer's Plan is a Nonstandardized profit sharing plan,
   it may elect in its Adoption Agreement to





                                                                 1/90   10.05

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   permit the aggregate investments in qualifying Employer securities and
   in qualifying Employer real property to exceed 10% of the value of Plan
   assets.

         10.04 RECORDS AND STATEMENTS. The records of the Trustee
               ----------------------
   pertaining to the Plan  must be open to the inspection of the Plan
   Administrator, the Advisory Committee and the  Employer at all
   reasonable times and may be audited from time to time by any person or
   persons as  the Employer, Plan Administrator or Advisory Committee may
   specify in writing. The Trustee must  furnish the Plan Administrator or
   Advisory Committee with whatever information relating to the  Trust Fund
   the Plan Administrator or Advisory Committee considers necessary.

         10.05 FEES AND EXPENSES FROM FUND. A Trustee or Custodian will
               ---------------------------
   receive reasonable  annual compensation as may be agreed upon from time
   to time between the Employer and the  Trustee or Custodian. No person
   who is receiving full pay from the Employer may receive  compensation
   for services as Trustee or as Custodian. The Trustee will pay from the
   Trust Fund  all fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the Plan, to
   the extent such fees and expenses are for  the ordinary and necessary
   administration and operation of the Plan, unless the Employer pays such 
   fees and expenses. Any fee or expense paid, directly or indirectly, by
   the Employer is not an  Employer contribution to the Plan, provided the
   fee or expense relates to the ordinary and  necessary administration of
   the Fund.      10.06 PARTIES TO LITIGATION. Except as otherwise provided
                        ---------------------
   by ERISA, no Participant or Beneficiary is a necessary party or is
   required to receive notice of process in any court proceeding involving
   the Plan, the Trust Fund or any fiduciary of the Plan. Any final
   judgment entered in any proceeding will be conclusive upon the Employer,
   the Plan Administrator, the Advisory Committee, the Trustee, Custodian,
   Participants and Beneficiaries.    10.07 PROFESSIONAL AGENTS. The
                                            -------------------
   Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation
   to agents, attorneys, accountants and other persons to advise the
   Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The Trustee may delegate to
   any agent, attorney, accountant or other person selected by it any
   non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and the Trustee may
   act or refrain from acting on the advice or opinion of any agent,
   attorney, accountant or other person so selected.

        10.08 DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY. The Trustee may make 
              --------------------------------
   distribution under the Plan in cash or property, or partly in each, at its
   fair market value as determined by the Trustee. For purposes of a
   distribution to a Participant or to a Participant's designated
   Beneficiary or surviving spouse, "property" includes a Nontransferable
   Annuity Contract, provide the contract satisfies the requirements of
   this Plan.

         10.09 DISTRIBUTION DIRECTIONS. If no one claims a payment or
               -----------------------
   distribution made from  the Trust, the Trustee must promptly notify the
   Advisory Committee and then dispose of the  payment in accordance with
   the subsequent direction of the Advisory Committee.

         10.10 THIRD PARTY/MULTIPLE TRUSTEES. No person dealing with the
               -----------------------------
   Trustee is obligated to see to the proper application of any money paid
   or property delivered to the Trustee, or to inquire whether the Trustee
   has acted pursuant to any of the terms of the Plan. Each person dealing
   with the Trustee may act upon any notice, request or representation in
   writing by the Trustee, or by the Trustee's duly authorized agent, and
   is not liable to any person in so acting. The certificate of the Trustee
   that it is acting in accordance with the Plan will be conclusive in favor
   of any person relying on the certificate. If more than two persons act
   as Trustee, a decision of the majority of such persons controls with
   respect to any decision regarding the administration or investment of
   the Trust Fund or of any portion of the Trust Fund with respect to which
   such persons act as Trustee. However, the signature of only one Trustee
   is necessary to effect any transaction on behalf of the Trust.















   10.06  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        10.11 RESIGNATION. The Trustee or Custodian may resign its position
              -----------
   at any time by giving 30 days' written notice in advance to the Employer
   and to the Advisory Committee. If the Employer fails to appoint a
   successor Trustee within 60 days of its receipt of the Trustee's written
   notice of resignation, the Trustee will treat the Employer as having
   appointed itself as Trustee and as having filed its acceptance of
   appointment with the former Trustee. The Employer, in its sole
   discretion, may replace a Custodian. If the Employer does not replace a
   Custodian, the discretionary Trustee will assume possession of Plan
   assets held by the former Custodian.

        10.12 REMOVAL. The Employer, by giving 30 days' written notice in
              -------
   advance to the Trustee, may remove any Trustee or Custodian. In the
   event of the resignation or removal of a Trustee, the Employer must
   appoint a successor Trustee if it intends to continue the Plan. If two
   or more persons hold the position of Trustee, in the event of the
   removal of one such person, during any period the selection of a
   replacement is pending, or during any period such person is unable to
   serve for any reason, the remaining person or persons will act as the
   Trustee.

        10.13 INTERIM DUTIES AND SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE. Each successor Trustee
              ------------------------------------
   succeeds to the title to the Trust vested in his predecessor by
   accepting in writing his appointment as successor Trustee and by filing
   the acceptance with the former Trustee and the Advisory Committee
   without the signing or filing of any further statement. The resigning or
   removed Trustee, upon receipt of acceptance in writing of the Trust by
   the successor Trustee, must execute all documents and do all acts
   necessary to vest the title of record in any successor Trustee. Each
   successor Trustee has and enjoys all of the powers, both discretionary
   and ministerial, conferred under this Agreement upon his predecessor. A
   successor Trustee is not personally liable for any act or failure to act
   of any predecessor Trustee, except as required under ERISA. With the
   approval of the Employer and the Advisory Committee, a successor
   Trustee, with respect to the Plan, may accept the account rendered and
   the property delivered to it by a predecessor Trustee without incurring
   any liability or responsibility for so doing.

        10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. The Trustee must value the Trust Fund as
              ------------------
   of each Accounting Date to determine the fair market value of each
   Participant's Accrued Benefit in the Trust. The Trustee also must value
   the Trust Fund on such other valuation dates as directed in writing by
   the Advisory Committee or as required by the Employer's Adoption
   Agreement.

        10.15 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY - IF INVESTMENT MANAGER, ANCILLARY
              ----------------------------------------------------------
   TRUSTEE OR INDEPENDENT FIDUCIARY APPOINTED. The Trustee is not liable
   ------------------------------------------
   for the acts or omissions of any Investment Manager the Advisory
   Committee may appoint, nor is the Trustee under any obligation to invest
   or otherwise manage any asset of the Plan which is subject to the
   management of a properly appointed Investment Manager. The Advisory
   Committee, the Trustee and any properly appointed Investment Manager may
   execute a letter agreement as a part of this Plan delineating the
   duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the Investment Manager with
   respect to any part of the Trust Fund under the control of the
   Investment Manager.      The limitation on liability described in this
   Section 10.15 also applies to the acts or omissions of any ancillary
   trustee or independent fiduciary properly appointed under Section 10.17
   of the Plan. However, if a discretionary Trustee, pursuant to the
   delegation described in Section 10.17 of the Plan, appoints an ancillary
   trustee, the discretionary Trustee is responsible for the periodic
   review of the ancillary trustee's actions and must exercise its
   delegated authority in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in a
   manner consistent with ERISA. The Employer, the discretionary Trustee
   and an ancillary trustee may execute a letter agreement as a part of
   this Plan delineating any indemnification agreement between the parties.
        10.16 INVESTMENT IN GROUP TRUST FUND. The Employer, by adopting
              ------------------------------
   this Plan, specifically authorizes the Trustee to invest all or any
   portion of the assets comprising the Trust Fund in any group trust fund
   which at the time of the investment provides for the pooling of the
   assets of plans qualified under Code Section 401(a). This authorization
   applies solely to a group trust fund









                                                              1/90    10.07

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   exempt from taxation under Code Section 501(a) and the trust agreement
   of which satisfies the requirements of Revenue Ruling 81-100. The
   provisions of the group trust fund agreement, as amended from time to
   time, are by this reference incorporated within this Plan and Trust. The
   provisions of the group trust fund will govern any investment of Plan
   assets in that fund. The Employer must specify in an attachment to its
   adoption agreement the group trust fund(s) to which this authorization
   applies. If the Trustee is acting as a non discretionary Trustee, the
   investment in the group trust fund is available only in accordance with
   a proper direction, by the Named Fiduciary, in accordance with Section
   10.03[B]. Pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section 10.03[A] of the Plan, a
   Trustee has the authority to invest in certain common trust funds and
   collective investment funds without the need for the authorizing
   addendum described in this Section 10.16.    Furthermore, at the
   Employer's direction, the Trustee, for collective investment purposes,
   may combine into one trust fund the Trust created under this Plan with
   the Trust created under any other qualified retirement plan the Employer
   maintains. However, the Trustee must maintain separate records of
   account for the assets of each Trust in order to reflect properly each
   Participant's Accrued Benefit under the plan(s) in which he is a
   Participant.    10.17 APPOINTMENT OF ANCILLARY TRUSTEE OR INDEPENDENT
                         -----------------------------------------------
   FIDUCIARY. The Employer, in writing, may appoint any person in any State
   ---------
   to act as ancillary trustee with respect to a designated portion of the
   Trust Fund, subject to the consent required under Section 1.02 if the
   Master Plan Sponsor is a financial institution. An ancillary trustee
   must acknowledge in writing its acceptance of the terms and conditions
   of its appointment as ancillary trustee and its fiduciary status under
   ERISA. The ancillary trustee has the rights, powers, duties and
   discretion as the Employer may delegate, subject to any limitations or
   directions specified in the instrument evidencing appointment of the
   ancillary trustee and to the terms of the Plan or of ERISA. The
   investment powers delegated to the ancillary trustee may include any
   investment powers available under Section 10.03 of the Plan including
   the right to invest any portion of the assets of the Trust Fund in a
   common trust fund, as described in Code Section 584, or in any
   collective investment fund, the provisions of which govern the
   investment of such assets and which the Plan incorporates by this
   reference, but only if the ancillary trustee is a bank or similar
   financial institution supervised by the United States or by a State and
   the ancillary trustee (or its affiliate, as defined in Code Section
   1504) maintains the common trust fund or collective investment fund
   exclusively for the collective investment of money contributed by the
   ancillary trustee (or its affiliate) in a trustee capacity and which
   conforms to the rules of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Employer
   also may appoint as an ancillary trustee, the trustee of any group trust
   fund designated for investment pursuant to the provisions of Section
   10.16 of the Plan.

        The ancillary trustee may resign its position at any time by
   providing at least 30 days' advance written notice to the Employer,
   unless the Employer waives this notice requirement. The Employer, in
   writing, may remove an ancillary trustee at any time. In the event of
   resignation or removal, the Employer may appoint another ancillary
   trustee, return the assets to the control and management of the Trustee
   or receive such assets in the capacity of ancillary trustee. The
   Employer may delegate its responsibilities under this Section 10.17 to a
   discretionary Trustee under the Plan, but not to a non discretionary
   Trustee or to a Custodian, subject to the acceptance by the
   discretionary Trustee of that delegation.    If the U.S. Department of
   Labor ("the Department") requires engagement of an independent fiduciary
   to have control or management of all or a portion of the Trust Fund, the
   Employer will appoint such independent fiduciary, as directed by the
   Department. The independent fiduciary will have the duties,
   responsibilities and powers prescribed by the Department and will
   exercise those duties, responsibilities and powers in accordance with
   the terms, restrictions and conditions established by the Department
   and, to the extent not inconsistent with ERISA, the terms of the Plan.
   The independent fiduciary must accept its appointment in writing and
   must acknowledge its status as a fiduciary of the Plan.

              *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *










   10.08  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE XI        PROVISIONS RELATING TO
   INSURANCE AND INSURANCE COMPANY

        11.01 INSURANCE BENEFIT. The Employer may elect to provide
              -----------------
   incidental life insurance benefits for insurable Participants who
   consent to life insurance benefits by signing the appropriate insurance
   company application form. The Trustee will not purchase any incidental
   life insurance benefit for any Participant prior to an allocation to the
   Participant's Account. At an insured Participant's written direction,
   the Trustee will use all or any portion of the Participant's
   nondeductible voluntary contributions, if any, to pay insurance premiums
   covering the Participant's life. This Section 11.01 also authorizes the
   purchase of life insurance, for the benefit of the Participant, on the
   life of a family member of the Participant or on any person in whom the
   Participant has an insurable interest. However, if the policy is on the
   joint lives of the Participant and another person, the Trustee may not
   maintain that policy if that other person predeceases the Participant.

        The Employer will direct the Trustee as to the insurance company
   and insurance agent through which the Trustee is to purchase the
   insurance contracts, the amount of the coverage and the applicable
   dividend plan. Each application for a policy, and the policies
   themselves, must designate the Trustee as sole owner, with the right
   reserved to the Trustee to exercise any right or option contained in the
   policies, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The
   Trustee must be the named beneficiary for the Account of the insured
   Participant. Proceeds of insurance contracts paid to the Participant's
   Account under this Article XI are subject to the distribution
   requirements of Article V and of Article VI. The Trustee will not retain
   any such proceeds for the benefit of the Trust.

        The Trustee will charge the premiums on any incidental benefit
   insurance contract covering the life of a Participant against the
   Account of that Participant. The Trustee will hold all incidental
   benefit insurance contracts issued under the Plan as assets of the Trust
   created under the Plan.

   (A) Incidental insurance benefits. The aggregate of life insurance
   premiums paid for the benefit of a Participant, at all times, may not
   exceed the following percentages of the aggregate of the Employer's
   contributions allocated to any Participant's Account: (i) 49% in the
   case of the purchase of ordinary life insurance contracts; or (ii) 25%
   in the case of the purchase of term life insurance or universal life
   insurance contracts. If the Trustee purchases a combination of ordinary
   life insurance contract(s) and term life insurance or universal life
   insurance contract(s), then the sum of one-half of the premiums paid for
   the ordinary life insurance contract(s) and the premiums paid for the
   term life insurance or universal life insurance contract(s) may not
   exceed 25% of the Employer contributions allocated to any Participant's
   Account.

   (B) Exception for certain profit sharing plans. If the Employer's Plan
   is a profit sharing plan, the incidental insurance benefits requirement
   does not apply to the Plan if the Plan purchases life insurance benefits
   only from Employer contributions accumulated in the Participant's
   Account for at least two years (measured from the allocation date).

        11.02 LIMITATION ON LIFE INSURANCE PROTECTION. The Trustee will not
              ---------------------------------------
   continue any life insurance protection for any Participant beyond his
   annuity starting date (as defined in Article VI). If the Trustee holds
   any incidental benefit insurance contract(s) for the benefit of a
   Participant when he terminates his employment (other than by reason of
   death), the Trustee must proceed as follows:

















                                                                1/90  11.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   (a) If the entire cash value of the contract(s) is vested in the
   terminating Participant, or if the contract(s) will have no cash value
   at the end of the policy year in which termination of employment occurs,
   the Trustee will transfer the contract(s) to the Participant endorsed so
   as to vest in the transferee all right, title and interest to the
   contract(s), free and clear of the Trust; subject however, to
   restrictions as to surrender or payment of benefits as the issuing
   insurance company may permit and as the Advisory Committee directs;

   (b) If only part of the cash value of the contract(s) is vested in the
   terminating Participant, the Trustee, to the extent the Participant's
   interest in the cash value of the contract(s) is not vested, may adjust
   the Participant's interest in the value of his Account attributable to
   Trust assets other than incidental benefit insurance contracts and
   proceed as in (a), or the Trustee must effect a loan from the issuing
   insurance company on the sole security of the contract(s) for an amount
   equal to the difference between the cash value of the contract(s) at the
   end of the policy year in which termination of employment occurs and the
   amount of the cash value that is vested in the terminating Participant,
   and the Trustee must transfer the contract(s) endorsed so as to vest in
   the transferee all right, title and interest to the contract(s), free
   and clear of the Trust; subject however, to the restrictions as to
   surrender or payment of benefits as the issuing insurance company may
   permit and the Advisory Committee directs;

   (c) If no part of the cash value of the contract(s) is vested in the
   terminating Participant, the Trustee must surrender the contract(s) for
   cash proceeds as may be available.

        In accordance with the written direction of the Advisory Committee,
   the Trustee will make any transfer of contract(s) under this Section
   11.02 on the Participant's annuity starting date (or as soon as
   administratively practicable after that date). The Trustee may not
   transfer any contract under this Section 11.02 which contains a method
   of payment not specifically authorized by Article VI or which fails to
   comply with the joint and survivor annuity requirements, if applicable,
   of Article VI. In this regard, the Trustee either must convert such a
   contract to cash and distribute the cash instead of the contract, or
   before making the transfer, require the issuing company to delete the
   unauthorized method of payment option from the contract.

   11.03 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article XI:
         -----------

   (a) "Policy" means an ordinary life insurance contract or a term life
   insurance contract issued by an insurer on the life of a Participant.

   (b) "Issuing insurance company" is any life insurance company which has
   issued a policy upon application by the Trustee under the terms of this
   Agreement.

   (c) "Contract" or "Contracts" means a policy of insurance. In the event
   of any conflict between the provisions of this Plan and the terms of any
   contract or policy of insurance issued in accordance with this Article
   XI, the provisions of the Plan control.

   (d) "Insurable Participant" means a Participant to whom an insurance
   company, upon an application being submitted in accordance with the
   Plan, will issue insurance coverage, either as a standard risk or as a
   risk in an extra mortality classification.

        11.04 DIVIDEND PLAN. The dividend plan is premium reduction unless
              -------------
   the Advisory Committee directs the Trustee to the contrary. The Trustee
   must use all dividends for a contract to purchase insurance benefits or
   additional insurance benefits for the Participant on whose life the
   insurance company has issued the contract. Furthermore, the Trustee must
   arrange, where possible, for all policies issued on the lives of
   Participants under the Plan to have the same premium due














   11.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   date and all ordinary life insurance contracts to contain guaranteed
   cash values with as uniform basic options as are possible to obtain. The
   term "dividends" includes policy dividends, refunds of premiums and
   other credits.

        11.05 INSURANCE COMPANY NOT A PARTY TO AGREEMENT. No insurance
              ------------------------------------------
   company, solely in its capacity as an issuing insurance company, is a
   party to this Agreement nor is the company responsible for its validity.

        11.06 INSURANCE COMPANY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR TRUSTEE'S ACTIONS. No
   insurance company, solely in its capacity as an issuing insurance
   company, need examine the terms of this Agreement nor is responsible for
   any action taken by the Trustee.

        11.07 INSURANCE COMPANY RELIANCE ON TRUSTEE'S SIGNATURE. For the
              -------------------------------------------------
   purpose of making application to an insurance company and in the
   exercise of any right or option contained in any policy, the insurance
   company may rely upon the signature of the Trustee and is saved harmless
   and completely discharged in acting at the direction and authorization
   of the Trustee.

        11.08 ACQUITTANCE. An insurance company is discharged from all
              -----------
   liability for any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with
   the direction of the Trustee, and is not obliged to see to the
   distribution or further application of any moneys it so pays.

        11.09 DUTIES OF INSURANCE COMPANY. Each insurance company must keep
              ---------------------------
   such records, make such identification of contracts, funds and accounts
   within funds, and supply such information as may be necessary for the
   proper administration of the Plan under which it is carrying insurance
   benefits.

        Note: The provisions of this Article XI are not applicable, and the
   Plan may not invest in insurance contracts, if a Custodian signatory to
   the Adoption Agreement is a bank which has not acquired trust powers
   from its governing state banking authority.


                                           * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *










































                                                                1/90  11.03

<PAGE>
                                                   Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                             ARTICLE XII                          
   MISCELLANEOUS

          12.01 EVIDENCE. Anyone required to give evidence under the terms
                --------
   of the Plan may do so  by certificate, affidavit, document or other
   information which the person to act in reliance may  consider pertinent,
   reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the
   proper  party or parties. The Advisory Committee and the Trustee are
   fully protected in acting and relying  upon any evidence described under
   the immediately preceding sentence.

          12.02 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMPLOYER ACTION. Neither the Trustee 
                -------------------------------------
   nor the Advisory Committee has any obligation or responsibility with
   respect to any action required  by the Plan to be taken by the Employer,
   any Participant or eligible Employee, or for the failure  of any of the
   above persons to act or make any payment or contribution, or to
   otherwise provide  any benefit contemplated under this Plan.
   Furthermore, the Plan does not require the Trustee or  the Advisory
   Committee to collect any contribution required under the Plan, or to
   determine the  correctness of the amount of any Employer contribution.
   Neither the Trustee nor the Advisory  Committee need inquire into or be
   responsible for any action or failure to act on the part of the  others,
   or on the part of any other person who has any responsibility regarding
   the management,  administration or operation of the Plan, whether by the
   express terms of the Plan or by a separate  agreement authorized by the
   Plan or by the applicable provisions of ERISA. Any action required of  a
   corporate Employer must be by its Board of Directors or its designate.

          12.03 FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS. The Trustee, the Advisory
                ------------------------
   Committee, the  Plan Administrator and the Employer in no way guarantee
   the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation.  The Employer does not
   guarantee the payment of any money which may be or becomes due to any 
   person from the Trust Fund. The liability of the Advisory Committee and
   the Trustee to make any  payment from the Trust Fund at any time and all
   times is limited to the then available assets of  the Trust.

         12.04 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Any person entitled to notice under the
               ----------------
   Plan may waive the notice, unless the Code or Treasury regulations
   prescribe the notice or ERISA specifically or impliedly prohibits such a
   waiver.

         12.05 SUCCESSORS. The Plan is binding upon all persons entitled to
               ----------
   benefits under the Plan, their respective heirs and legal
   representatives, upon the Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon
   the Trustee, the Advisory Committee, the Plan Administrator and their
   successors.

         12.06 WORD USAGE. Words used in the masculine also apply to the
               ----------
   feminine where applicable, and wherever the context of the Employer's
   Plan dictates, the plural includes the singular and the singular
   includes the plural.

         12.07 STATE LAW. The law of the state of the Employer's principal
               ---------
   place of business (unless otherwise designated in an addendum to the
   Employer's Adoption Agreement) will determine all questions arising with
   respect to the provisions of this Agreement except to the extent
   superseded by Federal law.

         12.08 EMPLOYER'S RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE. If the Employer's Plan
               -------------------------------
   fails to qualify or to maintain qualification or if the Employer makes
   any amendment or modification to a provision of this Plan (other than a
   proper completion of an elective provision under the Adoption Agreement
   or the attachment of an addendum authorized by the Plan or by the
   Adoption Agreement), the Employer may no longer participate under this
   Master Plan. The Employer also may not participate (or continue to
   participate) in this Master Plan if the Trustee or Custodian (or a
   change in the Trustee or Custodian) does not satisfy the requirements of
   Section 1.02 of the Plan. If the












                                                                1/90  12.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Employer is not entitled to participate under this Master Plan, the
   Employer's Plan is an individually-designed plan and the reliance
   procedures specified in the applicable Adoption Agreement no longer will
   apply.

        12.09 EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED. Nothing contained in this Plan, or
              -------------------------
   with respect to the establishment of the Trust, or any modification or
   amendment to the Plan or Trust, or in the creation of any Account, or
   the payment of any benefit, gives any Employee, Employee-Participant or
   any Beneficiary any right to continue employment, any legal or equitable
   right against the Employer, or Employee of the Employer, or against the
   Trustee, or its agents or employees, or against the Plan Administrator,
   except as expressly provided by the Plan, the Trust, ERISA or by a
   separate agreement.


                                           * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
































































   12.02  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                  Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                              ARTICLE XIII               EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT,
   AMENDMENT, TERMINATION

         13.01 EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT. Except as provided under Article III, the
               -----------------
   Employer has no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust and no
   part of any asset in the Trust may ever revert to or be repaid to an
   Employer, either directly or indirectly; nor, prior to the satisfaction
   of all liabilities with respect to the Participants and their
   Beneficiaries under the Plan, may any part of the corpus or income of
   the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for, or
   diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the
   Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, if the Commissioner of
   Internal Revenue, upon the Employer's request for initial approval of
   this Plan, determines the Trust created under the Plan is not a
   qualified trust exempt from Federal income tax, then (and only then) the
   Trustee, upon written notice from the Employer, will return the
   Employer's contributions (and increment attributable to the
   contributions) to the Employer. The Trustee must make the return of the
   Employer contribution under this Section 13.01 within one year of a
   final disposition of the Employer's request for initial approval of the
   Plan. The Employer's Plan and Trust will terminate upon the Trustee's
   return of the Employer's contributions.

         13.02 AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER. The Employer has the right at any
               ---------------------
   time and from time to time:

        (a) To amend the elective provisions of the Adoption Agreement in
        any manner it deems necessary or advisable in order to qualify (or
        maintain qualification of) this Plan and the Trust created under it
        under the provisions of Code Section 401(a);

        (b) To amend the Plan to allow the Plan to operate under a waiver
        of the minimum funding requirement; and

        (c) To amend this Agreement in any other manner.

        No amendment may authorize or permit any of the Trust Fund (other
   than the part which is required to pay taxes and administration
   expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
   exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates.
   No amendment may cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert
   to or become a property of the Employer. The Employer also may not make
   any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of
   the Trustee, the Plan Administrator or the Advisory Committee without
   the written consent of the affected Trustee, the Plan Administrator or
   the affected member of the Advisory Committee. The Employer must make
   all amendments in writing. Each amendment must state the date to which
   it is either retroactively or prospectively effective. See Section 12.08
   for the effect of certain amendments adopted by the Employer.

   (A) Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits. An amendment (including
   the adoption of this Plan as a restatement of an existing plan) may not
   decrease a Participant's Accrued Benefit, except to the extent
   permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8), and may not reduce or eliminate
   Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits determined immediately prior
   to the adoption date (or, if later, the effective date) of the
   amendment. An amendment reduces or eliminates Code Section 411(d)(6)
   protected benefits if the amendment has the effect of either (1)
   eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type
   subsidy (as defined in Treasury regulations), or (2) except as provided
   by Treasury regulations, eliminating an optional form of benefit. The
   Advisory Committee must disregard an amendment to the extent application
   of the amendment would fail to satisfy this paragraph. If the Advisory
   Committee must disregard an amendment because the amendment would
   violate clause (1)















                                                                 1/90  13.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   or clause (2), the Advisory Committee must maintain a schedule of the
   early retirement option or other optional forms of benefit the Plan must
   continue for the affected Participants.

        13.03 AMENDMENT BY MASTER PLAN SPONSOR. The Master Plan Sponsor (or
              --------------------------------
   PPD, as agent of the Master Plan Sponsor), without the Employer's
   consent, may amend the Plan and Trust, from time to time, in order to
   conform the Plan and Trust to any requirement for qualification of the
   Plan and Trust under the Internal Revenue Code. The Master Plan Sponsor
   may not amend the Plan in any manner which would modify any election
   made by the Employer under the Plan without the Employer's written
   consent. Furthermore, the Master Plan Sponsor may not amend the Plan in
   any manner which would violate the proscription of Section 13.02. A
   Trustee does not have the power to amend the Plan or Trust.

        13.04 DISCONTINUANCE. The Employer has the right, at any time, to
              --------------
   suspend or discontinue its contributions under the Plan, and to
   terminate, at any time, this Plan and the Trust created under this
   Agreement. The Plan will terminate upon the first to occur of the
   following:    (a) The date terminated by action of the Employer;

   (b) The dissolution or merger of the Employer, unless the successor
   makes provision to continue the Plan, in which event the successor must
   substitute itself as the Employer under this Plan. Any termination of
   the Plan resulting from this paragraph (b) is not effective until
   compliance with any applicable notice requirements under ERISA.

        13.05 FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION. Upon either full or partial
              ---------------------------
   termination of the Plan, or, if applicable, upon complete
   discontinuance of profit sharing plan contributions to the Plan, an
   affected Participant's right to his Accrued Benefit is 100%
   Nonforfeitable, irrespective of the Nonforfeitable percentage which
   otherwise would apply under Article V.

        13.06 MERGER/DIRECT TRANSFER. The Trustee may not consent to, or be
              ----------------------
   a party to, any merger or consolidation with another plan, or to a
   transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, unless immediately
   after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving Plan provides
   each Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each
   Participant would have received had the Plan terminated immediately
   before the merger or consolidation or transfer. The Trustee possesses
   the specific authority to enter into merger agreements or direct
   transfer of assets agreements with the trustees of other retirement
   plans described in Code Section 401(a), including an elective transfer,
   and to accept the direct transfer of plan assets, or to transfer plan
   assets, as a party to any such agreement.

        The Trustee may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf
   of an Employee prior to the date the Employee satisfies the Plan's
   eligibility conditions. If the Trustee accepts such a direct transfer of
   plan assets, the Advisory Committee and Trustee must treat the Employee
   as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan except the Employee is not
   a Participant for purposes of sharing in Employer contributions or
   Participant forfeitures under the Plan until he actually becomes a
   Participant in the Plan.

   (A) Elective transfers. The Trustee, after August 9, 1988, may not
   consent to, or be a party to a merger, consolidation or transfer of
   assets with a defined benefit plan, except with respect to an elective
   transfer, or unless the transferred benefits are in the form of paid-up
   individual annuity contracts guaranteeing the payment of the transferred
   benefits in accordance with the terms of the transferor plan and in a
   manner consistent with the Code and with ERISA. The Trustee will hold,
   administer and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Trust
   Fund and the Trustee must maintain a separate Employer contribution
   Account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Trustee
   accepted the transfer in order to reflect the value of the transferred
   assets. Unless a transfer of assets to this Plan is an elective
   transfer, the Plan will preserve all Code Section 411(d)(6)












   13.02  1/90

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   protected benefits with respect to those transferred assets, in the
   manner described in Section 13.02. A transfer is an elective transfer
   if: (1) the transfer satisfies the first paragraph of this Section
   13.06; (2) the transfer is voluntary, under a fully informed election by
   the Participant; (3) the Participant has an alternative that retains his
   Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits (including an option to leave
   his benefit in the transferor plan, if that plan is not terminating);
   (4) the transfer satisfies the applicable spousal consent requirements
   of the Code; (5) the transferor plan satisfies the joint and survivor
   notice requirements of the Code, if the Participant's transferred
   benefit is subject to those requirements; (6) the Participant has a
   right to immediate distribution from the transferor plan, in lieu of the
   elective transfer; (7) the transferred benefit is at least the greater
   of the single sum distribution provided by the transferor plan for which
   the Participant is eligible or the present value of the Participant's
   accrued benefit under the transferor plan payable at that plan's normal
   retirement age; (8) the Participant has a 100% Nonforfeitable interest
   in the transferred benefit; and (9) the transfer otherwise satisfies
   applicable Treasury regulations. An elective transfer may occur between
   qualified plans of any type. Any direct transfer of assets from a
   defined benefit plan after August 9, 1988, which does not satisfy the
   requirements of this paragraph will render the Employer's Plan
   individually-designed. See Section 12.08.

   (B) Distribution restrictions under Code Section 401(k). If the Plan
   receives a direct transfer (by merger or otherwise) of elective 
   contributions (or amounts treated as elective contributions) under a Plan
   with a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, the distribution restrictions of Code
   Sections 401(k)(2) and (10) continue to apply to those transferred
   elective contributions.

   13.07 TERMINATION.
         -----------

   (A) Procedure. Upon termination of the Plan, the distribution provisions
   of Article VI remain operative, with the following exceptions:

   (1) if the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit does not exceed $3,500, the Advisory Committee will direct the
   Trustee to distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit
   to him in lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the
   Plan terminates; and

   (2) if the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit exceeds $3,500, the Participant or the Beneficiary, in addition
   to the distribution events permitted under Article VI, may elect to have
   the Trustee commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit
   as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates.

        To liquidate the Trust, the Advisory Committee will purchase a
   deferred annuity contract for each Participant which protects the
   Participant's distribution rights under the Plan, if the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500 and the Participant does
   not elect an immediate distribution pursuant to Paragraph (2).

        If the Employer's Plan is a profit sharing plan, in lieu of the
   preceding provisions of this Section 13.07 and the distribution
   provisions of Article VI, the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee
   to distribute each Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, in lump
   sum, as soon as administratively practicable after the termination of
   the Plan, irrespective of the present value of the Participant's
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and whether the Participant consents to
   that distribution. This paragraph does not apply if: (1) the Plan
   provides an annuity option; or (2) as of the period between the Plan
   termination date and the final distribution of assets, the Employer
   maintains any other defined contribution plan (other than an ESOP). The
   Employer, in an addendum to its Adoption Agreement numbered 13.07, may
   elect not to have this paragraph apply.














                                                                  1/90  13.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        The Trust will continue until the Trustee in accordance with the
   direction of the Advisory Committee has distributed all of the benefits
   under the Plan. On each valuation date, the Advisory Committee will
   credit any part of a Participant's Accrued Benefit retained in the Trust
   with its proportionate share of the Trust's income, expenses, gains and
   losses, both realized and unrealized. Upon termination of the Plan, the
   amount, if any, in a suspense account under Article III will revert to
   the Employer, subject to the conditions of the Treasury regulations
   permitting such a reversion. A resolution or amendment to freeze all
   future benefit accrual but otherwise to continue maintenance of this
   Plan, is not a termination for purposes of this Section 13.07.

   (B) Distribution restrictions under Code Section 401(k). If the Employer's
   Plan includes a Code Section 401(k) arrangement or if transferred assets
   described in Section 13.06 are subject to the distribution restrictions
   of Code Sections 401(k)(2) and (10), the special distribution provisions
   of this Section 13.07 are subject to the restrictions of this paragraph.
   The portion of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit
   attributable to elective contributions (or to amounts treated under the
   Code Section 401(k) arrangement as elective contributions) is not
   distributable on account of Plan termination, as described in this
   Section 13.07, unless: (a) the Participant otherwise is entitled under
   the Plan to a distribution of that portion of his Nonforfeitable Accrued
   Benefit; or (b) the Plan termination occurs without the establishment of
   a successor plan. A successor plan under clause (b) is a defined
   contribution plan (other than an ESOP) maintained by the Employer (or by
   a related employer) at the time of the termination of the Plan or within
   the period ending twelve months after the final distribution of assets.
   A distribution made after March 31, 1988, pursuant to clause (b), must
   be part of a lump sum distribution to the Participant of his
   Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

              *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
















































   13.04  1/90

<PAGE>
                                                   Defined Contribution
   Master Plan

                               ARTICLE XIV                CODE Section
   401(k) AND CODE Section 401(m) ARRANGEMENTS

         14.01 APPLICATION. This Article XIV applies to an Employer's Plan
               -----------
   only if the Employer is  maintaining its Plan under a Code Section
   401(k) Adoption Agreement.     14.02 CODE Section 401(k) ARRANGEMENT.
                                        -----
   The Employer will elect in Section 3.01 of its Adoption  Agreement the
   terms of the Code Section 401(k) arrangement, if any, under the Plan. If
   the Employer's  Plan is a Standardized Plan, the Code Section 401(k)
   arrangement must be a salary reduction arrangement.  If the Employer's
   Plan is a Nonstandardized Plan, the Code Section 401(k) arrangement may
   be a salary  reduction arrangement or a cash or deferred arrangement.

   (A) Salary Reduction Arrangement. If the Employer elects a salary
   reduction arrangement, any Employee eligible to participate in the Plan
   may file a salary reduction agreement with the Advisory Committee. The
   salary reduction agreement may not be effective earlier than the
   following date which occurs last: (i) the Employee's Plan Entry Date
   (or, in the case of a reemployed Employee, his reparticipation date
   under Article II); (ii) the execution date of the Employee's salary
   reduction agreement; (iii) the date the Employer adopts the Code Section
   401(k) arrangement by executing the Adoption Agreement; or (iv) the
   effective date of the Code Section 401(k) arrangement, as specified in
   the Employer's Adoption Agreement. Regarding clause (i), an Employee
   subject to the Break in Service rule of Section 2.03(B) of the Plan may
   not enter into a salary reduction agreement until the Employee has
   completed a sufficient number of Hours of Service to receive credit for
   a Year of Service (as defined in Section 2.02) following his
   reemployment commencement date. A salary reduction agreement must
   specify the amount of Compensation (as defined in Section 1.12) or
   percentage of Compensation the Employee wishes to defer. The salary
   reduction agreement will apply only to Compensation which becomes
   currently available to the Employee after the effective date of the
   salary reduction agreement. The Employer will apply a reduction election
   to all Compensation (and to increases in such Compensation) unless the
   Employee specifies in his salary reduction agreement to limit the
   election to certain Compensation. The Employer will specify in Adoption
   Agreement Section 3.01 the rules and restrictions applicable to the
   Employees salary reduction agreements.

   (B) Cash or deferred arrangement. If the Employer elects a cash or
   deferred arrangement, a Participant may elect to make a cash election
   against his proportionate share of the Employer's Cash or Deferred
   Contribution, in accordance with the Employer's elections in Adoption
   Agreement Section 3.01. A Participant's proportionate share of the
   Employer's Cash or Deferred Contribution is the percentage of the total
   Cash or Deferred Contribution which bears the same ratio that the
   Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
   Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. For purposes of
   determining each Participant's proportionate share of the Cash or
   Deferred Contribution, a Participant's Compensation is his Compensation
   as determined under Section 1.12 of the Plan (as modified by Section
   3.06 for allocation purposes), excluding any effect the proportionate
   share may have on the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The
   Advisory Committee will determine the proportionate share prior to the
   Employer's actual contribution to the Trust, to provide the Participants
   the opportunity to file cash elections. The Employer will pay directly
   to the Participant the portion of his proportionate share the
   Participant has elected to receive in cash.

   (C) Election not to participate. A Participant's or Employee's election
   not to participate, pursuant to Section 2.06, includes his right to
   enter into a salary reduction agreement or to share in the allocation of
   a Cash or Deferred Contribution, unless the Participant or Employee
   limits the effect of the election to the non-401(k) portions of the
   Plan.     14.03 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article XIV:
                   -----------

      (a) "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Eligible Employee who
   satisfies the definition    in Section 1.09 of the Plan. Family members
   aggregated as a single Employee under Section    1.09 constitute a
   single Highly Compensated Employee, whether a particular family member
   is a








                                                                  6/92  14.01

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

     Highly Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly Compensated Employee
   without the application   of family aggregation.

     (b) "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" means an Eligible Employee who is
   not a Highly   Compensated Employee and who is not a family member
   treated as a Highly Compensated   Employee.  (c) "Eligible Employee"
   means, for purposes of the ADP test described in Section 14.08, an 
   Employee who is eligible to enter into a salary reduction agreement for
   the Plan Year,  irrespective of whether he actually enters into such an
   agreement, and a Participant who is  eligible for an allocation of the
   Employer's Cash or Deferred Contribution for the Plan Year.  For
   purposes of the ACP test described in Section 14.09, an "Eligible
   Employee" means a  Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation
   of matching contributions (or would be  eligible if he made the type of
   contributions necessary to receive an allocation of matching 
   contributions) and a Participant who is eligible to make nondeductible
   contributions,  irrespective of whether he actually makes nondeductible
   contributions. An Employee continues  to be an Eligible Employee during
   a period the Plan suspends the Employee's right to make  elective
   deferrals or nondeductible contributions following a hardship
   distribution.  (d) "Highly Compensated Group" means the group of
   Eligible Employees who are Highly  Compensated Employees for the Plan
   Year.  (e) "Nonhighly Compensated Group" means the group of Eligible
   Employees who are  Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year. 
   (f) "Compensation" means, except as specifically provided in this
   Article XIV, Compensation  as defined for nondiscrimination purposes in
   Section 1.12(B) of the Plan. To compute an  Employee's ADP or ACP, the
   Advisory Committee may limit Compensation taken into account  to
   Compensation received only for the portion of the Plan Year in which the
   Employee was an  Eligible Employee and only for the portion of the Plan
   Year in which the Plan or the Code  Section 401(k) arrangement was in
   effect.  (g) "Deferral contributions" are Salary Reduction Contributions
   and Cash or Deferred  Contributions the Employer contributes to the
   Trust on behalf of an Eligible Employee,  irrespective of whether, in
   the case of Cash or Deferred Contributions, the contribution is at  the
   election of the Employee. For Salary Reduction Contributions, the terms
   "deferral  contributions" and "elective deferrals" have the same
   meaning. (h) "Elective deferrals" are all Salary Reduction Contributions
   and that portion of any Cash or Deferred Contribution which the Employer
   contributes to the Trust at the election of an Eligible Employee. Any
   portion of a Cash or Deferred Contribution contributed to the Trust
   because of the Employee's failure to make a cash election is an elective
   deferral. However, any portion of a Cash or Deferred Contribution over
   which the Employee does not have a cash election is not an elective
   deferral. Elective deferrals do not include amounts which have become
   currently available to the Employee prior to the election nor amounts
   designated as nondeductible contributions at the time of deferral or
   contribution. (i) "Matching contributions" are contributions made by the
   Employer on account of elective deferrals under a Code Section 401(k)
   arrangement or on account of employee contributions. Matching
   contributions also include Participant forfeitures allocated on account
   of such elective deferrals or employee contributions. (j) "Nonelective
   contributions" are contributions made by the Employer which are not
   subject to a deferral election by an Employee and which are not matching
   contributions. (k) "Qualified matching contributions" are matching
   contributions which are 100% Nonforfeitable at all times and which are
   subject to the distribution restrictions described in paragraph (m).
   Matching contributions are not 100% Nonforfeitable at all times if the
   Employee has a 100% Nonforfeitable interest because of his Years of
   Service taken into account under a vesting schedule. Any matching
   contributions allocated to a Participant's




















   14.02  6/92

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        Qualified Matching Contributions Account under the Plan
        automatically satisfy the definition of  qualified matching
        contributions.  (l) "Qualified nonelective contributions" are
        nonelective contributions which are 100%  Nonforfeitable at all
        times and which are subject to the distribution restrictions
        described in  paragraph (m). Nonelective contributions are not 100%
        Nonforfeitable at all times if the  Employee has a 100%
        Nonforfeitable interest because of his Years of Service taken into 
        account under a vesting schedule. Any nonelective contributions
        allocated to a Participant's  Qualified Nonelective Contributions
        Account under the Plan automatically satisfy the definition  of
        qualified nonelective contributions.

   (m) "Distribution restrictions" means the Employee may not receive a
   distribution of the specified contributions (nor earnings on those
   contributions) except in the event of (1) the Participant's death,
   disability, termination of employment or attainment of age 59 1/2, (2)
   financial hardship satisfying the requirements of Code Section 401(k)
   and the applicable Treasury regulations, (3) a plan termination, without
   establishment of a successor defined contribution plan (other than an
   ESOP), (4) a sale of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning
   of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business, but only to an
   employee who continues employment with the corporation acquiring those
   assets, or (5) a sale by a corporation of its interest in a subsidiary
   (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)), but only to an employee
   who continues employment with the subsidiary. For Plan Years beginning
   after December 31, 1988, a distribution on account of financial
   hardship, as described in clause (2), may not include earnings on
   elective deferrals credited as of a date later than December 31, 1988,
   and may not include qualified matching contributions and qualified
   nonelective contributions, nor any earnings on such contributions,
   credited after December 31, 1988. A plan does not violate the
   distribution restrictions if, instead of the December 31, 1988, date in
   the preceding sentence the plan specifies a date not later than the end
   of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989. A distribution
   described in clauses (3), (4) or (5), if made after March 31, 1988, must
   be a lump sum distribution, as required under Code Section 401(k)(10).   
    (n) "Employee contributions" are contributions made by a Participant on
   an after-tax basis,     whether voluntary or mandatory, and designated,
   at the time of contribution, as an employee     (or nondeductible)
   contribution. Elective deferrals and deferral contributions are not
   employee     contributions. Participant nondeductible contributions,
   made pursuant to Section 4.01 of the     Plan, are employee
   contributions. 14.04 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS/EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS. The
                        ---------------------------------------------
   Employer  may elect in Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 to provide
   matching contributions. The Employer  also may elect in Adoption
   Agreement Section 4.01 to permit or to require a Participant to make 
   nondeductible contributions. (A) Mandatory contributions. Any
   Participant nondeductible contributions eligible for matching
   contributions are mandatory contributions. The Advisory Committee will
   maintain a separate accounting, pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Plan, to
   reflect the Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from his mandatory
   contributions. The Employer, under Adoption Agreement Section 4.05, may
   prescribe special distribution restrictions which will apply to the
   Mandatory Contributions Account prior to the Participant's Separation
   from Service. Following his Separation from Service, the general
   distribution provisions of Article VI apply to the distribution of the
   Participant's Mandatory Contributions Account.  14.05 TIME OF PAYMENT OF
                                                         ------------------
   CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer must make Salary Reduction Contributions to
   -------------
   the Trust within an administratively reasonable period of time after
   withholding the corresponding Compensation from the Participant.
   Furthermore, the Employer must make Salary Reduction Contributions, Cash
   or Deferred Contributions, Employer matching contributions (including
   qualified Employer matching contributions) and qualified Employer
   nonelective contributions no later than the time prescribed by the Code
   or by applicable Treasury regulations. Salary Reduction Contributions
   and Cash or Deferred Contributions are Employer contributions for all
   purposes under this Plan, except to the extent the Code or Treasury













                                                                 6/92  14.03

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

     regulations prohibit the use of these contributions to satisfy the
   qualification requirements of the   Code.

        14.06 SPECIAL ALLOCATION PROVISIONS - DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS,
              -------------------------------------------------------
        MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. To 
        --------------------------------------------------------------
        make allocations under the Plan, the Advisory Committee must
        establish a Deferral Contributions  Account, a Qualified Matching
        Contributions Account, a Regular Matching Contributions Account, a 
        Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account and an Employer
        Contributions Account for each  Participant.  (A) Deferral
        contributions. The Advisory Committee will locate to each
        Participant's Deferral  Contributions Account the amount of
        Deferral Contributions the Employer makes to the Trust on  behalf
        of the Participant. The Advisory Committee will make this
        allocation as of the last day of  each Plan Year unless, in
        Adoption Agreement Section 3.04, the Employer elects more frequent 
        allocation dates for salary reduction contributions.  (B) Matching
        contributions. The Employer must specify in its Adoption Agreement
        whether the  Advisory Committee will allocate matching
        contributions to the Qualified Matching Contributions  Account or
        to the Regular Matching Contributions Account of each Participant.
        The Advisory  Committee will make this allocation as of the last
        day of each Plan Year unless, in Adoption  Agreement Section 3.04,
        the Employer elects more frequent allocation dates for matching 
        contributions.     (1) To the extent the Employer makes matching
        contributions under a fixed matching     contribution formula, the
        Advisory Committee will allocate the matching contribution to the   
         Account of the Participant on whose behalf the Employer makes that
        contribution. A fixed     matching contribution formula is a
        formula under which the Employer contributes a certain    
        percentage or dollar amount on behalf of a Participant based on
        that Participant's deferral     contributions or nondeductible
        contributions eligible for a match, as specified in Section 3.01    
        of the Employer's Adoption Agreement. The Employer may contribute
        on a Participant's behalf     under a specific matching
        contribution formula only if the Participant satisfies the accrual  
          requirements for matching contributions specified in Section 3.06
        of the Employer's Adoption     Agreement and only to the extent the
        matching contribution does not exceed the Participant's     annual
        additions limitation in Part 2 of Article III.     (2) To the
        extent the Employer makes matching contributions under a
        discretionary formula,     the Advisory Committee will allocate the
        discretionary matching contributions to the Account     of each
        Participant who satisfies the accrual requirements for matching
        contributions specified     in Section 3.06 of the Employer's
        Adoption Agreement. The allocation of discretionary     matching
        contributions to a Participant's Account is in the same proportion
        that each     Participant's eligible contributions bear to the
        total eligible contributions of all Participants.     If the
        discretionary formula is a tiered formula, the Advisory Committee
        will make this     allocation separately with respect to each tier
        of eligible contributions, allocating in such     manner the amount
        of the matching contributions made with respect to that tier.
        "Eligible     contributions" are the Participant's deferral
        contributions or nondeductible contributions     eligible for an
        allocation of matching contributions, as specified in Section 3.01
        of the     Employer's Adoption Agreement.  If the matching
        contribution formula applies both to deferral contributions and to
        Participant nondeductible contributions, the matching contributions
        apply first to deferral contributions. Furthermore, the matching
        contribution formula does not apply to deferral contributions that
        are excess deferrals under Section 14.07. For this purpose: (a)
        excess deferrals relate first to deferral contributions for the
        Plan Year not otherwise eligible for a matching contribution; and
        (2) if the Plan Year is not a calendar year, the excess deferrals
        for a Plan Year are the last elective deferrals made for a calendar
        year. Under a Standardized Plan, an Employee forfeits any matching
        contribution attributable to an excess contribution or to an excess
        aggregate contribution, unless distributed pursuant to Sections
        14.08 or 14.09. Under a Nonstandardized Plan, this forfeiture rule
        applies only if specified in Adoption Agreement Section 3.06. The
        provisions of Section 3.05 govern









   14.04  6/92

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

     the treatment of any forfeiture described in this paragraph, and the
   Advisory Committee will   compute a Participant's ACP under 14.09 by
   disregarding the forfeiture.   (C) Qualified nonelective contributions.
   If the Employer, at the time of contribution, designates a  
   contribution to be a qualified nonelective contribution for the Plan
   Year, the Advisory Committee   will allocate that qualified nonelective
   contribution to the Qualified Nonelective Contributions   Account of
   each Participant eligible for an allocation of that designated
   contribution, as specified   in Section 3.04 of the Employer's Adoption
   Agreement. The Advisory Committee will make the   allocation to each
   eligible Participant's Account in the same ratio that the Participant's  
   Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
   eligible Participants for the   Plan Year. The Advisory Committee
   will determine a Participant's Compensation in accordance with   the
   general definition of Compensation under Section 1.12 of the Plan, as
   modified by the Employer   in Sections 1.12 and 3.06 of its Adoption
   Agreement.

    (D) Nonelective contributions. To the extent the Employer makes
   nonelective contributions for the  Plan Year which, at the time of
   contribution, it does not designate as qualified nonelective 
   contributions, the Advisory Committee will allocate those contributions
   in accordance with the  elections under Section 3.04 of the Employer's
   Adoption Agreement. For purposes of the special  nondiscrimination tests
   described in Sections 14.08 and 14.09, the Advisory Committee may treat 
   nonelective contributions allocated under this paragraph as qualified
   nonelective contributions, if  the contributions otherwise satisfy the
   definition of qualified nonelective contributions.

   14.07 ANNUAL ELECTIVE DEFERRAL LIMITATION.  (A) Annual Elective Deferral
         -----------------------------------
   Limitation. An Employee's elective deferrals for a calendar year 
   beginning after December 31, 1986, may not exceed the 402(g) limitation.
   The 402(g) limitation is  the greater of $7,000 or the adjusted amount
   determined by the Secretary of the Treasury. If,  pursuant to a salary
   reduction agreement or pursuant to a cash or deferral election, the
   Employer  determines the Employee's elective deferrals to the Plan for a
   calendar year would exceed the  402(g) limitation, the Employer will
   suspend the Employee's salary reduction agreement, if any,  until the
   following January 1 and pay in cash the portion of a cash or deferral
   election which  would result in the Employee's elective deferrals for
   the calendar year exceeding the 402(g)  limitation. If the Advisory
   Committee determines an Employee's elective deferrals already 
   contributed to the Plan for a calendar year exceed the 402(g)
   limitation, the Advisory Committee  will distribute the amount in excess
   of the 402(g) limitation (the "excess deferral"), as adjusted for 
   allocable income, no later than April 15 of the following calendar year.
   If the Advisory Committee  distributes the excess deferral by the
   appropriate April 15, it may make the distribution  irrespective of any
   other provision under this Plan or under the Code. The Advisory
   Committee will  reduce the amount of excess deferrals for a calendar
   year distributable to the Employee by the  amount of excess
   contributions (as determined in Section 14.08), if any, previously
   distributed to  the Employee for the Plan Year beginning in that
   calendar year. If an Employee participates in another plan under which
   he makes elective deferrals pursuant to a Code Section 401(k)
   arrangement, elective deferrals under a Simplified Employee Pension, or
   salary reduction contributions to a tax-sheltered annuity, irrespective
   of whether the Employer maintains the other plan, he may provide the
   Advisory Committee a written claim for excess deferrals made for a
   calendar year. The Employee must submit the claim no later than the
   March 1 following the close of the particular calendar year and the
   claim must specify the amount of the Employee's elective deferrals under
   this Plan which are excess deferrals. If the Advisory Committee receives
   a timely claim, it will distribute the excess deferral (as adjusted for
   allocable income) the Employee has assigned to this Plan, in accordance
   with the distribution procedure described in the immediately preceding
   paragraph. (B) Allocable income. For purposes of making a distribution
   of excess deferrals pursuant to this Section 14.07, allocable income
   means net income or net loss allocable to the excess deferrals for the
   calendar year in which the Employee made the excess deferral, determined
   in a manner which is uniform, nondiscriminatory and reasonably
   reflective of the manner used by the Plan to allocate income to
   Participants' Accounts.








                                                                  6/92  14.05

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   14.08 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE ("ADP") TEST. For each Plan Year, the
         ---------------------------------------
   Advisory Committee must determine whether the Plan's Code Section 401(k)
   arrangement satisfies either of the following ADP tests:    (i) The
   average ADP for the Highly Compensated Group does not exceed 1.25 times
   the    average ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group; or    (ii) The
   average ADP for the Highly Compensated Group does not exceed the average
   ADP for    the Nonhighly Compensated Group by more than two percentage
   points (or the lesser    percentage permitted by the multiple use
   limitation in Section 14.10) and the average ADP for    the Highly
   Compensated Group is not more than twice the average ADP for the
   Nonhighly    Compensated Group.

   (A) Calculation of ADP. The average ADP for a group is the average of
   the separate ADPs calculated for each Eligible Employee who is a member
   of that group. An Eligible Employee's ADP for a Plan Year is the ratio
   of the Eligible Employee's deferral contributions for the Plan Year to
   the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year. For aggregated family
   members treated as a single Highly Compensated Employee, the ADP of the
   family unit is the ADP determined by combining the deferral
   contributions and Compensation of all aggregated family members. A
   Nonhighly Compensated Employee's ADP does not include elective deferrals
   made to this Plan or to any other Plan maintained by the Employer, to
   the extent such elective deferrals exceed the 402(g) limitation
   described in Section 14.07(A). The Advisory Committee, in a manner
   consistent with Treasury regulations, may determine the ADPs of the
   Eligible Employees by taking into account qualified nonelective
   contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both, made to this
   Plan or to any other qualified Plan maintained by the Employer. The
   Advisory Committee may not include qualified nonelective contributions
   in the ADP test unless the allocation of nonelective contributions is
   nondiscriminatory when the Advisory Committee takes into account all
   nonelective contributions (including the qualified nonelective
   contributions) and also when the Advisory Committee takes into account
   only the nonelective contributions not used in either the ADP test
   described in this Section 14.08 or the ACP test described in Section
   14.09. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, the Advisory
   Committee may not include in the ADP test any qualified nonelective
   contributions or qualified matching contributions under another
   qualified plan unless that plan has the same plan year as this Plan. The
   Advisory Committee must maintain records to demonstrate compliance with
   the ADP test, including the extent to which the Plan used qualified
   nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions to satisfy
   the test.

        For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1992, the Advisory
        Committee may elect to apply a separate ADP test to each component
        group under the Plan. Each component group separately must satisfy
        the commonality requirement of the Code Section 401(k) regulations
        and the minimum coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b). A
        component group consists of all the allocations and other benefits,
        rights and features provided that group of Employees. An Employee
        may not be part of more than one component group. The correction rules
        described in this Section 14.08 apply separately to each component
        group.

   (B) Special aggregation rule for Highly Compensated Employees. To
   determine the ADP of any Highly Compensated Employee, the deferral
   contributions taken into account must include any elective deferrals
   made by the Highly Compensated Employee under any other Code Section
   401(k) arrangement maintained by the Employer, unless the elective
   deferrals are to an ESOP. If the plans containing the Code Section 401(k)
   arrangements have different plan years, the Advisory Committee will
   determine the combined deferral contributions on the basis of the plan
   years ending in the same calendar year. (C) Aggregation of certain Code
   Section 401(k) arrangements. If the Employer treats two plans as a unit for
   coverage or nondiscrimination purposes, the Employer must combine the
   Code Section 401(k) arrangements under such plans to determine whether
   either plan satisfies the ADP test. This













   14.06  6/92

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

     aggregation rule applies to the ADP determination for all Eligible
   Employees, irrespective of   whether an Eligible Employee is a Highly
   Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly Compensated   Employee. For Plan
   Years beginning after December 31, 1989, an aggregation of Code Section
   401(k)   arrangements under this paragraph does not apply to plans which
   have different plan years and, for   Plan Years beginning after December
   31, 1988, the Advisory Committee may not aggregate an ESOP   (or the
   ESOP portion of a plan) with a non-ESOP plan (or non-ESOP portion of a
   plan).  (D) Characterization of excess contributions. If, pursuant to
   this Section 14.08, the Advisory  Committee has elected to include
   qualified matching contributions in the average ADP, the  Advisory
   Committee will treat excess contributions as attributable
   proportionately to deferral  contributions and to qualified matching
   contributions allocated on the basis of those deferral  contributions.
   If the total amount of a Highly Compensated Employee's excess
   contributions for the  Plan Year exceeds his deferral contributions or
   qualified matching contributions for the Plan Year,  the Advisory
   Committee will treat the remaining portion of his excess contributions
   as attributable  to qualified nonelective contributions. The Advisory
   Committee will reduce the amount of excess  contributions for a Plan
   Year distributable to a Highly Compensated Employee by the amount of 
   excess deferrals (as determined in Section 14.07), if any, previously
   distributed to that Employee for  the Employee's taxable year ending in
   that Plan Year.  (E) Distribution of excess contributions. If the
   Advisory Committee determines the Plan fails to  satisfy the ADP test
   for a Plan Year, it must distribute the excess contributions, as
   adjusted for  allocable income, during the next Plan Year. However, the
   Employer will incur an excise tax equal  to 10% of the amount of excess
   contributions for a Plan Year not distributed to the appropriate  Highly
   Compensated Employees during the first 2 1/2 months of that next Plan
   Year. The excess  contributions are the amount of deferral contributions
   made by the Highly Compensated Employees  which causes the Plan to fail
   to satisfy the ADP test. The Advisory Committee will distribute to  each
   Highly Compensated Employee his respective share of the excess
   contributions. The Advisory  Committee will determine the respective
   shares of excess contributions by starting with the Highly  Compensated
   Employee(s) who has the greatest ADP, reducing his ADP (but not below
   the next  highest ADP), then, if necessary, reducing the ADP of the
   Highly Compensated Employee(s) at the  next highest ADP level (including
   the ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) whose ADP the  Advisory
   Committee already has reduced), and continuing in this manner until the
   average ADP for  the Highly Compensated Group satisfies the ADP test. If
   the Highly Compensated Employee is part  of an aggregated family group,
   the Advisory Committee, in accordance with the applicable Treasury 
   regulations, will determine each aggregated family member's allocable
   share of the excess  contributions assigned to the family unit. (F)
   Allocable income. To determine the amount of the corrective distribution
   required under this Section 14.08, the Advisory Committee must calculate
   the allocable income for the Plan Year in which the excess contributions
   arose. "Allocable income" means net income or net loss. To calculate
   allocable income for the Plan Year, the Advisory Committee will use a
   uniform and nondiscriminatory method which reasonably reflects the
   manner used by the Plan to allocate income to Participants' Accounts. 
         14.09 NONDISCRIMINATION RULES FOR EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS/
               -----------------------------------------------------------
        PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. For Plan Years beginning
        ---------------------------------------
        after December 31, 1986, the Advisory Committee must determine
        whether the annual Employer matching contributions (other than
        qualified matching contributions used in the ADP under Section
        14.08), if any, and the Employee contributions, if any, satisfy
        either of the following average contribution percentage ("ACP")
        tests:    (i) The ACP for the Highly Compensated Group does not
        exceed 1.25 times the ACP of the    Nonhighly Compensated Group; or 
          (ii) The ACP for the Highly Compensated Group does not exceed the
        ACP for the Nonhighly    Compensated Group by more than two
        percentage points (or the lesser percentage permitted by    the
        multiple use limitation in Section 14.10) and the ACP for the
        Highly Compensated Group is    not more than twice the ACP for the
        Nonhighly Compensated Group.


    










                                                                 6/92  14.07

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

     (A) Calculation of ACP. The average contribution percentage for a
   group is the average of the   separate contribution percentages
   calculated for each Eligible Employee who is a member of that   group.
   An Eligible Employee's contribution percentage for a Plan Year is the
   ratio of the Eligible   Employee's aggregate contributions for the Plan
   Year to the Employee's Compensation for the Plan   Year. "Aggregate
   contributions" are Employer matching contributions (other than qualified
   matching   contributions used in the ADP test under Section 14.08) and
   employee contributions (as defined in Section 14.03). For aggregated
   family members treated as a single Highly Compensated Employee,   the
   contribution percentage of the family unit is the contribution
   percentage determined by   combining the aggregate contributions and
   Compensation of all aggregated family members.

          The Advisory Committee, in a manner consistent with Treasury
        regulations, may determine the  contribution percentages of the
        Eligible Employees by taking into account qualified nonelective 
        contributions (other than qualified nonelective contributions used
        in the ADP test under Section  14.08) or elective deferrals, or
        both, made to this Plan or to any other qualified Plan maintained
        by  the Employer. The Advisory Committee may not include qualified
        nonelective contributions in the  ACP test unless the allocation of
        nonelective contributions is nondiscriminatory when the Advisory 
        Committee takes into account all nonelective contributions
        (including the qualified nonelective  contributions) and also when
        the Advisory Committee takes into account only the nonelective 
        contributions not used in either the ADP test described in Section
        14.08 or the ACP test described  in this Section 14.09. The
        Advisory Committee may not include elective deferrals in the ACP
        test,  unless the Plan which includes the elective deferrals
        satisfies the ADP test both with and without  the elective
        deferrals included in this ACP test. For Plan Years beginning after
        December 31, 1989,  the Advisory Committee may not include in the
        ACP test any qualified nonelective contributions or  elective
        deferrals under another qualified plan unless that plan has the
        same plan year as this Plan.  The Advisory Committee must maintain
        records to demonstrate compliance with the ACP test,  including the
        extent to which the Plan used qualified nonelective contributions
        or elective deferrals  to satisfy the test. For Plan Years
        beginning prior to January 1, 1992, the component group testing 
        rule permitted under Section 14.08(A) also applies to the ACP test
        under this Section 14.09.

    (B) Special aggregation rule for Highly Compensated Employees. To
   determine the contribution  percentage of any Highly Compensated
   Employee, the aggregate contributions taken into account  must include
   any matching contributions (other than qualified matching contributions
   used in the  ADP test) and any Employee contributions made on his behalf
   to any other plan maintained by the  Employer, unless the other plan is
   an ESOP. If the plans have different plan years, the Advisory  Committee
   will determine the combined aggregate contributions on the basis of the
   plan years  ending in the same calendar year. (C) Aggregation of certain
   plans. If the Employer treats two plans as a unit for coverage or
   nondiscrimination purposes, the Employer must combine the plans to
   determine whether either plan satisfies the ACP test. This aggregation
   rule applies to the contribution percentage determination for all
   Eligible Employees, irrespective of whether an Eligible Employee is a
   Highly Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly Compensated Employee. For
   Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, an aggregation of plans
   under this paragraph does not apply to plans which have different plan
   years and, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the
   Advisory Committee may not aggregate an ESOP (or the ESOP portion of a
   plan) with a non-ESOP plan (or non-ESOP portion of a plan). (D)
   Distribution of excess aggregate contribution. The Advisory Committee
   will determine excess aggregate contributions after determining excess
   deferrals under Section 14.07 and excess contributions under Section
   14.08. If the Advisory Committee determines the Plan fails to satisfy
   the ACP test for a Plan Year, it must distribute the excess aggregate
   contributions, as adjusted for allocable income, during the next Plan
   Year. However, the Employer will incur an excise tax equal to 10% of the
   amount of excess aggregate contributions for a Plan Year not distributed
   to the appropriate Highly Compensated Employees during the first 2 1/2
   months of that next Plan Year. The excess aggregate contributions are
   the amount of aggregate contributions allocated on behalf of the Highly
   Compensated Employees which causes the Plan to fail to satisfy the ACP
   test. The Advisory





   14.08  6/92

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

   Committee will distribute to each Highly Compensated Employee his
   respective share of the excess aggregate contributions. The Advisory
   Committee will determine the respective shares of excess aggregate
   contributions by starting with the Highly Compensated Employee(s) who
   has the greatest contribution percentage, reducing his contribution
   percentage (but not below the next highest contribution percentage),
   then, if necessary, reducing the contribution percentage of the Highly
   Compensated Employee(s) at the next highest contribution percentage
   level (including the contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated
   Employee(s) whose contribution percentage the Advisory Committee already
   has reduced), and continuing in this manner until the ACP for the Highly
   Compensated Group satisfies the ACP test. If the Highly Compensated
   Employee is part of an aggregated family group, the Advisory Committee,
   in accordance with the applicable Treasury regulations, will determine
   each aggregated family member's allocable share of the excess aggregate
   contributions assigned to the family unit. (E) Allocable income. To
   determine the amount of the corrective distribution required under this
   Section 14.09, the Advisory Committee must calculate the allocable
   income for the Plan Year in which the excess aggregate contributions
   arose. "Allocable income" means net income or net loss. The Advisory
   Committee will determine allocable income in the same manner as
   described in Section 14.08(F) for excess contributions. (F)
   Characterization of excess aggregate contributions. The Advisory
   Committee will treat a Highly Compensated Employee's allocable share of
   excess aggregate contributions in the following priority: (1) first as
   attributable to his Employee contributions which are voluntary
   contributions, if any; (2) then as matching contributions allocable with
   respect to excess contributions determined under the ADP test described
   in Section 14.08; (3) then on a pro rata basis to matching contributions
   and to the deferral contributions relating to those matching
   contributions which the Advisory Committee has included in the ACP test;
   (4) then on a pro rata basis to Employee contributions which are
   mandatory contributions, if any, and to the matching contributions
   allocated on the basis of those mandatory contributions; and (5) last to
   qualified nonelective contributions used in the ACP test. To the extent
   the Highly Compensated Employee's excess aggregate contributions are
   attributable to matching contributions, and he is not 100% vested in his
   Accrued Benefit attributable to matching contributions, the Advisory
   Committee will distribute only the vested portion and forfeit the
   non vested portion. The vested portion of the Highly Compensated
   Employee's excess aggregate contributions attributable to Employer
   matching contributions is the total amount of such excess aggregate
   contributions (as adjusted for allocable income) multiplied by his
   vested percentage (determined as of the last day of the Plan Year for
   which the Employer made the matching contribution). The Employer will
   specify in Adoption Agreement Section 3.05 the manner in which the Plan
   will allocate forfeited excess aggregate contributions. 14.10 MULTIPLE
                                                                 --------
   USE LIMITATION. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if at
   --------------
   least one Highly Compensated Employee is includable in the ADP test
   under Section 14.08 and in the ACP test under Section 14.09, the sum of
   the Highly Compensated Group's ADP and ACP may not exceed the multiple
   use limitation.

       The multiple use limitation is the sum of (i) and (ii):    (i) 125%
   of the greater of: (a) the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group under
   the    Code Section 401(k) arrangement; or (b) the ACP of the Nonhighly
   Compensated Group for the Plan    Year beginning with or within the Plan
   Year of the Code Section 401(k) arrangement.    (ii) 2% plus the lesser
   of (i)(a) or (i)(b), but no more than twice the lesser of (i)(a) or   
   (i)(b).   The Advisory Committee, in lieu of determining the multiple
             use limitation as the sum of (i) and (ii), may elect to
             determine the multiple use limitation as the sum of (iii) and
             (iv):    (iii) 125% of the lesser of: (a) the ADP of the
             Nonhighly Compensated Group under the Code    Section 401(k)
             arrangement; or (b) the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group
             for the Plan Year    beginning with or within the Plan Year of
             the Code Section 401(k) arrangement.














                                                               6/92    14.09

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

       (iv) 2% plus the greater of (iii)(a) or (iii)(b), but no more than
   twice the greater of (iii)(a)     or (iii)(b).  The Advisory Committee
   will determine whether the Plan satisfies the multiple use limitation
   after applying the ADP test under Section 14.08 and the ACP test under
   Section 14.09 and after making any corrective distributions required by
   those Sections. If, after applying this Section 14.10, the Advisory
   Committee determines the Plan has failed to satisfy the multiple use
   limitation, the Advisory Committee will correct the failure by treating
   the excess amount as excess contributions under Section 14.08 or as
   excess aggregate contributions under Section 14.09, as it determines in
   its sole discretion. This Section 14.10 does not apply unless, prior to
   application of the multiple use limitation, the ADP and the ACP of the
   Highly Compensated Group each exceeds 125% of the respective percentages
   for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

        14.11 DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTIONS. The Employer must elect in Section
              -------------------------
        6.03 the Adoption Agreement the distribution events permitted under
        the Plan. The distribution events applicable to the Participant's
        Deferral Contributions Account, Qualified Nonelective Contributions
        Account and Qualified Matching Contributions Account must satisfy
        the distribution restrictions described in paragraph (m) of Section
        14.03. (A) Hardship distributions from Deferral Contributions
        Account. The Employer must elect in Adoption Agreement Section 6.03
        whether a Participant may receive hardship distributions from his
        Deferral Contributions Account prior to the Participant's
        Separation from Service. Hardship distributions from the Deferral
        Contributions Account must satisfy the requirements of this Section
        14.11. A hardship distribution option may not apply to the
        Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account or
        Qualified Matching Contributions Account, except as provided in
        paragraph (3).

        (1) Definition of hardship. A hardship distribution under this
        Section 14.11 must be on account of one or more of the following
        immediate and heavy financial needs: (1) medical care described in
        Code Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant, by the
        Participant's spouse, or by any of the Participant's dependents, or
        necessary to obtain such medical care; (2) the purchase (excluding
        mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;
        (3) the payment of post-secondary education tuition and related
        educational fees, for the next 12-month period, for the
        Participant, for the Participant's spouse, or for any of the
        Participant's dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); (4) to
        prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal
        residence or the foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's
        principal residence; or (5) any need prescribed by the Revenue
        Service in a revenue ruling, notice or other document of general
        applicability which satisfies the safe harbor definition of
        hardship.

         (2) Restrictions. The following restrictions apply to a
        Participant who receives a hardship distribution: (a) the
        Participant may not make elective deferrals or employee
        contributions to the Plan for the 12-month period following the
        date of his hardship distribution; (b) the distribution is not in
        excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need
        (including any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local
        income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
        distribution); (c) the Participant must have obtained all
        distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all
        nontaxable loans (determined at the time of the loan) currently
        available under this Plan and all other qualified plans maintained
        by the Employer; and (d) the Participant agrees to limit elective
        deferrals under this Plan and under any other qualified Plan
        maintained by the Employer, for the Participant's taxable year
        immediately following the taxable year of the hardship
        distribution, to the 402(g) limitation (as described in Section
        14.07), reduced by the amount of the Participant's elective
        deferrals made in the taxable year of the hardship distribution.
        The suspension of elective deferrals and employee contributions
        described in clause (a) also must apply to all other qualified
        plans and to all non qualified plans of deferred compensation
        maintained by the Employer, other than any mandatory employee
        contribution portion of a defined benefit plan, including stock
        option, stock purchase and other similar plans, but not including
        health or welfare benefit plans (other than the cash or deferred
        arrangement portion of a cafeteria plan).




   14.10  6/92

<PAGE>
   Defined Contribution Master Plan

        (3) Earnings. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, a
        hardship distribution under this Section 14.11 may not include
        earnings on an Employee's elective deferrals credited after
        December 31, 1988. Qualified matching contributions and qualified
        nonelective contributions, and any earnings on such contributions,
        credited as of December 31, 1988, are subject to the hardship
        withdrawal only if the Employer specifies in an addendum to this
        Section 14.11. The addendum may modify the December 31, 1988, date
        for purposes of determining credited amounts provided the date is
        not later than the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1,
        1989. (B) Distributions after Separation from Service. Following
        the Participant's Separation from Service, the distribution events
        applicable to the Participant apply equally to all of the
        Participant's Accounts, except as elected in Section 6.03 of the
        Employer's Adoption Agreement. (C) Correction of Annual Additions
        Limitation. If, as a result of a reasonable error in determining
        the amount of elective deferrals an Employee may make without
        violating the limitations of Part 2 of Article III, an Excess
        Amount results, the Advisory Committee will return the Excess
        Amount (as adjusted for allocable income) attributable to the
        elective deferrals. The Advisory Committee will make this
        distribution before taking any corrective steps pursuant to Section
        3.10 or to Section 3.16. The Advisory Committee will disregard any
        elective deferrals returned under this Section 14.11(C) for
        purposes of Sections 14.07, 14.08 and 14.09.

        14.12 SPECIAL ALLOCATION RULES. If the Code Section 401(k)
              ------------------------
        arrangement provides for salary reduction contributions, if the
        Plan accepts Employee contributions, pursuant to Adoption Agreement
        Section 4.01, or if the Plan allocates matching contributions as of
        any date other than the last day of the Plan Year, the Employer
        must elect in Adoption Agreement 9.11 whether any special
        allocation provisions will apply under Section 9.11 of the Plan.
        For purposes of the elections:

        (a) A "segregated Account" direction means the Advisory Committee
        will establish a segregated Account for the applicable
        contributions made on the Participant's behalf during the Plan
        Year. The Trustee must invest the segregated Account in Federally
        insured interest bearing savings account(s) or time deposits, or a
        combination of both, or in any other fixed income investments,
        unless otherwise specified in the Employer's Adoption Agreement. As
        of the last day of each Plan Year (or, if earlier, an allocation
        date coinciding with a valuation date described in Section 9.11),
        the Advisory Committee will reallocate the segregated Account to
        the Participant's appropriate Account, in accordance with Section
        3.04 or Section 4.06, whichever applies to the contributions.

        (b) A "weighted average allocation" method will treat a weighted
        portion of the applicable contributions as if includable in the
        Participant's Account as of the beginning of the valuation period.
        The weighted portion is a fraction, the numerator of which is the
        number of months in the valuation period, excluding each month in
        the valuation period which begins prior to the contribution date of
        the applicable contributions, and the denominator of which is the
        number of months in the valuation period. The Employer may elect in
        its Adoption Agreement to substitute a weighting period other than
        months for purposes of this weighted average allocation.


                                           * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *




















                                                                 6/92  14.11




<PAGE>
                               ARTICLE A

                    APPENDIX TO BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

            This Article is necessary to comply with the Unemployment
   Compensation Amendments Act  of 1992 and is an integral part of the
   basic plan document. Section 12.08 applies to any modification or
   amendment to this Article.

            A-1. APPLICATIONS. This Article applies to distributions made
                 ------------
   on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan
   to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's  election
   under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the
   manner prescribed by the  Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an
   eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible  retirement
   plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

        A-2. DEFINITIONS.
             -----------

                    (a) "Eligible rollover distribution." An eligible
   rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the
   balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible
   rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of
   a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
   than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee
   or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and
   the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of
   ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is
   required under Code Section 401(a)(9); and the portion of any distribution
   that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the
   exclusion of net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
   securities).

                    (b) "Eligible retirement plan." An eligible retirement
   plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a),
   an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity
   plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code
   Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover
   distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to 
   the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement
   account or individual retirement annuity.

                    (c) "Distributee." A distributee includes an Employee
   or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
   surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or
   former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
   relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are distributees
   with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                    (d) "Direct rollover." A direct rollover is a payment
   by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
   distributee.































<PAGE>
                                       ARTICLE B              APPENDIX TO
   BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

           This Article is necessary to comply with the Omnibus Budget
   Reconciliation Act of 1993 (OBRA '93) and is an integral part of the
   basic plan document. Section 12.08 applies to any modification or
   amendment of this Article.

           In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the
   plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the
   contrary, for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
   annual compensation of each employee taken into account under the plan
   shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit. The OBRA '93
   annual compensation limit is $150,000, as adjusted by the Commissioner
   for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section
   401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The cost-of-living
   adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not
   exceeding 12 months, over which compensation is determined
   (determination period) beginning in such calendar year. If a
   determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93
   annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the
   numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period,
   and the denominator of which is 12.

           For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any
   reference in this plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the
   Code shall mean the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this
   provision.

           If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
   account in determining an employee's benefits accruing in the current
   plan year, the compensation for that prior determination period is
   subject to the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit in effect for that
   prior determination period. For this purpose, for determination periods
   beginning before the first day of the first plan year beginning on or
   after January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is
   $150,000.









                                                                   (3/93)


<PAGE>

                      ADOPTION AGREEMENT #013
       SHORT-FORM NONSTANDARDIZED CODE SECTION 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

       The undersigned, TPI Enterprises, Inc. ("Employer"), by executing this
                        --------------- 
Adoption Agreement, elects to become a participating Employer in the 
NationsBank Defined Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document #03) by 
- -----------                                                       ---
adopting the accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were a 
signatory to that Agreement. The Employer makes the following elections 
granted under the provisions of the Master Plan.

       Note: For any "Specify" option, the Employer may attach an addendum 
to the Adoption Agreement setting forth its provision if the available space is
not sufficient.

                            ARTICLE I
                            DEFINITIONS

    1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is TPI 
                                                                  ---
Enterprises, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.
- -------------------------------------------------
    1.07 EMPLOYEE. The following Employees are not eligible to participate 
in the Plan: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (e))

[ ] (a) No exclusions.

[X]   (b) Collective bargaining employees (as defined in Section 1.07 of the 
      Plan). [Note: If the Employer excludes union employees from the 
      Plan, the Employer must be able to provide evidence that retirement 
      benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining.]

[X]   (c) Nonresident aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined 
      in Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes United 
      States source income (as defined in Code Section 861(a)(3)).

[X]   (d) Leased Employees treated as Employees under Section 1.31 of the Plan.

[X]   (e) (Specify) Employees grades 17 or higher and executive officers of 
      the Employer.

Related Employers. If any member of the Employer's related group (as defined in 
Section 1.30 of the Plan) executes a Participation Agreement to this Adoption 
Agreement, such member's Employees are eligible to participate in this Plan, 
unless excluded by reason of an exclusion classification elected under this 
Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. If any member of the Employer's related group 
does not execute a Participation Agreement, that related group member's 
Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan unless, in an addendum, 
the Employer designates the Employees of that nonparticipating related group 
member as eligible to participate in the Plan.

    1.12 COMPENSATION. The Employer makes the following election(s) regarding 
the definition of Compensation for purposes of the contribution/allocation 
formula in Article III: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (e))

[ ] (a) No modifications to the definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan.

[ ]   (b) W-2 wages in lieu of the definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan. 
      W-2 wages means wages for federal income tax withholding purposes, 
      as defined under Code Section 3401(a), plus all other payments


<PAGE>

to an Employee in the course of the Employer's trade or business, for which 
the Employer must furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 
6041(d) and 6051(a)(3), disregarding any rules limiting the remuneration 
included as wages under this definition based on the nature or location of the
employment or service performed. As long as the instructions to Box 10 of Form
W-2 are consistent with the instructions for the 1991 Form W-2, the Employer may
treat the amount reported in Box 10 as satisfying this definition.

[ ]   (c) The Plan excludes reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe 
      benefits (cash and non cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and 
      welfare benefits.

[X]   (d) The Plan increases Compensation by the amount of elective 
      contributions (as defined in Section 1.12 of the Plan) made on the 
      Participant's behalf.

[X]   (e) (Specify) the plan excludes commissions and includes overtime, 
      bonuses and tips.

If, for any Plan Year, the Plan uses a permitted disparity formula to allocate 
Employer nonelective contributions, any election of Option (e) is ineffective 
for such Plan Year with respect to any Nonhighly Compensated Employee's 
allocation under that formula unless the elected definition satisfies Code 
Section 414(s).

Salary Reduction Contributions/Matching Contributions. Unless otherwise 
specified in (e), the following rules apply to salary reduction contributions 
and matching contributions: (1) any limitation on matching contributions based 
on Compensation applies to Compensation paid during the period the Employee is
eligible to participate under the Code Section 401(k) arrangement; and (2) 
if the Employee makes elective contributions to another plan maintained by the 
Employer, the Advisory Committee will determine the amount of the Employee's 
salary reduction contribution for the withholding period prior to the reduction
elected under the other plan.

1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR. Plan Year and Limitation Year mean: (Choose (a)
or (b)) 

[X] (a) The 12 consecutive month period ending every December 31.

[ ] (b) (Specify)

1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE. (New plans must choose (a) restated plans must 
     choose (b))

[X] (a) New Plan. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is January 1, 1995.

[ ] (b) Restated Plan. The restated Effective Date is________. This Plan is
        a substitution and amendment of an existing retirement plan(s) 
        originally established________.

[ ] (c) Special Effective Dates. The following special Effective Dates apply:

1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service is: (Choose 
at least one)

[X] (a) The actual method.

[ ]   (b) The                                                     equivalency
              ----------------------------------------------------
      method. [Note: Insert "daily," "weekly," "semi-monthly payroll periods"
 or "monthly. "]

[ ] (c) In lieu of the equivalency method stated in (b), the actual method 
applies for purposes of____________________.


                                              2


<PAGE>

    1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. [Note: The Employer may attach a 
schedule to this Adoption Agreement Section 1.29 designating predecessor or 
prior employers and the applicable service crediting elections. If this Plan 
is a successor of a plan maintained by a predecessor employer, see Section 1.29
of the Plan for certain predecessor service automatically taken into account. ]

    1.31 LEASED EMPLOYEES. [Note: If the Plan covers any Leased Employee who 
also participates in a plan maintained by the leasing organization, the Plan 
will not reduce that Leased Employee's allocation of Employer contributions 
under this Plan except as provided in an addendum. ]

                             ARTICLE II
                        EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

  2.01 ELIGIBILITY.

Eligibility Conditions. To become a Participant in the Plan, an Employee must 
satisfy the following eligibility conditions: (Choose at least one of (a), (b)
and (c); (d) and (e) are optional) 


[X]   (a)   Attainment of age 21 (specify age, not exceeding 21).
                              --
[X]   (b)   One Year of Service.

[ I   (c)   (Specify)__________________________.                        [Note:
      Any specified service requirement may not exceed either the one-year 
      requirement in (b) or, for any portion of the plan other than the Code 
      Section 401 (k) arrangement, the two-year requirement in Code
      Section 410(a)(1)(B), depending on the vesting schedule elected in 
      Section 5.03, and any specified age requirement may not exceed 21. ]

[X] (d) A Participant prior to the restated Effective Date may not continue 
     as a Participant unless he satisfies the eligibility conditions of this 
     Section 2.01. [Note: If the Employer does not elect (d), current 
     Participants need not complete the eligibility conditions of this Section 
     2.01. ]

[ ]   (e) The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01 apply solely to an 
      Employee employed by the  Employer after __. If the Employee was employed
      by the Employer on or before the specified date, the Employee will become
      a Participant on the later of the Effective Date or his Employment
      Commencement Date.

Plan Entry Date. "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective Date and: (Choose (f)
or (g))

[ ] (f) Semi-annual Entry Dates. The first day of the Plan Year and the first 
    day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

[X] (g) (Specify entry dates) Semi-annual Entry Dates. The first day of the 
    Plan Year, the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year, and 
    February 1, 1995. 

Time of Participation. An Employee will become a Participant, unless excluded 
under Adoption Agreement Section 1.07, on the Plan Entry Date (if employed 
on that date): (Choose (h) or (i))

[X] (h)     immediately following
[ ] (i)     _____________________

                                        3

<PAGE>

the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions described in this 
Adoption Agreement Section 2.01. [Note: Unless otherwise excluded under Section
1.07, the Employee must become a Participant by the earlier of: (1) the first 
day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and
service requirements of Code Section 410(a); or (2) 6 months after the 
date the Employee completes those requirements. ]

  2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. (Complete (a) and (b))

[X] (a) Hours of Service. An Employee must complete 1,000 Hour(s) of Service 
    during an eligibility computation period to receive credit for a Year of
    Service under Article II. [Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If 
    left blank, the requirement is 1,000. ]

[X] (b) Eligibility Computation Period. After the initial eligibility 
    computation period described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan 
    measures the eligibility computation period as: (Choose (1) or (2))

    [ ] (1) The 12 consecutive month period beginning with each anniversary 
        of an Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

    [X] (2) The Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year which includes 
        the first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  The Break in Service rule described in 
Section 2.03(B) of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.
[ ] (b) Applies to the Employer's Plan.

2.06 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))
[X] (a) Does not permit an eligible Employee or a Participant to elect not 
    to participate.

[ ] (b) Does permit an eligible Employee or a Participant to elect not to 
    participate in accordance with Section 2.06 and with the following rules:



                            ARTICLE III
               EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

  3:01 AMOUNT.

Part I. Amount of Employer's Contribution. The amount of the Employer's annual 
contribution to the Trust will equal: (Choose at least one)

[X] (a) Deferral Contributions (Code Section 401(k)) Arrangement. The amount 
    by which the Participants have reduced their Compensation for the Plan
    Year, pursuant to their salary reduction agreements. The Plan refers to
    these amounts as salary reduction contributions.

[X] (b) Matching Contributions. The matching contributions made pursuant to
    Part II of this Adoption Agreement Section 3.01.


                                        4
<PAGE>

[X] (c) Nonelective Contributions. The amount (or additional amount) the
    Employer may from time to time deem advisable, without regard to Net
    Profits. The Employer, in its sole discretion, may designate all or any
    portion of its nonelective contributions to be qualified nonelective
    contributions.

[ ] (d) Frozen Plan. This Plan is a frozen Plan effective __. The Employer
    will not contribute to the Plan for any period following the stated date.

Part II. Matching Contributions. [Note: Do not complete Part II unless the
Employer elected Option (b). ]

[X] (e) Matching Contributions Formula. For each Plan Year, the Employer's 
    matching contribution is: (Choose at least one of (1) and (2); (3) and (4)
    are available only as additional options)

      [X]   (1) An amount equal to the following percentage(s) of eligible
            contributions for the Plan Year: 25% of eligible contributions.

       The Advisory Committee will allocate the amounts described in this 
       Option (e)(1) to the:  
       (Choose (i) or (ii))

       [X] (i)    Regular Matching Contributions Account.

       [ ] (ii) Qualified Matching Contributions Account.

      [X]  (2) Discretionary formula. An amount (or additional amount) equal
           to a matching percentage the Employer from time to time may deem 
           advisable of the Participant's eligible contributions for the Plan
           Year (or tiers of eligible contributions, if applicable under Option
           (f)). The Employer must designate the portion, if any, of its 
           discretionary matching contribution allocable to the Regular 
           Matching Contributions Accounts of the eligible Participants and the
           portion, if any, of its discretionary matching contribution 
           allocable to the Qualified Matching Contributions Accounts of the
           eligible Participants. 

    [ ] (3) The following limitations apply to a Participant's matching 
        contributions:__________________________.

    [ ] (4) The Advisory Committee will allocate matching contributions on 
        the following allocation
         dates:                                                  [Note: If
               -------------------------------------------------
         the Employer does not check (4), the last day of the Plan Year is the
         only allocation date for matching contributions.]

    [X]   (f) Eligible Contributions. For purposes of applying the matching 
          contribution formula in Option 
          (e), the term "eligible contributions" means: (Choose at least one of
          (1) or (2); (3) through (5) are available only as additional
          selections)

    [X] (1) Salary reduction contributions.

      [ ]   (2) Participant mandatory contributions, as designated in Adoption
            Agreement Section 4.01. See Section 14.04 of the Plan.

      [X]   (3) The Plan disregards eligible contributions exceeding 6% of a
            Participant's Compensation for the payroll period.

                                        5
<PAGE>

    [ ] (4) The Plan takes into account eligible contributions in tiers,
        defined as follows:

        [ ] (5) (Specify)

Part III. Special rules for Code Section 401(k) Arrangement. (Choose the 
applicable elections)

[X]   (g) Limitation on amount. the Employee's salary reduction contributions
      are subject to the following limitations: contributions may not exceed
      20% of Compensation for the Plan Year, must equal at least 1% and must be
      in 1% increments. [Note: If the Employer does not elect Option (g),
      the salary reduction contributions are not subject to any limitations
      other than the annual additions limitation described in Part 2 of Article
      III and the 402(g) limitation described in Section 14.07 of the Plan. ]

[X]   (h) Revocation. An Employee, on a prospective basis, may revoke a salary
      reduction agreement or may file a new agreement following a prior
      revocation: (Choose one)

      [ ]   (1)  As of any Plan Entry Date.
      [ ]   (2)  As of the first day of each quarter.
      [X]   (3)  (Specify at least once per Plan Year) See attached Addendum.

[X] (i) Modifying Elections. An Employee, on a prospective basis, may increase
    or may decrease his salary reduction percentage or dollar amount: (Choose 
    one)

      [ ]   (1)  As of the beginning of each payroll period.
      [X]   (2)  As of the first day of each quarter.
      [ ]   (3)  As of any Plan Entry Date.
      [ ]   (4)  (Specify at least once per Plan Year)________.

[X] (j) Allocation Dates. The Advisory Committee will allocate salary reduction
    contributions on the following allocation dates: any business day the
    United States financial markets are open. [Note: If the Employer does not
    check (j), the last day of the Plan Year is the only allocation date for
    salary reduction contributions. ]

    3.04 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION. The elections in this Section 3.04 (other
than Option (d)) apply only to the allocation of nonelective contributions
(other than qualified nonelective contributions).
(Choose an allocation method under (a) or (b); (c) is mandatory if the Employer
elects (b); (d) and (e) are optional)

[X] (a) Non Integrated location Formula. The Advisory Committee will make
    the allocation in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for
    the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the
    Plan Year.

[ ] (b) Permitted Disparity. The following formula described in Appendix A
    applies: (Choose (I), (2) or (3))

    [ ] (1) Two-Tiered Formula.

                                        6
<PAGE>

[ ] (2) Four-Tiered Formula.

[ ] (3) Two-Tiered Formula when the Plan is not top heavy and the Four-Tiered
    Formula when the Plan is top heavy.

[ ]   (c) Excess Compensation. For purposes of Option (b), "Excess
      Compensation" means Compensation in excess of the following Integration
      Level: (Choose one)

[ ] (1)   % of the taxable wage base in effect on the first day of the Plan
       ---
    Year, rounded to the next highest $_______ (not exceeding the taxable 
    wage base).

[ ] (2) The taxable wage base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year.

[ ] (3) (Specify - may not exceed the taxable wage base)_________.

[ ] (d) Modifications to Top Heavy Minimum Allocation. (Choose (1) or (2))


[ ]   (1) The Employer will satisfy the top heavy minimum allocation by making 
      any necessary additional contribution to the following defined 
      contribution plan maintained by the Employer:_______________.


[ ]   (2) In lieu of 3%, substitute the following percentage to determine the
      top heavy minimum allocation:_________________.


[ ] (e) Related Employers. If two or more related employers (as defined in
    Section 1.30) contribute to this Plan, the Advisory Committee will allocate
    all Employer contributions and forfeitures only to the Participants
    directly employed by the contributing Employer. If a Participant receives
    Compensation from more than one contributing Employer, the Advisory
    Committee will determine the allocations under this Adoption Agreement
    Section 3.04 by prorating among the participating Employers the
    Participant's Compensation and, if applicable, the Participant's 
    Integration Level under Option (c). [Note: If the Employer does not elect
    (e), the Advisory Committee will allocate all contributions and forfeitures
    without regard to which Participants are directly employed by a contributing
    related group member. ]

Addendum. In an addendum to this Section 3.04 or to Section 3.01,the Employer
may: (1) specify other modifications to the top heavy rules, to the extent
permissible under Code Section 416; or (2) incorporate special contribution
or allocation provisions affecting Employer contributions or Participant 
forfeitures (e.g., different allocation formulas or matching contribution 
formulas for different employment classifications). If the top heavy ratio 
includes the present value of accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan, the
Advisory Committee will use the actuarial assumptions stated in the defined 
benefit plan to determine the top heavy ratio unless the addendum specifies 
other assumptions.

3.05 FORFEITURE  ALLOCATION. The Advisory Committee will allocate a Participant
forfeiture: (Choose at least one)


[ ] (a) As if the forfeiture were an additional Employer nonelective 
    contribution for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs.

                                        7

<PAGE>

[ ] (b) To reduce Employer contributions (including matching contributions, if
    applicable) for the Plan Year: (Choose one)

[X] (1) in which the forfeiture occurs.

[ ] (2) following the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs.
(c) To the extent attributable to matching contributions:___________.

Excess aggregate contributions. To the extent Section 14.09 of the Plan results
in a forfeiture of non vested excess aggregate contributions, the Advisory
Committee will allocate the forfeited amount as described in (a), (b) or (c),
whichever applies, or in an addendum to Section 3.04, if applicable. An
allocation of forfeited amounts as discretionary contributions (including
discretionary matching contributions) must disregard the Highly Compensated
Employees who incurred the forfeitures.

    3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.
Compensation Taken Into Account. For the Plan Year in which the Employee
first becomes a Participant, the Advisory Committee will determine the 
allocation of nonelective contributions (including qualified nonelective
contributions) by taking into account: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

[ ] (b) The Employee's Compensation only for the portion of the Plan Year in
    which the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan.

Accrual Requirements. The Plan does not apply any accrual requirement to 
salary reduction contributions. To receive an allocation of matching 
contributions or of nonelective contributions (including qualified
nonelective contributions) and forfeitures, a Participant must satisfy the 
conditions described in the following elections: (Choose at least one)

[ ]   (c) Safe Harbor Rule. The Participant either must be employed by the 
      Employer on the last day of the Plan Year or must complete at least 501 
      Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

[X]   (d) Hours of Service Condition. The Participant must complete at least the
      following number of Hours of Service for the Plan Year: 1,000. [Note: 
      The number may not exceed 1,000.]

[X]   (e) Employment Condition. The Participant must be employed by the 
      Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

[X]   (f) Exception. Any condition specified in (d) and (e) does not apply if
      the Participant terminates employment during the Plan Year on account
      of death, disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the
      current Plan Year or in a prior Plan Year.

[X]   (g) (Specify other conditions, if applicable): any condition specified 
      in (d) and (e) does not apply to fixed Employer Matching Contributions
       under 3.01(e)(1).

[X]   (h) Suspension of Accrual Requirements. The suspension of accrual
      requirements of Section 3.06(E) of the Plan applies to the Employer's 
      Plan, subject to any modifications stated in an addendum. [Note: If the
      Employer does not elect Option (h), Section 3.06(E) of the Plan does not
      apply. ]

                                        8
<PAGE>

Unless otherwise specified in (g), the Advisory Committee will allocate 
qualified nonelective contributions only to Participants who are Nonhighly 
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year. 

    3.15 MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION. Unless otherwise provided in an 
addendum, if the provisions of Section 3.15 apply, the Excess Amount attributed
to this Plan equals the product of: 

    (a) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date (including any
    amount which the Advisory Committee would have allocated but for the
    limitations of Code Section 415), times 

    (b) the ratio of (1) the amount allocated to the Participant as of such 
    date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount allocated as of such
    date under all qualified defined contribution plans (determined without
    regard to the limitations of Code Section 415).

    3.18 DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION. The limitation under Section 3.18
      applies to the Employer's Plan if the Employer maintains (or ever
      maintained) a defined benefit plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy
      the limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce the
      Participant's projected annual benefit under the defined benefit plan
      under which the Participant participates, if the Employer still
      maintains the defined benefit plan as an active plan. If the Employer
      has frozen or terminated the defined benefit plan, the Employer will
      reduce its contribution or allocation on behalf of the Participant to the
      defined contribution plan(s) under which the Participant participates.
      The Employer may prescribe an alternate means of satisfying the Section
      3.18 limitation in an addendum.

                             ARTICLE IV
                      PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

    4.01 PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. The following elections apply 
to nondeductible contributions: (Choose (a) or (b); (c), (d) and (e) are 
available only as additional options)

[X]   (a)   The Plan does not permit Participant nondeductible contributions.
[ ]   (b)   The Plan permits Participant nondeductible contributions. See 
      Section 14.04 of the Plan.

[ ]   (c) The Plan treats the following portion of the Participant's 
      nondeductible contributions for the Plan Year as "mandatory" 
      contributions:

[ ]   (d) The Advisory Committee will allocate Participant nondeductible 
      contributions on the following allocation dates:              [Note:
      If the Employer does not elect (d), the last day of the Plan Year is 
      the only allocation date for Participant nondeductible contributions.]

[ ]   (e) In lieu of the withdrawal rules under Section 4.05, the following 
      rules apply to Participant nondeductible contributions:___________.

                             ARTICLE V
              TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

    5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. A Participant attains Normal Retirement Age under
the Plan on the following date: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) The date he attains age 65 [Note: The age may not exceed age 65].

[ ] (b ) The later of the date he attains_____years of age or the __ 
    anniversary of the first day of the 

                                        9
<PAGE>

    Plan Year in which he commenced participation in the Plan. [Note: The age
    may not exceed age 65 and the anniversary may not exceed the 5th]

    5.02 PARTICIPANT DEATH OR DISABILITY. The 100% vesting rule under Section
5.02 of the Plan applies to death and to disability, unless the Employer
provides a different vesting rule in an addendum.

    5.03 VESTING SCHEDULE. The vesting elections in this Section 5.03 apply
only to the Regular Matching Contributions Account, if any, and the Employer
Contributions Account, if any. 100 % immediate vesting applies to all other
Accounts. The Employer elects the following vesting schedule: (Choose (a)
or (b); (c), (d) and (e) are available only in addition to (b))

[ ] (a) Immediate Vesting. 100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

[X] (b) Graduated Vesting Schedules. (Complete (1); (2) is optional in
addition to (1))

<TABLE><CAPTION>


       [X] (1) Top Heavy Schedule                                [ ] (2) Non Top Heavy Schedule

         Years of                      Nonforfeitable               Years of                    Nonforfeitable
         Service                       Percentage                   Service                     Percentage
     <S>                                     <C>                <C> 
      Less than 1 ....................         0                 Less than 1 .................
             1 .......................         0                     1 ......................
             2 ......................          20                    2 ......................
             3 ......................          40                    3 ......................
             4 ......................          60                    4 ......................
             5 ......................          80                    5 ......................
             6 or more ............            100%                  6 ......................
                                                                     7 or more ..............         100%
</TABLE>


If the Employer does not elect (b)(2), the vesting schedule in (b)(1) applies
to all Plan Years. [Note: The Top Heavy Schedule must satisfy Code Section 416.
If the Employer elects Option (b)(2), the Non Top Heavy Schedule must satisfy 
Code Section 411(a)(2).]

[ ] (c) Minimum Vesting Amount. The lesser of $        or his entire Accrued
Benefit, even if the application of the graduated vesting schedule under
Option (b) would result in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

[X] (d) Application of Top Heavy Schedule. The Top Heavy Schedule applies
in the Plan Year for which the Plan first is top heavy and then in all
subsequent Plan Years. [Note: If the Employer elects (b) (2) but not (d), the
Top Heavy Vesting Schedule applies only in top heavy Plan Years. ]

[ ] (e) Special Vesting Rules. (Specify)___________________.
                   [Note: Any special rule must satisfy Code Section 411(a).]

    5.04 DEEMED CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS. To determine the timing of forfeitures
for 0% vested Participants, the deemed cash-out rule described in Section
5.04(C)of the Plan: (Choose (a) or (b)) 


[ ] (a) Does not apply.                            [X] (b) Applies.



                                          10


<PAGE>

5.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING. (Complete (a) and (b))

[X]   (a) Hours of Service. An Employee must complete at least 1,000 Hours of
Service during a vesting computation period to receive credit for a Year of
Service under Article V. [Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left
blank, the requirement is 1,000. ]

[X]   (b) Vesting Computation Period. The Plan measures a Year of Service
      on the basis of the following 12 consecutive month periods: (Choose (1) 
      or (2)) 

[X] (1) Plan Years.

[ ] (2) Employment Years. An Employment Year is the 12 consecutive month 
    period measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and 
    each successive 12 consecutive month period measured from each anniversary
    of that Employment Commencement Date.

    5.08 INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. The Employer specifically excludes
the following Years of Service: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through
(f); choose (a) if the term "Year of Service "does not apply to the vesting
election in Adoption Agreement Section 5.03) 

[X] (a) None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

[ ] (b) Any Year of Service before the Participant attained the age of 18.

[ ] (c) Any Year of Service during the period the Employer did not maintain 
    this Plan or a predecessor plan.

[ ] (d) Any Year of Service before a Break in Service if the number of
    consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds 5. This exception applies
    only if the Participant is 0% vested in his Accrued Benefit derived from
    Employer contributions at the time he has a Break in Service.

[ ] (e) Any Years of Service disregarded under the terms of the Plan prior to
    the restated Effective Date.

[ ]   (f) (Specify)__________________________.                       [Note:
      Any specified exception must comply with Code Section 411(a)(4).]



                                     ARTICLE VI
                        TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

    6.01 TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. The following elections apply to
Section 6.01 of the Plan: ((a) is mandatory; (b), (c) and (d) are optional
in addition to (a))

[X] (a) Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit Not Exceeding $3,500. The Plan will
    distribute a Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not exceeding $3,500: (Choose
    (1), (2) or (3))

[X] (1) As soon as administratively practicable following the Participant's
    Separation from Service.

[ ] (2) As soon as administratively practicable in the             Plan Year 
                                                      -------------
     beginning after the Participant's Separation from Service.



[ ] (3) (Specify)

                                           11


<PAGE>

[ ]   (b) Disability. If the Participant terminates by reason of a disability,
      the following special rules apply to the distribution of the Participant's
      Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit: ________________________.

[ ]   (c) Hardship. The Plan permits a hardship distribution, as defined in
      Section 14.11(A)(1), to a Participant who has separated from Service,
      subject to any special rules provided in an addendum.

[X]   (d) Default on a Loan. If a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a loan
      made pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory Committee
      pursuant to Section 9.04, the Plan treats the default as a distributable
      event. The Trustee, at the time of the default, will reduce the
      Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by the lesser of the amount
      in default (plus accrued interest) or the Plan's security interest in
      that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. In the case of the portion of the
      loan attributable to the Participant's Deferral Contributions Account,
      Qualified Matching Contributions Account or Qualified Nonelective
      Contributions Account, the reduction described in the preceding
      sentence will not occur before the earlier of the Participant's Separation
      from Service or attainment of age 59 1/2.

    6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. Section 6.02 of the Plan, which
permits lump sum or installment distribution elections, applies without
modification, except as provided in an addendum.

6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS. ((a) is mandatory; (b) is optional)

[x] (a) Participant Elections After Separation from Service. A Participant whose
    Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500 may elect to commence
    distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit: (Choose at least one)

[X] (1) As of the earliest administratively practicable date following
    Separation from Service.

[ ] (2) As of the earliest administratively practicable date in the      Plan
                                                                   ------
    Year(s) beginning after Separation from Service.


[ ] (3) As of the earliest administratively practicable date after the close
    of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

[ ] (4) (Specify)_________________.

See Section 6.01(A)(2) if the Participant fails to make an election or has
passed the latest elective date described in this Option (a).

[x] (b) Participant Elections Prior to Separation from Service. A Participant,
    prior to his Separation from Service, may elect to receive all or any
    portion of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit under the condition(s)
    specified in this Option (b). Unless otherwise specified in (b)(5), each
    event selected represents an independent withdrawal right and a Participant
    must have a 100% Nonforfeitable interest in his Accrued Benefit to be
    eligible for an in-service withdrawal. Each election applies to all
    Accounts unless otherwise specified. A reference to "restricted Accounts"
    means the Deferral Contributions Account, Qualified Matching Contributions
    Account and Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account. (Choose at least
    one of (1), (2), (3), (4)or (5))

[X] (1) The Participant has attained age 59 1/2.

                                              12


<PAGE>

       [X]   (2) The Participant has incurred a hardship under the rules 
             described in Section 14.11(A). To the extent distributed from
             the Regular Matching Contributions Account and the Employer
             Contributions Account, the provisions of Sections 14.11(A)(2) and
             14.1 1(A)(3) do not apply.

       [ ]   (3) The Participant has participated in the Plan for a period of
             not less than 5 years, but only from Accounts other than
             restricted Accounts.

       [ ]   (4) If the Employer sells substantially all of the assets (within
             the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business
             or sells a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section
             409(d)(3)), but only for a Participant who continues employment
             with the acquiring corporation. A distribution under this Option
             must be a lump sum distribution, determined in a manner consistent
             with Code Section 401(k)(10) and the applicable Treasury
             regulations.

       [X]   (5) (Specify) distributions under 6.03(b)(2) above are available
             from Deferral Contributions Accounts only. [Note: An in-service
             distribution from restricted Accounts may not be available
             unless the Participant has attained age 59 1/2, is disabled or
             satisfies the hardship rules of Section 14.11 of the Plan.]

      6.04 ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES.
The annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) Do not apply to a Participant, unless the Participant is described in
Section 6.04(E) of the Plan (relating to the profit sharing exception to the
joint and survivor requirements).

[ ] (b) Apply to all Participants.

                             ARTICLE IX
    ADVISORY COMMITTEE - DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

    9.10 VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED BENEFIT. If a distribution (other than
a distribution from a segregated Account) occurs more than 90 days after the
most recent valuation date, the distribution will include interest at the
following rate: 0%. [Note: If left blank, the percentage is 0%.]

    9.11 ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NET INCOME GAIN OR LOSS. Pursuant to
Section 14.12, the elections in this Section 9.11 apply to the allocation of
net income, gain or loss attributable to salary reduction contributions,
matching contributions and Participant nondeductible contributions. Unless
otherwise specified, the elections apply to all these contributions. (Choose at
least one) 

[X]   (a)   Apply Section 9.11 without modification.
[ ]   (b)   Use the segregated account approach described in Section 14.12.

[ ]   (c) Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12, based
      on a         weighting period.
          --------
                                13


<PAGE>

[ ]   (d) Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning of the
      valuation period     % of the contributions: (Choose (1) or (2))
                       ----
[ ] (1) made during that valuation period.

[ ] (2) made by the following specified time:___________.

[ I (e) (Specify)________________.

              ARTICLE X
TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

    10.03 INVESTMENT POWERS. The following additional investment options or
limitations apply under Section 10.03: the aggregate investments in
qualifying Employer securities may not exceed 100% of Plan assets. [Note:
Enter "N/A" if not applicable.]

    10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. In addition to the last day of the Plan Year, the
Trustee must value the Trust Fund on the following valuation date(s): any
business day the United States financial markets are open.

[Note: Enter "N/A" if not applicable. If left blank, the last day of the Plan
Year is the only mandatory valuation date. Regardless of whether the Employer
specifies other valuation dates, the Advisory Committee has the discretion to
direct valuation at any time. See Section 10.14 of the Plan.]

                                      14


<PAGE>

                            Execution Page

The Trustee (and Custodian, if applicable), by executing this Adoption
Agreement, accepts its position and agrees to all of the obligations,
responsibilities and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or Custodian)
under the Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of
this Plan and Trust, and in witness of its agreement, the Employer by its duly
authorized officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement, and the Trustee
(and Custodian, if applicable) has signified its acceptance, on this twenty-
second day of December, 1994.

                        Name of Employer: TPI Enterprises, Inc.

                        Employer's EIN: 22-1899681


                        Signed:


                        Name(s) of Trustee: NationsBank of Georgia, N.A.

                        Signed:/s/ signature

                        Signed:

                        Name of Custodian (Optional):

                        Signed:

Trustee Investment Powers. The Trustee has (check one): [ ] discretionary
[X] non discretionary investment powers. See Section 10.03. [Note: The Employer
must check "discretionary" if a Custodian executes this Adoption Agreement.]

Plan Number. The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this Plan for
ERISA reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is: 002.

Use of Adoption Agreement. Failure to complete properly the elections in this
Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Employer's Plan. The
3-digit number assigned to this Adoption Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the Master Plan Sponsor's record keeping purposes and does not necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer designated in the prior paragraph.

Master Plan Sponsor. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of
the basic plan document will notify all adopting employers of any amendment of
this Master Plan or of any abandonment or discontinuance by the Master Plan
Sponsor of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries regarding
the adoption of the Master Plan, the Master Plan Sponsor's intended meaning
of any plan provisions or the effect of the opinion letter issued to the
Master Plan Sponsor, please contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the following
address and telephone number: NationsBank; Trust - Master Plan Services;
901 Main Street, 16th Floor; Dallas, Texas 75202 (214) 508-1738.

Reliance on Opinion Letter. The Employer may not rely on the Master Plan
Sponsor's opinion letter covering this Adoption Agreement. For reliance on the
Plan's qualification, the Employer must obtain a determination letter from the
applicable IRS Key District office.

                                15


<PAGE>

Code Section 411(d)(6) Protected Benefits. To the extent the elections under
Article VI would eliminate a Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit, see
Section 13.02 of the Plan. If the elections liberalize the optional forms
of benefit under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the later of the
adoption date or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.

                                  16


<PAGE>

           PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT FOR RELATED GROUP MEMBERS
           [ ] Check here if not applicable and do not complete this page.

       The undersigned Employer, by executing this Participation Agreement,
elects to become a  Participating Employer in the Plan identified in Section
1.03 of the accompanying Adoption Agreement,  as if the Participating Employer
were a signatory to that Agreement. The Participating Employer accepts,
 and agrees to be bound by, all of the elections granted under the provisions
of the Master Plan as made  by TPI Enterprises, Inc., the Signatory Employer to
the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement.

        1. The Effective Date of the undersigned Employer's participation
 in the designated Plan is: January  1, 1995.

        2. The undersigned Employer's adoption of this Plan constitutes:

 [X] (a) The adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer.

 [ ] (b) The adoption of an amendment and restatement of a plan currently
     maintained by the Employer, identified as             , and having an
                                              --------------
     original effective date of
                                --------.


       Dated this 22nd day of Dec, 1994

                                      Name of Participating Employer,
                                      TPI Restaurants, Inc. 

                                      Signed:/s/ Fred W. Burford

                                      Participating Employer's EIN: 62-0840246

Acceptance by the Signatory Employer to the Execution Page of the Adoption
Agreement and by the Trustee.

                        Name of Signatory Employer: TPI Enterprises, Inc.

Accepted: 12/22/94
        [Date:]            Signed:/s/ signature



                        Name(s) of Trustee: NationsBank of Georgia, N.A.

Accepted: 3/3/95
        [Date]          Signed:/s/ Cathy


[Note: Each Participating Employer must execute a separate Participation
Agreement. See the Execution Page of the Adoption Agreement for important
Master Plan information. ]


<PAGE>

                   Appendix A (Permitted Disparity Plans Only)

       Note: The Adoption Agreement must include Appendix A even if it does not
 apply to the Employer's Plan.  The Employer may disregard Appendix A if it
 elected Option (a) under Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.]

 Two-Tiered Integrated Allocation Formula - Maximum Disparity. First, the
 Advisory Committee will allocate the annual Employer nonelective contributions
 in the same ratio that each Participant's  Compensation plus Excess
 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus Excess
 Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under
 this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation plus
 Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable percentage
 (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum Disparity Table.

 The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining Employer nonelective
 contributions in the same  ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
 Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan 
 Year.

 Four-Tiered Integrated Allocation Formula. First, the Advisory Committee will
 allocate the annual Employer nonelective contributions in the same ratio that
 each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
 Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3 % of
 each Participant's Compensation. Solely for purposes of this first tier
 allocation, a "Participant" means, in addition to any Participant who
 satisfies the requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year, any other
 Participant entitled to a top heavy minimum allocation under Section 3.04(B)
 of the Plan.

 As a second tier Allocation, the Advisory Committee will allocate the annual
 Employer nonelective contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's
 Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess Compensation
 of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3 % of each
 Participant's Excess Compensation.

 As a third tier allocation, the Advisory Committee will allocate the annual
 Employer nonelective contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's
 Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
 Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. 
 The allocation under this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's
 Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable
 percentage (2.7%, 2.4% or 1.3%)listed under the Maximum Disparity Table.

The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining Employer nonelective
contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

Maximum Disparity Table. The applicable percentage is:

<TABLE><CAPTION>
   Integration Level (as                   Applicable Percentages for        Applicable Percentages for
   percentage of taxable wage base)        Two-Tiered Formula                Four-Tiered Formula
<S>                                        <C>                               <C>
100%                                                    5.7%                           2.7%
More than 80% but less than 100%                        5.4%                           2.4%
More than 20% and not more than 80%                     4.3%                           1.3%
20% or less                                             5.7%                           2.7%

</TABLE>

[Note: If the Integration Level does not exceed $10,000, use 5.7% for the
Two-Tiered Formula and 2.7% for the Four-Tiered Formula, regardless of the 
percentage in the table.]

                                        19
<PAGE>

                  ADDENDUM TO ADOPTION AGREEMENT

  PLAN NAME: TPI Restaurants, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
  EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 1995                              PLAN NUMBER: 002

 For purposes of this Plan, the Advisory Committee will apply the following
 changes and/or language to the Adoption Agreement sections as indicated.

 SECTION 1.18(c). Special Effective Dates. The following special Effective
 Dates apply:

 The allocation dates for salary reduction contributions elected under
 Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 are effective beginning January 1, 1995 or as
 soon as administratively feasible thereafter. 

 The valuation dates elected under Adoption Agreement Section 10.14 are
 effective for beginning January 1, 1995 or as soon as administratively
 feasible thereafter.

 SECTION 3.01(h).

 Revocation. An Employee, on a prospective basis, may revoke a salary
 reduction agreement as of the first day of any payroll period, and may file a
 new agreement following a prior revocation as of any subsequent Plan Entry
 Date.

 SECTION 3.06(h). Suspension of Accrual Requirements. The Advisory Committee
 will apply Section 3.06(E) of the Plan by using the substitute language
 described in paragraphs 1. and 2. below:

1.   In lieu of the Coverage Test definition in the first paragraph of Section
     3.06(E), the Plan satisfies the Coverage Test if, on the last day of each
     quarter of the Plan Year, the ratio of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees
     who benefit under the Plan to the total number of Includable Nonhighly
     Compensated Employees is at least equal to 70 % of the ratio of the
     Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan to the total
     number of Includable Highly Compensated Employees. As an alternative to
     quarterly testing, the annual testing method may be used. Under this
     method the Plan, as of the last day of the Plan Year, must take into
     account all Includable Employees employed at any time during the Plan Year.

2.    The Advisory Committee will apply the third paragraph of Section 3.06(E),
      of the Plan first by suspending the accrual requirements for the
      Includable Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants, in the
      order described in Section 3.06(E), to the extent necessary to satisfy
      the Coverage Test. The Advisory Committee then will suspend the accrual
      requirements for the Includable Highly Compensated Employees who are
      Participants, in the order described in Section 3.06(E), only if 
      necessary to satisfy the Participation Test.

SECTION 3.15. More than One Plan Limitation. The Advisory Committee modifies
Adoption Agreement Section 3.15 by substituting the following language - "The
Excess Amount attributed to this Plan equals the total Excess Amount."

                           *  *  *   Finis  *  *  *






                                                            EXHIBIT 10.17

                                       AGREEMENT
                                       ---------


                         This Agreement is entered into between     
               Robert A. Kennedy ("Executive"), an individual residing
               in Boca Raton, Florida, and TPI Enterprises, Inc., a New
               Jersey corporation ("Employer") with its headquarters in
               West Palm Beach, Florida.  Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc., a
               Delaware corporation ("Maxcell"), joins herein for the
               purposes hereinafter set forth.

                         The parties hereto are entering into this
               Agreement in order to clarify the second sentence of
               Section 4.1 of the employment agreement, dated as of
               December 31, 1993 by and between Employer and Executive
               (the "Employment Agreement"), which provision has sur-
               vived termination of the Employment Agreement.  The
               parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                         1.   Maxcell is a party to the Maxcell Telecom
               Plus, Inc. and TPI Enterprises, Inc. v. McCaw Cellular
               Communications, Inc. et al. litigation (the "Litiga-
               tion"), currently pending in the Circuit Court for the
               Fifteenth Judicial Circuit of Florida, in and for Palm
               Beach County, Civil Division.  Maxcell hereby covenants
               that (i) upon the full or partial settlement of the
               Litigation, Maxcell shall pay to Executive an aggregate
               of 1% of the gross proceeds (without deduction of expens-
               es including, without limitation, legal fees) received by
               Maxcell upon such full or partial settlement of the
               Litigation, or (ii) upon the final, non-appealable judg-
               ment in the Litigation, Maxcell shall pay to Executive an
               aggregate of 0.5% of the gross proceeds (without deduc-
               tion of expenses including, without limitation, legal
               fees) received by Maxcell upon disposition of the Litiga-
               tion.  Maxcell agrees to make the payments called for by
               this Section 1 within 10 days of its receipt of funds as
               above set forth.  Employer agrees to cause Maxcell to
               make the payments set forth in this Section 1.  In the
               event neither of (i) or (ii) occurs, Maxcell shall not be
               obligated to pay any additional amounts to Executive
               pursuant to this Section 1.  


<PAGE>

                         2.   Employer and Executive hereby agree that
               the payment to Executive set forth in Section 1 hereof
               shall be deemed to satisfy any payment obligations Em-
               ployer may have to Executive pursuant to the second
               sentence of Section 4.1 of the Employment Agreement,
               which provision has survived termination of the Employ-
               ment Agreement, and upon payment to Executive pursuant to
               Section 1 hereof, the second sentence of Section 4.1 of
               the Employment Agreement shall have no future force and
               effect.

                         3.   If a party prevails in its attempts to en-
               force any right or benefit under this Agreement, the non-
               prevailing party agrees to reimburse the prevailing party
               for all fees and disbursements of counsel, if any, in-
               curred in connection therewith.

                         4.   This Agreement may not be assigned by any
               party hereto without the express written consent of the
               other parties hereto.

                         5.   It is the intention of the parties hereto
               that this Agreement shall not supersede, and shall be
               interpreted and applied in conjunction with the terms of
               any other agreements whether now in existence (which are
               attached hereto as Annex A) or entered into in the future
               between Executive and Employer.

                         6.   Should any part, term or provision of this
               Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of
               competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unen-
               forceable, the legality, validity, and unenforceability
               of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be
               affected thereby, and said illegal, unenforceable or
               invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be
               a part of this Agreement.

                         7.   Each party agrees to cooperate fully and
               to execute any and all supplementary documents and to
               take all additional actions that may reasonably be neces-
               sary or appropriate to give full force and effect to the
               basic terms and intent of this Agreement and which are
               not inconsistent with its terms.

                         8.   Maxcell agrees that it will not dispose in
               any fashion of all or part of its interest in the Litiga-
               tion without obtaining adequate assurance that the

                                           2

<PAGE>

               amounts set forth in Section 1 hereof, if any, will be
               paid to Executive in accordance with the terms of Section
               1.  Maxcell's obligations hereunder and under Section 1
               hereof shall be binding on its successors and assigns.

                         9.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE
               INTERPRETED, ENFORCED AND GOVERNED BY AND UNDER THE LAWS
               OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA.

                         10.  This Agreement shall survive termination
               of Executive's employment with Employer.


                         Witness the execution of this Agreement effec-
               tive this 20th day of February, 1995.



                                             /s/ Robert A. Kennedy
                                             ---------------------
                                             ROBERT A. KENNEDY

                                                  "EXECUTIVE"



                                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.



                                             By:  /s/ J. Gary Sharp
                                                -------------------

                                                  "EMPLOYER"



                                             SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF
                                             MAKING THE COVENANTS CON-
                                             TAINED IN SECTIONS 1 AND 8
                                             HEREOF

                                             MAXCELL TELECOM PLUS, INC.



                                             By:  /s/ J. Gary Sharp
                                                -------------------

                                                  "MAXCELL"

                                           3

<PAGE>

                                        Annex A
                                        -------


               1.   Letter Agreement dated November 19, 1991 between
                    Robert A. Kennedy and the Company as amended by
                    agreements dated February 23, 1993, March 17, 1993
                    and December 31, 1993.

               2.   Letter Agreement dated January 9, 1984 between
                    Robert A. Kennedy and the Company.

               3.   Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 1993
                    between Robert A. Kennedy and the Company (expired
                    except for a provision in Section 4.1 which survived
                    termination).

               4.   Stock Option Agreements dated August 16, 1989 and
                    February 5, 1992.


                                           4


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.19


                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                 --------------------

               EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  dated as  of January 1,  1995, between
          Frederick W.   Burford,  (the "Executive")  and TPI  Enterprises,
          Inc., a  New Jersey  corporation ("TPIE"),  and TPI  Restaurants,
          Inc. ("Restaurants"), a Tennessee corporation (collectively,  the
          "Companies").

               WHEREAS,  Restaurants  and  the  Executive  entered into  an
          Employment  Agreement  dated as  of  October  1, 1991  (the  "Old
          Agreement")  pursuant  to  which the  Executive  was  employed by
          Restaurants as Chief Financial Officer;

               WHEREAS, the Companies and the Executive desire to amend and
          restate the Old Agreement as hereinafter set forth;

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of  the
          mutual  agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto have
          agreed, and do hereby agree, as follows:

               1.   Employment;  Term.  Subject to the terms and provisions
                    -----------------
          of  this  Employment  Agreement, the  Companies  hereby  agree to
          employ the  Executive  and  the Executive  hereby  agrees  to  be
          employed by the  Companies for the period commencing  on the date
          hereof  and  ending   on  December  31,  199[6],   unless  sooner
          terminated as hereinafter provided (the "Employment Term").

               2.   Duties; Full Time  Employment.   During the  Employment
                    -----------------------------
          Term,   the  Executive  shall  be  Chief  Financial  Officer  and
          Executive Vice  President of each  of TPIE  and Restaurants,  and
          shall  perform duties commensurate  with such positions  as shall
          from time to time be delegated or assigned to him by the Board of
          Directors  of the  Companies.   During the  Employment Term,  the
          Executive shall devote his entire working time,  energy and skill
          to  the services  of the  Companies  and the  promotion of  their
          interests.

               3.   Place  of Performance.  During the Employment Term, the
                    ---------------------
          Executive shall be based at the Companies' corporate headquarters
          in West  Palm Beach,  Florida or such  other place to  which such
          corporate  headquarters may  be relocated.    If such  relocation
          occurs,   Companies   will   reimburse   Executive's   reasonable
          relocation expenses not to exceed $10,000.

               4.   Compensation
                    ------------

                    (a)  Base  Salary.  As compensation for his services to
                         ------------
               the Companies under  this Agreement, the Companies  will pay
               to the Executive during the Employment Term a base salary at
               the  rate  of   not  less  than   $222,937  per  annum,   in
               installments  which are customary  with the practice  of the
               Companies'  payment  of  salaries   to  their  other  senior
               management employees.   On the last Sunday  on December 1994
               and the  last Sunday  in December  of  each year  thereafter
               during  the  Employment Term,  the  Executive's base  salary
               shall be  increased by an amount which is not less than five
               percent  (5%)  of  the  immediately  preceding  year's  base
               salary.

<PAGE>

                    (b)  Incentive Compensation.   The  Executive shall  be
                         ----------------------
               entitled to  receive an  annual bonus  (the "Bonus"),  which
               shall be paid no later than February 15 of each  year during
               the  Employment  Term   with  respect  to   the  immediately
               preceding year, commencing  with the year beginning  January
               1, 1995.  The Bonus shall be calculated and paid as follows:

                         (i)  The Bonus  for any year (commencing  with the
                    year beginning  January 1,  1994) shall  be the  amount
                    equal  to 1.50%  of  the  increase  in  the  Companies'
                    Profits attributable  to the Companies'  operations for
                    the  calendar  year  just  ended  over  the  Companies'
                    Profits for  the prior  year excluding any  Restaurants
                    acquired during that Year for which the  Bonus is being
                    calculated.  "Profits" shall mean earnings attributable
                    to  the  Companies'  operations  and  shall  consist of
                    earnings  before reductions  for interest  payments and
                    taxes but after  reductions for depreciation  and shall
                    be based on the consolidated earnings of both  TPIE and
                    TPI Restaurants, Inc.

                         (ii) When calculating the Bonus for any given year
                    (the "Bonus  Year") for restaurants  acquired that year
                    in  which  the   Companies  have  acquired   additional
                    restaurants, the  Companies  shall  determine  the  pro
                    forma  effect  on the  acquisition of  such restaurants
                    upon the  Companies' financial  statements and  Profits
                    for the 12-month period immediately preceding  the date
                    of  such  acquisition.    The  Executive's  Bonus  with
                    respect to the  twelve months after the  acquisition of
                    such restaurants shall be the  amount equal to 1.50% of
                    the increase in the Profits over the  amount of Profits
                    stated in the  pro forma financial statements  referred
                    to in the  immediately preceding sentence.   After each
                    newly acquired  restaurant  has been  in operation  for
                    twelve months, such restaurant shall be included in the
                    bonus  calculation   for  general   operation  of   the
                    Companies set forth in Section 4(b)(i) above.

                         (iii)     In addition to the amounts paid pursuant
                    to Sections 4(b)(i) and 4(b)(ii) above, Executive shall
                    be paid  an additional Bonus equal to  $16,000 for each
                    percentage point increase in  the Companies' same store
                    nominal sales (which shall include menu price increase)
                    each calculated and payable  annually, with such amount
                    to be  prorated in the  case of an increase  in nominal
                    sales of less than a full percentage point.

                         (iv) Following the close of each fiscal  year, the
                    Compensation Committee of TPIE's  Board will review the
                    Companies'   financial    performance   and    make   a
                    discretionary grant  to the Executive of  10-year stock
                    options  that vest  pro  rata over  5  years, having  a
                    strike price equal to the then  current market price of
                    TPIE  stock, not  to  exceed  options  covering  50,000
                    shares per year.

                         (v)  In  addition,   Executive  will   be  granted
                    additional  options  expiring  on  December  31,  1998,
                    having a strike price equal to the market price of TPIE
                    stock  on  the  date of  this  Employment  Agreement as
                    follows:



                                          2

<PAGE>


                              (a)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $18 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (b)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $19 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (c)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $20 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (d)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $21 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (e)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $22 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (f)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $23 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (g)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $24 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (h)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $25 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (i)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $26 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                              (j)  Options  covering 3,000  shares at  such
                         time  as the closing  price of TPIE  stock exceeds
                         $27 for 20 consecutive trading days;

                         (vi) All newly granted options including those set
                    forth  in Paragraph  4(b)(v),  will terminate  fourteen
                    business  days  after  the  Executive's termination  of
                    employment by  the Companies  for "Cause",  and on  the
                    earlier to occur of (i)  the expiration of the options,
                    (ii) one year after a termination  of employment by the
                    Executive  for "Good Reason",  or (iii) one  year after
                    the  Executive's  termination   of  employment  by  the
                    Companies  without  "Cause".    Existing stock  options
                    granted  to the  Executive under  the  TPIE 1992  Stock
                    Option and Incentive  Plan shall be amended  to reflect
                    the foregoing provisions  regarding exercisability upon
                    termination of employment.  Solely for the purposes and
                    as such terms  are defined in TPIE's  1983 Stock Option
                    Plan  and 1984 Stock  Option Plan, the  Companies shall
                    retain  the Executive as an "employee" and maintain his
                    "employment" for a period (the "Period")  following the
                    Employment  Term as set forth  below.  The Period shall
                    be  fourteen   business  days  after   the  Executive's
                    termination of employment by  the Companies for "Cause"
                    and the Period shall be the shorter of (i) from the end
                    of the Employment  Term through the date  of expiration
                    of the options, and (ii)  one year following the end of
                    the Employment  Term  if the  Executive terminates  his
                    employment for "Good Reason" or if the 

                                          3


<PAGE>






                    Companies terminate the Executive's employment without 
                    "Cause".  During the Period, the Executive shall have  
                    no duties other than any he may agree to and the       
                    Companies shall have no obligations to pay the         
                    Executive more than a nominal amount or to provide any 
                    employee benefits other than to maintain the continued 
                    exercisability of his stock options.

                    (c)  Participation  in  Benefit  Plans.    During   the
                         ---------------------------------
               Employment  Term,   the  Executive  shall  be   entitled  to
               participate  in   all  employee   benefit  plans   generally
               available to  members of  the Companies'  senior management,
               including,  without   limitation,  medical   benefit  plans,
               subject  to  and on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  terms,
               conditions  and overall  administration of  such  plans, and
               shall be  entitled to  such vacation  and other  perquisites
               generally  available to  members  of  the Companies'  senior
               management.

               5.   Reimbursement  for  Expenses.     The  Companies  shall
                    ----------------------------
          reimburse  the  Executive   for  all  reasonable  and   necessary
          business,   traveling  and   entertainment  expenses   and  other
          disbursements incurred  by  him (in  accordance  with  reasonable
          policies and procedures established for executive officers of the
          Companies) for or  on behalf of the Companies  in the performance
          of  his duties  during the Employment  Term under  this Agreement
          upon   submission  to   the  Companies   by   the  Executive   of
          documentation evidencing such expenses.

               6.   Unauthorized Disclosure; Competitive Activity.
                    ---------------------------------------------

                    (a)  During the Employment Term and for a period of two
               years thereafter (the "Non Disclosure Period"), the Executive
               shall not make any Unauthorized Disclosure.  For purposes of
               this   Agreement,  "Unauthorized   Disclosure"  shall   mean
               disclosure  by the  Executive to  any person, other  than an
               employee of the Companies or  a person to whom disclosure is
               reasonably necessary  or appropriate or legally  required in
               connection  with the  performance by  the  Executive of  his
               duties as an executive of the Companies, without the written
               consent of the  Board of Directors of the  Companies, of any
               information obtained by the Executive while in the employ of
               the   Companies  with  respect  to  any  of  the  Companies'
               business,  customers,  or   methods  of  distribution,   the
               disclosure of which  he knows or has reason  to believe will
               or would  be damaging  to the  Companies; provided  that the
                                                         --------
               Executive shall not  be prohibited from using  or disclosing
               any information  (i) known  generally to  the public  (other
               than as a  result of disclosure  by him), (ii) known  to the
               Executive  prior to  his signing  of  this Agreement,  (iii)
               which is non-confidential  and disclosed to him  or (iv) not
               otherwise considered confidential by a person engaged in the
               same business as that conducted by the Companies.

                    (b)  Competitive Activity.   The Executive  agrees that
                         --------------------
               during the Non Competition Period (as defined below), he will
               not, directly or  indirectly, own or operate  any restaurant
               located  within  five  miles  of  any  restaurant  owned  or
               operated by the Companies without the written consent of the
               Board of Directors  of the Companies.  For  purposes of this
               Agreement the  Non Competition Period  shall commence  on the
               Date hereof and terminate:


                                          4

<PAGE>

                         (i)  if  the Executive  terminates his  employment
                    hereunder  for Good Reason  (as defined below),  on the
                    Date of Termination, as determined pursuant to  Section
                    7(g);

                         (ii) if  the Executive's  employment hereunder  is
                    terminated  by the  Companies  for  Cause  (as  defined
                    below),  on the  second  anniversary  of  the  Date  of
                    Termination, as determined pursuant to Section 7(g);

                         (iii)     if the Executive's  employment hereunder
                    is  terminated for any other reason provided for in the
                    Agreement on or  prior to the second anniversary of the
                    Date of  Termination, as determined pursuant to Section
                    7(g).

               7.   Termination.    The  Executive's  employment  with  the
                    -----------
          Companies  shall  terminate   in  accordance  with  the following
          provisions:

                    (a)  Death.    The   Executive's  employment  with  the
                         -----
               Companies shall terminate upon the Executive's death.

                    (b)  Disability.   The Executive's employment  with the
                         ----------
               Companies shall terminate if, as a result of the Executive's
               incapacity  due to physical or mental illness, the Executive
               shall have been absent from  the Executive's duties with the
               Companies for 120  consecutive days, and within  thirty days
               after Notice  of  Termination (as  hereinafter  defined)  is
               received  by the  Executive, the  Executive  shall not  have
               returned to the full-time performance of his duties.

                    (c)  Cause.      The   Companies  may   terminate   the
                         -----
               Executive's employment  for "Cause".   For  the purposes  of
               this Employment  Agreement, the Companies shall have "Cause"
               to  terminate the Executive's  employment hereunder upon (1)
               the  willful and  continued  failure  by  the  Executive  to
               reasonably perform the Executive's duties with the Companies
               (other  than any such failure resulting from the Executive's
               incapacity  due  to  physical or  mental  illness),  after a
               written demand for performance is delivered to the Executive
               by the  Board of  Directors of each  of the  Companies which
               specifically identifies  and sets  forth with  particularity
               the manner  in which the Board  of Directors of  each of the
               Companies  reasonably believes  that  the Executive  has not
               substantially  performed  the  Executive's  duties, (2)  the
               willful  engaging  by the  Executive  in dishonesty,  fraud,
               embezzlement  or  theft,  or  Executive's  conviction  of  a
               felony, (3)  Executive's chronic  alcoholism or the  willful
               engaging by  the  Executive in  unethical  business  conduct
               which  is materially injurious  to the  Companies, or  (4) a
               willful breach of Section 6 hereof by the Executive which is
               materially injurious to the Companies.

                    (d)  Good  Reason.   The  Executive  may  terminate his
                         ------------
               employment   for  "Good  Reason."    For  purposes  of  this
               Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

                         (i)  proven criminal conduct by any of the  senior
                    officers  of  the  Companies  in  connection  with  the
                    operation of the Companies;

                                          5


<PAGE>


                         (ii) any  material breach by  the Companies of any
                    provision  of this  Agreement,  which  is not  remedied
                    within  10 business days after receipt by the Companies
                    of written notice from the Executive; or 

                         (iii)     failure of  the Executive to  be elected
                    to, or  removal of the Executive from,  the position of
                    Chief  Financial Officer of  TPIE and/or of Restaurants
                    and/or failure  of the Executive  to be elected  to, or
                    removal of the  Executive from, the Board  of Directors
                    of TPIE  and/or Restaurants and/or any  material change
                    in the Executive's duties from the duties as they exist
                    on the date hereof.

                    (e)  Without  Cause.  The  Companies may  terminate the
                         --------------
               Executive's employment without "Cause".

                    (f)  Notice of  Termination.  Any  termination pursuant
                         ----------------------
               to clauses (b), (c), (d)  or (e) above shall be communicated
               by  written Notice  of Termination  from  the party  seeking
               termination  of the Executive's employment.  For purposes of
               this  Employment Agreement, a  "Notice of Termination" shall
               mean  a notice which shall indicate the specific termination
               provision in this Employment Agreement relied upon and shall
               set forth in  reasonable detail the facts  and circumstances
               claimed   to  provide  a   basis  for  termination   of  the
               Executive's employment under the provisions so indicated.

                    (g)  Date of Termination.  "Date of  Termination" shall
                         -------------------
               mean  (1) if the Executive's employment is terminated due to
               the  expiration of  the Employment  Term, the  date  of such
               expiration; (2) if the  Executive's employment is terminated
               due  to  the  death  of  the  Executive,  the  date  of  the
               Executive's  death;  (3) if  the  Executive's  employment is
               terminated  for Disability,  thirty  days  after  Notice  of
               Termination  is received by the Executive, provided that the
                                                          --------
               Executive shall not have returned to  the performance of the
               Executive's duties on  a full-time basis during  such thirty
               day  period; (4) if the Executive's employment is terminated
               for Cause, the  date specified in the Notice of Termination;
               (5) if the Executive's employment is terminated by Companies
               without  "Cause",  the  date  specified  in  the  Notice  of
               Termination.

               8.   Compensation During Disability and Upon Termination.  
                    ---------------------------------------------------

                    (a)  During  any  period that  the  Executive fails  to
               perform  his duties hereunder as a result of Disability, the
               Executive shall continue  to receive his full base salary at
               the  rate then  in effect  plus any  payments payable  under
               Section  4(b) and 4(c)  until the Executive's  employment is
               terminated  pursuant   to  Section  7.     Thereafter,   the
               Executive's benefits shall be  determined in accordance with
               the  Companies' disability insurance plan or its substantial
               equivalent, or any substitute plan or  plans then in effect,
               if any.

                    (b)  If the Executive's employment is terminated due to
               the  Executive's death,  the  Companies  shall  pay  to  the
               Executive's  surviving  spouse,  or if  there  is  no spouse
               surviving, then  to the Executive's estate, a  lump sum cash
               payment, in an amount  equal to the Executive's base  salary
               in  effect on  the date  of  the Executive's  death for  the
               twelve full months following  the month in which  such death
               occurs plus incentive compensation 

                                          6


<PAGE>


               pursuant to Section 4(b) prorated to date of death, plus any
               benefits which would have been payable during such three    
               month period pursuant to Section 4(c).

                    (c)  If the  Executive's employment  is terminated  for
               "Cause" pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof, the Companies shall
               pay the Executive  his full base salary at the  rate then in
               effect through the  Date of Termination and  Executive shall
               be  entitled to  receive the  option rights  as provided  in
               paragraph 4(b) hereof,  and the right  to exercise same  for
               fourteen  business days  after  termination  for "Cause"  as
               provided in paragraph 4(b)(vi) hereof to the extent same are
               earned or otherwise qualify for exercise by Executive during
               the  fourteen business  days  following  a  termination  for
               "Cause", and the Companies shall have no further obligations
               to the Executive under this Employment Agreement.

                    (d)  If  the Executive's  employment is  terminated (1)
               without "Cause" pursuant to  Section 7(e) hereof, or  (2) by
               the Executive with  "Good Reason" pursuant to  Section 7(d),
               hereof,  the Companies shall pay the Executive his full base
               salary at  the rate  then in effect  for one  year following
               termination plus accrued  bonus to the date  of termination,
               payable when other bonuses for  such calendar year are  paid
               by Companies and the Executive shall be entitled to  receive
               the option  rights as provided  in paragraph 4(b)  hereof to
               the extent same are earned or otherwise qualify for exercise
               by  Executive  during  the   one-year  period  following   a
               termination by the Companies without "Cause" or by Executive
               with "Good Reason",  and the right to exercise  same for one
               (1) year after termination by the Companies without "Cause",
               or by Executive with "Good Reason", as provided in paragraph
               4(b)(vi) hereof.

                    (e)  Executive  shall have  no  duty  to  mitigate  the
               amounts payable  under this  paragraph 8,  and any  payments
               provided for in  this paragraph 8 and  subparagraph thereof,
               shall  be   paid  to   Executive  without   regard  to   any
               compensation received by Executive from subsequent employers
               and  Companies shall not offset  or receive a credit against
               any amounts otherwise due Executive under this Agreement.

               9.   Indemnification.  The Companies shall indemnify, defend
                    ---------------
          and hold harmless the Executive from and against all obligations,
          liabilities, demands, claims, actions, losses, damages, costs and
          expenses, including without  limitation, interest, penalties  and
          attorney's  fees (at the trial level  and/or appellate level) and
          expenses,  arising out of  or relating to  Executive's employment
          with the Companies or  either one of them, at any  time, and such
          indemnification  shall  be  to  the  fullest  extent  allowed  or
          provided  by law.   The terms  of this  indemnification provision
          shall   survive  the   termination   of  this   Agreement  and/or
          Executive's employment.

               10.  Successors; Binding Agreement; Assignment.   Nothing in
                    -----------------------------------------
          this  Employment Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the
          Companies   with,  or  its   merger  with  or   into,  any  other
          corporation, or the sale by the Companies of all or substantially
          all of its  properties or assets  to any other corporation.   The
          Companies  will use their  best efforts to  cause any corporation
          succeeding  (whether direct or  indirect, by purchase,  merger or
          consolidation or  otherwise) to all  or substantially all  of the
          properties  and  assets  of   the  Companies  (the   "Successor")
          expressly   to  assume  and  agree  to  perform  this  Employment
          Agreement in  the same  manner and to  the same  extent that  the
          Companies would be required to perform it if no such 

                                          7



<PAGE>






          succession  had taken  place.   In the  event that  any Successor
          expressly assumes and agrees to perform this Employment Agreement
          or any  of the obligations  hereunder, and  the Companies  assign
          this   Employment  Agreement  or  any  part  of  this  Employment
          Agreement to the Successor, such assumption shall not relieve the
          Companies  of such  assumed obligations  to the  Executive.   The
          Executive's   rights  and   obligations  under   this  Employment
          Agreement  shall not be  transferable by assignment  or otherwise
          nor  shall the  Executive's rights  be subject to  encumbrance or
          subject  to  the  claims  of  the  Companies'  creditors.    This
          Employment  Agreement  is for  the  sole benefit  of  the parties
          hereto and shall  not create any rights in  third parties, except
          as expressly set forth herein.

               11.  Entire Agreement;  Severability.  Except  for executive
                    -------------------------------
          perquisite  plan(s),  retirement  plans,  and  any other  regular
          employee benefit  plans, this  Employment Agreement   constitutes
          the entire agreement between the parties hereto in respect of the
          employment  of  the   Executive  by  the  Companies   during  the
          Employment Term and  supersedes and  replaces any  and all  prior
          written  agreements   and  understandings  between   the  parties
          regarding the  subject matter  hereof, whether  written or  oral,
          including, without limitation, the Old Agreement.  The provisions
          herein  shall  be regarded  as  divisible,  and  if any  of  such
          provisions   or  any  part   thereof  are  declared   invalid  or
          unenforceable, the  validity and enforceability of  the remainder
          of such provisions or parts thereof and the applicability thereof
          shall not be affected thereby.

               12.  Governing   Law.      The   validity,   interpretation,
                    ---------------
          construction,  performance  and  enforcement of  this  Employment
          Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of
          Tennessee.

               13.  Notices.     All  notices   and  other   communications
                    -------
          hereunder shall  be in writing and  shall be deemed to  have been
          duly  given if  delivered in  person or  sent by  certified mail,
          return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

               If to the Companies, to:

                    TPI Enterprises, Inc.
                    East Tower, Suite 903-909
                    777 South Flagler Drive 
                    West Palm Beach, Florida  33401
                    Attn:  Chairman of the Board

               If to the Executive to:

                    Fred Burford
                    ___________________
                    ___________________

          or  to such other  address as the  party to whom notice  is to be
          given may, from time to time, designate in writing delivered in a
          like manner; provided that notices of changes of address shall be
                       --------
          effective only upon receipt thereof.  Notice given by mail as set
          forth above shall be deemed  delivered on the fifth day following
          the  date the  same is  postmarked.   Notice delivered  in person
          shall be deemed delivered on the date received.



                                          8


<PAGE>


               14.  Modifications  and  Waivers.    No  provision  of  this
                    ---------------------------
          Employment Agreement may  be modified, altered or  amended except
          by an instrument in writing  executed by the parties hereto.   No
          waiver by either  party hereto of  any breach by the  other party
          hereto of any  term of provision of this  Employment Agreement to
          be  performed by  such other  party shall  be deemed a  waiver of
          similar or dissimilar terms or provisions  at that time or at any
          prior or subsequent time.

               15.  Headings.  The headings contained herein are solely for
                    --------
          the  purpose  of  reference,  are  not  part  of this  Employment
          Agreement  and  shall  not  in  any way  affect  the  meaning  or
          interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

               16.  Counterparts.     This  Employment  Agreement   may  be
                    ------------
          executed  in two  or more  counterparts, each  of which  shall be
          deemed  to  be  an  original  but all  of  which  together  shall
          constitute one and the same instrument.


                     [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                          9

<PAGE>


               IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,  the   Companies  have  caused   this
          Employment  Agreement  to  be  executed  by  authority  of  their
          respective Board of Directors, and the Executive has hereunto set
          his hand, the day and year first above written.

                                        TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                        By:       /s/ J. Gary Sharp        
                                           --------------------------------
                                        Name:        J. Gary Sharp         
                                             ------------------------------
                                        Title:          President          
                                              -----------------------------


                                        TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.


                                        By:      /s/ J. Gary Sharp         
                                           --------------------------------
                                        Name:       J. Gary Sharp          
                                             ------------------------------
                                        Title:         President           
                                              -----------------------------

                                              /s/ Frederick W. Burford    
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        FREDERICK W. BURFORD


          State of Florida
          County of Palm Beach

          The foregoing instrument was acknowledged  before me this 5th  of
                                                                    ---
          January, 1995, by J. Gary Sharp & Frederick Burford.
          -------           ----------------------------------


               (Seal)                        /s/ Christine Cervantes
                                             -----------------------
                                             Notary Public

                                       Both Personally known to me  X      
                                                                   -------------
                                           Produced identification:_____________
                                           Type:________________________________

                                          10

<PAGE>


                      SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   ADDENDUM TO RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT

        This Agreement is a Second Amended and Restated Addendum to
 that certain Reserved Area Agreement dated May 1, 1989 relating
 to the development of "Shoney's" restaurants (the "Reserved
 Area Agreement") within certain counties within the State of
 Texas by and between Shoney's, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as
 the "Licensor") and T.P.I. Restaurants, Inc. (hereinafter
 referred to as the "Licensee")

                     WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee wish to make certain
changes in the Reserved Area Agreement, which changes are more
particularly set forth herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants
and agreements set forth herein and in the Reserved Area
Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

       1. With respect to paragraph 2 of the Reserved Area
Agreement:

    (a) "Operational good standing" shall be determined by
        Licensor from those restaurants then being operated by
        Licensee within the Reserved Area; and

    (b) The reference to "then current form of license
        agreement" shall be deemed to mean that form of
        license agreement together with such addendum as has
        heretofore been agreed to by Licensor and Licensee.

      2.    Paragraph 4 of the Reserved Area Agreement is deleted
in its entirety.

      3.    Paragraph 6 of the Reserved Area Agreement is amended
as follows:

    (a) After the word "Licensor" and before the comma in the
        second line thereof, insert the words "for operation
        of a restaurant within the Reserved Area"; and

    (b) After the word "expiration" in the third line there
        insert the following:    "(without replacing those
        restaurants whose license agreements expire within two
        (2) years following such expiration)".

    (c) The following sentence shall be added:     "The
        termination of Licensee's rights under this agreement
        shall be Licensor's sole remedy for Licensee's
        allowing the expiration (and failure to replace) such
        license agreements."


<PAGE>
        4.    Exhibit B to the Reserved Area Agreement is amended to
 change "1996" in the Development Schedule to "1998."

       5.    Except as expressly modified herein, all other terms
and provisions in any agreements between the parties
(including, without limitation, those contained in that
agreement dated August 2, 1988 by and among Licensor, Licensee
(then known as Shoney's South, Inc.) and T.P.I. Enterprises,
Inc. and in the Reserved Area Agreement), including the
provisions relating to the required fees, shall remain in full
force and effect; provided, however, that this Second Amended
and Restated Addendum shall replace and supersede that Amended
and Restated Addendum dated January 1, 1990 to the Reserved
Area Agreement.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second
Amended and Restated Addendum this_____day of April, 1991.


SHONEY'S, INC.                          T.P.I. RESTAURANTS
                          

By: /s/  Stephen C. Sanders                               By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp
Title: Division President                                 Title: President

By:  /s/ Russell L. Cooper
Title: SR. V.P. Franchising & Development 

<PAGE>

            THIRD ADDENDUM TO RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is a third addendum to that certain Reserved
 Area Agreement dated May 1, 1989 (the "Reserved Area Agreement"),
 by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
 "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred to as
 the "Developer") in connection with the development of Shoney's
 Restaurants within Texas.

                      W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
 in the Reserved Area Agreement, which changes are more particularly
 set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
 agreements set forth herein and in the Reserved Area Agreement, it
 is mutually agreed as follows:

         1.      Exhibit B to the Reserved Area Agreement is amended to
                 modify the Development Schedule as follows: Licensee
                 shall build and open fourteen (14) Shoney's restaurants
                 within the Reserved Area on or before October 1, 1999.

         2.      Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Reserved Area Agreement shall remain in
                 full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the_____________day of________________________, 1995.


DEVELOPER:                                             LICENSOR:
TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                                  SHONEY'S, INC. 

By: /s/ Les Lockhart                                   By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
                                                       Title: President
Title: V.P. of Development

                                                       By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                                       Title: V.P. Franchising
                                                              + Development




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.34

                                                        1/1/89

                    SHONEY'S RESTAURANT
                    RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT

 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this______day of May,
 1989, by and between SHONEY'S, INC., a Tennessee corporation, with
 its principal place of business located at 1727 Elm Hill
 Nashville, Tennessee 37210 (hereinafter referred to as
 "Licensor") and T.P.I. Restaurants, Inc. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Licensee").

                      WITNESSETH:

       WHEREAS, Licensee desires to reserve the right to develop
 and operate restaurants to be operated under the names
 "Shoney's" or such other name as Licensor shall designate
 (hereinafter referred to as "Shoney's restaurants") to be
 located in the area specified in Exhibit A hereto, which area
 is hereinafter referred to as the "Reserved Area"; and

                                            
        WHEREAS, Licensor is willing to reserve to Licensee the
 right to develop and operate Shoney's restaurants in the
 Reserved Area under the terms and conditions set forth below.

       NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the sum of Ten
Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties covenant as follows:

       1.    Without the prior written consent of Licensee,
Licensor agrees not to develop or operate for itself or grant
an option or license to any other party to develop or operate a
Shoney's restaurant in the Reserved Area, except as hereinafter
provided in this Agreement.


       2.    Licensee agrees to open Shoney's restaurants in the
Reserved Area in accordance with the development schedule set
forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. Prior to opening any such
restaurant, Licensee shall submit an application to Licensor
for each new Shoney's restaurant Licensee desires to open in
the Reserved Area. Following such application, Licensor shall
review the operations and financial condition of Licensee and

   FB  Licensor   (Initial Here)
- -------
   LW  Licensee   (Initial Here)
- -------

<PAGE>
of all existing Shoney's or other restaurants operated by
Licensee and if Licensor determines that Licensee and said
restaurants are in good standing, both financially and
operationally, Licensee shall be given the right to execute
Licensor's then current form of license agreement for the
operation of such restaurant. For the purposes of this
Agreement, "financial good standing" shall mean the ability to
bear the risk of losses that may result from the construction
and operation of additional restaurants without compromising
any existing restaurant operations either in terms of quality
or extent of services. "Operational good standing" shall mean
that Licensee shall be able to staff and operate a new
restaurant in conformity with the standards of service,
sanitation and food preparation then in effect without
compromising those same standards in his existing restaurant
operations. If, in the opinion of Licensor, Licensee is not in
good standing at the time of the review, Licensor will issue in
writing a statement listing any and all deficiencies, and
Licensee will then have a period of thirty (30) days from the
date of such statement to correct the deficiencies. If Licensee
corrects the deficiencies and in the opinion of Licensor is
then in good standing, Licensee shall then be given the right
to execute a license agreement under the terms set forth above
in this paragraph. If Licensee fails to correct the
deficiencies within said thirty (30) day period, then all of
Licensee's rights under this Agreement shall terminate as
provided in paragraph 3. Licensor agrees that it shall begin
the review of Licensee's operations required under this
paragraph no later than thirty (30) days after receiving a
request by Licensee for a license to develop and operate a
Shoney's restaurant in the Reserved Area, and will complete and
notify Licensee within sixty (60) days after receiving the
request.

        3.    In the event Licensee fails to open Shoney's
restaurants within the Reserved Area in accordance with the
development schedule set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto,
this Agreement shall, at the option of the Licensor, terminate
and Licensor shall thereafter be free to develop and operate
for itself or to grant a license to any other party to develop
or operate Shoney's restaurants in the Reserved Area, and
Licensee shall have only such rights as shall have been granted
to it pursuant to any existing license agreement and shall have
no further rights pursuant to this Agreement.

       4. Should any Shoney's restaurant be destroyed or should
the site for such restaurant be condemned, Licensee shall have
one year from the date of such destruction or condemnation to
reopen said Shoney's Restaurant or replace it with a new
Shoney's restaurant. If Licensee fails to reopen or replace the

   FB  Licensor   (Initial Here)
- -------
   LW  Licensee   (Initial Here)
- -------
                             -2-


<PAGE>
destroyed or condemned restaurant within the one year period,
then all of Licensee's rights under this Agreement shall
terminate as provided in paragraph 3. Licensee shall not be
charged an initial license fee for any new Shoney's restaurant
opened to replace a restaurant destroyed or condemned.

       5.    Unless otherwise set forth on Exhibit B attached to
this Agreement, the franchise fees, royalty fees and other fees
applicable to any new Shoney's restaurant opened pursuant to
this Agreement shall be at the rates contained in the first
license agreement for a Shoney's restaurant in the Reserved
Area granted to Licensee.

       6.    Upon the default by Licensee under the terms of any
license agreement executed by Licensee with Licensor, or the
expiration of more than ten percent (10%) of Licensee's license
agreements for operation of Shoney's restaurants within the
Reserved Area, Licensee's rights under this Agreement shall, at
Licensor's option, terminate.

       7.    Licensee shall not be limited to opening the number of
Shoney's restaurants shown on Exhibit B but shall be entitled
to open as many restaurants in the Reserved Area as it deems
desirable provided Licensee is in compliance with the terms
hereof and following the procedures set forth herein for the
opening of new Shoney's restaurants in the Reserved Area.

       8.    Licensee may not assign, transfer or convey all or any
part of this Agreement or the rights granted to it hereunder
except with the prior written consent of Licensor.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
   Agreement on the day and date first above written, the
   corporate party(ies) by  their duly authorized officer or
   officers.

LICENSOR: SHONEY'S INC,                      LICENSEE:

By: /s/ Frank Brown                           By: /s/ Larry R. Walker

Title:                                        Title: Sr. Vice Pres.

By

Title:


                               -3-


<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT A
                    to Reserved Area Agreement
                    Dated May 1, 1989 between
            Shoney's, Inc. and T.P.I. Restaurants, Inc.

                          Reserved Area
      The following counties, all within the State of Texas:
                          Limestone                          Hill
                          Bosque                             Hood
                          Johnson                            Ellis
                          Navarro                            Henderson
                          Van Zandt                          Kaufman
                          Dallas (except as                  Tarrant
                          set forth below)                   Wise 
                          Parker                             Rains
                          Rockwall                           Franklin
                          Wood                               Morris
                          Titus                              Cass
                          Marion                             Hunt
                          Hopkins                            Delta
                          Upshur                             Red River
                          Camp

        Excluded from the reserved area set forth above, however,
 is that area within Dallas County, Texas that is within a 5
 mile radius of 2310 Stemmons Trail, Dallas, Texas 75220.

        In exchange for the grant of the foregoing reserved area,
Licensee hereby relinquishes any claim or right to develop
and/or open Shoney's restaurants within the areas referred to
as the "Illinois/Indiana Territory", the "Iowa Territory", the
"Wisconsin Territory" and the "Minnesota Territory" in that
Agreement dated January 9, 1987 (the "Settlement Agreement")
between Shoney's, Inc. and Shoney's South, Inc., the predecessor
corporation of Licensee. With the exception of the preceding
sentence, the terms and provisions of the Settlement Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect.

  FB   Licensor   (Initial Here)
- ------
  LW   Licensee   (Initial Here)
- ------
                                                 0628I/5-1-89

                               -4-

<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT B
                  to Reserved Area Agreement
                   Dated May 1, 1989 between
          Shoney's, Inc. and T.P.I. Restaurants, Inc.

                     Development Schedule

       Licensee shall build and open fourteen (14) Shoney's
 restaurants within the Reserved Area on or before October 1,
 1996.

                         Fee Schedule

       For any Shoney's restaurant opened within the Reserved
Area, the initial fees and royalties shall be:

               Initial Fee:                          $4,000 per restaurant
               Royalty:                              3% of gross sales









  FB   Licensor   (Initial Here)
- ------
  LW   Licensee   (Initial Here)
- ------
                                                0628I/5-8-89
                           -5-


<PAGE>
               ADDENDUM TO RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT

        This Agreement is an Addendum to that certain Reserved Area
 Agreement relating to the development of "Shoney's" restaurants
 dated May _____ 1989 (the "Reserved Area Agreement") by and
 between Shoney's, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
 "Licensor") and T.P.I. Restaurants, Inc. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Licensee")

                      WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee wish to make certain
 changes in the Reserved Area Agreement, which changes are more
 particularly set forth herein.            

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants
 and agreements set forth herein and in the Reserved Area
 Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

        1.    With respect to paragraph 2 of the Reserved Area
 Agreement:

             (a) "Operational good standing" shall be determined by
                 Licensor from those restaurants then being operated by
                 Licensee within the Reserved Area; and

             (b) The reference to "then current form of license
                 agreement" shall be deemed to mean that form of
                 license agreement together with such addendum as has
                 heretofore been agreed to by Licensor and Licensee.

       2. Paragraph 4 of the Reserved Area Agreement is deleted
 in its entirety.

       3.    Paragraph 6 of the Reserved area Agreement is amended
 as follows:

            (a) After the word "Licensor" and before the comma in the
                second line thereof, insert the words "for operation
                of a restaurant within the Reserved Area"; and

            (b) After the word "expiration" in the third line thereof,
                insert the following:    "(without replacing those
                restaurants whose license agreements expire within two
                 (2) years following such expiration)".

            *

       4.    Except as expressly modified herein, all other terms
and provisions of the Reserved Area Agreement, including the
provisions relating to the required fees, shall remain in full
force and effect.

          *3(c) Remedies set forth shall be Licensor's exclusive remedies.



                                                           FB
                                                           LW

<PAGE>
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
 Addendum this 8th day of May, 1989.

 SHONEY'S, INC.                                       T.P.I. RESTAURANTS

      
By: /s/ Frank Brown
                                                       By: /s/ Larry R. Walker
Title:                                                     
                                                       Title: Sr. Vice Pres.
By:

Title:












                                                  0646I/5-8-89

                          -2-


<PAGE>
                     AMENDED AND RESTATED
              ADDENDUM TO RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT

        This Agreement is an Amended and Restated Addendum to
 certain Reserved Area Agreement dated May 1, 1989 relating to
 the development of "Shoney's" restaurants (the "Reserved Area
 Agreement") within certain counties within the State of Texas
 by and between Shoney's, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
 "Licensor") and T.P.I. Restaurants, Inc. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Licensee").

                           WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee wish to make certain
 changes in the Reserved Area Agreement, which changes are 
 particularly set forth herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants
 and agreements set forth herein and in the Reserved Area
 Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:
                                             
       1.    With respect to paragraph 2 of the Reserved 
Agreement:

            (a) "Operational good standing" shall be determined by
                Licensor from those restaurants then being operated by
                Licensee within the Reserved Area; and

            (b) The reference to "then current form of license
                agreement" shall be deemed to mean that form of
                license agreement together with such addendum
                heretofore been agreed to by Licensor and Licensee.

      2.    Paragraph 4 of the Reserved Area Agreement is deleted
in its entirety.
                                      

      3. Paragraph 6 of the Reserved Area Agreement is amended
as follows:

            (a) After the word "Licensor" and before the comma in the
                second line thereof, insert the words "for operation
                of a restaurant within the Reserved Area"; and

            (b) After the word "expiration" in the third line, thereof,
                insert the following:    "(without replacing those
                restaurants whose license agreements expire within two
                (2) years following such expiration)".

            (c) The following sentence shall be added:     "The
                termination of Licensee's rights under this agreement
                shall be Licensor's sole remedy for Licensee's
                allowing the expiration (and failure to replace) such
                license agreements."


<PAGE>
       4. Exhibit B to the Reserved Area Agreement is amended to
change "1996" in the Development Schedule to "1997."

       5. Except as expressly modified herein, all other terms
and provisions in any agreements between the parties
(including, without limitation, those contained in that
agreement dated August 2, 1988 by and among Licensor, Licensee
(then known as Shoney's South, Inc.) and T.P.I. Enterprises,
Inc. and in the Reserved Area Agreement), including the
provisions relating to the required fees, shall remain in full
force and effect; provided, however, that this Amended and
Restated Addendum shall replace and supersede that Addendum
dated May 1, 1989 to the Reserved Area Agreement.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
Addendum this 1st day of January, 1990.


SHONEY'S, INC.                                 T.P.I. RESTAURANTS

By: /s/ F. E. McDaniel, Jr.                    By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp
Title: Secretary                               Title: President

By:
Title:



                                                  0646I/1-23-90
<PAGE>




                        SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                    ADDENDUM TO RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT

     This Agreement is a Second Amended and Restated Addendum to that
certain Reserved Area Agreement dated May 1, 1989 relating to the
development of "Shoney's" restaurants (the "Reserved Area Agreement")
within certain counties within the State of Texas by and between Shoney's,
Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Licensor") and T.P.I. Restaurants,
Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Licensee").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:
                            -------------------

     WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee wish to make certain changes in the
Reserved Area Agreement, which changes are more particularly set forth
herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Reserved Area Agreement, it is
mutually agreed as follows:

     1.   With respect to paragraph 2 of the Reserved Area Agreement:

     (a)  "Operational good standing" shall be determined by Licensor from
          those restaurants then being operated by Licensee within the
          Reserved Area; and

     (b)  The reference to "then current form of license agreement" shall
          be deemed to mean that form of license agreement together with
          such addendum as has heretofore been agreed to by Licensor and
          Licensee.

     2.   Paragraph 4 of the Reserved Area Agreement is deleted in its
entirely.

     3.   Paragraph 6 of the Reserved Area Agreement is amended as follows:

     (a)  After the word "Licensor" and before the comma in the second line
          thereof, insert the words "for operation of a restaurant within
          the Reserved Area"; and

     (b)  After the word "expiration" in the third line, Thereof, insert
          the following: "(without replacing those restaurants whose
          license agreements expire within two (2) years following such
          expiration)".

     (c)  The following sentence shall be added:  "The termination of
          Licensee's rights under this agreement shall be Licensor's sole
          remedy for Licensee's allowing the expiration (and failure to
          replace) such license agreements."




<PAGE>




     4.   Exhibit B to the Reserved Area Agreement is amended to change
"1996" in the Development Schedule to "1998."

     5.   Except as expressly modified herein, all other terms and
provisions in any agreements between the parties (including, without
limitation, those contained in that agreement dated August 2, 1998 by and
among Licensor, Licensee (then known as Shoney's South, Inc.) and T.P.I.
Enterprises, Inc. and in the Reserved Area Agreement), including the
provisions relating to the required fees, shall remain in full force and
effect; provided, however, that this Second Amended and Restated Addendum
shall replace and supersede that Amended and Restated Addendum dated
January 1, 1990 to the Reserved Area Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Addendum this ___ day of April, 1991.


SHONEY'S INC.                           T.P.I. RESTAURANTS


By: /s/ Stephen C. Sanders              By:    /s/ J. Gary Sharp
    ------------------------------          ------------------------------
     STEPHEN C. SANDERS
Title:  DIVISION PRESIDENT              Title:   President                
       ---------------------------             ---------------------------

By: /s/ RUSSELL L. COOPER         
    ------------------------------
     RUSSELL L. COOPER 
Title:  SR. V.P. FRANCHISING      
       ---------------------------
        & DEVELOPMENT


                                                                    2418I/4-1-91

<PAGE>




                 THIRD ADDENDUM TO RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT
                 -----------------------------------------

     THIS AGREEMENT is a third addendum to that certain Reserved Area
Agreement dated May 1, 1989 (the "Reserved Area Agreement"), by and between
Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Licensor") and TPI
Restaurants, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Developer") in
connection with the development of Shoney's Restaurants within Texas.

                            W I T N E S S E T H:
                            -------------------

     WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes in the
Reserved Area Agreement, which changes are more particularly set forth
herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Reserved Area Agreement, it is
mutually agreed as follows:

     1.   Exhibit B to the Reserved Area Agreement is amended to modify the
          Development Schedule as follows:  Licensee shall build and open
          fourteen (14) Shoney's restaurants within the Reserved Area on or
          before October 1, 1999.

     2.   Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
          conditions of the Reserved Area Agreement shall remain in full
          force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement as of the
_______ day of  ___________________, 1995.


DEVELOPER:                              LICENSOR:         

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                   SHONEY'S, INC.


By: /s/ Les Lockhart                    By:                               
    ------------------------------          ------------------------------
     LES LOCKHART                               CHARLES E. PORTER
Title:  V.P. of Development             Title:   President                
       ---------------------------             ---------------------------


                                        By:                               
                                            ------------------------------
                                                CHARLES VAUGHN   
                                        Title:   Vice President           
                                               ---------------------------
                                                 Franchising & Development
                                               ---------------------------





                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.35

            THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into the 2nd
 day of August 1988, by and between Shoney's, Inc., a Tennes-
 see corporation, with its principal place of business
 located at 1727 Elm Hill Pike, Nashville, Tennessee,
 37210 (hereinafter referred to as the ("Licensor"), TPI
 Enterprises, Inc. a New Jersey corporation, with its
 principal place of business located at 885 Third Avenue,
 New York, New York 10022 (hereinafter referred to as
 "TPI") and Shoney's South, Inc., a Tennessee corporation,
 with its principal place of business located at 2158
 Union Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38174, (hereinafter
 referred to as the "Licensee").

                      WITNESSETH

            WHEREAS, Licensee has entered into certain
Reserved Area and License Agreements (as modified by an
Addendum) with Licensor pursuant to which Licensee has
the exclusive rights in certain territories to develop
and operate restaurants using the "Shoney's" service
mark, which Agreements are identified on Exhibits 1 and 2
hereof,

            WHEREAS, Licensee has entered into certain
Reserved Area and License Agreements (as modified by an
Addendum) with Licensor pursuant to which Licensee has
the exclusive rights in certain territories to develop
and operate restaurants using the "Captain D's" service
mark, which Agreements are identified on Exhibits 3 and 4
hereof,

                  WHEREAS, TPI has become and continues to be the
beneficial owner of a majority of the shares of common
stock of Licensee,

                  WHEREAS, Licensee, TPI and Licensor mutually
wish to amend certain of the terms and conditions of the
License Agreements, as modified by the Addenda thereto,
identified on Exhibits 2 and 4 hereof,

                  NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the
sum of ten dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, Licensee, TPI and Licensor agree as
follows:

                   1. Paragraph 5(c) of each License Agreement,
as modified by the Addendum to each such License Agree-
ment, is further amended to require that in the event
that Licensee's balance sheet, statement of income,
statement of changes in financial position and statement
of changes in equity are no longer made available to the
public, then, during any such period of unavailability,

<PAGE>

 TPI shall furnish to Licensor such financial information
 for TPI when and to the extent such information is made
 available to the public. Should TPI's financial informa-
 tion and/or statements not be made available to the pub-
 lic, it is agreed that TPI will nevertheless provide such
 information to Licensor within forty-five (45) days after
 the end of each of TPI's first three fiscal quarters and
 within ninety (90) days after the end of TPI's fiscal
 year.

                 2. Paragraph 8(d) of each License Agreement,
as modified by the Addendum to each such License Agree-
ment, is further amended to provide that Licensee Will
not operate any Shoney's or Captain D's restaurant as a
twenty-four (24) hour concept, provided however, Licensee
is entitled to operate Shoney's and Captain D's restau-
rants during hours of operation consistent with the prior
operation by Licensee of such restaurants it operates
under the Licensee Agreements identified on Exhibits 2
and 4 hereof including on a twenty-four (24) consecutive
hourly basis for special events.

                 3. Neither Licensee nor TPI will in the future
issue any public equity, public debt or any other type of
public financing whatsoever, including, without limita-
tion, financing that would be public but for an exemption

<PAGE>

 from the registration thereof, using the word "Shoney's"
 as part of the name of Licensee or any successor thereto,
 except as may be necessary by reason of any applicable
 federal or state law.

                   4. Paragraph 18(a) of each License Agreement,
as modified by the Addendum to each such License Agree-
ment, is further amended to add the following: in the
event that the shares of stock or interests in such stock
of Licensee are to be sold or transferred, Licensee and
TPI, if possible, shall suggest to any prospective buyer
of such shares that it meet with Licensor to discuss such
buyer's possible operations of Licensee's business. It
is understood and agreed, however, that the failure of
any prospective buyer to meet with Licensor prior to an
acquisition of such shares of Licensee shall not affect
any right that exists to sell the stock of Licensee with-
out the prior consent or approval of Licensor.

                   5. Paragraph 19 of each License Agreement, as
modified by the Addendum to each such License Agreement,
is further amended to state:


<PAGE>

                 (i) the standards for determining whether a
food service business is "similar" to the food service
businesses operated under the Shoney's System and the
Captain D's System shall include without limitation a
consideration of (a) whether the food service business
has a liquor license, (b) the concept and style of the
food service business, (c) the average check price,
(d) the primary market segment targeted and (e) the menu
items offered.

                 (ii) TPI and any successor thereto is a
"related corporation" of Licensee as that term is used in
Paragraph 19 of each License Agreement, as modified by
the Addendum to each such License Agreement.

                 (iii) The officers, directors and key employ-
ees of Licensee, specified in the Agreements identified
in Exhibits 2 and 4 hereto, and such successor management
that assume the same or comparable management positions
with Licensee as those officers, directors and key em-
ployees now hold (hereinafter referred to as "Covered
Employees"), are covered by Paragraph 19 of each License
Agreement, as modified by the Addendum to each such Li-
cense Agreement, during the period of their employment by
Licensee and for twelve (12) months after termination of
such employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is

<PAGE>

 understood and agreed, however, that in the event any
 Covered Employee while in the employ of Licensee and
 without Licensee's knowledge or after termination of his
 employment by Licensee fails to comply with the terms of
 Paragraph 19 of each License Agreement, as modified by
 the Addendum to each such License Agreement, such failure
 shall not constitute a breach by Licensee of any License
 Agreement or Reserved Area Agreement between Licensee and
 Licensor, or a cause for default or termination of any
 such License Agreement or Reserved Area Agreement.

                   6. Notwithstanding Paragraph 20(i) and (j) of
each License Agreement, Licensor agrees that it will not
unreasonably withhold its consent to the closure of any
restaurant operated under license by Licensee from Licen-
sor that is not operating profitably or for which the
term of the License Agreement extends beyond the term of
any lease for the restaurant in question; provided, how-
ever, any such unit, so closed, shall not be converted by
Licensee or TPI to another restaurant similar to the
restaurants operated under the "Shoney's", "Captain D's"
or "Lee's Famous Recipe" system. Any such unit closed
shall be replaced so that, on July 1, 1993, the net num-
ber of both Shoney's and Captain D's restaurants operated
by Licensee under license from Licensor shall be the same

<PAGE>

 or greater than the number of such restaurants operated
 by Licensee on July 1, 1988. A failure to meet this goal
 shall result in termination of all Licensee's Reserved
 Area Agreements (identified on Exhibits 1 and 3 hereto).
 A failure to meet this goal shall not, however, operate
 to terminate any then existing License Agreement between
 Licensee and Licensor; provided, further, that a unit
 that is sold to another franchisee of Licensor, who exe-
 cutes a License Agreement with Licensor for operation of
 that unit shall not count as a "closed" unit.

                  7. In the event Licensee, with the approval of
Licensor, opens any new restaurants to be operated under
license by Licensee from Licensor or acquires any restau-
rant(s) operated by others under license from Licensor,
Licensee's operation of such restaurant(s) shell be gov-
erned by the execution of a License Agreement for such
restaurants in the form of the License Agreement then in
effect (unless a different applicable form of License
Agreement has previously been agreed upon by the parties)
as modified by the Addendum to such License Agreements
and by this Agreement (except with respect to Royalty
Rate) and with such changes in points of detail as are
necessary.


<PAGE>
                 8. The parties agree to execute, or cause to
be executed, such other and further documents and/or
instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to carry
out the agreements set forth herein.

          9. It is agreed and understood that by reason
of its signing this Agreement, TPI is not and shall not
be construed to be a licensee of Licensor and that TPI is
not and shall not be construed to be a party to any Li-
cense Agreements between Licensor and Licensee.

                 10. This Agreement and the covenants, restric-
tions and limitations contained herein shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns.

                       SHONEY'S, INC.

                       By:
                       Title:

                       SHONEY'S SOUTH, INC.

                       By: /s/ Larry R. Walker
                       Title: Sr. Vice Pres. C.O.O.

                       TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.

                       By:

                       Title:



<PAGE>
M E M O R A N D U M                                                March 5, 1993

TO:             Gary Sharp 
FROM:           Jim Grout
RE:             License Agreement addenda and Other Issues

Following is a summary of the various issues which you and I discussed Wednesday
here in Nashville and the tentative agreement reached on each issue. Please
                          ---------
review and let me know if you agree with my interpretation on each point.

 1.    We agreed to use interpretation/consent letters whenever possible to give
 TPI protection instead of addenda that vary or modify the terms of the
 agreements.

 2.    Shoney's will protect TPI against inadvertent use of an improper license
 agreement by agreeing to substitute the correct form of license agreement as
 specified by the Reserved Area Agreement or as otherwise agreed to by the
 parties. By doing so, you will not insist that we insert language making the
 provisions of the RAA controlling over the individual license agreements.
 (paragraph I of John Houseal's 12-31-92 letter to you)

 3.    Upon renewal of each license agreement Shoney's will use the then-current
 form of agreement. The royalty fee will increase to the new rate but cannot
 exceed a 1% increase, except for any royalties less than 1.5%, which can
 increase to 2.5% maximum. Shoney's will also agree, upon request by any
 licensee, to modify that licensee's MDA to give the same protections upon
 renewal as listed in section 12, p. 8-9 (copy attached) of the current
 Market Development Agreement. (paragraph 2 of 12-31-92 letter)

 4. You agree with our current fees and policies for advertising. (paragraph 3
 of 12-31-92 letter)

 5.    You are to send me a list of those areas where you feel Shoney's reduced
 your rights, and we agree to discuss them. (paragraph 4 of 12-31-92 letter)

 6. You agree with our right to increase advertising fees to a current level
 upon assignment, as long as royalty fees are locked in. (paragraph 6 of
 12-31-92 letter)

 7. You agree that assignees will sign a new license agreement as long as
 royalty fees remain the same during the balance of the initial term. (paragraph
 7 of 12-31-92 letter)

 8. Shoney's agrees that TPI may pay by the 15th of the month, provided that
 
 

this schedule is strictly adhered to.

9.    We agreed that the term "nonexclusive" would be defined in a letter that
 meets approval by both parties.

 10. Shoney's will agree to a 3.5 mile radius as the standard protected radius,
 unless modified by the agreement of both parties. I would propose that we use
 our Site Acceptance Request form (SAR) as the mechanism by which we determine
 when a radius other than the standard 3.5 mile radius is appropriate. Although
 we did not specifically mention Detroit in our meeting, this is an example of a
 city which should be kept at 2.5 mile radius because of the density. (We cannot
 insert this particular item in addenda for areas which abut other franchise or
 company areas because of the impact it may have on the protected radius of the
 other franchisee. (i.e., WPB in West Palm Beach, John Hunt in Fort Lauderdale,
 and Paul Brown in Dallas).

11. Shoney's will omit from the term "gross sales" insurance proceeds for loss
 of profits, but will include proceeds from lost sales.

12. Shoney's agrees not to release your sales figures to other franchisees
 without your consent.

13. Shoney's agrees not to claim a default or attempt to designate a payment on
disputed amounts.

14. Shoney's will agree to amend the MDA so that it automatically renews at one
year intervals upon completion of the development schedule rather than requiring
the franchisee to make the request. Shoney's still reserves all other rights
under the renewal provisions of the MDA, including proposing a new development
schedule. The only change will be the automatic renewal instead of an automatic
termination.

15. Shoney's will agree to give you an interpretation letter that the language
in the license agreement that requires a licensee to spend "in no event less
than 2%" on local market advertising does not allow us to require you to spend
any more than 2%. This would effectively give TPI the ceiling which it seeks.

Gary, the one item which we discussed which seems to be a problem with Jim
Arnett and Steve Sanders is the "reasonableness" issue on transfer or assignment
of the license agreements. This issue is very important to us for the reason I
explained during our meeting. Since we have the absolute right of approval of
who becomes a franchisee in the beginning, we do not want to lose that right by
allowing assignment without our approval later on. As I told you, this is as
much for the protection of franchisees who want to remain in the system as it is
for us.

On another issue, Shoney's will agree to waive item 6, page 6, of the agreement
between Shoney's and TPI dated August 2, 1988 provided (a) TPI and Shoney's
agree that the number of stores required to be open under the agreement is
either open or



under construction now, and (b) Shoney's, Inc. will have the absolute right to
give consent for future closures below today's number of stores.

I have just received the shipment of executed agreements. I appreciate your
cooperation in this regard. I think that April 5, 1993 is a reasonable deadline
for getting final agreement on an addenda covering the issues. Both of us are at
risk for allowing restaurants to operate without an executed license, and I
think we should resolve all issues before TPI opens any stores beyond that date.

Please let me know if you have any questions or if this memorandum does not
accurately reflect our discussions.

Gary, thanks for the visit and for the effort in reaching a mutually
satisfactory solution to the issues. Hopefully we can put all outstanding issues
behind us once and for all and get on with the business at hand.



     12. LICENSE AGREEMENTS.

         (a) Upon the due performance by Developer within the time
periods set forth in the Development Schedule, as extended or
renewed pursuant to Paragraph 2, of all of the requirements set
forth above ( including, without limitation, payment of the
Development Fee, and License Fee, satisfaction of all construction
training requirements) with respect to each of the Shoney's
restaurants contemplated by this Agreement, Licensor, except as set
forth below, will execute, issue and deliver to Developer
Licensor's then-current form of License Agreement to operate each
of the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement;
provided, however, that the License Fees and royalties payable
under any License Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
and operated within the Territory shall be at the rate set forth in
Exhibit B. In addition, during the term of this Agreement or any
renewal hereof, with respect to any License Agreement executed for
a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the Territory,
Licensor agrees that:


     (1) the maximum amount (expressed as a percentage of sales)
     of required advertising expenditures under any License
     Agreement shall not be increased from the amount set forth in
     the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
     term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
     and operated within the Territory;

     (2) the protected radius (expressed in distance) provided for
     in any License Agreement shall not be reduced from the
     distance set forth as a protected radius in the first License
     Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this
     Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
     within the Territory;

     (3) each License Agreement shall have an initial term of
     twenty (20) years with the option (upon satisfaction of the
     conditions for renewal set forth therein) to renew for one
     additional term of twenty (20) years;

     (4) neither the radius (expressed in distance) nor the length
     of time (expressed in months) of the post-termination covenant
     not to compete set forth in any License Agreement shall be
     increased from those set forth in the first License Agreement
     executed by Developer during the term of this Agreement for a
     Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
     Territory;

    ________ Licensor

    ________ Developer (Initial Here)




<PAGE>
     (5) the formula for determining the price to be paid by
     Licensor for any of Developer's assets upon termination of any
     License Agreement shall not be changed from that set forth in
     the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
     term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
     and operated within the Territory; and 

     (6) no material change in the reasons that allow a License
     Agreement to be terminated shall be made from those set forth
     in the first License Agreement executed by Developer during
     the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be
     built and operated within the Territory.

(b) As a condition of Licensor's execution of such License
Agreement, Licensor may require Developer or its principals to
provide a personal guarantee, letter of credit or corporate
guarantee in a form acceptable to Licensor to secure payment of
royalties and other fees required to be paid to Licensor or its
affiliates under any such License Agreement, or otherwise.
Developer shall comply with Licensor's then-current franchising
Policies and procedures for issuance of each License Agreement.
Licensor shall be under no obligation to execute and issue a
License Agreement unless Developer has complied in a timely manner
with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and has satisfied
all requirements set forth herein. In addition, Licensor shall be
under no obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement if
Developer is in breach or default of any other License Agreement,
License Option Agreement, Market Development Agreement or any
other agreement between Licensor and Developer, or if Developer is
not eligible for expansion pursuant to Licensor's then-current
criteria for expansion. If and when each License Agreement
contemplated in this Agreement is executed by Licensor, it shall
supersede this Agreement and govern the relations between the
parties with respect to the particular restaurant.

13. NO RIGHT TO OPERATE OR USE TRADEMARKS. Developer
    --------------------------------------
acknowledges that until a License Agreement has been issued for a
specified site, Developer shall not have or be entitled to exercise
any of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the License
agreement, including without limitation the right to use Licensor's
trademarks, service marks and trade names; that the execution of
this Agreement shall not be deemed to grant any such rights, powers
or privileges to Developer; and that Developer may not under any
circumstances  commence operation of any Shoney's restaurant prior
to execution by Licensor of a License Agreement for the particular
location.

  _________ Licensor

  _________ Developer (Initial Here)



<PAGE>
                                    SHONEY'S

  1727 Elm Hill Pike * P.O. Box 1260 * Nashville. TN 37202 * (615)391-5201

                                                             July 30, 1993



TPI Restaurants, Inc.
2158 Union Avenue
Memphis, Tennessee 38174-1379
Attn: J. Gary Sharp, President

     Re: Franchise Agreements with Shoney's, Inc. (the "Company")

Dear Gary:

         This letter of consent and/or interpretation is in response to
certain questions that have been raised with respect to the forms
of market development and license agreements to be used in the
development of your markets. Initially, each of us agree that any
time an incorrect form of agreement is mistakenly executed, a
correct form will be substituted. This will protect either of our
companies from inadvertent loss of their rights. If you find the
letter to be acceptable, please execute where indicated and return
it to me.

                  Market Development Agreement
                  ----------------------------

1.    Renewal.    (Paragraph 2). Future MDA's will be modified to
      -------     -------------
provide for automatic renewal rather than automatic termination.
                      -------                       -----------
The Company, however, will reserve all other rights that it has
under the renewal provisions of these MDA's including, without
limitation, the right to propose a new development schedule. The
only real change will be to remove the requirement that, upon
completion of the development schedule, the franchisee request
                                                       -------
renewal. Instead, this renewal will now occur under the same terms
and conditions as other renewals under an MDA. I propose that we
substitute new MDA's for any existing MDA to make this renewal
provision effective for all franchisees and that this substitution
occur when our new documents are registered (after January, 1994).
Also, the Company will be pleased to modify any existing MDA to
give a franchisee those protections currently set forth in section
12 of the Company's current form of MDA.

         2.    Guarantees.     (Paragraph 12(b)).    As you know, the
             --------------    ------------------
requirement of a personal guaranty of the principals of a
franchisee is a requirement that has been adjusted, in whole or in
part, by the Company in the past. Please be advised that the
Company hereby waives any requirement in any market development




<PAGE>
   TPI Restaurants, Inc.
   July 30, 1993
   Page 2

   agreement that is executed by TPI for a guaranty from the
   Principals of TPI.

           3.    Transfer of Stock.    (Paragraph 14.2 (c),   17(a) and
                 ------------------    ---------------------------------
  17(b). Please be advised that the Company hereby consents to the
  -----
  transfer of the stock of TPI Restaurants, Inc. and TPI Enterprises,
  Inc., free of the restrictions contained in these provisions of any
  market development agreement that is executed by TPI.

                         License Agreements
                         -------------------

             1.    Exclusivity. (Paragraph 3). You  had questioned the use
                  ----------------------------
    of the language "shall be non exclusive" in Paragraph 3 of the
    standard license agreement.     Please note that the license
    agreements restrict the Company, either itself or through
    licensees, from operating or allowing to be operated other Shoney's
    restaurants within the radius covered by the license agreement.
    This, in essence, gives a franchisee "exclusivity" in the operation
   of a Shoney's restaurant within the territory protected by the
  license agreement. If a franchisee has an area agreement, the
  franchisee has greater protection.

          As you have been advised, the reason the Company has provided
 that a franchisee's rights are "non-exclusive" is that the term
 "exclusive is an unwise drafting shortcut that has unwanted and
 sometimes unknown significance. For example, if your rights were
 "exclusive" and the Company operated one of its other concepts,
 such as a Captain D's, across the street from one of your Shoney's
 restaurants, technically, the use of such items as the traditional
 cash register sticker identifying all of the Company's restaurant
 concepts would violate your rights. In fact, an arrival of a
 commissary truck with a Shoney's logo painted on the side could
 violate your rights. These are the types of things we are
 attempting to avoid through giving franchisees non-exclusive
 rights. The franchisees' operational integrity within their
 protected radius is protected by Paragraph 3 of the license
 agreement.

         2.    Time of Payment. (Paragraphs 5(a), 8(a)). Although the
               -----------------------------------------
Company's standard license agreements generally provide for payment
on or before the tenth day following a month or an accounting
period, in view of the large number of restaurants that TPI
operates under license from the Company, the Company acknowledges
that TPI generally makes its payments on or before the fifteenth
day after the end of a period or month. So long as TPI continues
to make these payments in such a timely manner, the Company will
not object to the payments being made on or before those dates nor




<PAGE>
TPI Restaurants, Inc.
July 30, 1993
Page 3

use such a technically late payment as a ground for a default of
any of the license agreements.

         3.    Royalties on Insurance Awards. (Paragraph 5(b)). With
               -----------------------------------------------
respect to Paragraph 5(b) of the standard license agreements,
please be advised that the Company is willing to waive any right
that it has to receive a royalty on an insurance award or
condemnation proceeds insofar as they represent profits.    If,
                                                -------
however, a franchisee received an award based upon sales, the
                                                   -----
Company obviously would be entitled to and expect to receive a
royalty.

         4.    Release of Franchise Sales. (Paragraph 5(c)).
               --------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding paragraph 5(c) of the standard license agreement
the Company will agree not to release your sales results without
your consent.

          5.    Overdue Payments. (Paragraph 5(d)). With respect to the
               -----------------------------------
 second sentence of Paragraph 5(d) of the standard license agreement
 regarding designation of payments, the Company would not interpret
 that sentence to control in the event of a good faith bona fide
 dispute with respect to a particular amount claimed due by the
 Company. Obviously, if a particular invoice or other amount owing
 was being disputed in good faith, the Company would not designate
 later payments to pay off that amount and then claim you owed later
 amounts that were not being disputed.

          6.    Hours of Operation. (Paragraph 7(d)). The Company
               --------------------------------------
 consents to the operation of TPI's "Shoney's", restaurants during
 hours of operation consistent with prior operation of other
 "Shoney's" restaurants by TPI, including on a 24 hour consecutive
 hourly basis for special events; provided, however, no "Shoney's.
 restaurant shall be operated as a 24 hour concept.

         7.    Local Market Advertising. (Paragraph 8(b)). With respect
               -----------------------------------------
to the requirement for local market advertising, the Company
interprets the standard license agreement's requirement to spend a
reasonable amount to vest the discretion on what is reasonable to
the licensee's judgment, subject to the 2% minimum contained in the
contract.    Also, with respect to the last sentence regarding
reduced price or products that are given away, the Company does not
interpret this provision as excluding non-food products or
                                      --------
promotional items that are given away. Obviously, however, in the
case of a food promotion such as a $2.99 breakfast bar (reduced
          ----
from $3.99), the Company would not expect any franchisee to claim
that the $1 reduction counted toward local market advertising.




<PAGE>
TPI Restaurants, Inc.
July 30, 1993
Page 4

         8.    Maintenance of Credit Standing. (Paragraph 15). The
               ---------------------------------------------
Company does not interpret Paragraph 15 of the standard license
agreement to apply to any items that are being disputed by a
franchisee in good faith and through appropriate proceedings.

         9.    Insurance/Indemnities.    The Company does not interpret
               ---------------------
Paragraph 16 of the standard license agreement to require the
licensee to indemnify and/or insure for anything arising out of,
related to, or aggravated by the negligent acts or omissions of the
Company or any of its agents or employees, which would include any
liability that the Company might have for products that it sells to
TPI.

          10. Transfer of Stock. (Paragraphs 17(a), 17(b)). Please be
              --------------------------------------------
 advised that the Company hereby consents to the transfer of the
 stock of TPI Restaurants, Inc. and TPI Enterprises, Inc., free of
 the restrictions contained in Paragraphs 17(a) and 17(b) of the
 standard license agreement.     The Company also waives the
 requirement of Paragraph 17(a) of the standard license agreement
 that TPI's stock certificates bear a legend referencing the
 restrictions of the standard license agreement.

           11. Ability to Close. (Paragraphs 19(b)(6), 19(b)(7)).
                -----------------------------------------------
 Notwithstanding Paragraphs 19(b)(6) and (b)(7) of the standard
 license agreement, the Company's corporate policy is not to
 unreasonably withhold its consent to close units that are
 unprofitable, so long as the unprofitability is not the fault of
 the franchisee. (For example, because of sloppy operations.) The
 Company simply wants an opportunity to review, which review will be
 done in a reasonable manner, the operations to determine if the
 unit can be "turned around" and, thereafter, whether it can be
 mutually beneficial for the unit to remain in the system.

         12. Right of First Refusal.    (Paragraph 21). The Company
             -----------------------    --------------
acknowledges that the terms of paragraph 21 of the standard license
agreement do not apply to a sale and subsequent leaseback of any of
TPI's property (real or personal), or any other sale or other
transfer of TPI's property in connection with any bona fide
financing plan. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that
the terms of paragraph 21 of the standard license agreement also do
not apply to any merger or consolidation involving TPI, nor to a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of TPI. The Company
will consider the sale of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of
TPI's restaurants as part of the same transaction to be a sale of
all or substantially all of the assets of TPI. The Company further
acknowledges and agrees that the terms of the parenthetical




<PAGE>
 TPI Restaurants, Inc.
 July 30, 1993
 Page 5

 beginning on line 14 of paragraph 21 are intended to apply only to
 transfers of the license agreement (or an interest therein).

          I trust that this is responsive to your questions and
 concerns; however, should you have any additional questions or need
 additional information, please feel free to contact me.

          I understand that you are relying upon the consents and/or
 interpretations set forth in this letter in entering into a market
 development agreement for the development of Shoney's restaurants
 within Detroit, Houston and South Florida and in entering into
 future license agreements* or the operation of Shoney's units both
 in your present territories and in all subsequently acquired
 territories.

         If you agree with the interpretations and other matters set
forth herein, please sign a copy of this letter where indicated
below and return that to me.

                              Very truly yours,

                             James M. Grout
                             Executive Vice President,
                             Franchising and Development

The foregoing is acknowledged and agreed to:

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp
- --------------------------------
Title: President
- --------------------------------

                                 *(and license agreements previously
                                  executed by TPI conditionally upon
                                  negotiation of acceptable addendum)






                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.36





                                                                  01/02/92


                                 SHONEY'S
                       MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

      This Agreement made and entered into this 1st day of December, 1992 in
Nashville, Tennessee by and between Shoney's Inc., a Tennessee corporation with
its principal office at 1727 Elm Hill Pike, Nashville, Tennessee 37210
("Licensor"); and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC., corporation with its principal office
at 2158 Union Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104 ("Developer").

      WHEREAS, Licensor at a substantial expenditure of time effort and money,
has developed and perfected a system of opening and operating restaurants
utilizing the "Shoney's" service mark ("Shoney's restaurants"); and

      WHEREAS, Licensor has acquired knowledge and experience in the
composition, distribution, advertising and sale of food products by Shoney's
Restaurants and with respect to the style of the buildings and signs used
by said restaurant and has successfully established a reputation, demand and
goodwill for the products sold by such restaurants; and

      WHEREAS, Developer recognizes the value of uniformity in a system of
restaurants and Developer further recognizes the value of Licensor's knowledge
and experience gained through the operation of Shoney's Restaurants, and the
value of the trade names, trademarks, service marks and other distinctive
features of Shoney's Restaurants; and

      WHEREAS, Developer acknowledges Licensor's sole and exclusive ownership of
any rights to Licensor's current and future trade names, trademarks and service
marks and to all current and future related practices, procedures, methods,
devices, techniques, recipes and systems; and

      WHEREAS, Developer desires to open and operate a certain number of
Shoney's Restaurants within the geographic area specified in this Agreement
within the term of this Agreement; and

      WHEREAS, Licensor is willing to grant Developer such rights in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

      NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

       1.    GRANT. Licensor hereby grants to Developer during the term of
this Agreement and subject to the conditions hereof the right to open and
operate Shoney's Restaurants in the limited


<PAGE>

geographical area identified and set forth in Exhibit A hereto; this
geographical area being hereinafter referred to as the "Territory." The
operation of each of the Shoney's Restaurants developed pursuant to this
Agreement will be governed by individual License Agreements issued by Licensor
in accordance with Paragraph 12 below. During the term of this Agreement,
without the consent of Developer, Licensor shall not grant options for or
license others to operate, nor will it itself operate, any new or additional
Shoney's Restaurants in the Territory.

       2.    TERM; RENEWAL.

        (a) Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Paragraph 14, this Agreement
shall terminate, without any action on the part of either of the parties being
necessary, upon the date of execution by Licensor of the License Agreement for
the last of the Shoney's Restaurants then required to be opened and operated
pursuant to this Agreement or any renewal hereof, unless Developer, upon, or not
more than thirty (30) days prior to, execution of the License Agreement for such
last restaurant, gives notice to Licensor (in accordance with this Agreement)
of Developer's intent to renew this Agreement (a "Renewal Notice"). Upon
receipt of a Renewal Notice, Licensor shall conduct a survey of the
Territory and, within ninety (90) days following receipt of the Renewal Notice,
shall notify Developer of the additional number of Shoney's restaurants that
Licensor proposes to be built and opened within the Territory, if any, and the
development schedule for such additional restaurants (a "Development Notice").
If Licensor and Developer, within ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending a
Development Notice to Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's
restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this Agreement shall be
extended until the time of execution of the License Agreement for the last of
the additional Shoney's restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be
built and opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
(90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to Developer, do not
agree (with both Licensor and Developer being obligated to negotiate in good
faith) upon the additional number of restaurants to be built and opened within
the Territory or the development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either of the
parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day following Licensor's
sending the most recent Development Notice to Developer.


                                        2

<PAGE>
       (b) If, at the time of any proposed renewals of this agreement by
Developer pursuant to this Paragraph 2, Licensor determines that no additional
Shoney's restaurants are then required to be built and opened within the
Territory, the Development Notice sent by Licensor in connection with such
proposed renewal shall so state. In such event, the term of this Agreement
shall be extended for a period of one (1) year from the date Licensor sent the
Development Notice to Developer indicating that no additional Shoney's
restaurants are then required to be built and opened within the Territory.
Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1)
year terms, unless Licensor determines that an additional restaurant or
restaurants are then required and at least ninety (90) days prior to
expiration of the then current term, sends a Development Notice to Developer
stating the number of restaurants to be built and opened within the
Territory and the development schedule for such additional restaurants.
If Licensor and Developer, within ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending
the Development Notice to Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's
restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory and the  development
schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this Agreement shall be
extended until the time of execution of the License Agreement for the last of
the additional Shoney's restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should
be built and opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending Development Notice to Developer, do
not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being obligated to negotiate in
good faith) upon the additional number of restaurants to be built and opened
within the Territory or the development schedule for such additional
restaurants, this Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part
of either of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
following Licensor's sending the Development Notice to Developer.


       3.    DEVELOPMENT FEE. Upon execution of this Agreement, Developer shall
pay to Licensor the fee set forth in Exhibit B hereto and designated as the
development fee (the "Development Fee"). This Development Fee shall be fully
earned by Licensor in consideration of its execution of this Agreement and shall
be non-refundable.     However, Licensor shall credit the Development Fee, pro
rata, based upon the number of Shoney's restaurants to be built within the
Territory, toward the License Fees payable under any of the License Agreements
issued to Developer pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the applicable
restaurants are constructed and opened in accordance with the schedule set forth
in Exhibit B (the Development Schedule"). Upon renewal of this Agreement and an
agreement by Franchiser and the developer/franchisee to build additional



                                        3
<PAGE>
restaurants pursuant to Paragraph 2, an additional Development Fee will be due.
The amount will be determined in the same manner as the original Development Fee
charged upon execution of this Agreement (number of restaurants multiplied by 
one-half of the license fee for each such restaurant), and is fully earned at
the time of the extension of this Agreement. The additional Development Fee also
will be credited pro rata against the individual license fees of the additional
restaurants opened pursuant to this Agreement if the developer/franchisee 
remains in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including
the development schedule for the additional restaurants.

      4.  DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE. Developer shall build, open and operate properly
licensed Shoney's Restaurants in accordance with the Development Schedule.  In
the event that Developer opens and continuously operates a greater number of 
Shoney's restaurants than required during any interim period of the Development
Schedule, the requirements of the succeeding period(s) shall be deemed satisfied
to the extent of such excess number of restaurants, up to the total number of 
restaurants specified in the Development Schedule.

      5.  LOCATION OF RESTAURANTS. Developer is responsible for locating pro-
posed sites within the Territory for each of the restaurants contemplated in the
Development Schedule.  During the term of this Agreement, Developer shall use 
its best efforts to locate suitable sites. Licensor, in its discretion, may 
offer counseling and advice in site selection.  In no event, however, shall 
Licensor be obligated to loan money, guarantee leases, provide financing or
otherwise become directly involved and/or obligated to Developer or to any third
party in respect of such  site selection or development; these activities and 
undertakings, financially and otherwise, shall be the exclusive responsibility
of Developer.

      6.  SITE ACCEPTANCE. Upon selection by Developer of a proposed site for a 
Shoney's restaurant, Developer promptly shall submit to Licensor such specific
site data and demographic and other information concerning the site as may be
reasonably required by Licensor, utilizing such forms as may be
required by Licensor. Licensor shall either accept or reject such
site in accordance with Licensor's then-current site selection policies and 
procedures.  To be effective, any acceptance must be in writing.  Developer 
understands and acknowledges that Licensor may reject any proposed site,
in which event Developer will not proceed at the rejected site, but
will seek to locate an acceptable site. The acquisition in any manner of any
proposed site prior to acceptance by Licensor shall be at the sole risk and
responsibility of Developer and

                                        4

<PAGE>

shall not obligate Licensor in any way to accept such site or to issue a License
Agreement for operation of a Shoney's restaurant at such site.

       7.    DISCLAIMER. In executing this Agreement, accepting a proposed site,
giving approvals or advice or providing services or assistance in connection
with this Agreement, Licensor does not guarantee the suitability of an accepted
site or the success of any particular Shoney's restaurant established at any
such site. Licensor expressly disclaims any warranties, express or implied, with
respect to the suitability of any site or the success of any restaurant.
Developer understands and acknowledges that the suitability of a site and the
success of any restaurant, depend on many factors outside the control of either
Licensor or Developer (including, without limitation, such factors as interest
rates, unemployment rates, demographic trends and the general economic climate),
but principally depend on Developer's efforts in the operation of the
restaurant.

       8.    LOCATION REQUIREMENTS. As a condition for accepting a proposed
site, Licensor may require Developer to negotiate a lease or sales contract
that includes certain terms regarding duration or other specified matters. 
Developer understands and acknowledges that a site acceptance may be conditioned
on such matters and that if Developer does not wish to, or cannot satisfy the
pertinent conditions within a reasonable time, the site will be deemed rejected.

       9.     CONSTRUCTION.
              -------------

       (a) Upon receiving acceptance for a proposed site, Developer shall
proceed promptly to secure control of the accepted site and to obtain necessary
zoning and building approvals and permits. Following acceptance of any site,
Licensor shall provide Developer with fifteen (15) sets of standard 
architectural plans and specifications for a prototype Shoney's restaurant. 
After a site is accepted but before commencing construction of any Shoney's 
restaurant contemplated by this Agreement, Developer shall, if requested by 
Licensor, at Developer's expense, furnish to Licensor for Licensor's
acceptance, the following:

       (i) A proposed preliminary site plan for the Shoney's restaurant which,
if accepted, shall not thereafter be changed without Licensor's prior written
consent; and

       (ii) A copy of Developer's plans and specifications for construction
of the Shoney's restaurant in proposed final form, which plans and
specifications shall have been




                                        5
<PAGE>
adopted, at Developer's expense, from Licensor's then standard plans and 
specifications and which, if accepted, shall not thereafter be changed without
Licensor's prior written consent. In addition, upon request by Licensor,
Developer shall furnish Licensor information as Licensor may from time to time
request, which may include, without limitation, copies of all commitments and 
plans for construction and permanent financing, the name, address and contact
with respect to each lender, the name and address of the contractor, together
with a copy of the construction contract.

       (b) Thereafter, Developer shall break ground and commence construction of
the particular Shoney's restaurant in accordance with the accepted site plan and
building plans and specifications as soon as possible and shall complete all the
construction thereof, including the acquisition and installation of all
equipment specified by Licensor, and have the restaurant ready to open for
business within the time specified in the Development Schedule. Licensor and its
agents shall have the right to inspect the construction at any reasonable time.
Developer agrees to give Licensor at least ten (10) days notice prior to pouring
the concrete slab for any Shoney's restaurant to be opened pursuant to this
Agreement and to give Licensor notice immediately after completion of the
electrical and mechanical rough-ins to enable Licensor to inspect the
construction at such times. Developer shall correct, upon request and at
Developer's expense, any deviation from any approved site plan or plans and
specifications. Licensor assumes no responsibility for the quality of any
construction because of any inspections made by it or any reports or
recommendations made as a result of such inspections.

       (c) In the event Developer fails to open any Shoney's restaurant within
the time periods set forth in the Development Schedule, except for any delay due
in material part to war, strikes, lock-outs, governmentally imposed building
moratoriums, or similar causes beyond the control of Developer (which do
not include general construction delays), or in the event Developer commences
construction of any Shoney's restaurant according to plans and specifications
not accepted by Licensor or alters such accepted site plan or plans and
specifications without Licensor's approval, then, Licensor, at its option, may
elect to cancel and terminate this Agreement, by written notice to Developer,
in which case any Development Fee paid to Licensor pursuant to Paragraph 3
shall be retained by Licensor as liquidated and agreed damages and no further
License Agreements will be issued for any proposed Shoney's restaurants.




                                        6

<PAGE>

     10. ADVISORY SERVICES AND TRAINING.

     (a) During the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall at reasonable times,
upon the request of, and at no charge to Developer (except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Paragraph 10), furnish counseling and advisory
services to Developer with respect to the construction and pre-opening
activities related to the operation of Shoney's restaurants including
consultation and advice regarding:

           (i)          parking and building layouts;

           (ii)         traffic planning;

           (iii)        construction and financing of the restaurant
                        building and other improvements;

           (iv)         equipment selection and layout;

           (v)          employee selection and training;

           (vi)         advertising and promotion;

           (vii)        bookkeeping and accounting; and

           (viii)       purchasing and inventory control.

       (b) Developer and its employees shall attend and conduct such training
programs as Licensor may reasonably require in order to train Developer's
personnel properly to operate the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this
Agreement. No charge will be made by Licensor for training programs conducted by
it, but Developer shall be required to pay all expenses of Developer's personnel
who take part in any such program or programs.

       (c) Developer shall not employ or seek to employ any person who is at the
time employed by Licensor or by any other licensee or optionee of Licensor
without first obtaining the consent of such person's employer and Developer will
not, directly or indirectly, induce any such person to leave his or her
employment.

       11. LICENSE FEE. Upon execution by Licensor of each License Agreement for
a Shoney's restaurant contemplated by this Agreement, Developer shall pay to
Licensor the sum set forth on Exhibit B hereto that is specified as the License
Fee for each such Shoney's restaurant. This License Fee is full earned by
Licensor upon execution of the License Agreement and thereafter shall be
non-refundable. Any Development Fee paid by Developer hereunder shall be
credited toward payment of the License Fee in accordance with the terms of
Paragraph 3 of this Agreement.

       12. LICENSE AGREEMENTS.

       (a) Upon the due performance by Developer within the time periods set
forth in the Development Schedule, as extended or


 


                                        7
<PAGE>


renewed pursuant to Paragraph 2, of all of the requirements set forth above
(including, without limitation, payment of the Development Fee, and License
Fee, satisfaction of all construction and training requirements) with respect
to each of the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement, Licensor,
except as set forth below, will execute, issue and deliver to Developer
Licensor's then-current form of License Agreement to operate each of the
Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that
the License Fees and royalties payable under any License Agreement for a
Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the Territory shall be at
the rate set forth in Exhibit B.    In addition, during the term of this
Agreement or any renewal hereof, with respect to any License Agreement
executed for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
Territory, Licensor agrees that:

        (1) the maximum amount (expressed as a percentage of sales
            of required advertising expenditures under any License
            Agreement shall not be increased from the amount set
            forth in the first License Agreement executed by Developer
            during the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant
            to be built and operated within the Territory;

        (2) the protected radius (expressed in distance) provided for
            in any License Agreement shall not be reduced from the
            distance set forth as a protected radius in the first License
            Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this Agreement
            for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
            Territory;

        (3) each License Agreement shall have an initial term of twenty
            (20) years with the option (upon satisfaction of the conditions
            for renewal set forth therein) to renew for one additional term of
            twenty (20) years;

        (4) neither the radius (expressed in distance) nor the length of time
            (expressed in months) of the post-termination covenant not to
            compete set forth in any License Agreement shall be increased from
            those set forth in the first License Agreement executed by
            Developer during the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's
            restaurant to be built and operated within the Territory;





                                        8
<PAGE>



        (5) the formula for determining the price to be paid by Licensor for
            any of Developer's assets upon termination of any License
            Agreement shall not be changed from that set forth in the
            first License Agreement executed by Developer during the term of
            this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
            within the Territory; and

        (6) no material change in the reasons that allow a License Agreement
            to be terminated shall be made from those set forth in the first
            License Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this
            Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
            within the Territory.

       (b) As a condition of Licensor's execution of such License Agreement,
Licensor may require Developer or its principals to provide a personal
guarantee, letter of credit or corporate guarantee in a form acceptable to
Licensor to secure payment of royalties and other fees required to be paid to
Licensor or its affiliates under any such License Agreement, or otherwise.
Developer shall comply with Licensor's then-current franchising policies and
procedures for issuance of each License Agreement Licensor shall be under no
obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement unless Developer has
complied in a timely manner with all terms and conditions of this Agreement
and has satisfied all requirements set forth herein. In addition, Licensor
shall be under no obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement if
Developer is in breach or default of any other License Agreement, License
Option Agreement, Market Development Agreement or any other agreement between
Licensor and Developer, or if Developer is not eligible for expansion pursuant
to Licensor's then-current criteria for expansion. If and when each License
Agreement contemplated in this Agreement is executed by Licensor, it shall
supersede this Agreement and govern the relations between the parties with
respect to the particular restaurant.

       13. NO RIGHT TO OPERATE OR USE TRADEMARKS. Developer acknowledges that
until a License Agreement has been issued for a specified site, Developer
shall not have or be entitled to exercise any of the rights, powers and
privileges granted by the License Agreement, including without limitation
the right to use Licensor's trademarks, service marks trade names; and that the
execution of this Agreement shall not be deemed to grant any such rights, 
powers or privileges to Developer; and that Developer may not under any 
circumstances commence




                                        9
<PAGE>


operation of any Shoney's restaurant prior to execution by Licensor of a
License Agreement for the particular location.

      14. TERMINATION.

      14.1 Automatic Termination. This Agreement shall terminate immediately
and without notice to either party:

       (a) if Developer files a petition under any bankruptcy or reorganization
law, becomes insolvent, or has a trustee or receiver appointed by a court of
competent jurisdiction for all or any part of Developer's property; or

       (b) if Developer seeks to effect a plan of liquidation, reorganization,
composition or arrangement of Developer's affairs, whether or not the same
shall be subsequently approved by a court of competent jurisdiction, it
being understood that in no event shall this Agreement or any right or interest
hereunder be deemed an asset in any insolvency, receivership, bankruptcy,
composition, liquidation, arrangement or reorganization proceeding; or

      (c) if Developer has an involuntary proceeding filed under any
bankruptcy or reorganization laws or any other laws and does not have such
proceeding dismissed within ninety (90) days thereafter; or

      (d) if Developer makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors.

       14.2 By Licensor. Licensor, at its option, may terminate this Agreement
immediately upon notice to Developer, upon the occurrence of any of the
following:

       (a) failure to comply with the Development Schedule;

       (b) the assignment of this Agreement without the prior written approval
of Licensor;

       (c) if Developer is a corporation or a partnership, the transfer of
any of the capital stock or partnership interest of such corporation or
partnership during the term of this Agreement without the prior written
approval of Licensor; or, in the event that any shareholder or partner of
Developer (the "Shareholder") is a corporation, limited partnership,
business trust, partnership or similar association, the transfer of any of the
capital stock or other interests of the shareholders limited partners, trustees,
beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be, in such Shareholder,
during the term of this Agreement without the prior written approval of
Licensor;



                                        10
<PAGE>


       (d) the discovery by Licensor of any material misrepresentation in
any of the information or documents submitted to Licensor by or on behalf
of Developer;

       (e) any material violation by Developer of any of the provisions of
this Agreement if such material violation shall continue for thirty (30) days
after Licensor gives written notice of such material violation to Optionee
or if such material violation cannot be reasonably corrected within such
thirty (30) day period, then if such material violation is not corrected
within such additional time as may be required assuming Optionee proceeds
with reasonable diligence; provided, however, that such written notice and a
reasonable time to correct material violations shall not be required
if Optionee repeatedly fails to perform in accordance with the terms and
conditions contained herein; or

       (f) any default by Developer under any other agreement with Licensor
and Developer's failure to cure such default within the time specified in
such agreement, if any.

       15. EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION. Upon expiration of this
Agreement, or upon its termination for any reason, any and all rights granted
to Developer hereunder shall be extinguished immediately. Licensor thereafter
shall have the right to operate or license others to operate
Shoney's Restaurants within the Territory, except as limited by the
provisions of any other then-effective agreements with Licensor.

       16. RESTRICTIONS. Licensor is engaged in the business of developing
and franchising Shoney's restaurants on a national basis. Developer
acknowledges that the appropriation or duplication of Shoney's restaurants
or any part thereof for a purpose other than to operate a Shoney's
restaurant pursuant to a License Agreement with Licensor would damage the
franchising a business of Licensor. Developer acknowledges that Licensor
owns trade secrets and that all material or other information now
or hereafter provided or disclosed to Developer regarding Shoney's
restaurants is disclosed to Developer in confidence and Developer agrees not
to disclose any part of it to anyone who is not an employee of Licensor, or
of its licensees. Licensor shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief
in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies it may have if
Developer fails to comply with the provisions contained herein.

       17. ASSIGNMENT.

       (a) Developer shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or encumber its
rights and obligations hereunder or suffer or permit any such assignment,
transfer or encumbrance to occur by



                                    11



<PAGE>

operation of law without the prior express written consent of Licensor. In
the event Developer is a corporation, limited partnership, business
trust, partnership or similar association, the shareholders,
limited partners, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be,
may not sell, assign, or otherwise transfer their shares or interests in
such corporation, limited partnership, business trust, partnership or
similar association, without the prior written consent of Licensor.
Furthermore, in the event that any shareholder of Developer (the
"Shareholder") is a corporation, limited partnership, business trust,
partnership or similar association, the interests of the shareholders,
limited partners, trustees, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the
case may be, in such Shareholder, may not be sold, assigned or otherwise
transferred, without the prior written consent of
Licensor.

       (b) In the event of the death of the Developer or if the Developer is
a corporation or similar entity, then in the event of the death of any
stockholder, investor or similar person, Licensor shall not unreasonably
withhold its consent to a transfer or assignment of Developer's interest
herein, or if Developer is a corporation, the transfer of the deceased
 
stockholder's stock in such corporation to a descendant, heir or legate
of the decedent, who shall in the sole judgment of Licensor be capable of
performing the duties and obligations of Developer hereunder and under any
License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this agreement, or to a
responsible bona fide purchaser acceptable to Licensor.  Any approval by
Licensor of such transfer or assignment shall be subject to the assignee's
agreement in writing to assume and perform all of Developer's duties and
obligations hereunder and under any License Agreement to be issued pursuant
to this agreement.

       18. CONSTRUCTION. All terms and words used in this Agreement,
regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall be deemed
and construed to include any other number and any other gender, as the
context or sense of this Agreement or any provision hereof may require, as
if such words had been fully and properly written in the appropriate
number and gender. All covenants, agreements and obligations assumed herein
by Developer shall be deemed to be joint and several covenants, agreements
and obligations of each of the persons named as Developer, if more than one
person is so named.

       19. HEADINGS. Captions and section headings are used herein for
convenience only. They are not part of this Agreement and shall not be used
in construing it.



                                    12



<PAGE>


       20. NOTICES. Whenever notice is required or permitted to be given
under the terms of this Agreement, it shall be given in writing, and be
delivered personally, by certified, expresser registered mail, or by an
overnight delivery service (e.g. Federal Express), postage prepaid, addressed to
the party for whom intended. All such notices shall be addressed to the
party to be notified at the respective addresses first above written; or at
such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to time designate
in writing.

       21. COSTS AND ATTORNEY'S FEES. Should Developer institute an action
against Licensor or any of Licensor's agents or employees for any claim
arising out of or related to this Agreement, Licensor (or its agents or
employees), if it prevails, shall recover from Developer its costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in defending said action.

       22. WAIVER. No waiver, delay, omission or forbearance on the part of
the Licensor to exercise any right, option, duty or power arising from any
default or breach by Developer shall affect or impair the rights of Licensor
with respect to any subsequent default of the same or a different kind;
nor shall any delay or omission of Licensor to exercise any right arising
from any such default affect or impair Licensor's rights as to such default
or any future default.

       23. SEVERABILITY. If any term, restriction or covenant of this Agreement
is deemed invalid or unenforceable, all other terms, restrictions and
covenants and the application thereof to all persons and circumstances
subject hereto shall remain unaffected to the extent permitted by law; and
if any application of any term, restriction or covenant to any person or
circumstance is deemed invalid or unenforceable, the application of such
terms, restriction or covenant to other persons and circumstances shall
remain unaffected to the extent permitted by law.

       24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement
between the parties hereto and there are no representations,
inducements, promises, agreements, arrangements or undertakings,
oral or written, between the parties that have been relied upon by either
party other than those set forth herein. No agreement of any kind relating
to the matters covered by this agreement shall be binding upon either party
unless and until the same is made in writing and executed by both
Developer and Licensor.

       25. DEVELOPER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. Developer understands and acknowledges
that there are significant risks in any business venture and that the
primary factor in Developer's success or



                                    13



<PAGE>

failure under this Agreement will be Developer's own efforts. IN ADDITION,
DEVELOPER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSOR AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE NO
REPRESENTATIONS TO DEVELOPER OTHER THAN OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE MATTERS SET
FORTH IN THE UNIFORM FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR PROVIDED TO DEVELOPER AND
THAT DEVELOPER HAS UNDERTAKEN THIS VENTURE SOLELY IN RELIANCE UPON THE
MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR AND DEVELOPER'S
OWN INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION OF THE MERITS OF THIS VENTURE.


                                             DEVELOPER:  TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

                                (corporate)  By: /s/ J. Gary Walker
                                             Title: President

                                             Date: 8/16/93
                  

                                             SHONEY'S, INC.

                                             By: /s/ James W. Arnett, Jr.
                                                JAMES W. ARNETT, JR.
                                             Title: President & C.O.O.


                                             By: /s/ James M. Grout
                                                 JAMES M. GROUT
                                             Title: Executive Vice President
                                                    Franchising & Development

                                             Date: 9-1-93



                                 -14-



<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT A

                    to Market Development Agreement
                    Dated December 1, 1992 Between
                 Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
               for the Development of Shoney's Restaurants
                 Within the Territory Described Below

                                TERRITORY

A delineated territory within the state of Michigan using measured
coordinates of a longitude line (as shown on the attached map marked Exhibit
C), which begins at a center point of Southfield Freeway (Hwy. 39)
and Highway 102 and extends north and south through the State of Michigan.
Subject to Shoney's site acceptance, TPI's development will include all
areas east of this line, excluding a 2 1/2 mile radius around the
intersection of Southfield Freeway and Ford Road, within the State of
Michigan. (See attached map marked Exhibit C).








ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED



         JS            (Developer)
- --------------------

         JG            (Licensor)
- --------------------




<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT B

                       to Market Development Agreement
                           Dated December 1, 1992
                 Between Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

 
DEVELOPMENT FEE: $195,000.00

LICENSE FEES/ROYALTIES

For each Shoney's restaurant opened within the Territory pursuant to this
Agreement, the License Fee payable shall be $30,000 and the royalties
payable shall be 3% of gross sales.

                     DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE


Three (3) Shoney's restaurants open by December 1, 1993;
Three (3) additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's restaurants
open by December 1, 1994;
Three (3) additional (total of nine (9)) Shoney's restaurants
open by December 1, 1995;
Three (3) additional (total of twelve (12)) Shoney's restaurants
open by December 1, 1996; and
One (1) additional (total of thirteen (13)) Shoney's restaurants
open by December 1, 1997.


or less - TPI to build the same number of units per year as Shoney's Inc.

                                                      J.S.
                                                      Jim Arnett

ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED



                       (Developer)
  /s/ [Initialed]
- -----------------------
                       (Licensor)

  /s/ J. M. Grout
- -----------------------

<PAGE>
                       ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT



        THIS AGREEMENT is an addendum to that certain Market Development
Agreement dated December 1, 1992 (the "Market Development Agreement"), by
and between Shoney's Inc. (herein after referred to as the "Licensor") and
TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (herein after referred to as the "Developer") in
connection with the development of Shoney's Restaurants within Michigan.

                                 WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes in the
Market Development Agreement, which changes are more particularly set forth
herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development Agreement, it is
mutually agreed as follows:

           1.    Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
                 to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
                 Two (2) additional (total of four (4)) Shoney's restaurants
                 open by December 1, 1995; two (2) additional (total of six (6))
                 Shoney's restaurants open by December 1, 1996; two (2)
                 additional (total of eight (8)) Shoney's restaurants open by
                 December 1, 1997; two (2) additional (total of ten (10))
                 Shoney's restaurants open by December 1, 1998; two (2)
                 additional (total of twelve (12)) Shoney's restaurants open
                 by December 1, 1999; and one (1) additional (total of
                 thirteen (13)) Shoney's restaurants open by December 1, 2000.

           2.    Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall remain in
                 full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement as of the
26th  day of January       , 1995.




Developer:                               LICENSOR:



TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                    SHONEY'S, INC.



By: /s/ Les Lockhart                          By:  /s/ Charles E. Porter
    ------------------                             ----------------------
    Les Lockhart                                   CHARLES E. PORTER

Title: V.P. of Development                     Title: President
      ---------------------                          --------------


                                               By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                                  ---------------------
                                                    CHARLES VAUGHN

                                               Title: Vice President
                                                      Franchising & Development
                                                      -------------------------









<PAGE>
                     SECOND ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT is a second addendum to that certain Market
Development Agreement dated December 1, 1992 (the "Market Development
Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred to as the
"Developer") in connection with the development of Shoney's Restaurants
within Michigan.

                               WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes in the
Market Development Agreement, which changes are more particularly set forth
herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants
and agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development Agreement, it
is mutually agreed as follows:

        1.       Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
                 to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
                 Two (2) additional (total of four (4)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 1, 1996; two (2) additional
                 (total of six (6)) Shoney's restaurants open by December
                 1, 1997; two (2) additional (total of eight (8)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 1, 1998; two (2) additional
                 (total of ten (10)) Shoney's restaurants open by December
                 1, 1999; two (2) additional (total of twelve (12))
                 Shoney's restaurants open by December 1, 2000; and one
                 (1) additional (total of thirteen (13)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 1, 2001.

        2.       Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
                 remain in full force and effect.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement as
of the 27th day of February, 1995.


Developer:                                     LICENSOR:


TPI RESTAURANTS, INC                           SHONEY'S, INC.




By: Les Lockhart                                By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
                                                    CHARLES E. PORTER
Title: V.P. of Development                      Title: President

                                                By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                                    CHARLES VAUGHN
                                                Title: Vice President
                                                       Franchising & Development







                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.37

                                                                    01/02/93

                              SHONEY'S
                     MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

     This Agreement made and entered into this 17th day of August, 1993 in
Nashville, Tennessee by and between Shoney's, Inc., a Tennessee corporation with
its principal office at 1727 Elm Hill Pike, Nashville, Tennessee 37210 
("Licensor"), and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (corporation) with its principal office
at 2158 Union Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104 ("Developer").

     WHEREAS, Licensor at a substantial expenditure of time, effort and money,
has developed and perfected a system of opening and operating restaurants
utilizing the "Shoney's" service mark ("Shoney's restaurants"); and

     WHEREAS, Licensor has acquired knowledge and experience in the composition,
distribution, advertising and sale of food products by Shoney's restaurants and
with respect to the style of the buildings and signs used by said restaurants
and has successfully established a reputation, demand and goodwill for the
products sold by such restaurants; and

        WHEREAS, Developer recognizes the value of uniformity in a system of
restaurants and Developer further recognizes the value of Licensor's knowledge 
and experience gained through the operation of Shoney's restaurants, and the 
value of the trade names, trademarks, service marks and other distinctive
features of Shoney's restaurants; and

        WHEREAS, Developer acknowledges Licensor's sole and exclusive
ownership of any rights to Licensor's current and future trade
names, trademarks and service marks and to all current and future
related practices, procedures, methods, devices, techniques,
recipes and systems; and

        WHEREAS, Developer desires to open and operate a certain
number of Shoney's restaurants within the geographic area specified
in this Agreement within the term of this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, Licensor is willing to grant Developer such rights in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

        1.    GRANT. Licensor hereby grants to Developer during the
term of this Agreement and subject to the conditions hereof the
right to open and operate Shoney's restaurants in the limited


<PAGE>

geographical area identified and set forth in Exhibit A hereto;
this geographical area being hereinafter referred to as the
"Territory." The operation of each of the Shoney's restaurants
developed pursuant to this Agreement will be governed by individual
License Agreements issued by Licensor in accordance with Paragraph
12 below. During the term of this Agreement, without the consent of
Developer, Licensor shall not grant options for or license others
to operate, nor will it itself operate, any new or additional
Shoney's restaurants in the Territory.

2.  TERM; RENEWAL.

         (a) Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Paragraph 13, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
of the parties being necessary, upon the date of execution by
Licensor of the License Agreement for the last of the Shoney's
restaurants then required to be opened and operated pursuant to
this Agreement or any renewal hereof, unless Developer, upon, or
not more than thirty (30) days prior to, execution of the License
Agreement for such last restaurant, gives notice to Licensor (in
accordance with this Agreement) of Developer's intent to renew this
Agreement (a "Renewal Notice"). Upon receipt of a Renewal Notice,
Licensor shall conduct a survey of the Territory and, within ninety
(90) days following receipt of the Renewal Notice, shall notify
Developer of the additional number of Shoney's restaurants that
Licensor proposes to be built and opened within the Territory, if
any, and the development schedule for such additional restaurants
(a "Development Notice"). If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
(90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
following Licensor's sending the most recent Development Notice to
Developer.

         (b) If, at the time of any proposed renewals of this
Agreement by Developer pursuant to this Paragraph 2, Licensor
determines that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then
required to be built and opened within the Territory, the
Development Notice sent by Licensor in connection with such
proposed renewal shall so state.  In such event, the term of this

                                - 2 -

<PAGE>
Agreement shall be extended for a period of one (1) year from the
date Licensor sent the Development Notice to Developer indicating
that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then required to be
built and opened within the Territory. Thereafter, this Agreement
shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms, unless
Licensor determines that an additional restaurant or restaurants
are then required and, at least ninety (90) days prior to
expiration of the then current term, sends a Development Notice to
Developer stating the number of restaurants to be built and opened
within the Territory and the development schedule for such
additional restaurants. If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
(90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
following Licensor's sending the Development Notice to Developer.

         3.    DEVELOPMENT FEE. Upon execution of this Agreement,
Developer shall pay to Licensor the fee set forth in Exhibit B
hereto and designated as the development fee (the "Development
Fee"). This Development Fee shall be fully earned by Licensor in
consideration of its execution of this Agreement and shall be
non-refundable. However, Licensor shall credit the Development
Fee, pro rata, based upon the number of Shoney's restaurants to be
built within the Territory, toward the License Fees payable under
any of the License Agreements issued to Developer pursuant to this
Agreement, provided that the applicable restaurants are constructed
and opened in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit B
(the "Development Schedule"). Upon renewal of this Agreement and
an agreement by Franchiser and the developer/franchisee to build
additional restaurants pursuant to Paragraph 2, an additional
Development Fee will be due. The amount will be determined in the
same manner as the original Development Fee charged upon execution
of this Agreement (number of restaurants multiplied by one-half of
the license fee for each such restaurant), and is fully earned at
the time of the extension of this Agreement.    The additional
Development Fee also will be credited pro rata against the
individual license fees of the additional restaurants opened
pursuant to this Agreement if the developer/franchisee remains in
compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement,
including the development schedule for the additional restaurants.


                                - 3 -

<PAGE>
        4.    DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE. Developer shall build, open and
operate properly licensed Shoney's restaurants in accordance with
the Development Schedule. In the event that Developer opens and
continuously operates a greater number of Shoney's restaurants than
required during any interim period of the Development Schedule, the
requirements of the succeeding period(s) shall be deemed satisfied
to the extent of such excess number of restaurants, up to the total
number of restaurants specified in the Development Schedule.

        5.    LOCATION OF RESTAURANTS. Developer is responsible for
locating proposed sites within the Territory for each of the
restaurants contemplated in the Development Schedule. During the
term of this Agreement, Developer shall use its best efforts to
locate suitable sites. Licensor, in its discretion, may offer
counseling and advice in site selection. In no event, however,
shall Licensor be obligated to loan money, guarantee leases,
provide financing or otherwise become directly involved and/or
obligated to Developer or to any third party in respect of such
site selection or development; these activities and undertakings,
financially and otherwise, shall be the exclusive responsibility of
Developer.

        6.    SITE ACCEPTANCE. Upon selection by Developer of a
proposed site for a Shoney's restaurant, Developer promptly shall
submit to Licensor such specific site data and demographic and
other information concerning the site as may be reasonably required
by Licensor, utilizing such forms as may be required by Licensor.
Licensor shall either accept or reject such site in accordance with
Licensor's then-current site selection policies and procedures. To
be effective, any acceptance must be in writing. Developer
understands and acknowledges that Licensor may reject any proposed
site, in which event Developer will not proceed at the rejected
site, but will seek to locate an acceptable site. The acquisition
in any manner of any proposed site prior to acceptance by Licensor
shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of Developer and shall
not obligate Licensor in any way to accept such site or to issue a
License Agreement for operation of a Shoney's restaurant at such
site.

        7.    DISCLAIMER. In executing this Agreement, accepting a
proposed site, giving approvals or advice or providing services or
assistance in connection with this Agreement, Licensor does not
guarantee the suitability of an accepted site or the success of any
particular Shoney's restaurant established at any such site.
Licensor expressly disclaims any warranties, express or implied,
with respect to the suitability of any site or the success of any
restaurant. Developer understands and acknowledges that the
suitability of a site and the success of any restaurant depend on
many factors outside the control of either Licensor or Developer
(including, without limitation, such factors as interest rates,
unemployment rates, demographic trends and the general economic

                                - 4 -


<PAGE>
climate), but principally depend on Developer's efforts in the
operation of the restaurant.

        8.    LOCATION REQUIREMENTS. As a condition for accepting a
proposed site, Licensor may require Developer to negotiate a lease
or sales contract that includes certain terms regarding duration or
other specified matters. Developer understands and acknowledges
that a site acceptance may be conditioned on such matters and that
if Developer does not wish to, or cannot, satisfy the pertinent
conditions within a reasonable time, the site will be deemed
rejected.

9.    CONSTRUCTION.

         (a) Upon receiving acceptance for a proposed site, Developer
shall proceed promptly to secure control of the accepted site and
to obtain necessary zoning and building approvals and permits.
Following acceptance of any site, Licensor shall provide Developer
with fifteen (15) sets of standard architectural plans and
specifications for a prototype Shoney's restaurant. After a site is
accepted but before commencing construction of any Shoney's
restaurant contemplated by this Agreement, Developer shall, if
requested by Licensor, at Developer's expense, furnish to Licensor
for Licensor's acceptance, the following:

         (i) A proposed preliminary site plan for the Shoney's
restaurant which, if accepted, shall not thereafter be changed
without Licensor's prior written consent; and

         (ii) A copy of Developer's plans and specifications for
construction of the Shoney's restaurant in proposed final
form, which plans and specifications shall have been adopted,
at Developer's expense, from Licensor's then standard plans
and specifications and which, if accepted, shall not
thereafter be changed without Licensor's prior written
consent. In addition, upon request by Licensor, Developer
shall furnish Licensor information as Licensor may from time
to time request, which may include, without limitation, copies
of all commitments and plans for construction and permanent
financing, the name, address and contact with respect to each
lender, the name and address of the contractor, together with
a copy of the construction contract.

         (b) Thereafter, Developer shall break ground and commence
construction of the particular Shoney's restaurant in accordance
with the accepted site plan and building plans and specifications
as soon as possible and shall complete all the construction
thereof, including the acquisition and installation of all
equipment specified by Licensor, and have the restaurant ready to
open for business within the time specified in the Development
Schedule. Licensor and its agents shall have the right to inspect
the construction at any reasonable time. Developer agrees to give

                                - 5 -


<PAGE>
Licensor at least ten (10) days notice prior to pouring the
concrete slab for any Shoney's restaurant to be opened pursuant to
this Agreement and to give Licensor notice immediately after
completion of the electrical and mechanical rough-ins to enable
Licensor to inspect the construction at such times. Developer shall
correct, upon request and at Developer's expense, any deviation
from any approved site plan or plans and specifications. Licensor
assumes no responsibility for the quality of any construction
because of any inspections made by it or any reports or
recommendations made as a result of such inspections.

         (c) In the event Developer fails to open any Shoney's
restaurant within the time periods set forth in the Development
Schedule, except for any delay due in material part to war,
strikes, lock-outs, governmentally imposed building moratoriums, or
similar causes beyond the control of Developer (which do not
include general construction delays), or in the event Developer
commences construction of any Shoney's restaurant according to
plans and specifications not accepted by Licensor or alters such
accepted site plan or plans and specifications without Licensor's
approval, then, Licensor, at its option, may elect to cancel and
terminate this Agreement, by written notice to Developer, in which
case any Development Fee paid to Licensor pursuant to Paragraph 3
shall be retained by Licensor as liquidated and agreed damages and
no further License Agreements will be issued for any proposed
Shoney's restaurants.

     10. ADVISORY SERVICES AND TRAINING.

         (a) During the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall at
reasonable times, upon the request of, and at no charge to
Developer (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph
10), furnish counseling and advisory services to Developer with
respect to the construction and pre-opening activities related to
the operation of Shoney's restaurants, including consultation and
advice regarding:

             (i)          parking and building layouts;
             (ii)         traffic planning;
             (iii)        construction and financing of the restaurant
                          building and other improvements;
             (iv)         equipment selection and layout;
             (v)          employee selection and training;
             (vi)         advertising and promotion;
             (vii)        bookkeeping and accounting; and
             (viii)       purchasing and inventory control.

         (b) Developer and its employees shall attend and conduct such
training programs as Licensor may reasonably require in order to
train Developer's personnel properly to operate the Shoney's
restaurants contemplated by this Agreement. No charge will be made
by Licensor for training programs conducted by it, but Developer

                                - 6 -


<PAGE>

shall be required to pay all expenses of Developer's personnel who
take part in any such program or programs.

         (c) Developer shall not employ or seek to employ any person
who is at the time employed by Licensor or by any other licensee or
optionee of Licensor without first obtaining the consent of such
person's employer and Developer will not, directly or indirectly,
induce any such person to leave his or her employment.

        11. LICENSE FEE. Upon execution by Licensor of each License
Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant contemplated by this Agreement,
Developer shall pay to Licensor the sum set forth on Exhibit B
hereto that is specified as the License Fee for each such Shoney's
restaurant. This License Fee is fully earned by Licensor upon
execution of the License Agreement and thereafter shall be
non-refundable. Any Development Fee paid by Developer hereunder
shall be credited toward payment of the License Fee in accordance
with the terms of Paragraph 3 of this Agreement.

12. LICENSE AGREEMENTS.

         (a) Upon the due performance by Developer within the time
periods set forth in the Development Schedule, as extended or
renewed pursuant to Paragraph 2, of all of the requirements set
forth above (including, without limitation, payment of the
Development Fee, and License Fee, satisfaction of all construction
and training requirements) with respect to each of the Shoney's
restaurants contemplated by this Agreement, Licensor, except as set
forth below, will execute, issue and deliver to Developer
Licensor's then-current form of License Agreement to operate each
of the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement;
provided, however, that the License Fees and royalties payable
under any License Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
and operated within the Territory shall be at the rate set forth in
Exhibit B. In addition, during the term of this Agreement or any
renewal hereof, with respect to any License Agreement executed for
a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
Territory, Licensor agrees that:

(1) the maximum amount (expressed as a percentage of sales)
of required advertising expenditures under any License
Agreement shall not be increased from the amount set forth in
the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
and operated within the Territory;

(2) the protected radius (expressed in distance) provided for
in any License Agreement shall not be reduced from the
distance set forth as a protected radius in the first License
Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this
Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
within the Territory;

                                - 7 -


<PAGE>
(3) each License Agreement shall have an initial term of
twenty (20) years with the option (upon satisfaction of the
conditions for renewal set forth therein) to renew for one
additional term of twenty (20) years;

(4) neither the radius (expressed in distance) nor the length
of time (expressed in months) of the post-termination covenant
not to compete set forth in any License Agreement shall be
increased from those set forth in the first License Agreement
executed by Developer during the term of this Agreement for a
Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
Territory;

(5) the formula for determining the price to be paid by
Licensor for any of Developer's assets upon termination of any
License Agreement shall not be changed from that set forth in
the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
and operated within the Territory; and

(6) no material change in the reasons that allow a License
Agreement to be terminated shall be made from those set forth
in the first License Agreement executed by Developer during
the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be
built and operated within the Territory.

         (b) As a condition of Licensor's execution of such License
Agreement, Licensor may require Developer or its principals to
provide a personal guarantee, letter of credit or corporate
guarantee in a form acceptable to Licensor to secure payment of
royalties and other fees required to be paid to Licensor or its
affiliates under any such License Agreement, or otherwise.
Developer shall comply with Licensor's then-current franchising
policies and procedures for issuance of each License Agreement.
Licensor shall be under no obligation to execute and issue a
License Agreement unless Developer has complied in a timely manner
with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and has satisfied
all requirements set forth herein. In addition, Licensor shall be
under no obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement if
Developer is in breach or default of any other License Agreement,
License Option Agreement, Market Development Agreement or any
other agreement between Licensor and Developer, or if Developer is
not eligible for expansion pursuant to Licensor's then-current
criteria for expansion. If and when each License Agreement
contemplated in this Agreement is executed by Licensor, it shall
supersede this Agreement and govern the relations between the
parties with respect to the particular restaurant.

        13. NO RIGHT TO OPERATE OR USE TRADEMARKS. Developer
acknowledges that until a License Agreement has been issued for a
specified site, Developer shall not have or be entitled to exercise
any of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the License

                                - 8 -


<PAGE>
Agreement, including without limitation the right to use Licensor's
trademarks, service marks and trade names; that the execution of
this Agreement shall not be deemed to grant any such rights, powers
or privileges to Developer; and that Developer may not under any
circumstances commence operation of any Shoney's restaurant prior
to execution by Licensor of a License Agreement for the particular
location.

14. TERMINATION.

        14.1 Automatic Termination. This Agreement shall terminate
immediately and without notice to either party:

         (a) if Developer files a petition under any bankruptcy or
reorganization law, becomes insolvent, or has a trustee or receiver
appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction for all or any part
of Developer's property; or

         (b) if Developer seeks to effect a plan of liquidation,
reorganization, composition or arrangement of Developer's affairs,
whether or not the same shall be subsequently approved by a court
of competent jurisdiction, it being understood that in no event
shall this Agreement or any right or interest hereunder be deemed
an asset in any insolvency, receivership, bankruptcy, composition,
liquidation, arrangement or reorganization proceeding; or

         (c) if Developer has an involuntary proceeding filed under
any bankruptcy or reorganization laws or any other laws and does
not have such proceeding dismissed within ninety (90) days
thereafter; or

         (d) if Developer makes a general assignment for the benefit
of creditors.

         14.2 By Licensor. Licensor, at its option, may terminate this
Agreement immediately upon notice to Developer, upon the occurrence
of any of the following:

(a) failure to comply with the Development Schedule;

         (b) the assignment of this Agreement without the prior
written approval of Licensor;

         (c) if Developer is a corporation or a partnership, the
transfer of any of the capital stock or partnership interest of
such corporation or partnership during the term of this Agreement
without the prior written approval of Licensor; or, in the event
that any shareholder or partner of Developer (the "Shareholder") is
a corporation, limited partnership, business trust, partnership or
similar association, the transfer of any of the capital stock or
other interests of the shareholders, limited partners, trustees,
beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be, in such

                                - 9 -


<PAGE>
Shareholder, during the term of this Agreement without the prior
written approval of Licensor;

         (d) the discovery by Licensor of any material misrepre-
sentation in any of the information or documents submitted to
Licensor by or on behalf of Developer;

         (e) any material violation by Developer of any of the
provisions of this Agreement if such material violation shall
continue for thirty (30) days after Licensor gives written notice
of such material violation to Optionee or if such material
violation cannot be reasonably corrected within such thirty (30)
day period, then if such material violation is not corrected within
such additional time as may be required assuming Optionee proceeds
with reasonable diligence; provided, however, that such written
notice and a reasonable time to correct material violations shall
not be required if Optionee repeatedly fails to perform in
accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein; or

         (f) any default by Developer under any other agreement with
Licensor and Developer's failure to cure such default within the
time specified in such agreement, if any.

        15. EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION. Upon expiration of
this Agreement, or upon its termination for any reason, any and all
rights granted to Developer hereunder shall be extinguished
immediately. Licensor thereafter shall have the right to operate or
license others to operate Shoney's restaurants within the
Territory, except as limited by the provisions of any other
then-effective agreements with Licensor.

         16. RESTRICTIONS. Licensor is engaged in the business of
developing and franchising Shoney's restaurants on a national
basis. Developer acknowledges that the appropriation or duplication
of Shoney's restaurants or any part thereof for a purpose other
than to operate a Shoney's restaurant pursuant to a License
Agreement with Licensor would damage the franchising business of
Licensor. Developer acknowledges that Licensor owns trade secrets
and that all material or other information now or hereafter
provided or disclosed to Developer regarding Shoney's restaurants
is disclosed to Developer in confidence and Developer agrees not to
disclose any part of it to anyone who is not an employee of
Licensor, or of its licensees. Licensor shall be entitled to obtain
injunctive relief in addition to any other legal or equitable
remedies it may have if Developer fails to comply with the
provisions contained herein.

17. ASSIGNMENT.

         (a) Developer shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or
encumber its rights and obligations hereunder or suffer or permit
any such assignment, transfer or encumbrance to occur by operation

                                - 10 -


<PAGE>
of law without the prior express written consent of Licensor. In
the event Developer is a corporation, limited partnership, business
trust, partnership or similar association, the shareholders,
limited partners, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case
may be, may not sell, assign, or otherwise transfer their shares or
interests in such corporation, limited partnership, business trust,
partnership or similar association, without the prior written
consent of Licensor.     Furthermore, in the event that any
shareholder of Developer (the "Shareholder") is a corporation,
limited partnership, business trust, partnership or similar
association, the interests of the shareholders, limited partners,
trustees, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be,
in such Shareholder, may not be sold, assigned or otherwise
transferred, without the prior written consent of Licensor.

         (b) In the event of the death of the Developer or if the
Developer is a corporation or similar entity, then in the event of
the death of any stockholder, investor or similar person, Licensor
shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a transfer or
assignment of Developer's interest herein, or if Developer is a
corporation, the transfer of the deceased stockholder's stock in
such corporation to a descendant, heir or legate of the decedent,
who shall in the sole judgment of Licensor be capable of performing
the duties and obligations of Developer hereunder and under any
License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this agreement, or to a
responsible bona fide purchaser acceptable to Licensor.    Any
approval by Licensor of such transfer or assignment shall be
subject to the assignee's agreement in writing to assume and
perform all of Developer's duties and obligations hereunder and
under any License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this
Agreement.

         18. CONSTRUCTION. All terms and words used in this Agreement,
regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall
be deemed and construed to include any other number and any other
gender, as the context or sense of this Agreement or any provision
hereof may require, as if such words had been fully and properly
written in the appropriate number and gender. All covenants,
agreements and obligations assumed herein by Developer shall be
deemed to be joint and several covenants, agreements and
obligations of each of the persons named as Developer, if more than
one person is so named.

        19. HEADINGS. Captions and section headings are used herein
for convenience only. They are not part of this Agreement and shall
not be used in construing it.

        20. NOTICES. Whenever notice is required or permitted to be
given under the terms of this Agreement, it shall be given in
writing, and be delivered personally, by certified, express or
registered mail, or by an overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal
Express), postage prepaid, addressed to the party for whom

                                - 11 -


<PAGE>
intended. All such notices shall be addressed to the party to be
notified at the respective addresses first above written, or at
such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to
time designate in writing.

        21. COSTS AND ATTORNEY'S FEES. Should Developer institute an
action against Licensor or any of Licensor's agents or employees
for any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, Licensor
(or its agents or employees), if it prevails, shall recover from
Developer its costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in
defending said action.

        22. WAIVER. No waiver, delay, omission or forbearance on the
part of the Licensor to exercise any right, option, duty or power
arising from any default or breach by Developer shall affect or
impair the rights of Licensor with respect to any subsequent
default of the same or a different kind; nor shall any delay or
omission of Licensor to exercise any right arising from any such
default affect or impair Licensor's rights as to such default or
any future default.

        23. SEVERABILITY. If any term, restriction or covenant of
this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable, all other terms,
restrictions and covenants and the application thereof to all
persons and circumstances subject hereto shall remain unaffected to
the extent permitted by law; and if any application of any term,
restriction or covenant to any person or circumstance is deemed
invalid or unenforceable, the application of such terms,
restriction or covenant to other persons and circumstances shall
remain unaffected to the extent permitted by law.

        24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire
agreement between the parties hereto and there are no
representations, inducements, promises, agreements, arrangements or
undertakings, oral or written, between the parties that have been
relied upon by either party other than those set forth herein. No
agreement of any kind relating to the matters covered by this
agreement shall be binding upon either party unless and until the
same is made in writing and executed by both Developer and
Licensor.

        25. DEVELOPER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. Developer understands and
acknowledges that there are significant risks in any business
venture and that the primary factor in Developer's success or

                                - 12 -

<PAGE>
failure under this Agreement will be Developer's own efforts.  IN
ADDITION,    DEVELOPER ACKNOWLEDGES    THAT    LICENSOR AND ITS
REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS TO DEVELOPER OTHER
THAN OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM
FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR PROVIDED TO DEVELOPER AND THAT
DEVELOPER HAS UNDERTAKEN THIS VENTURE SOLELY IN RELIANCE UPON THE
MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR AND
DEVELOPER'S OWN INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION OF THE MERITS OF THIS
VENTURE.

                             DEVELOPER:

                             TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

           (corporation)     By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp
                                ------------------------------------
                                       TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

                             Title: President
                                   ---------------------------------

                             Date:  8/16/93
                                  ----------------------------------

                             LICENSOR:

                             SHONEY'S, INC.


                             By: /s/ J. M. Grout
                                ------------------------------------
                                     JAMES M. GROUT
                             Title:  Executive Vice President
                                   ---------------------------------
                                     Franchising & Development
                                   ---------------------------------


                             By: /s/ James W. Arnett, Jr.
                                ------------------------------------
                                     JAMES W. ARNETT, JR.
                             Title:   President & C.O.O.
                                   ---------------------------------

                            - 13 -


<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT A
                to Market Development Agreement
                  Dated August 17, 1993 Between
           Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
           for the Development of Shoney's Restaurants
             Within the Territory Described Below

                           TERRITORY

The following area within Maricopa County, Arizona, bounded and
more particularly described as follows:

          Beginning at a point where I-17 intersects with the
          northern border of Maricopa County and traveling south
          along I-17 until intersecting I-17/I-10 (Maricopa
          Freeway). Thence traveling south easterly 1/2 mile to
          the west of 1-10 until intersecting the Maricopa County
          line, thence following the Maricopa County line to the
          point of beginning.






















ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

                        (Licensor)
- -----------------------
                        (Developer)
- -----------------------

                             - 14 -


<PAGE>
                         EXHIBIT B
                to Market Development Agreement
                   Dated August 17, 1993
        Between Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

DEVELOPMENT FEE: $37,500
                ------------------------

LICENSE FEES/ROYALTIES

        For each Shoney's restaurant opened within the Territory
pursuant to this Agreement, the License Fee payable shall be
$25,000 and the royalties payable shall be 3% of gross sales.

                      DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE

     One (1) Shoney's Restaurant open by February 28, 1995;
     One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's Restaurants
open by February 28, 1996; and
     One (1) additional (total of three (3)) Shoney's Restaurants
open by February 28, 1997.

THIS MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES AND REPLACES THAT
CERTAIN RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT DATED MARCH 6, 1990 ISSUED TO
RICHARD L. EARLY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF THREE (3) SHONEY'S RESTAURANTS
WITHIN NORTHWEST MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, WHICH WAS ASSIGNED TO
DEVELOPER. UPON EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER DEVELOPER NOR
LICENSOR SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE RESERVED
AREA AGREEMENT.
















ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

                        (Licensor)
- -----------------------
                        (Developer)
- -----------------------


<PAGE>
            ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT is an addendum to that certain Market
Development Agreement dated August 17, 1993 (the "Market
Development Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter
referred to as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
(hereinafter referred to as the "Developer") in connection with the
development of Shoney's Restaurants within Arizona.

                     WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
in the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
particularly set forth herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

        1.       Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
                 to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
                 One (1) Shoney's restaurant open by February 28, 1996;
                 one (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by February 28, 1997; and one (1)
                 additional (total of three (3)) open by February 28,
                 1998.

         2.      Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
                 remain in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the 26th        day of    January                       , 1995.

Developer:                              LICENSOR:

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                   SHONEY'S, INC.

By: /s/ Les Lockhart                    By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------
        LES LOCKHART                            CHARLES E. PORTER
Title:  V.P. of Development             Title:  President
      ---------------------------             ---------------------------


                                        By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                           ------------------------------
                                                CHARLES VAUGHN
                                        Title:  Vice President
                                              ---------------------------
                                                Franchising & Development
                                              ---------------------------

<PAGE>
         SECOND ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is a second addendum to that certain Market
Development Agreement dated August 17, 1993 (the "Market
Development Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc, (hereinafter
referred to as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
(hereinafter referred to as the "Developer") in connection with the
development of Shoney's Restaurants within Arizona.

                     WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
in the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
particularly set forth herein.

           NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

           1.        Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
                     to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
                     One (1) Shoney's restaurant open by February 28, 1997;
                     one (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's
                     restaurants open by February 28, 1998; and one (1)
                     additional (total of three (3)) open by February 28,
                     1999.

            2.        Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                      conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
                      remain in full force and effect.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
 as of the 27th day of February, 1995.

Developer:                              LICENSOR:

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                   SHONEY'S, INC.

By: /s/ Les Lockhart                    By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------
        LES LOCKHART                            CHARLES E. PORTER
Title:  V.P. of Development             Title:  President
      ---------------------------             ---------------------------


                                        By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                           ------------------------------
                                                CHARLES VAUGHN
                                        Title:  Vice President
                                              ---------------------------
                                                Franchising & Development
                                              ---------------------------



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.38

                                                        01/02/93
                           SHONEY'S
                 MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT
                 ----------------------------

    This Agreement made and entered into this 18th day of July,
1993 in Nashville, Tennessee by and between Shoney's, Inc., a
Tennessee corporation with its principal office at 1727 Elm Hill
Pike, Nashville, Tennessee 37210 ("Licensor"), and TPI
RESTAURANTS, INC. (corporation) with its principal office at
2158 Union Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104 ("Developer").

    WHEREAS, Licensor at a substantial expenditure of time,
effort and money, has developed and perfected a system of
opening and operating restaurants utilizing the "Shoney's"
service mark ("Shoney's restaurants"); and

    WHEREAS, Licensor has acquired knowledge and experience in
the composition, distribution, advertising and sale of food
products by Shoney's restaurants and with respect to the style
of the buildings and signs used by said restaurants and has
successfully established a reputation, demand and goodwill for
the products sold by such restaurants; and

    WHEREAS, Developer recognizes the value of uniformity in a
system of restaurants and Developer further recognizes the value
of Licensor's knowledge and experience gained through the
operation of Shoney's restaurants, and the value of the trade
names, trademarks, service marks and other distinctive features
of Shoney's restaurants; and

    WHEREAS, Developer acknowledges Licensor's sole and
exclusive ownership of any rights to Licensor's current and
future trade names, trademarks and service marks and to all
current and future related practices, procedures, methods,
devices, techniques, recipes and systems; and

    WHEREAS, Developer desires to open and operate a certain
number of Shoney's restaurants within the geographic area
specified in this Agreement within the term of this Agreement;
and

    WHEREAS, Licensor is willing to grant Developer such rights
in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

    NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

    1.   GRANT. Licensor hereby grants to Developer during the
term of this Agreement and subject to the conditions hereof the
right to open and operate Shoney's restaurants in the limited

<PAGE>

geographical area identified and set forth in Exhibit A hereto;
this geographical area being hereinafter referred to as the
"Territory." The operation of each of the Shoney's restaurants
developed pursuant to this Agreement will be governed by individual
License Agreements issued by Licensor in accordance with Paragraph
12 below. During the term of this Agreement, without the consent of
Developer, Licensor shall not grant options for or license others
to operate, nor will it itself operate, any new or additional
Shoney's restaurants in the Territory.

     2. TERM; RENEWAL.

     (a)  Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Paragraph 13, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
of the parties being necessary, upon the date of execution by
Licensor of the License Agreement for the last of the Shoney's
restaurants then required to be opened and operated pursuant to
this Agreement or any renewal hereof, unless Developer, upon, or
not more than thirty (30) days prior to, execution of the License
Agreement for such last restaurant, gives notice to Licensor (in
accordance with this Agreement) of Developer's intent to renew this
Agreement (a "Renewal Notice"). Upon receipt of a Renewal Notice,
Licensor shall conduct a survey of the Territory and, within ninety
(90) days following receipt of the Renewal Notice, shall notify
Developer of the additional number of Shoney's restaurants that
Licensor proposes to be built and opened within the Territory, if
any, and the development schedule for such additional restaurants
(a "Development Notice"). If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
(90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
following Licensor's sending the most recent Development Notice to
Developer.

     (b) If, at the time of any proposed renewals of this
Agreement by Developer pursuant to this Paragraph 2, Licensor
determines that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then
required to be built and opened within the Territory, the
Development Notice sent by Licensor in connection with such
proposed renewal shall so state. In such event, the term of this

                              - 2 -


<PAGE>

Agreement shall be extended for a period of one (1) year from the
date Licensor sent the Development Notice to Developer indicating
that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then required to be
built and opened within the Territory. Thereafter, this Agreement
shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms, unless
Licensor determines that an additional restaurant or restaurants
are then required and, at least ninety (90) days prior to
expiration of the then current term, sends a Development Notice to
Developer stating the number of restaurants to be built and opened
within the Territory and the development schedule for such
additional restaurants. If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
(90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
following Licensor's sending the Development Notice to Developer.

     3. DEVELOPMENT FEE. Upon execution of this Agreement,
Developer shall pay to Licensor the fee set forth in Exhibit B
hereto and designated as the development fee (the "Development
Fee"). This Development Fee shall be fully earned by Licensor in
consideration of its execution of this Agreement and shall be
non-refundable. However, Licensor shall credit the Development
Fee, pro rata, based upon the number of Shoney's restaurants to be
built within the Territory, toward the License Fees payable under
any of the License Agreements issued to Developer pursuant to this
Agreement, provided that the applicable restaurants are constructed
and opened in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit B
(the "Development Schedule"). Upon renewal of this Agreement and
an agreement by Franchiser and the developer/franchisee to build
additional restaurants pursuant to Paragraph 2, an additional
Development Fee will be due. The amount will be determined in the
same manner as the original Development Fee charged upon execution
of this Agreement (number of restaurants multiplied by one-half of
the license fee for each such restaurant), and is fully earned at
the time of the extension of this Agreement. The additional
Development Fee also will be credited pro rata against the
individual license fees of the additional restaurants opened
pursuant to this Agreement if the developer/franchisee remains in
compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement,
including the development schedule for the additional restaurants.

                              - 3 -
<PAGE>

     4. DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE. Developer shall build, open and
operate properly licensed Shoney's restaurants in accordance with
the Development Schedule. In the event that Developer opens and
continuously operates a greater number of Shoney's restaurants than
required during any interim period of the Development Schedule, the
requirements of the succeeding period(s) shall be deemed satisfied
to the extent of such excess number of restaurants, up to the total
number of restaurants specified in the Development Schedule.

     5. LOCATION OF RESTAURANTS. Developer is responsible for
locating proposed sites within the Territory for each of the
restaurants contemplated in the Development Schedule. During the
term of this Agreement, Developer shall use its best efforts to
locate suitable sites. Licensor, in its discretion, may offer
counseling and advice in site selection. In no event, however,
shall Licensor be obligated to loan money, guarantee leases,
provide financing or otherwise become directly involved and/or
obligated to Developer or to any third party in respect of such
site selection or development; these activities and undertakings,
financially and otherwise, shall be the exclusive responsibility of
Developer.

     6. SITE ACCEPTANCE. Upon selection by Developer of a
proposed site for a Shoney's restaurant, Developer promptly shall
submit to Licensor such specific site data and demographic and
other information concerning the site as may be reasonably required
by Licensor, utilizing such forms as may be required by Licensor.
Licensor shall either accept or reject such site in accordance with
Licensor's then-current site selection policies and procedures. To
be effective, any acceptance must be in writing. Developer
understands and acknowledges that Licensor may reject any proposed
site, in which event Developer will not proceed at the rejected
site, but will seek to locate an acceptable site. The acquisition
in any manner of any proposed site prior to acceptance by Licensor
shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of Developer and shall
not obligate Licensor in any way to accept such site or to issue a
License Agreement for operation of a Shoney's restaurant at such
site.

     7. DISCLAIMER. In executing this Agreement, accepting a
proposed site, giving approvals or advice or providing services or
assistance in connection with this Agreement, Licensor does not
guarantee the suitability of an accepted site or the success of any
particular Shoney's restaurant established at any such site.
Licensor expressly disclaims any warranties, express or implied,
with respect to the suitability of any site or the success of any
restaurant. Developer understands and acknowledges that the
suitability of a site and the success of any restaurant depend on
many factors outside the control of either Licensor or Developer
(including, without limitation, such factors as interest rates,
unemployment rates, demographic trends and the general economic

                              - 4 -
<PAGE>

climate), but principally depend on Developer's efforts in the
operation of the restaurant.

     8. LOCATION REQUIREMENTS. As a condition for accepting a
proposed site, Licensor may require Developer to negotiate a lease
or sales contract that includes certain terms regarding duration or
other specified matters. Developer understands and acknowledges
that a site acceptance may be conditioned on such matters and that
if Developer does not wish to, or cannot, satisfy the pertinent
conditions within a reasonable time, the site will be deemed
rejected.

     9. CONSTRUCTION.

     (a) Upon receiving acceptance for a proposed site, Developer
shall proceed promptly to secure control of the accepted site and
to obtain necessary zoning and building approvals and permits.
Following acceptance of any site, Licensor shall provide Developer
with fifteen (15) sets of standard architectural plans and
specifications for a prototype Shoney's restaurant. After a site is
accepted but before commencing construction of any Shoney's
restaurant contemplated by this Agreement, Developer shall, if
requested by Licensor, at Developer's expense, furnish to Licensor
for Licensor's acceptance, the following:

          (i) A proposed preliminary site plan for the Shoney's
     restaurant which, if accepted, shall not thereafter be changed
     without Licensor's prior written consent; and

          (ii) A copy of Developer's plans and specifications for
     construction of the Shoney's restaurant in proposed final
     form, which plans and specifications shall have been adopted,
     at Developer's expense, from Licensor's then standard plans
     and specifications and which, if accepted, shall not
     thereafter be changed without Licensor's prior written
     consent. In addition, upon request by Licensor, Developer
     shall furnish Licensor information as Licensor may from time
     to time request, which may include, without limitation, copies
     of all commitments and plans for construction and permanent
     financing, the name, address and contact with respect to each
     lender, the name and address of the contractor, together with
     a copy of the construction contract.

     (b) Thereafter, Developer shall break ground and commence
construction of the particular Shoney's restaurant in accordance
with the accepted site plan and building plans and specifications
as soon as possible and shall complete all the construction
thereof, including the acquisition and installation of all
equipment specified by Licensor, and have the restaurant ready to
open for business within the time specified in the Development
Schedule. Licensor and its agents shall have the right to inspect
the construction at any reasonable time. Developer agrees to give

                              - 5 -
<PAGE>

Licensor at least ten (10) days notice prior to pouring the
concrete slab for any Shoney's restaurant to be opened pursuant to
this Agreement and to give Licensor notice immediately after
completion of the electrical and mechanical rough-ins to enable
Licensor to inspect the construction at such times. Developer shall
correct, upon request and at Developer's expense, any deviation
from any approved site plan or plans and specifications. Licensor
assumes no responsibility for the quality of any construction
because of any inspections made by it or any reports or
recommendations made as a result of such inspections.

     (c) In the event Developer fails to open any Shoney's
restaurant within the time periods set forth in the Development
Schedule, except for any delay due in material part to war,
strikes, lock-outs, governmentally imposed building moratoriums, or
similar causes beyond the control of Developer (which do not
include general construction delays), or in the event Developer
commences construction of any Shoney's restaurant according to
plans and specifications not accepted by Licensor or alters such
accepted site plan or plans and specifications without Licensor's
approval, then, Licensor, at its option, may elect to cancel and
terminate this Agreement, by written notice to Developer, in which
case any Development Fee paid to Licensor pursuant to Paragraph 3
shall be retained by Licensor as liquidated and agreed damages and
no further License Agreements will be issued for any proposed
Shoney's restaurants.

     10. ADVISORY SERVICES AND TRAINING.

     (a) During the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall at
reasonable times, upon the request of, and at no charge to
Developer (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph
10), furnish counseling and advisory services to Developer with
respect to the construction and pre-opening activities related to
the operation of Shoney's restaurants, including consultation and
advice regarding:

          (i)  parking and building layouts;
         (ii)  traffic planning;
        (iii)  construction and financing of the restaurant
               building and other improvements;
         (iv)  equipment selection and layout;
          (v)  employee selection and training;
         (vi)  advertising and promotion;
        (vii)  bookkeeping and accounting; and
       (viii)  purchasing and inventory control.

     (b) Developer and its employees shall attend and conduct such
training programs as Licensor may reasonably require in order to
train Developer's personnel properly to operate the Shoney's
restaurants contemplated by this Agreement. No charge will be made
by Licensor for training programs conducted by it, but Developer

                              - 6 -
<PAGE>

shall be required to pay all expenses of Developer's personnel who
take part in any such program or programs.

     (c) Developer shall not employ or seek to employ any person
who is at the time employed by Licensor or by any other licensee or
optionee of Licensor without first obtaining the consent of such
person's employer and Developer will not, directly or indirectly,
induce any such person to leave his or her employment.

     11. LICENSE FEE. Upon execution by Licensor of each License
Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant contemplated by this Agreement,
Developer shall pay to Licensor the sum set forth on Exhibit B
hereto that is specified as the License Fee for each such Shoney's
restaurant. This License Fee is fully earned by Licensor upon
execution of the License Agreement and thereafter shall be
non-refundable. Any Development Fee paid by Developer hereunder
shall be credited toward payment of the License Fee in accordance
with the terms of Paragraph 3 of this Agreement.

     12. LICENSE AGREEMENTS.

     (a) Upon the due performance by Developer within the time
periods set forth in the Development Schedule, as extended or
renewed pursuant to Paragraph 2, of all of the requirements set
forth above (including, without limitation, payment of the
Development Fee, and License Fee, satisfaction of all construction
and training requirements) with respect to each of the Shoney's
restaurants contemplated by this Agreement, Licensor, except as set
forth below, will execute, issue and deliver to Developer
Licensor's then-current form of License Agreement to operate each
of the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement;
provided, however, that the License Fees and royalties payable
under any License Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
and operated within the Territory shall be at the rate set forth in
Exhibit B. In addition, during the term of this Agreement or any
renewal hereof, with respect to any License Agreement executed for
a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
Territory, Licensor agrees that:

     (1) the maximum amount (expressed as a percentage of sales)
     of required advertising expenditures under any License
     Agreement shall not be increased from the amount set forth in
     the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
     term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
     and operated within the Territory;

     (2) the protected radius (expressed in distance) provided for
     in any License Agreement shall not be reduced from the
     distance set forth as a protected radius in the first License
     Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this
     Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
     within the Territory;

                              - 7 -
<PAGE>

     (3) each License Agreement shall have an initial term of
     twenty (20) years with the option (upon satisfaction of the
     conditions for renewal set forth therein) to renew for one
     additional term of twenty (20) years;

     (4) neither the radius (expressed in distance) nor the length
     of time (expressed in months) of the post-termination covenant
     not to compete set forth in any License Agreement shall be
     increased from those set forth in the first License Agreement
     executed by Developer during the term of this Agreement for a
     Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
     Territory;

     (5) the formula for determining the price to be paid by
     Licensor for any of Developer's assets upon termination of any
     License Agreement shall not be changed from that set forth in
     the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
     term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
     and operated within the Territory; and

     (6) no material change in the reasons that allow a License
     Agreement to be terminated shall be made from those set forth
     in the first License Agreement executed by Developer during
     the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be
     built and operated within the Territory.

     (b) As a condition of Licensor's execution of such License
Agreement, Licensor may require Developer or its principals to
provide a personal guarantee, letter of credit or corporate
guarantee in a form acceptable to Licensor to secure payment of
royalties and other fees required to be paid to Licensor or its
affiliates under any such License Agreement, or otherwise.
Developer shall comply with Licensor's then-current franchising
policies and procedures for issuance of each License Agreement.
Licensor shall be under no obligation to execute and issue a
License Agreement unless Developer has complied in a timely manner
with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and has satisfied
all requirements set forth herein. In addition, Licensor shall be
under no obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement if
Developer is in breach or default of any other License Agreement,
License Option Agreement, Market Development Agreement or any
other agreement between Licensor and Developer, or if Developer is
not eligible for expansion pursuant to Licensor's then-current
criteria for expansion. If and when each License Agreement
contemplated in this Agreement is executed by Licensor, it shall
supersede this Agreement and govern the relations between the
parties with respect to the particular restaurant.

     13. NO RIGHT TO OPERATE OR USE TRADEMARKS. Developer
acknowledges that until a License Agreement has been issued for a
specified site, Developer shall not have or be entitled to exercise
any of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the License

                              - 8 -

<PAGE>

Agreement, including without limitation the right to use Licensor's
trademarks, service marks and trade names; that the execution of
this Agreement shall not be deemed to grant any such rights, powers
or privileges to Developer; and that Developer may not under any
circumstances commence operation of any Shoney's restaurant prior
to execution by Licensor of a License Agreement for the particular
location.

     14. TERMINATION.

     14.1 Automatic Termination. This Agreement shall terminate
immediately and without notice to either party:

     (a) if Developer files a petition under any bankruptcy or
reorganization law, becomes insolvent, or has a trustee or receiver
appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction for all or any part
of Developer's property; or

     (b) if Developer seeks to effect a plan of liquidation,
reorganization, composition or arrangement of Developer's affairs,
whether or not the same shall be subsequently approved by a court
of competent jurisdiction, it being understood that in no event
shall this Agreement or any right or interest hereunder be deemed
an asset in any insolvency, receivership, bankruptcy, composition,
liquidation, arrangement or reorganization proceeding; or

     (c) if Developer has an involuntary proceeding filed under
any bankruptcy or reorganization laws or any other laws and does
not have such proceeding dismissed within ninety (90) days
thereafter; or

     (d) if Developer makes a general assignment for the benefit
of creditors.

     14.2 By Licensor. Licensor, at its option, may terminate this
Agreement immediately upon notice to Developer, upon the occurrence
of any of the following:

     (a) failure to comply with the Development Schedule;

     (b) the assignment of this Agreement without the prior
written approval of Licensor;

         (c) if Developer is a corporation or a partnership, the
transfer of any of the capital stock or partnership interest of
such corporation or partnership during the term of this Agreement
without the prior written approval of Licensor; or, in the event
that any shareholder or partner of Developer (the "Shareholder") is
a corporation, limited partnership, business trust, partnership or
similar association, the transfer of any of the capital stock or
other interests of the shareholders, limited partners, trustees,
beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be, in such

                              - 9 -

<PAGE>

Shareholder, during the term of this Agreement without the prior
written approval of Licensor;

      (d) the discovery by Licensor of any material misrepre-
sentation in any of the information or documents submitted to
Licensor by or on behalf of Developer;

     (e) any material violation by Developer of any of the
provisions of this Agreement if such material violation shall
continue for thirty (30) days after Licensor gives written notice
of such material violation to Optionee or if such material
violation cannot be reasonably corrected within such thirty (30)
day period, then if such material violation is not corrected within
such additional time as may be required assuming Optionee proceeds
with reasonable diligence; provided, however, that such written
notice and a reasonable time to correct material violations shall
not be required if Optionee repeatedly fails to perform in
accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein; or

     (f) any default by Developer under any other agreement with
Licensor and Developer's failure to cure such default within the
time specified in such agreement, if any.

     15. EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION. Upon expiration of
this Agreement, or upon its termination for any reason, any and all
rights granted to Developer hereunder shall be extinguished
immediately. Licensor thereafter shall have the right to operate or
license others to operate Shoney's restaurants within the
Territory, except as limited by the provisions of any other
then-effective agreements with Licensor.

     16. RESTRICTIONS. Licensor is engaged in the business of
developing and franchising Shoney's restaurants on a national
basis. Developer acknowledges that the appropriation or duplication
of Shoney's restaurants or any part thereof for a purpose other
than to operate a Shoney's restaurant pursuant to a License
Agreement with Licensor would damage the franchising business of
Licensor. Developer acknowledges that Licensor owns trade secrets
and that all material or other information now or hereafter
provided or disclosed to Developer regarding Shoney's restaurants
is disclosed to Developer in confidence and Developer agrees not to
disclose any part of it to anyone who is not an employee of
Licensor, or of its licensees. Licensor shall be entitled to obtain
injunctive relief in addition to any other legal or equitable
remedies it may have if Developer fails to comply with the
provisions contained herein.

     17. ASSIGNMENT.

     (a) Developer shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or
encumber its rights and obligations hereunder or suffer or permit
any such assignment, transfer or encumbrance to occur by operation

                              - 10 -

<PAGE>

of law without the prior express written consent of Licensor. In
the event Developer is a corporation, limited partnership, business
trust, partnership or similar association, the shareholders,
limited partners, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case
may be, may not sell, assign, or otherwise transfer their shares or
interests in such corporation, limited partnership, business trust,
partnership or similar association, without the prior written
consent of Licensor. Furthermore, in the event that any
shareholder of Developer (the "Shareholder") is a corporation,
limited partnership, business trust, partnership or similar
association, the interests of the shareholders, limited partners,
trustees, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be,
in such Shareholder, may not be sold, assigned or otherwise
transferred, without the prior written consent of Licensor.

     (b) In the event of the death of the Developer or if the
Developer is a corporation or similar entity, then in the event of
the death of any stockholder, investor or similar person, Licensor
shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a transfer or
assignment of Developer's interest herein, or if Developer is a
corporation, the transfer of the deceased stockholder's stock in
such corporation to a descendant, heir or legate of the decedent,
who shall in the sole judgment of Licensor be capable of performing
the duties and obligations of Developer hereunder and under any
License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this agreement, or to a
responsible bona fide purchaser acceptable to Licensor. Any
approval by Licensor of such transfer or assignment shall be
subject to the assignee's agreement in writing to assume and
perform all of Developer's duties and obligations hereunder and
under any License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this Agreement.

     18. CONSTRUCTION. All terms and words used in this Agreement,
regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall
be deemed and construed to include any other number and any other
gender, as the context or sense of this Agreement or any provision
hereof may require, as if such words had been fully and properly
written in the appropriate number and gender. All covenants,
agreements and obligations assumed herein by Developer shall be
deemed to be joint and several covenants, agreements and
obligations of each of the persons named as Developer, if more than
one person is so named.

     19. HEADINGS. Captions and section headings are used herein
for convenience only. They are not part of this Agreement and shall
not be used in construing it.

     20. NOTICES. Whenever notice is required or permitted to be
given under the terms of this Agreement, it shall be given in
writing, and be delivered personally, by certified, express or
registered mail, or by an overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal
Express), postage prepaid, addressed to the party for whom

                              - 11 -
<PAGE>

intended. All such notices shall be addressed to the party to be
notified at the respective addresses first above written, or at
such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to
time designate in writing.

     21. COSTS AND ATTORNEY'S FEES. Should Developer institute an
action against Licensor or any of Licensor's agents or employees
for any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, Licensor
(or its agents or employees), if it prevails, shall recover from
Developer its costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in
defending said action.

     22. WAIVER. No waiver, delay, omission or forbearance on the
part of the Licensor to exercise any right, option, duty or power
arising from any default or breach by Developer shall affect or
impair the rights of Licensor with respect to any subsequent
default of the same or a different kind; nor shall any delay or
omission of Licensor to exercise any right arising from any such
default affect or impair Licensor's rights as to such default or
any future default.

     23. SEVERABILITY. If any term, restriction or covenant of
this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable, all other terms,
restrictions and covenants and the application thereof to all
persons and circumstances subject hereto shall remain unaffected to
the extent permitted by law; and if any application of any term,
restriction or covenant to any person or circumstance is deemed
invalid or unenforceable, the application of such terms,
restriction or covenant to other persons and circumstances shall
remain unaffected to the extent permitted by law.

     24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire
agreement between the parties hereto and there are no
representations, inducements, promises, agreements, arrangements or
undertakings, oral or written, between the parties that have been
relied upon by either party other than those set forth herein. No
agreement of any kind relating to the matters covered by this
agreement shall be binding upon either party unless and until the
same is made in writing and executed by both Developer and Licensor.

     25. DEVELOPER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. Developer understands and
acknowledges that there are significant risks in any business
venture and that the primary factor in Developer's success or

                              - 12 -

<PAGE>

failure under this Agreement will be Developer's own efforts. IN
ADDITION, DEVELOPER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSOR AND ITS
REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS TO DEVELOPER OTHER
THAN OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM
FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR PROVIDED TO DEVELOPER AND THAT
DEVELOPER HAS UNDERTAKEN THIS VENTURE SOLELY IN RELIANCE UPON
THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR
AND DEVELOPER'S OWN INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION OF THE MERITS OF
THIS VENTURE.

                              DEVELOPER:

                              TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

                   (corporation)By  /s/ J. Gary Sharp
                                  --------------------------------

                              Title:  President
                                    ------------------------------

                              Date:
                                   -------------------------------


                              LICENSOR:

                              SHONEY'S, INC.

                              By:  /s/ J. M. Grout
                                 ---------------------------------
                                     JAMES M. GROUT
                              Title:  Executive Vice President
                                    ------------------------------
                                      Franchising & Development
                                    ------------------------------

                              By:  /s/ James W. Arnett, Jr.
                                 ---------------------------------
                                      JAMES W. ARNETT, JR.
                              Title:  President & C.O.O.
                                    ------------------------------

                              Date:
                                   -------------------------------








                              - 13 -


<PAGE>

                           EXHIBIT A
                           ---------
                to Market Development Agreement
                  Dated July 18, 1993 Between
           Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
          for the Development of Shoney's Restaurants
             Within the Territory Described Below

                           TERRITORY
                           ---------

                   PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA

                              and

 THE FOLLOWING TERRITORY WITHIN BROWARD COUNTY, FLORIDA:

 Northern boundary: The Broward/Palm Beach County line.

 Southern boundary: The northern side of Atlantic Boulevard
 (Highway 814) running east/west from the Atlantic Ocean and
 continuing in a straight line to the Collier County line.
 (Units must be located on the northern side of Atlantic
 Boulevard).

 Western boundary: The Hendry/Collier and Broward County line.

 Eastern boundary: The Atlantic Ocean.
















 ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

                        (Licensor)
 ----------------------

   /s/                  (Developer)
 ----------------------

<PAGE>

                          EXHIBIT B
                          ---------
               to Market Development Agreement
                     Dated July 18, 1993
       Between Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

DEVELOPMENT FEE:  $87,500
                -----------------------------------------

LICENSE FEES/ROYALTIES
- ----------------------

     For each Shoney's restaurant opened within the Territory
pursuant to this Agreement, the License Fee payable shall be
$25,000 and the royalties payable shall be 3% of gross sales.

NOTE: The $62,500 paid under the Market Development Agreement
dated October 6, 1992 for 5 restaurants within Florida shall be
credited toward the development fee for this agreement.

                     DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE
                     --------------------

One (1) Shoney's restaurant open by April 6, 1994;
One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's restaurants open
by October 6, 1995;
One (1) additional (total of three (3)) Shoney's restaurants
open by April 6, 1997;
One (1) additional (total of four (4)) Shoney's restaurants open
by October 6, 1998;
One (1) additional (total of five (5)) Shoney's restaurants open
by April 6, 2000;
One (1) additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's restaurants open
by October 6, 2001;
One (1) additional (total of seven (7)) Shoney's restaurants open
by April 6, 2003.

THIS MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES AND REPLACES THAT
CERTAIN RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT DATED FEBRUARY 23, 1987 ISSUED
TO WPB RESTAURANTS, INC. FOR DEVELOPMENT OF FIVE (5) SHONEY'S
RESTAURANTS WITHIN NORTH PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA, WHICH WAS
ASSIGNED TO DEVELOPER.    THIS MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ALSO
SUPERSEDES    AND    REPLACES    THAT    CERTAIN    MARKET    
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT DATED OCTOBER 6, 1992 ISSUED TO TPI 
RESTAURANTS, INC. FOR 5 SHONEY'S RESTAURANTS WITHIN A SPECIFIED
AREA IN FLORIDA. UPON EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER 
DEVELOPER NOR LICENSOR SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS UNDER
THE RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT OR MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

                       (Licensor)
- ----------------------

  /s/                  (Developer)
- ----------------------

<PAGE>

             ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT
             ----------------------------------------

     THIS AGREEMENT is an addendum to that certain Market
Development Agreement dated July 18, 1993 (the "Market Development
Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to
as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred
to as the "Developer") in connection with the development of
Shoney's Restaurants within Florida.

                      W I T N E S S E T H:
                      --------------------

     WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
in the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
particularly set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

     1.   Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
          to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
          One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's
          restaurants open by April 6, 1996; one (1) additional
          (total of three (3)) Shoney's restaurants open by October
          6, 1997; one (1) additional (total of four (4)) Shoney's
          restaurants open by April 6, 1999; one (1) additional
          (total of five (5)) Shoney's restaurants open by October
          6, 2000; one (1) additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's
          restaurants open by April 6, 2002; and one (1) additional
          (total of seven (7)) open by October 6, 2003.

     2.   Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
          conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
          remain in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the 26th day of January, 1995.
          ----        -------

Developer:                        LICENSOR:

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.             SHONEY'S, INC.

By: /s/ Les Lockhart              By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
   ---------------------------       -----------------------------
        Les Lockhart                      CHARLES E. PORTER
Title: V.P. of Development        Title: President
      ------------------------          --------------------------

                                  By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                     -----------------------------
                                          CHARLES VAUGHN
                                  Title: Vice President
                                        --------------------------
                                         Franchising & Development
                                        --------------------------

<PAGE>

          SECOND ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT is a second addendum to that certain Market
 Development Agreement dated July 18, 1993 (the "Market Development
 Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to
 as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Developer") in connection with the development of
 Shoney's Restaurants within Florida.

                       W I T N E S S E T H:
                       --------------------

      WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
 in the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
 particularly set forth herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
 agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
 Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

      1.   Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
           to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
           One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's
           restaurants open by April 6, 1997; one (1) additional
           (total of three (3)) Shoney's restaurants open by October
           6, 1998; one (1) additional (total of four (4)) Shoney's
           restaurants open by April 6, 2000; one (1) additional
           (total of five (5)) Shoney's restaurants open by October
           6, 2001; one (1) additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's
           restaurants open by April 6, 2003; and one (1) additional
           (total of seven (7)) open by October 6, 2004.

      2.   Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
           conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
           remain in full force and effect.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the 27th day of February, 1995.
          ----        --------

Developer:                        LICENSOR:

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.             SHONEY'S, INC.

By: /s/ Les Lockhart              By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
   ---------------------------       -----------------------------
                                          CHARLES E. PORTER
Title: V.P. of Development        Title: President
      ------------------------          --------------------------

                                  By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                     -----------------------------
                                          CHARLES VAUGHN
                                  Title: Vice President
                                        --------------------------
                                         Franchising & Development
                                        --------------------------










                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.39

                                                       01/02/93

                             SHONEY'S
                    MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT
                    ----------------------------

     This Agreement made and entered into this 11th day of
                                               -----------
 October, 1993 in Nashville, Tennessee by and between Shoney's,
- -------------
 Inc., a Tennessee corporation with its principal office at 1727 Elm
 Hill Pike, Nashville, Tennessee 37210 ("Licensor"), and TPI
 RESTAURANTS, INC. (corporation) with its principal office at 2158
 Union Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104 ("Developer").

        WHEREAS, Licensor at a substantial expenditure of time, effort
 and money, has developed and perfected a system of opening and
 operating restaurants utilizing the "Shoney's" service mark
 ("Shoney's restaurants"); and

        WHEREAS, Licensor has acquired knowledge and experience in the
 composition, distribution, advertising and sale of food products by
 Shoney's restaurants and with respect to the style of the buildings
 and signs used by said restaurants and has successfully established
 a reputation, demand and goodwill for the products sold by such
 restaurants; and

        WHEREAS, Developer recognizes the value of uniformity in a
 system of restaurants and Developer further recognizes the value of
 Licensor's knowledge and experience gained through the operation of
 Shoney's restaurants, and the value of the trade names, trademarks,
 service marks and other distinctive features of Shoney's
 restaurants; and

        WHEREAS, Developer acknowledges Licensor's sole and exclusive
 ownership of any rights to Licensor's current and future trade
 names, trademarks and service marks and to all current and future
 related practices, procedures, methods, devices, techniques
 recipes and systems; and

        WHEREAS, Developer desires to open and operate a certain
 number of Shoney's restaurants within the geographic area specified
 in this Agreement within the term of this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, Licensor is willing to grant Developer such rights in
 accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

          1.  GRANT. Licensor hereby grants to Developer during the
              -----
 term of this Agreement and subject to the conditions hereof the
 right to open and operate Shoney's restaurants in the limited

<PAGE>

 geographical area identified and set forth in Exhibit A hereto;
 this geographical area being hereinafter referred to as the
 "Territory." The operation of each of the Shoney's restaurants
 developed pursuant to this Agreement will be governed by individual
 License Agreements issued by Licensor in accordance with Paragraph
 12 below. During the term of this Agreement, without the consent of
 Developer, Licensor shall not grant options for or license others
 to operate, nor will it itself operate, any new or additional
 Shoney's restaurants in the Territory.

            2. TERM; RENEWAL.
               ------------

         (a) Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Paragraph 13, this
 Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
 of the parties being necessary, upon the date of execution by
 Licensor of the License Agreement for the last of the Shoney's
 restaurants then required to be opened and operated pursuant to
 this Agreement or any renewal hereof, unless Developer, upon, or
 not more than thirty (30) days prior to, execution of the License
 Agreement for such last restaurant, gives notice to Licensor (in
 accordance with this Agreement) of Developer's intent to renew this
 Agreement (a"Renewal Notice"). Upon receipt of a Renewal Notice,
 Licensor shall conduct a survey of the Territory and, within ninety
 (90) days following receipt of the Renewal Notice, shall notify
 Developer of the additional number of Shoney's restaurants that
 Licensor proposes to be built and opened within the Territory, if
 any, and the development schedule for such additional restaurants
 (a "Development Notice"). If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
 (90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
 Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
 to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
 schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
 Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
 License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
 restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
 opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
 ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
 Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
 obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
 restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
 development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
 Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
 of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
 following Licensor's sending the most recent Development Notice to
 Developer.

         (b) If, at the time of any proposed renewals of this
 Agreement by Developer pursuant to this Paragraph 2, Licensor
 determines that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then
 required to be built and opened within the Territory, the
 Development Notice sent by Licensor in connection with such
 proposed renewal shall so state. In such event, the term of this

                                - 2 -

<PAGE>
 Agreement shall be extended for a period of one (1) year from the
 date Licensor sent the Development Notice to Developer indicating
 that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then required to be
 built and opened within the Territory. Thereafter, this Agreement
 shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms, unless
 Licensor determines that an additional restaurant or restaurants
 are then required and, at least ninety (90) days prior to
 expiration of the then current term, sends a Development Notice to
 Developer stating the number of restaurants to be built and opened
 within the Territory and the development schedule for such
 additional restaurants. If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
 (90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
 Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
 to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
 schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
 Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
 License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
 restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
 opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
 ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
 Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
 obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
 restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
 development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
 Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
 of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
 following Licensor's sending the Development Notice to Developer.

        3.    DEVELOPMENT FEE. Upon execution of this Agreement,
              ---------------
 Developer shall pay to Licensor the fee set forth in Exhibit B
                                                      ---------
 hereto and designated as the development fee (the "Development
 Fee"). This Development Fee shall be fully earned by Licensor in
 consideration of its execution of this Agreement and shall be
 non-refundable. "However", Licensor shall credit the Development
 Fee, pro rata, based upon the number of Shoney's restaurants to be
 built within the Territory, toward the License Fees payable under
 any of the License Agreements issued to Developer pursuant to this
 Agreement, provided that the applicable restaurants are constructed
 and opened in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit B
                                                         ---------
 (the "Development Schedule"). Upon renewal of this Agreement and
 an agreement by Franchiser and the developer/franchisee to build
 additional restaurants pursuant to Paragraph 2, an additional
 Development Fee will be due. The amount will be determined in the
 same manner as the original Development Fee charged upon execution
 of this Agreement (number of restaurants multiplied by one-half of
 the license fee for each such restaurant), and is fully earned at
 the time of the extension of this Agreement.  The additional
 Development Fee also will be credited pro rata against the
 individual license fees of the additional restaurants opened
 pursuant to this Agreement if the developer/franchisee remains in
 compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement,
 including the development schedule for the additional restaurants.

                               - 3 -

<PAGE>
         4.    DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE. Developer shall build, open and
               --------------------
 operate properly licensed Shoney's restaurants in accordance with
 the Development Schedule. In the event that Developer opens and
 continuously operates a greater number of Shoney's restaurants than
 required during any interim period of the Development Schedule, the
 requirements of the succeeding period(s) shall be deemed satisfied
 to the extent of such excess number of restaurants, up to the total
 number of restaurants specified in the Development Schedule.

          5.    LOCATION OF RESTAURANTS. Developer is responsible for
                -----------------------
 locating proposed sites within the Territory for each of the
 restaurants contemplated in the Development Schedule. During the
 term of this Agreement, Developer shall use its best efforts to
 locate suitable sites. Licensor, in its discretion, may offer
 counseling and advice in site selection. In no event, however,
 shall Licensor be obligated to loan money, guarantee leases,
 provide financing or otherwise become directly involved and/or
 obligated to Developer or to any third party in respect of such
 site selection or development; these activities and undertakings,
 financially and otherwise, shall be the exclusive responsibility of
 Developer.

        6.    SITE ACCEPTANCE. Upon selection by Developer of a
              ---------------
 proposed site for a Shoney's restaurant, Developer promptly shall
 submit to Licensor such specific site data and demographic and
 other information concerning the site as may be reasonably required
 by Licensor, utilizing such forms as may be required by Licensor.
 Licensor shall either accept or reject such site in accordance with
 Licensor's then-current site selection policies and procedures. To
 be effective, any acceptance must be in writing. Developer
 understands and acknowledges that Licensor may reject any proposed
 site, in which event Developer will not proceed at the rejected
 site, but will seek to locate an acceptable site. The acquisition
 in any manner of any proposed site prior to acceptance by Licensor
 shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of Developer and shall
 not obligate Licensor in any way to accept such site or to issue a
 License Agreement for operation of a Shoney's restaurant at such
 site.

        7.    DISCLAIMER. In executing this Agreement, accepting a
              ----------
 proposed site, giving approvals or advice or providing services or
 assistance in connection with this Agreement, Licensor does not
 guarantee the suitability of an accepted site or the success of any
 particular Shoney's restaurant established at any such site.
 Licensor expressly disclaims any warranties, express or implied,
 with respect to the suitability of any site or the success of any
 restaurant. Developer understands and acknowledges that the
 suitability of a site and the success of any restaurant depend on
 many factors outside the control of either Licensor or Developer
 (including, without limitation, such factors as interest rates,
 unemployment rates, demographic trends and the general economic

                                - 4 -
<PAGE>
 climate), but principally depend on Developer's efforts in the
 operation of the restaurant.

        8.    LOCATION REQUIREMENTS. As a condition for accepting a
              ---------------------
 proposed site, Licensor may require Developer to negotiate a lease
 or sales contract that includes certain terms regarding duration or
 other specified matters. Developer understands and acknowledges
 that a site acceptance may be conditioned on such matters and that
 if Developer does not wish to, or cannot, satisfy the pertinent
 conditions within a reasonable time, the site will be deemed
 rejected.

        9.    CONSTRUCTION.
              ------------

        (a) Upon receiving acceptance for a proposed site, Developer
 shall proceed promptly to secure control of the accepted site and
 to obtain necessary zoning and building approvals and permits.
 Following acceptance of any site, Licensor shall provide Developer
 with fifteen (15) sets of standard architectural plans and
 specifications for a prototype Shoney's restaurant. After a site is
 accepted but before commencing construction of any Shoney's
 restaurant contemplated by this Agreement, Developer shall, if
 requested by Licensor, at Developer's expense, furnish to Licensor
 for Licensor's acceptance, the following:

              (i) A proposed preliminary site plan for the Shoney's
     restaurant which, if accepted, shall not thereafter be changed
     without Licensor's prior written consent; and

              (ii) A copy of Developer's plans and specifications for
     construction of the Shoney's restaurant in proposed final
     form, which plans and specifications shall have been adopted,
     at Developer's expense, from Licensor's then standard plans
     and specifications and which, if accepted, shall not
     thereafter be changed without Licensor's prior written
     consent. In addition, upon request by Licensor, Developer
     shall furnish Licensor information as Licensor may from time
     to time request, which may include, without limitation, copies
     of all commitments and plans for construction and permanent
     financing, the name, address and contact with respect to each
     lender, the name and address of the contractor, together with
     a copy of the construction contract.

         (b) Thereafter, Developer shall break ground and commence
 construction of the particular Shoney's restaurant in accordance
 with the accepted site plan and building plans and specifications
 as soon as possible and shall complete all the construction
 thereof, including the acquisition and installation of all
 equipment specified by Licensor, and have the restaurant ready to
 open for business within the time specified in the Development
 Schedule. Licensor and its agents shall have the right to inspect
 the construction at any reasonable time. Developer agrees to give

                            - 5 -

<PAGE>
 Licensor at least ten (10) days notice prior to pouring the
 concrete slab for any Shoney's restaurant to be opened pursuant to
 this Agreement and to give Licensor notice immediately after
 completion of the electrical and mechanical rough-ins to enable
 Licensor to inspect the construction at such times. Developer shall
 correct, upon request and at Developer's expense, any deviation
 from any approved site plan or plans and specifications. Licensor
 assumes no responsibility for the quality of any construction
 because of any inspections made by it or any reports or
 recommendations made as a result of such inspections.

     (c) In the event Developer fails to open any Shoney's
 restaurant within the time periods set forth in the Development
 Schedule, except for any delay due in material part to war,
 strikes, lock-outs, governmentally imposed building moratoriums, or
 similar causes beyond the control of Developer (which do not
 include general construction delays), or in the event Developer
 commences construction of any Shoney's restaurant according to
 plans and specifications not accepted by Licensor or alters such
 accepted site plan or plans and specifications without Licensor's
 approval, then, Licensor, at its option, may elect to cancel and
 terminate this Agreement, by written notice to Developer, in which
 case any Development Fee paid to Licensor pursuant to Paragraph 3
 shall be retained by Licensor as liquidated and agreed damages and
 no further License Agreements will be issued for any proposed
 Shoney's restaurants.

     10. ADVISORY SERVICES AND TRAINING.
         ------------------------------

    (a)   During the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall at
 reasonable times, upon the request of, and at no charge to
 Developer (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph
 10), furnish counseling and advisory services to Developer with
 respect to the construction and pre-opening activities related to
 the operation of Shoney's restaurants, including consultation and
 advice regarding:

             (i)          parking and building layouts;
            (ii)          traffic planning;
           (iii)          construction and financing of the restaurant
                          building and other improvements;
            (iv)          equipment selection and layout;
             (v)          employee selection and training;
            (vi)          advertising and promotion;
           (vii)          bookkeeping and accounting; and
          (viii)          purchasing and inventory control.

         (b) Developer and its employees shall attend and conduct such
 training programs as Licensor may reasonably require in order to
 train Developer's personnel properly to operate the Shoney's
 restaurants contemplated by this Agreement. No charge will be made
 by Licensor for training programs conducted by it, but Developer

                             - 6 -

<PAGE>
 shall be required to pay all expenses of Developer's personnel who
 take part in any such program or programs.

         (c) Developer shall not employ or seek to employ any person
 who is at the time employed by Licensor or by any other licensee or
 optionee of Licensor without first obtaining the consent of such
 person's employer and Developer will not, directly or indirectly,
 induce any such person to leave his or her employment.

         11. LICENSE FEE. Upon execution by Licensor of each License
             -----------
 Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant contemplated by this Agreement,
 Developer shall pay to Licensor the sum set forth on Exhibit B
                                                      ---------
 hereto that is specified as the License Fee for each such Shoney's
 restaurant. This License Fee is fully earned by Licensor upon
 execution of the License Agreement and thereafter shall be
 non-refundable. Any Development Fee paid by Developer hereunder
 shall be credited toward payment of the License Fee in accordance
 with the terms of Paragraph 3 of this Agreement.

         12. LICENSE AGREEMENTS 
             ------------------

         (a) Upon the due performance by Developer within the time
 periods set forth in the Development Schedule, as extended or
 renewed pursuant to Paragraph 2, of all of the requirements set
 forth above (including, without limitation, payment of the
 Development Fee, and License Fee, satisfaction of all construction
 and training requirements) with respect to each of the Shoney's
 restaurants contemplated by this Agreement, Licensor, except as set
 forth below, will execute, issue and deliver to Developer
 Licensor's then-current form of License Agreement to operate each
 of the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement;
 provided, however, that the License Fees and royalties payable
 under any License Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
 and operated within the Territory shall be at the rate set forth in
 Exhibit B. In addition, during the term of this Agreement or any
 ---------
 renewal hereof, with respect to any License Agreement executed for
 a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
 Territory, Licensor agrees that:

    (1) the maximum amount (expressed as a percentage of sales)
    of required advertising expenditures under any License
    Agreement shall not be increased from the amount set forth in
    the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
    term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
    and operated within the Territory;

    (2) the protected radius (expressed in distance) provided for
    in any License Agreement shall not be reduced from the
    distance set forth as a protected radius in the first License
    Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this
    Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
    within the Territory;

                                - 7 -
<PAGE>

     (3) each License Agreement shall have an initial term of
     twenty (20) years with the option (upon satisfaction of the
     conditions for renewal set forth therein) to renew for one
     additional term of twenty (20) years;

     (4) neither the radius (expressed in distance) nor the length
     of time (expressed in months) of the post-termination covenant
     not to compete set forth in any License Agreement shall be
     increased from those set forth in the first License Agreement
     executed by Developer during the term of this Agreement for a
     Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
     Territory;

     (5) the formula for determining the price to be paid by
     Licensor for any of Developer's assets upon termination of any
     License Agreement shall not be changed from that set forth in
     the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
     term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
     and operated within the Territory; and

     (6) no material change in the reasons that allow a License
     Agreement to be terminated shall be made from those set forth
     in the first License Agreement executed by Developer during
     the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be
     built and operated within the Territory.

         (b) As a condition of Licensor's execution of such License
 Agreement, Licensor may require Developer or its principals to
 provide a personal guarantee, letter of credit or corporate
 guarantee in a form acceptable to Licensor to secure payment of
 royalties and other fees required to be paid to Licensor or its
 affiliates under any such License Agreement, or otherwise.
 Developer shall comply with Licensor's then-current franchising
 policies and procedures for issuance of each License Agreement.
 Licensor shall be under no obligation to execute and issue a
 License Agreement unless Developer has complied in a timely manner
 with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and has satisfied
 all requirements set forth herein. In addition, Licensor shall be
 under no obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement if
 Developer is in breach or default of any other License Agreement,
 License Option Agreement, Market Development Agreement or any
 other agreement between Licensor and Developer, or if Developer is
 not eligible for expansion pursuant to Licensor's then-current
 criteria for expansion. If and when each License Agreement
 contemplated in this Agreement is executed by Licensor, it shall
 supersede this Agreement and govern the relations between the
 parties with respect to the particular restaurant.

        13. NO RIGHT TO OPERATE OR USE TRADEMARKS. Developer
            -------------------------------------
 acknowledges that until a License Agreement has been issued for a
 specified site, Developer shall not have or be entitled to exercise
 any of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the License

                              - 8 -

<PAGE>
 Agreement, including without limitation the right to use Licensor's
 trademarks, service marks and trade names; that the execution of
 this Agreement shall not be deemed to grant any such rights, powers
 or privileges to Developer; and that Developer may not under any
 circumstances commence operation of any Shoney's restaurant prior
 to execution by Licensor of a License Agreement for the particular
 location.

     14.  TERMINATION.
         -----------

     14.1 Automatic Termination. This Agreement shall terminate
         ---------------------
 immediately and without notice to either party:

     (a) if Developer files a petition under any bankruptcy or
 reorganization law, becomes insolvent, or has a trustee or receiver
 appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction for all or any part
 of Developer's property; or

     (b) if Developer seeks to effect a plan of liquidation,
 reorganization, composition or arrangement of Developer's affairs,
 whether or not the same shall be subsequently approved by a court
 of competent jurisdiction, it being understood that in no event
 shall this Agreement or any right or interest hereunder be deemed
 an asset in any insolvency, receivership, bankruptcy, composition,
 liquidation, arrangement or reorganization proceeding; or

     (c) if Developer has an involuntary proceeding filed under
 any bankruptcy or reorganization laws or any other laws and does
 not have such proceeding dismissed within ninety (90) days
 thereafter; or

     (d) if Developer makes a general assignment for the benefit
 of creditors.

     14.2 By Licensor. Licensor, at its option, may terminate this
          ----------
 Agreement immediately upon notice to Developer, upon the occurrence
 of any of the following:

     (a) failure to comply with the Development Schedule;

     (b) the assignment of this Agreement without the prior
 written approval of Licensor;

     (c) if Developer is a corporation or a partnership, the
 transfer of any of the capital stock or partnership interest of
 such corporation or partnership during the term of this Agreement
 without the prior written approval of Licensor; or, in the event
 that any shareholder or partner of Developer (the "Shareholder") is
 a corporation, limited partnership, business trust, partnership or
 similar association, the transfer of any of the capital stock or
 other interests of the shareholders, limited partners, trustees,
 beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be, in such

                                - 9 -
<PAGE>
 Shareholder, during the term of this Agreement without the prior
 written approval of Licensor;

     (d) the discovery by Licensor of any material misrepre-
 sentation in any of the information or documents submitted to
 Licensor by or on behalf of Developer;

     (e) any material violation by Developer of any of the
 provisions of this Agreement if such material violation shall
 continue for thirty (30) days after Licensor gives written notice
 of such material violation to Optionee or if such material
 violation cannot be reasonably corrected within such thirty (30)
 day period, then if such material violation is not corrected within
 such additional time as may be required assuming Optionee proceeds
 with reasonable diligence; provided, however, that such written
 notice and a reasonable time to correct material violations shall
 not be required if Optionee repeatedly fails to perform in
 accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein; or

     (f) any default by Developer under any other agreement with
 Licensor and Developer's failure to cure such default within the
 time specified in such agreement, if any.

     15. EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION. Upon expiration of
         -----------------------------------
 this Agreement, or upon its termination for any reason, any and all
 rights granted to Developer hereunder shall be extinguished
 immediately. Licensor thereafter shall have the right to operate or
 license others to operate Shoney's restaurants within the
 Territory, except as limited by the provisions of any other
 then-effective agreements with Licensor.

     16. RESTRICTIONS. Licensor is engaged in the business of
         ------------
 developing and franchising Shoney's restaurants on a national
 basis. Developer acknowledges that the appropriation or duplication
 of Shoney's restaurants or any part thereof for a purpose other
 than to operate a Shoney's restaurant pursuant to a License
 Agreement with Licensor would damage the franchising business of
 Licensor. Developer acknowledges that Licensor owns trade secrets
 and that all material or other information now or hereafter
 provided or disclosed to Developer regarding Shoney's restaurants
 is disclosed to Developer in confidence and Developer agrees not to
 disclose any part of it to anyone who is not an employee of
 Licensor, or of its licensees. Licensor shall be entitled to obtain
 injunctive relief in addition to any other legal or equitable
 remedies it may have if Developer fails to comply with the
 provisions contained herein.

         17. ASSIGNMENT.
             ----------

         (a) Developer shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or
 encumber its rights and obligations hereunder or suffer or permit
 any such assignment, transfer or encumbrance to occur by operation

                                - 10 -

<PAGE>
 of law without the prior express written consent of Licensor. In
 the event Developer is a corporation, limited partnership, business
 trust, partnership or similar association, the shareholders,
 limited partners, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case
 may be, may not sell, assign, or otherwise transfer their shares or
 interests in such corporation, limited partnership, business trust,
 partnership or similar association, without the prior written
 consent of Licensor.  Furthermore, in the event that any
 shareholder of Developer (the "Shareholder") is a corporation,
 limited partnership, business trust, partnership or similar
 association, the interests of the shareholders, limited partners,
 trustees, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be,
 in such Shareholder, may not be sold, assigned or otherwise
 transferred, without the prior written consent of Licensor.


         (b) In the event of the death of the Developer or if the
 Developer is a corporation or similar entity, then in the event of
 the death of any stockholder, investor or similar person, Licensor
 shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a transfer or
 assignment of Developer's interest herein, or if Developer is a
 corporation, the transfer of the deceased stockholder's stock in
 such corporation to a descendant, heir or legate of the decedent,
 who shall in the sole judgment of Licensor be capable of performing
 the duties and obligations of Developer hereunder and under any
 License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this agreement, or to a
 responsible bona fide purchaser acceptable to Licensor.    Any
 approval by Licensor of such transfer or assignment shall be
 subject to the assignee's agreement in writing to assume and
 perform all of Developer's duties and obligations hereunder and
 under any License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this
 agreement.


         18. CONSTRUCTION  All terms and words used in this Agreement,
             ------------
 regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall
 be deemed and construed to include any other number and any other
 gender, as the context or sense of this Agreement or any provision
 hereof may require, as if such words had been fully and properly
 written in the appropriate number and gender. All covenants,
 agreements and obligations assumed herein by Developer shall be
 deemed to be joint and several covenants, agreements and
 obligations of each of the persons named as Developer, if more than
 one person is so named.


         19. HEADINGS  Captions and section headings are used herein
             --------
 for convenience only. They are not part of this Agreement and shall
 not be used in construing it.

        20. NOTICES  Whenever notice is required or permitted to be
            -------
 given under the terms of this Agreement, it shall be given in
 writing, and be delivered personally, by certified, express or
 registered mail, or by an overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal
 Express), postage prepaid, addressed to the party for whom
                                - 11 -
<PAGE>

 intended. All such notices shall be addressed to the party to be
 notified at the respective addresses first above written, or at
 such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to
 time designate in writing.


         21. COSTS AND ATTORNEY'S FEES  Should Developer institute an
             -------------------------
 action against Licensor or any of Licensor's agents or employees
 for any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, Licensor
 (or its agents or employees), if it prevails, shall recover from
 Developer its costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in
 defending said action.


        22. WAIVER  No waiver, delay, omission or forbearance on the
            ------
 part of the Licensor to exercise any right, option, duty or power
 arising from any default or breach by Developer shall affect or
 impair the rights of Licensor with respect to any subsequent
 default of the same or a different kind; nor shall any delay or
 omission of Licensor to exercise any right arising from any such
 default affect or impair Licensor's rights as to such default or
 any future default.


       23.  SEVERABILITY  If any term, restriction or covenant of
            ------------
 this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable, all other terms,
 restrictions and covenants and the application thereof to all
 persons and circumstances subject hereto shall remain unaffected to
 the extent permitted by law; and if any application of any term,
 restriction or covenant to any person or circumstance is deemed
 invalid or unenforceable, the application of such terms,
 restriction or covenant to other persons and circumstances shall
 remain unaffected to the extent permitted by law.


        24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT  This Agreement contains the entire
            ----------------
 agreement between the parties hereto and there are no
 representations, inducements, promises, agreements, arrangements or
 undertakings, oral or written, between the parties that have been
 relied upon by either party other than those set forth herein. No
 agreement of any kind relating to the matters covered by this
 Agreement shall be binding upon either party unless and until the
 same is made in writing and executed by both Developer and
 Licensor.


         25. DEVELOPER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS  Developer understands and
             ---------------------------
 acknowledges that there are significant risks in any business
 venture and that the primary factor in Developer's success or

                                - 12 -

<PAGE>
 failure under this Agreement will be Developer's own efforts. IN
 ADDITION, DEVELOPER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSOR AND ITS
 REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS TO DEVELOPER OTHER
 THAN OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM
 FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR PROVIDED TO DEVELOPER AND THAT
 DEVELOPER HAS UNDERTAKEN THIS VENTURE SOLELY IN RELIANCE UPON THE
 MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR AND
 DEVELOPER'S OWN INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION OF THE MERITS OF THIS
 VENTURE.

                            DEVELOPER: TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

                (corporation) By:     /s/ J. Gary Sharp
                                      ------------------------------

                              Title:  President
                                      ------------------------------

                              Date:   9/27/93
                                      ------------------------------


                              LICENSOR:

                              SHONEY'S, INC.

                              By:     /s/ J. M. Grout
                                      ------------------------------
                                      JAMES M. GROUT

                              Title:  Executive Vice President
                                      ------------------------------
                                      Franchising & Development
                                      ------------------------------

                              By:     /s/ James W. Arnett, Jr.
                                      ------------------------------
                                      JAMES W. ARNETT, JR.

                              Title:  President & C.O.O.
                                      ------------------------------

                              Date:   




                          - 13 -

<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT A
                 to Market Development Agreement
                   Dated October 11, 1993 Between
                         ----------------
           Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
           for the Development of Shoney's Restaurants
              Within the Territory Described Below

                           TERRITORY

 The following counties within the state of Texas:

     DENTON COUNTY
     COOKE COUNTY
     GRAYSON COUNTY
     FANNIN COUNTY
     LAMAR COUNTY

     COLLIN COUNTY, excluding that area within a two and one-half
     (2.5) mile radius surrounding the Shoney's unit located at 301
     W. Plano Parkway, Plano, Texas.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

/s/ James M. Grout
- ---------------------- (Licensor)


/s/ J. Gary Sharp
- ---------------------- (Developer)
                       

<PAGE>
                          EXHIBIT B
                to Market Development Agreement
                     Dated October 11, 1993
                           ---------------
        Between Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.



   DEVELOPMENT FEE:   $15,000


LICENSE FEES/ROYALTIES
- ----------------------

        For each Shoney's restaurant opened within the Territory
pursuant to this Agreement, the License Fee payable shall be
$30,000 and the royalties payable shall be 3.5% of gross sales.

                      DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE
                      --------------------

One (1) Shoney's restaurant open within eight (8) years from the
from the date of the agreement.






                 NOTICE TO ILLINOIS FRANCHISEES

        The acknowledgements made by the Developer in Section 25 of
this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of liability under the
Illinois Franchise Disclosure Act and are void to the extent that
they are deemed to be such a waiver.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED



/s/ James M. Grout
- ---------------------- (Licensor)


/s/ J. Gary Sharp
- ---------------------- (Developer)


<PAGE>
                                      Shoney's
       1727 Elm Hill Pike - PO. Box 1260 - Nashville. TN 37202 - (615) 391-5201

                           July 30, 1993


TPI Restaurants, Inc.
2158 Union Avenue
Memphis, Tennessee 38174-1379
Attn: J. Gary Sharp, President

      Re: Franchise Agreements with Shoney's, Inc. (the "Company")

 Dear Gary:

          This letter of consent and/or interpretation is in response to
 certain questions that have been raised with respect to the forms
 of market development and license agreements to be used in the
 development of your markets. Initially, each of us agree that any
 time an incorrect form of agreement is mistakenly executed, a
 correct form will be substituted. This will protect either of our
 companies from inadvertent loss of their rights. If you find the
 letter to be acceptable, please execute where indicated and return
 it to me.

                  Market Development Agreement

1. Renewal.   (Paragraph 2). Future MDA's will be modified to
   -------     -----------
provide for automatic renewal rather than automatic termination.
                      -------                       -----------
The Company, however, will reserve all other rights that it has
under the renewal provisions of these MDA's including, without
limitation, the right to propose a new development schedule. The
only real change will be to remove the requirement that, upon
completion of the development schedule, the franchisee request
                                                       -------
renewal. Instead, this renewal will now occur under the same terms
and conditions as other renewals under an MDA. I propose that we
substitute new MDA's for any existing MDA to make this renewal
provision effective for all franchisees and that this substitution
occur when our new documents are registered (after January, 1994).
Also, the Company will be pleased to modify any existing MDA to
give a franchisee those protections currently set forth in section
12 of the Company's current form of MDA.

        2.    Guarantees.    (Paragraph 12 (b)).    As you know, the
              ----------     ------------------
requirement of a personal guaranty of the principals of a
franchisee is a requirement that has been adjusted, in whole or in
part, by the Company in the past. Please be advised that the
company hereby waives any requirement in any market development

<PAGE>
TPI Restaurants, Inc.
July 30, 1993
Page 2

agreement that is executed by TPI for a guaranty from the
principals of TPI.

        3.    Transfer of Stock.     (Paragraphs 14 2(c), 17(a) and
              -----------------      ------------------------------
17(b)). Please be advised that the Company hereby consents to the
- ------
transfer of the stock of TPI Restaurants, Inc. and TPI Enterprises,
Inc., free of the restrictions contained in these provisions of any
market development agreement that is executed by TPI.

                         License Agreements

         1.    Exclusivity. (Paragraph 3). You had questioned the use
               -----------
of the language "shall be non-exclusive" in Paragraph 3 of the
standard license agreement. Please note that the license
agreements restrict the Company, either itself or through
licensees, from operating or allowing to be operated other Shoney's
restaurants within the radius covered by the license agreement.
This, in essence, gives a franchisee "exclusivity" in the operation
of a Shoney's, restaurant within the territory protected by the
license agreement. If a franchisee has an area agreement, the
franchisee has greater protection.

         As you have been advised, the reason the Company has provided
 that a franchisee's rights are "non-exclusive" is that the term
 "exclusive" is an unwise drafting shortcut that has unwanted and
 sometimes unknown significance. For example, if your rights were
 "exclusive" and the Company operated one of its other concepts,
 such as a Captain D's, across the street from one of your Shoney's
 restaurants, technically, the use of such items as the traditional
 cash register sticker identifying all of the Company's restaurant
 concepts would violate your rights. In fact, an arrival of a
 commissary truck with a Shoney's logo painted on the side could
 violate your rights. These are the types of things we are
 attempting to avoid through giving franchisees non-exclusive
 rights. The franchisees' operational integrity within their
 protected radius is protected by Paragraph 3 of the license
 agreement.

         2.    Time of Payment. (Paragraphs 5(a), 8(a)). Although the
               ---------------  -----------------------
Company's standard license agreements generally provide for payment
on or before the tenth day following a month or an accounting
period, in view of the large number of restaurants that TPI
operates under license from the Company, the Company acknowledges
that TPI generally makes its payments on or before the fifteenth
day after the end of a period or month. So long as TPI continues
to make these payments in such a timely manner, the Company will
not object to the payments being made on or before those dates nor


<PAGE>
TPI Restaurants, Inc.
July 30, 1993
Page 3

use such a technically late payment as a ground for a default of
any of the license agreements.

3.    Royalties on Insurance Awards. (Paragraph 5(b)). With
      -----------------------------------------------
respect to Paragraph 5(b) of the standard license agreements,
please be advised that the Company is willing. to waive any right
that it has to receive a royalty on an insurance award or
condemnation proceeds insofar as they represent profits.  If,
                                                -------
however, a franchisee received an award based upon sales, the
Company obviously would be entitled to and expect to receive a
royalty.

         4.    Release of Franchise Sales.    (Paragraph 5(c)).
               -------------------------      ----------------
Notwithstanding paragraph 5(c) of the standard license agreement,
the Company will agree not to release your sales results without
your consent.

         5.  Overdue Payments. (Paragraph 5(d)). With respect to the
             ----------------  ----------------
second sentence of Paragraph 5(d) of the standard license agreement
regarding designation of payments, the Company would not interpret
that sentence to control in the event of a good faith bona fide
dispute with respect to a particular amount claimed due by the
Company. Obviously, if a particular invoice or other amount owing
was being disputed in good faith, the Company would not designate
later payments to pay off that amount and then claim you owed later
amounts that were not being disputed.

         6.    Hours of Operation. (Paragraph 7(d)).  The Company
               ------------------  ----------------
consents to the operation of TPI's "Shoney's" restaurants during
hours of operation consistent with prior operation of other
"Shoney's" restaurants by TPI, including on a 24 hour consecutive
hourly basis for special events; provided, however, no "Shoney's"
restaurant shall be operated as a 24 hour concept.

         7.    Local Market Advertising (Paragraph 8(b)). With respect
               ------------------------  ---------------
to the requirement for local market advertising, the Company
interprets the standard license agreement's requirement to spend a
reasonable amount to vest the discretion on what is reasonable to
the licensee's judgment, subject to the 2% minimum contained in the
contract.  Also, with respect to the last sentence regarding
reduced price or products that are given away, the Company does not
interpret this provision as excluding non-food products or
                                      --------
promotional items that are given away. Obviously, however, in the
case of a food promotion such as a $2.99 breakfast bar (reduced
          ----
from $3.99), the Company would not expect any franchisee to claim
that the $1 reduction counted toward local market advertising.


<PAGE>
TPI Restaurants, Inc.
July 30, 1993
Page 4

         8.    Maintenance of Credit Standing.   (Paragraph 15). The
               ------------------------------    --------------
Company does not interpret Paragraph 15 of the standard license
agreement to apply to any items that are being disputed by a
franchisee in good faith and through appropriate proceedings.

         9.    Insurance/Indemnities.  The Company does not interpret
               ---------------------
Paragraph 16 of the standard license agreement to require the
licensee to indemnify and/or insure for anything arising out of,
related to, or aggravated by the negligent acts or omissions of the
Company or any of its agents or employees, which would include any
liability that the Company might have for products that it sells to
TPI.

         10. Transfer of Stock. (Paragraphs 17(a), 17(b)). Please be
             -----------------  -------------------------
advised that the Company hereby consents to the transfer of the
stock of TPI Restaurants, Inc. and TPI Enterprises, Inc., free of
the restrictions contained in Paragraphs 17(a) and 17(b) of the
standard license agreement.  The Company also waives the
requirement of Paragraph 17(a) of the standard license agreement
that TPI's stock certificates bear a legend referencing the
restrictions of the standard license agreement.

         11. Ability to Close. (Paragraphs 19(b)(6), 19(b)(7)).
             ---------------   -------------------------------
Notwithstanding Paragraphs 19(b)(6) and (b)(7) of the standard
license agreement, the Company's corporate policy is not to
unreasonably withhold its consent to close units that are
unprofitable, so long as the unprofitability is not the fault of
the franchisee. (For example, because of sloppy operations.) The
Company simply wants an opportunity to review, which review will be
done in a reasonable manner, the operations to determine if the
unit can be "turned around," and, thereafter, whether it can be
mutually beneficial for the unit to remain in the system.

          12. Right of First Refusal.    (Paragraph 21). The Company
              ----------------------      -------------
acknowledges that the terms of paragraph 21 of the standard license
agreement do not apply to a sale and subsequent lease back of any of
TPI's property (real or personal), or any other sale or other
transfer of TPI's property in connection with any bona fide
financing plan. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that
the terms of paragraph 21 of the standard license agreement also do
not apply to any merger or consolidation involving TPI, nor to a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of TPI. The Company
will consider the sale of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of
TPI's restaurants as part of the same transaction to be a sale of
all or substantially all of the assets of TPI. The Company further
acknowledges and agrees that the terms of the parenthetical

<PAGE>
 TPI Restaurants, Inc.
 July 30, 1993
 Page 5

 beginning on line 14 of paragraph 21 are intended to apply only to
 transfers of the license agreement (or an interest therein).

      I trust that this is responsive to your questions and
  concerns; however, should you have any additional questions or need
  additional information, please feel free to contact me.

            I understand that you are relying upon the consents and/or
 interpretations set forth in this letter in entering into a market
 development agreement for the development of Shoney's restaurants
 within Detroit, Houston and South Florida and in entering into
 future license agreements* for the operation of Shoney's units both
 in your present territories and in all subsequently acquired
 territories.

         If you agree with the interpretations and other matters set
forth herein, please sign a copy of this letter where indicated
below and return that to me.

                             Very truly yours,

                             /s/ James M. Grout
                             -------------------------
                             James M. Grout
                             Executive Vice President,
                             Franchising and Development


The foregoing is acknowledged and agreed to:

TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp
- --------------------------------
Title: President
- --------------------------------

* (and license agreements previously executed by TPI conditionally 
  upon negotiating of acceptable addenda)




                                                    01/02/93

                          SHONEY'S
                 MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

   This Agreement made and entered into this 1st day of April,
 1993 in Nashville, Tennessee by and between Shoney's, Inc., a
 Tennessee corporation with its principal office at 1727 Elm Hill
 Pike, Nashville, Tennessee 37210 ("Licensor"), and TPI
 RESTAURANTS, INC. (corporation) with its principal office at
 2158 Union Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104 ("Developer").

   Whereas, Licensor at a substantial expenditure of time,
 effort and money, has developed and perfected a system of
 opening and operating restaurants utilizing the "Shoney's"
 service mark ("Shoney's restaurants"); and

   WHEREAS, Licensor has acquired knowledge and experience in
 the composition, distribution, advertising and sale of food
 products by Shoney's restaurants and with respect to the style
 of the buildings and signs used by said restaurants and has
 successfully established a reputation, demand and goodwill for
 the products sold by such restaurants; and

   WHEREAS, Developer recognizes the value of uniformity in a
 system of restaurants and Developer further recognizes the value
 of Licensor's knowledge and experience gained through the
 operation of Shoney's restaurants, and the value of the trade
 names, trademarks, service marks and other distinctive features
 of Shoney's restaurants; and

   WHEREAS, Developer acknowledges Licensor's sole and
 exclusive ownership of any rights to Licensor's current and
 future trade names, trademarks and service marks and to all
 current and future related practices, procedures, methods,
 devices, techniques, recipes and systems; and

   WHEREAS, Developer desires to open and operate a certain
 number of Shoney's restaurants within the geographic area
 specified in this Agreement within the term of this Agreement;
 and

   WEREAS, Licensor is willing to grant Developer such rights
 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

   NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

   1.   GRANT. Licensor hereby grants to Developer during the
 term of this Agreement and subject to the conditions hereof the
 right to open and operate Shoney's restaurants in the limited

<PAGE>
 geographical area identified and set forth in Exhibit A hereto;
                                               ---------
 this geographical area being hereinafter referred to as the
 "Territory." The operation of each of the Shoney's restaurants
 developed pursuant to this Agreement will be governed by individual
 License Agreements issued by Licensor in accordance with Paragraph
 12 below. During the term of this Agreement, without the consent of
 Developer, Licensor shall not grant options for or license others
 to operate, nor will it itself operate, any new or additional
 Shoney's restaurants in the Territory.

      2.  TERM; RENEWAL.
          --------------

         (a) Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Paragraph 13, this
 Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
 of the parties being necessary, upon the date of execution by
 Licensor of the License Agreement for the last of the Shoney's
 restaurants then required to be opened and operated pursuant to
 this Agreement or any renewal hereof, unless Developer, upon, or
 not more than thirty (30) days prior to, execution of the License
 Agreement for such last restaurant, gives notice to Licensor (in
 accordance with this Agreement) of Developer's intent to renew this
 Agreement (a "Renewal Notice"). Upon receipt of a Renewal Notice,
 Licensor shall conduct a survey of the Territory and, within ninety
 (90) days following receipt of the Renewal Notice, shall notify
 Developer of the additional number of Shoney's restaurants that
 Licensor proposes to be built and opened within the Territory, if
 any, and the development schedule for such additional restaurants
 (a "Development Notice"). If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
 (90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
 Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
 to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
 schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
 Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
 License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
 restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
 opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
 ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending a Development Notice to
 Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
 obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
 restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
 development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
 Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
 of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
 following Licensor's sending the most recent Development Notice to
 Developer.

         (b) If, at the time of any proposed renewals of this
 Agreement by Developer pursuant to this Paragraph 2, Licensor
 determines that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then
 required to be built and opened within the Territory, the
 Development Notice sent by Licensor in connection with such
 proposed renewal shall so state. In such event, the term of this

                                2
<PAGE>
 Agreement shall be extended for a period of one (1) year from the
 date Licensor sent the Development Notice to Developer indicating
 that no additional Shoney's restaurants are then required to be
 built and opened within the Territory. Thereafter, this Agreement
 shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms, unless
 Licensor determines that an additional restaurant or restaurants
 are then required and, at least ninety (90) days prior to
 expiration of the then current term, sends a Development Notice to
 Developer stating the number of restaurants to be built and opened
 within the Territory and the development schedule for such
 additional restaurants. If Licensor and Developer, within ninety
 (90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
 Developer, agree on the number of additional Shoney's restaurants
 to be built and opened within the Territory and the development
 schedule for such additional restaurants, the term of this
 Agreement shall be extended until the time of execution of the
 License Agreement for the last of the additional Shoney's
 restaurants that Licensor and Developer agree should be built and
 opened within the Territory. If Licensor and Developer, within
 ninety (90) days from Licensor's sending the Development Notice to
 Developer, do not agree (with both Licensor and Developer being
 obligated to negotiate in good faith) upon the additional number of
 restaurants to be built and opened within the Territory or the
 development schedule for such additional restaurants, this
 Agreement shall terminate, without any action on the part of either
 of the parties being necessary, on the ninety first (91st) day
 following Licensor's sending the Development Notice to Developer.

         3.  DEVELOPMENT FEE.  Upon execution of this Agreement,
             ----------------
 Developer shall pay to Licensor the fee set forth in Exhibit B
                                                      ---------
 hereto and designated as the development fee (the "Development
 Fee"). This Development Fee shall be fully earned by Licensor in
 consideration of its execution of this Agreement and shall be
 non-refundable. However, Licensor shall credit the Development
 Fee, pro rata, based upon the number of Shoney's restaurants to be
 built within the Territory, toward the License Fees payable under
 any of the License Agreements issued to Developer pursuant to this
 Agreement, provided that the applicable restaurants are constructed
 and opened in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit B
                                                         ---------
 (the "Development Schedule"). Upon renewal of this Agreement and
 an agreement by Franchiser and the developer/franchises to build
 additional restaurants pursuant to Paragraph 2, an additional
 Development Fee will be due. The amount will be determined in the
 same manner as the original Development Fee charged upon execution
 of this Agreement (number of restaurants multiplied by one-half of
 the license fee for each such restaurant), and is fully earned at
 the time of the extension of this Agreement.    The additional
 Development Fee also will be credited pro rata against the
 individual license fees of the additional restaurants opened
 pursuant to this Agreement if the developer/franchises remains in
 compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement,
 including the development schedule for the additional restaurants.
                                   -3-
<PAGE>

        4.    DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE. Developer shall build, open and
              ---------------------
 operate properly licensed Shoney's restaurants in accordance with
 the Development Schedule. In the event that Developer opens and
 continuously operates a greater number of Shoney's restaurants than
 required during any interim period of the Development Schedule, the
 requirements of the succeeding period(s) shall be deemed satisfied
 to the extent of such excess number of restaurants, up to the total
 number of restaurants specified in the Development Schedule.

         5.    LOCATION OF RESTAURANTS. Developer is responsible for
               ------------------------
 locating proposed sites within the Territory for each of the
 restaurants contemplated in the Development Schedule. During the
 term of this Agreement, Developer shall use its best efforts to
 locate suitable sites. Licensor, in its discretion, may offer
 counseling and advice in site selection. In no event, however,
 shall Licensor be obligated to loan money, guarantee leases,
 provide financing or otherwise become directly involved and/or
 obligated to Developer or to any third party in respect of such
 site selection or development; these activities and undertakings,
 financially and otherwise, shall be the exclusive responsibility of
 Developer.

        6.    SITE ACCEPTANCE. Upon selection by Developer of a
              ----------------
 proposed site for a Shoney's restaurant, Developer promptly shall
 submit to Licensor such specific site data and demographic and
 other information concerning the site as may be reasonably required
 by Licensor, utilizing such forms as may be required by Licensor.
 Licensor shall either accept or reject such site in accordance with
 Licensor's then-current site selection policies and procedures. To
 be effective, any acceptance must be in writing. Developer
 understands and acknowledges that Licensor may reject any proposed
 site, in which event Developer will not proceed at the rejected
 site, but will seek to locate an acceptable site. The acquisition
 in any manner of any proposed site prior to acceptance by Licensor
 shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of Developer and shall
 not obligate Licensor in any way to accept such site or to issue a
 License Agreement for operation of a Shoney's restaurant at such
 site.

         7.    DISCLAIMER. In executing this Agreement, accepting a
               -----------
 proposed site, giving approvals or advice or providing services or
 assistance in connection with this Agreement, Licensor does not
 guarantee the suitability of an accepted site or the success of any
 particular Shoney's restaurant established at any such site.
 Licensor expressly disclaims any warranties, express or implied,
 with respect to the suitability of any site or the success of any
 restaurant. Developer understands and acknowledges that the
 suitability of a site and the success of any restaurant depend on
 many factors outside the control of either Licensor or Developer
 (including, without limitation, such factors as interest rates,
 unemployment rates, demographic trends and the general economic
                            -- 4 --

<PAGE>
 climate), but principally depend on Developer's efforts in the
 operation of the restaurant.

         8.    LOCATION REQUIREMENTS. As a condition for accepting a
               ----------------------
 proposed site, Licensor may require Developer to negotiate a lease
 or sales contract that includes certain terms regarding duration or
 other specified matters. Developer understands and acknowledges
 that a site acceptance may be conditioned on such matters and that
 if developer does not wish to, or cannot, satisfy the pertinent
 conditions within a reasonable time, the site will be deemed
 rejected.

          9.    CONSTRUCTION.
                -------------

         (a) Upon receiving acceptance for a proposed site, Developer
 shall proceed promptly to secure control of the accepted site and
 to obtain necessary zoning and building approvals and permits.
 Following acceptance of any site, Licensor shall provide Developer
 with fifteen (15) sets of standard architectural plans and
 specifications for a prototype Shoney's restaurant. After a site is
 accepted but before commencing construction of any Shoney's
 restaurant contemplated by this Agreement, Developer shall, if
 requested by Licensor, at Developer's expense, furnish to Licensor
 for Licensor's acceptance, the following:

         (i) A proposed preliminary site plan for the Shoney's
 restaurant which, if accepted, shall not thereafter be changed
 without Licensor's prior written consent; and

         (ii) A copy of Developer's plans and specifications for
 construction of the Shoney's restaurant in proposed final
 form, which plans and specifications shall have been adopted,
 at Developer's expense, from Licensor's then standard plans
 and specifications and which, if accepted, shall not
 thereafter be changed without Licensor's prior written
 consent. In addition, upon request by Licensor, Developer
 shall furnish Licensor information as Licensor may from time
 to time request, which may include, without limitation, copies
 of all commitments and plans for construction and permanent
 financing, the name, address and contact with respect to each
 lender, the name and address of the contractor, together with
 a copy of the construction contract.

     (b) Thereafter, Developer shall break ground and commence
 construction of the particular Shoney's restaurant in accordance
 with the accepted site plan and building plans and specifications
 as soon as possible and shall complete all the construction
 thereof, including the acquisition and installation of all
 equipment specified by Licensor, and have the restaurant ready to
 open for business within the time specified in the Development
 Schedule. Licensor and its agents shall have the right to inspect
 the construction at any reasonable time, Developer agrees to give
                               -5-
<PAGE>
 Licensor at least ten (10) days notice prior to pouring the
 concrete slab for any Shoney's restaurant to be opened pursuant to
 this Agreement and to give Licensor notice immediately after
 completion of the electrical and mechanical rough-ins to enable
 Licensor to inspect the construction at such times. Developer shall
 correct, upon request and at Developer's expense, any deviation
 from any approved site plan or plans and specifications. Licensor
 assumes no responsibility for the quality of any construction
 because of any inspections made by it or any reports or
 recommendations made as a result of such inspections.

         (c) In the event Developer fails to open any Shoney's
 restaurant within the time periods set forth in the Development
 Schedule, except for any delay due in material part to war,
 strikes, lock-outs, governmentally imposed building moratoriums, or
 similar causes beyond the control of Developer (which do not
 include general construction delays), or in the event Developer
 commences construction of any Shoney's restaurant according to
 plans and specifications not accepted by Licensor or alters such
 accepted site plan or plans and specifications without Licensor's
 approval, then, Licensor, at its option, may elect to cancel and
 terminate this Agreement, by written notice to Developer, in which
 case any Development Fee paid to Licensor pursuant to Paragraph 3
 shall be retained by Licensor as liquidated and agreed damages and
 no further License Agreements will be issued for any proposed
 Shoney's restaurants.

     10. ADVISORY SERVICES AND TRAINING.
         -------------------------------

     (a) During the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall at
 reasonable times, upon the request of, and at no charge to
 Developer (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph
 10), furnish counseling and advisory services to Developer with
 respect to the construction and pre-opening activities related to
 the operation of Shoney's restaurants, including consultation and
 advice regarding:

             (i)          parking and building layouts;
             (ii)         traffic planning;
             (iii)        construction and financing of the restaurant
                          building and other improvements;
             (iv)         equipment selection and layout;
             (v)          employee selection and training;
             (vi)         advertising and promotion;
             (vii)        bookkeeping and accounting; and
             {vii}        purchasing and inventory control.

         (b) Developer and its employees shall attend and conduct such
 training programs as Licensor may reasonably require in order to
 train Developer's personnel properly to operate the Shoney's
 restaurants contemplated by this Agreement. No charge will be made
 by Licensor for training programs conducted by it, but Developer
                                   -6-
<PAGE>
 shall be required to pay all expenses of Developer's personnel who
 take part in any such program or programs.

         (c) Developer shall not employ or seek to employ any person
 who is at the time employed by Licensor or by any other licensee or
 optionee of Licensor without first obtaining the consent of such
 person's employer and Developer will not, directly or indirectly,
 induce any such person to leave his or her employment.

         11.LICENSE FEE. Upon execution by Licensor of each License
            ------------
 Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant contemplated by this Agreement,
 Developer shall pay to Licensor the sum set forth on Exhibit B
                                                      ---------
 hereto that is specified as the License Fee for each such Shoney's
 restaurant. This License Fee is fully earned by Licensor upon
 execution of the License Agreement and thereafter shall be
 non-refundable. Any Development Fee paid by Developer hereunder
 shall be credited toward payment of the License Fee in accordance
 with the terms of Paragraph 3 of this Agreement.

          12. LICENSE AGREEMENTS.
              -------------------

           (a) Upon the due performance by Developer within the time
 periods set forth in the Development Schedule, as extended or
 renewed pursuant to Paragraph 2, of all of the requirements set
 forth above (including, without limitation, payment of the
 Development Fee, and License Fee, satisfaction of all construction
 and training requirements) with respect to each of the Shoney's
 restaurants contemplated by this Agreement, Licensor, except as set
 forth below, will execute, issue and deliver to Developer
 Licensor's then-current form of License Agreement to operate each
 of the Shoney's restaurants contemplated by this Agreement;
 provided, however, that the License Fees and royalties payable
 under any License Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
 and operated within the Territory shall be at the rate set forth in
 Exhibit B. In addition, during the term of this Agreement or any
 ----------
 renewal hereof, with respect to any License Agreement executed for
 a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
 Territory, Licensor agrees that:

 (1) the maximum amount (expressed as a percentage of sales)
 of required advertising expenditures under any License
 Agreement shall not be increased from the amount set forth in
 the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
 term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
 and operated within the Territory;

 (2) the protected radius (expressed in distance) provided for
 in any License Agreement shall not be reduced from the
 distance set forth as a protected radius in the first License
 Agreement executed by Developer during the term of this
 Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated
 within the Territory;
                                 -7-

<PAGE>
     (3) each License Agreement shall have an initial term of
     twenty (20) years with the option (upon satisfaction of the
     conditions for renewal set forth therein) to renew for one
     additional term of twenty (20) years;

     (4) neither the radius (expressed in distance) nor the length
     of time (expressed in months) of the post-termination covenant
     not to compete set forth in any License Agreement shall be
     increased from those set forth in the first License Agreement
     executed by Developer during the term of this Agreement for a
     Shoney's restaurant to be built and operated within the
     Territory;

     (5) the formula for determining the price to be paid by
     Licensor for any of Developer's assets upon termination of any
     License Agreement shall not be changed from that set forth in
     the first License Agreement executed by Developer during the
     term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be built
     and operated within the Territory; and

     (6) no material change in the reasons that allow a License
     Agreement to be terminated shall be made from those set forth
     in the first License Agreement executed by Developer during
     the term of this Agreement for a Shoney's restaurant to be
     built and operated within the Territory.

     (b) As a condition of Licensor's execution of such License
 Agreement, Licensor may require Developer or its principals to
 provide a personal guarantee, letter of credit or corporate
 guarantee in a form acceptable to Licensor to secure payment of
 royalties and other fees required to be paid to Licensor or its
 affiliates under any such License Agreement, or otherwise.
 Developer shall comply with Licensor's then-current franchising
 policies and procedures for issuance of each License Agreement.
 Licensor shall be under no obligation to execute and issue a
 License Agreement unless Developer has complied in a timely manner
 with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and has satisfied
 all requirements set forth herein. In addition, Licensor shall be
 under no obligation to execute and issue a License Agreement if
 Developer is in breach or default of any other License Agreement,
 License Option Agreement, Market Development Agreement or any
 other agreement between Licensor and Developer, or if Developer is
 not eligible for expansion pursuant to Licensor's then-current
 criteria for expansion. If and when each License Agreement
 contemplated in this Agreement is executed by Licensor, it shall
 supersede this Agreement and govern the relations between the
 parties with respect to the particular restaurant.

        13. NO RIGHT TO OPERATE OR USE TRADEMARKS. Developer
            --------------------------------------
acknowledges that until a License Agreement has been issued for a
specified site, Developer shall not have or be entitled to exercise
any of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the License
                               -8-
<PAGE>
Agreement, including without limitation the right to use Licensor's
trademarks, service marks and trade names; that the execution of
this Agreement shall not be deemed to grant any such rights, powers
or privileges to Developer; and that Developer may not under any
circumstances commence operation of any Shoney's restaurant prior
to execution by Licensor of a License Agreement for the particular
location.

          14.  TERMINATION.
               ------------
           14.1 Automatic Termination. This Agreement shall terminate
immediately and without notice to either party:

         (a) if Developer files a petition under any bankruptcy or
 reorganization law, becomes insolvent, or has a trustee or receiver
 appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction for all or any part
 of Developer's property; or

         (b) if Developer seeks to effect a plan of liquidation,
 reorganization, composition or arrangement of Developer's affairs,
 whether or not the same shall be subsequently approved by a court
 of competent jurisdiction, it being understood that in no event
 shall this Agreement or any right or interest hereunder be deemed
 an asset in any insolvency, receivership, bankruptcy, composition,
 liquidation, arrangement or reorganization proceeding; or

         (c) if Developer has an involuntary proceeding filed under
 any bankruptcy or reorganization laws or any other laws and does
 not have such proceeding dismissed within ninety (90) days
 thereafter; or

         (d) if Developer makes a general assignment for the benefit
 of creditors.

        14.2 By Licensor. Licensor, at its option, may terminate this
             ------------
 Agreement immediately upon notice to Developer, upon the occurrence
 of any of the following:

         (a) failure to comply with the Development Schedule;

         (b) the assignment of this Agreement without the prior
 written approval of Licensor;

         (c) if Developer is a corporation or a partnership, the
 transfer of any of the capital stock or partnership interest of
 such corporation or partnership during the term of this Agreement
 without the prior written approval of Licensor; or, in the event
 that any shareholder or partner of Developer (the "Shareholder") is
 a corporation, limited partnership, business trust, partnership or
 similar association, the transfer of any of the capital stock or
 other interests of the shareholders, limited partners, trustees,
 beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be, in such
                                    -9-
<PAGE>
 Shareholder, during the term of this Agreement without the prior
 written approval of Licensor;

         (d) the discovery by Licensor of any material misrepre-
 sentation in any of the information or documents submitted to
 Licensor by or on behalf of Developer;

         (e) any material violation by Developer of any of the
 provisions of this Agreement if such material violation shall
 continue for thirty (30) days after Licensor gives written notice
 of such material violation to Optionee or if such material
 violation cannot be reasonably corrected within such thirty (30)
 day period, then if such material violation is not corrected within
 such additional time as may be required assuming Optionee proceeds
 with reasonable diligence; provided, however, that such written
 notice and a reasonable time to correct material violations shall
 not be required if Optionee repeatedly fails to perform in
 accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein; or

         (f) any default by Developer under any other agreement with
 Licensor and Developer's failure to cure such default within the
 time specified in such agreement, if any.

         15. EFFECT OF EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION. Upon expiration of
             ------------------------------------
 this Agreement, or upon its termination for any reason, any and all
 rights granted to Developer hereunder shall be extinguished
 immediately. Licensor thereafter shall have the right to operate or
 license others to operate Shoney's restaurants within the
 Territory, except as limited by the provisions of any other
 then-effective agreements with Licensor.

         16. RESTRICTIONS. Licensor is engaged in the business of
             -------------
 developing and franchising Shoney's restaurants on a national
 basis. Developer acknowledges that the appropriation or duplication
 of Shoney's restaurants or any part thereof for a purpose other
 than to operate a Shoney's restaurant pursuant to a License
 Agreement with Licensor would damage the franchising business of
 Licensor. Developer acknowledges that Licensor owns trade secrets
 and that all material or other information now or hereafter
 provided or disclosed to Developer regarding Shoney's restaurants
 is disclosed to Developer in confidence and Developer agrees not to
 disclose any part of it to anyone who is not an employee of
 Licensor, or of its licensees. Licensor shall be entitled to obtain
 injunctive relief in addition to any other legal or equitable
 remedies it may have if Developer fails to comply with the
 provisions contained herein.

        17. ASSIGNMENT.
            -----------

         (a) Developer shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey or
 encumber its rights and obligations hereunder or suffer or permit
 any such assignment, transfer or encumbrance to occur by operation
                                  -10-
<PAGE>
 of law without the prior express written consent of Licensor. In
 the event Developer is a corporation, limited partnership, business
 trust, partnership or similar association, the shareholders,
 limited partners, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case
 may be, may not sell, assign, or otherwise transfer their shares or
 interests in such corporation, limited partnership, business trust,
 partnership or similar association, without the prior written
 consent of Licensor.     Furthermore, in the event that any
 shareholder of Developer (the "Shareholder") is a corporation,
 limited partnership, business trust, partnership or similar
 association, the interests of the shareholders, limited partners,
 trustees, beneficiaries, partners or investors, as the case may be,
 in such Shareholder, may not be sold, assigned or otherwise
 transferred, without the prior written consent of Licensor.

          (b) In the event of the death of the Developer or if the
 Developer is a corporation or similar entity, then in the event of
 the death of any stockholder, investor or similar person, Licensor
 shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a transfer or
 assignment of Developer's interest herein, or if Developer is a
 corporation, the transfer of the deceased stockholder's stock in
 such corporation to a descendant, heir or legate of the decedent,
 who shall in the sole judgment of Licensor be capable of performing
 the duties and obligations of Developer hereunder and under any
 License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this agreement, or to a
 responsible bona fide purchaser acceptable to Licensor.  Any
 approval by Licensor of such transfer or assignment shall be
 subject to the assignee's agreement in writing to assume and
 perform all of Developer's duties and obligations hereunder and
 under any License Agreement to be issued pursuant to this
 Agreement.

         18. CONSTRUCTION. All terms and words used in this Agreement,
             -------------
 regardless of the number and gender in which they are used, shall
 be deemed and construed to include any other number and any other
 gender, as the context or sense of this Agreement or any provision
 hereof may require, as if such words had been fully and properly
 written in the appropriate number and gender. All covenants,
 agreements and obligations assumed herein by Developer shall be
 deemed to be joint and several covenants, agreements and
 obligations of each of the persons named as Developer, if more than
 one person is so named.

        19. HEADINGS. Captions and section headings are used herein
            ---------
 for convenience only. They are not part of this Agreement and shall
 not be used in construing it.

         20. NOTICES. Whenever notice is required or permitted to be
             --------
 given under the terms of this Agreement, it shall be given in
 writing, and be delivered personally, by certified, express or
 registered mail, or by an overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal
 Express), postage prepaid, addressed to the party for whom

                               - 11 -

<PAGE>
 intended. All such notices shall be addressed to the party to be
 notified at the respective addresses first above written, or at
 such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to
 time designate in writing.

       21. COSTS AND ATTORNEY'S FEES. Should Developer institute an
           --------------------------
 action against Licensor or any of Licensor's agents or employees
 for any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, Licensor
 (or its agents or employees), if it prevails, shall recover from
 Developer its costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in
 defending said action.

        22. WAIVER. No waiver, delay, omission or forbearance on the
            -------
 part of the Licensor to exercise any right, option, duty or power
 arising from any default or breach by Developer shall affect or
 impair the rights of Licensor with respect to any subsequent
 default of the same or a different kind; nor shall any delay or
 omission of Licensor to exercise any right arising from any such
 default affect or impair Licensor's rights as to such default or
 any future default.

         23. SEVERABILITY. If any term, restriction or covenant of
             -------------
 this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable, all other terms,
 restrictions and covenants and the application thereof to all
 persons and circumstances subject hereto shall remain unaffected to
 the extent permitted by law; and if any application of any term,
 restriction or covenant to any person or circumstance is deemed
 invalid or unenforceable, the application of such terms,
 restriction or covenant to other persons and circumstances shall
 remain unaffected to the extent permitted by law.

         24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire
             -----------------
 agreement between the parties hereto and there are no
 representations, inducements, promises, agreements, arrangements or
 undertakings, oral or written, between the parties that have been
 relied upon by either party other than those set forth herein. No
 agreement of any kind relating to the matters covered by this
 agreement shall be binding upon either party unless and until the
 same is made in writing and executed by both Developer and
 Licensor.

        25. DEVELOPER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. Developer understands and
            ----------------------------
 acknowledges that there are significant risks in any business
 venture and that the primary factor in Developer's success or
                             -12-
<PAGE>
 failure under this Agreement will be Developer's own efforts. IN
 ADDITION, DEVELOPER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSOR AND ITS
 REPRESENTATIVES HAVE MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS TO DEVELOPER OTHER
 THAN OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM
 FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR PROVIDED TO DEVELOPER AND THAT
 DEVELOPER HAS UNDERTAKEN THIS VENTURE SOLELY IN RELIANCE UPON
 THE MATTERS SET FORTH IN THE UNIFORM FRANCHISE OFFERING CIRCULAR
 AND DEVELOPER'S OWN INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION OF THE MERITS OF
 THIS VENTURE.

                             DEVELOPER:

                             TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

                             By: /s/ J. Gary Sharp

                             Title: President

                             Date: 4/21/93

                             LICENSOR:

                             SHONEY'S, INC.
                                  

                             By: /s/ James W. Arnett, Jr.

                             Title: James W. Arnett, Jr.
                                    President & C.O.O.

                             By: /s/ James M. Grout

                             Title: Executive V.P. Franchising and
                                    Development

                             Date: 5-12-93



<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT A
                to Market Development Agreement
                  Dated April 1, 1993 Between
          Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
          for the Development of Shoney's Restaurants
             Within the Territory Described Below

                          TERRITORY

      The following area within northwest Harris County, Texas,

      bounded and more particularly described as follows:

 Beginning on the westerly border of Harris, County, Texas at a
 point where the Northwest Expressway (U.S. 290) intersects the
 Harris County line and continuing in a southeasterly direction
 along the center of the Northwest Expressway for approximately
 14 miles until the Northwest Expressway intersects Interstate
 610; thence in a north and easterly direction along the median
 of Interstate 610 for approximately 10 miles until Interstate
 610 intersects Hardy Road; thence in a northerly direction along
 the center of Hardy Road approximately 30 miles until Hardy Road
 intersects with the Harris County line; thence in a westerly and
 southerly direction following the Harris County line to the
 point of beginning.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

           ____________(Licensor)

           ____________(Developer)


<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT B
                to Market Development Agreement
                      Dated April 1, 1993
        Between Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.

 DEVELOPMENT FEE: $75,000

 LICENSE FEES/ROYALTIES

         For each Shoney's restaurant opened within the Territory
 pursuant to this Agreement, the License Fee payable shall be
 $25,000 and the royalties payable shall be 3% of gross sales.

                     DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE

 One (1) Shoney's restaurant open by December 31, 1993;
 One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's restaurants open
 by December 31, 1994;
 One (1) additional (total of three (3)) Shoney's restaurants
 open by December 31, 1995;
 One (1) additional (total of four (4)) Shoney's restaurants open
 by December 31, 1996;
 One (1) additional (total of five (5)) Shoney's restaurants open
 by December 31, 1997;
 One (1) additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's restaurants open
 by December 31, 1998.

 THIS MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT SUPERSEDES AND REPLACES THAT
 CERTAIN RESERVED AREA AGREEMENT (THE "RAA") DATED OCTOBER 10,
 1989 ISSUED TO BILL EMENDORFER FOR DEVELOPMENT OF SEVEN (7)
 SHONEY'S RESTAURANTS WITHIN THE SAME AREA ENCOMPASSED BY THIS
 AGREEMENT, WHICH WAS ASSIGNED TO DEVELOPER.    UPON EXECUTION OF
 THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER DEVELOPER NOR LICENSOR SHALL HAVE ANY
 RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE RAA.

 ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

            ___________(Licensor)

            ___________(Developer)

<PAGE>
             ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT is an addendum to that certain Market
 Development Agreement dated April 1, 1993, (the Market Development
 Agreement"), by and between Shoney's, Inc. (hereinafter referred to
 as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Licensee") in connection with development of Shoney's
 Restaurants within northwest Harris County, Texas.

                      W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee wish to make certain changes in
the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
particularly set forth herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

         1.      Exhibit A of the Market Development Agreement is amended
                 by deleting the present Exhibit A in its entirety and
                 substituting in the place thereof what is attached as
                 Exhibit A to this Addendum.

         2.      Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
                 remain in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the     30th day of November , 1993.

LICENSEE:                                       LICENSOR:
                                                SHONEY'S, INC.
By:/s/ J. Gary Sharp
Title: President                                By: /s/ James W. Arnett, Jr.
                                                Title: Division President

                                                By: /s/ James M. Grout
                                                Title: Franchising & Development

<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT A
            To Addendum dated November 30 , 1993, to
    Market Development Agreement Dated April 1, 1993, Between
             Shoney's, Inc. and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.
            for the Development of Shoney's Restaurants
              Within the Territory Described Below

                           TERRITORY

 The following area within northwest Harris County, Texas, bounded
 and more particularly described as follows:

 Beginning at a point where the westerly border of Harris County in
 the state of Texas, intersects one (1) mile south of U.S. 290
 (Northwest Expressway) and the Harris County line; thence
 continuing in a southeasterly direction one mile south from the
 center of U.S. 290 until intersecting West 34th Street. Thence
 east along the northerly side of 34th Street; thence north on the
 westerly side of Sheperd Drive; thence east on the northerly side
 of H.B. & T. Railroad across 1-45 to Hardy Road; thence, north on
 the westerly side of Hardy Road until Hardy Road intersects with
 the Harris County line; thence in a westerly and southerly
 direction following the Harris County line to the point of
 beginning.

ACKNOWLEDGED AND APPROVED

           ____________(Licensor)

           ____________(Developer)

<PAGE>
           SECOND ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is a second addendum to that certain Market
 Development Agreement dated April 1, 1993 (the "Market Development
 Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to
 as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Developer") in connection with the development of
 Shoney's Restaurants within Texas.

                      WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
 in the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
 particularly set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
 agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
 Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

         1.      Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
                 to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
                 One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 31, 1995; two (2) additional
                 (total of four (4)) Shoney's restaurants open by December
                 31, 1996; one (1) additional (total of five (5)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 31, 1997; and one (1)
                 additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's restaurants open
                 by December 31, 1998.

        2.       Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
                 remain in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the 26th       day of January                        , 1995.

Developer:                                             LICENSOR:
TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                                  SHONEY'S, INC.

By:/s/ Les Lockhart                                   By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
Title: V.P. of Development                            Title: President

                                                      By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                                      Title: V.P. Franchising &
                                                             Development

<PAGE>
         THIRD ADDENDUM TO MARKET DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT is a third addendum to that certain Market
 Development Agreement dated April 1, 1993 (the "Market Development
 Agreement"), by and between Shoney's Inc. (hereinafter referred to
 as the "Licensor") and TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (hereinafter referred
 to as the "Developer") in connection with the development of
 Shoney's Restaurants within Texas.

                     WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, Licensor and Developer wish to make certain changes
 in the Market Development Agreement, which changes are more
 particularly set forth herein.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and
 agreements set forth herein and in the Market Development
 Agreement, it is mutually agreed as follows:

        1.       Exhibit B to the Market Development Agreement is amended
                 to modify the Development Schedule as follows:
                 One (1) additional (total of two (2)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 31, 1996; two (2) additional
                 (total of four (4)) Shoney's restaurants open by December
                 31, 1997; one (1) additional (total of five (5)) Shoney's
                 restaurants open by December 31, 1998; and one (1)
                 additional (total of six (6)) Shoney's restaurants open
                 by December 31, 1999.

        2.       Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and
                 conditions of the Market Development Agreement shall
                 remain in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
as of the 27th day of February, 1995.


Developer:                                                 LICENSOR:
TPI RESTAURANTS, INC.                                      SHONEY'S, INC.

By:/s/ Les Lockhart                                   By: /s/ Charles E. Porter
Title: V.P. of Development                            Title: President

                                                      By: /s/ Charles Vaughn
                                                      Title: V.P. Franchising &
                                                             Development








                                                    January 31, 1995

The Bank of New York, as
       Administrative Agent
One Wall Street
New York, New York 10286

NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A., as
       Collateral Agent
One NationsBank Plaza
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255

        Re:    License Agreements from Shoney's, Inc. ("Franchiser") in favor 
               of TPI Restaurants, Inc. ("Franchisee") for the operation of 
               certain (i) restaurants as Shoney's restaurants and to use the 
               Shoney's System, and (ii) restaurants as Captain D's restaurants
               and to use the Captain D's System (collectively and as amended 
               to the date hereof, the "Franchise Agreements".

The undersigned, W. Craig Barber, on behalf of the Franchiser, having the power
and authority to do so, hereby states, certifies and affirms to The Bank of 
New York, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent")
for the banks (the "Banks") party to the Credit Agreement referred to in 
paragraph 3 below and NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. as collateral agent 
for the banks under such Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the "Collateral 
Agent" and, together with the Administrative Agent, the "Agents"):

        1.    All Franchise Agreements between Franchiser and Franchisee and 
all Reserved Area and Market Development Agreements (collectively with the 
Franchise Agreements, the "Agreements") between Franchiser and Franchisee are 
in full force and effect as of the date hereof and the Franchise Agreements 
constitute, together with any addendum thereto and the Agreement, dated as of 
August 2, 1988, between Franchiser and Franchisee, the complete agreement 
between Franchiser and Franchisee with respect to (i) the use of the Shoney's 
System (as defined in any such Franchise Agreement) and the operation of 
restaurants owned by Franchisee as "Shoney's" restaurants and (ii) the use of 
the Captain D's System (as defined in any such Franchise Agreement) and the 
operation of restaurants owned by Franchisee as "Captain D's" restaurants.

        2.    The Franchisee is paying all of the franchise fees due under the 
Franchise Agreements (the "Franchise Fees") and other charges in accordance 
with the provisions of the Franchise Agreements, and as of the date hereof, 
the Franchisee is not in default in making any of such payments in accordance 
with the provisions of the Franchise Agreements. To the best of our knowledge, 
the Franchisee is in full compliance with all other material requirements and 
material standards of operation of Franchiser and the Agreements and here are 
no other defaults under the Agreements.

        3.    Franchiser hereby acknowledges that Franchisee is restructuring 
certain financing

<PAGE>

pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
January 31, 1995, among Franchisee, the Banks and the Agent (together with all 
amendments, restatements and/or modifications thereof, the "Credit Agreement"). 
Franchiser also acknowledges that the financing under the Credit Agreement is 
(i) guaranteed by, among others, Franchisee's parent, TPI Enterprises, Inc. 
("Enterprises"), which guaranty is to be secured by a pledge to the Collateral 
Agent of all Enterprises' stock in Franchisee (the "Pledged Stock") and (ii) 
secured by certain ground and other leases and real property on which 
restaurants owned by Franchisees and operated as either Shoney's or Captain D's
restaurants (the "Restaurants") are situated. Franchiser acknowledges and 
agrees that in the event of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, 
the Collateral Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the Banks, has the right 
to sell the Pledged Stock without the consent of the Franchiser and the 
Franchiser further acknowledges that no such sale shall affect any of the 
rights or obligations of the Franchisee under the Franchise Agreements. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Franchiser shall have the right, subject to 
the terms and conditions set forth in paragraph 9.2 of the Credit Agreement, 
to purchase the Notes (as defined in the Credit Agreement). In this connection,
the Franchiser consents to the amendment in such paragraph to substitute Tuke 
Yopp & Sweeney for Farris, Warfield & Kanaday therein. A copy of Paragraph 9.2 
of the Credit Agreement, as amended, is annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

       4.     Security Interests of Agents and the Banks. Franchiser hereby 
acknowledges that Franchisee has heretofore granted a first priority security 
interest in the Pledged Stock and certain of Franchisee's other property (real 
and personal) to the Agent and the Banks and its rights to do so and from time 
to time to grant a first priority security interest in any other property of 
Franchisee (whether real or personal). In connection with such security 
interests, Franchiser and the Agents individually, and on behalf of the Banks, 
agreed and hereby confirm such agreement (notwithstanding anything to the 
contrary in any of the Franchise Agreements or the Credit Agreement) 
as follows:

              (a)    Modification of Franchiser's Default Rights. If Franchisee
       defaults in the performance of any of the terms of any of the Franchise 
       Agreements, Franchiser shall provide the Agent and the Banks with 
       written notice simultaneously with the giving of written notice to 
       Franchisee, specifying the nature of the default(s) and, with respect 
       to any default arising under any of the Franchise Agreements that is 
       solely of a monetary nature, the Agents and/or the Banks shall have the 
       right, but not the obligation, to cure such default(s) during the 
       period provided therein for Franchisee to cure such default plus 10 
       days. Franchiser agrees to accept all payments made by the Agents 
       and/or the Banks on behalf of Franchisee within the time limit is set 
       forth above, as though the same had been paid by Franchisee so that 
       they shall be as effective to cure a default as the same would have 
       been if timely paid by Franchisee. The Franchiser shall have no right 
       to terminate any Franchise Agreement unless and until such notice is 
       given and the time for curing defaults, as modified herein, has expired.

              (b)    Franchiser's Right to Purchase Notes. Subject to the 
       provisions of paragraph 92 of the Credit Agreement (a copy of which 
       provision is annexed hereto), Franchiser shall have the right to 
       purchase the Banks' Notes (as defined in the Credit Agreement) prior to 
       the enforcement of the Agent's and the Banks' rights thereunder. The 
       provisions of such paragraph 9.2 shall not be amended or deleted from 
       the Credit Agreement without the written consent of Franchiser.

<PAGE>

              (c)    In General.  Except as specifically set forth herein, 
       nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit the rights of the 
       Agents and the Banks fights under the Credit Agreement or of the 
       Franchiser under the Franchise Agreements.

       5.    Franchiser agrees in the event of any default under any Franchise 
Agreement which is not cured in accordance with paragraph 4 above and which 
default gives the right to terminate such Franchise Agreement, (i) Franchiser's
exercise of its right to terminate such Franchise Agreement shall not affect 
Franchisee's rights under any other Franchise Agreement in respect of which no
default has occurred (or any default thereunder has been cured in accordance 
with paragraph 4 above) and (ii) Franchisee shall continue to have all rights 
that it is granted under each such other Franchise Agreement.

       6.    Notice hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by United 
States Registered or Certified Mail or a reputable overnight delivery service, 
postage or charges prepaid, addressed to the party for whom intended at such 
party's address herein specified, or at such other address as such party may 
have substituted therefor by proper notice to the other and shall be deemed 
given when received or first refused.

                If intended for Franchiser, such notice shall be addressed to:

                Shoney's Inc.
                1727 Elm Hill Pike
                Nashville, Tennessee 37210
                Attention: Secretary

                with copies to:

                Tuke Yopp & Sweeney
                Third National Bank Building, 17th Floor
                201 Fourth Avenue Noah
                Nashville, Tennessee 37219
                Attention: Gary M. Brown, Esq.

                If intended for Franchisee, such notice shall be addressed to:

                TPI Restaurants, Inc.
                2158 Union Avenue
                Memphis, Tennessee 38104
                Attention: Frederick W. Burford
                           Vice President and
                           Chief Financial Officer

                with a copy to:
<PAGE>

                Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
                1440 New York Avenue, N.W.
                Washington, D.C. 20005
                Attention: Ronald Barusch, Esq.

                If intended for the Banks or the Agents, such notice shall be 
                addressed to:

                The Bank of New York,
                       as Administrative Agent
                One Wall Street
                Agency Function Administration
                18th Floor
                New York, New York 10286
                Attention: Kalyani Bose
                       Agency Function Administrator

                with a copy to:

                The Bank of New York
                One Wall Street
                22nd Floor
                New York, New York 10286
                Attention: Gregory L. Batson
                           Assistant Vice President

                NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A.
                       as Collateral Agent
                One NationsBank Plaza
                Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
                Attention: Elizabeth S. Garver
                           Corporate Lending Support

                with a copy to:

                NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A.
                One NationsBank Plaza
                Location Code: M-2
                Nashville, Tennessee 37239-1967
                Attention: John E. Ball
                       Senior Vice President


       7.    Franchiser agrees that the information furnished herein may be 
supplied to each Bank and other lender that becomes a party to or a 
participant in the Credit Agreement and that each such Bank and other lender 
may rely upon the truth and accuracy of all the statements herein contained.

<PAGE>

       8.     This letter is being delivered in, is intended to be performed 
in, shall be construed and enforceable in accordance with and be governed by 
the internal laws of, the State of New York without regard to principles of 
conflict of laws (other that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations
Law). Nothing herein shall affect the provisions of any Franchise Agreement 
regarding the choice of Franchiser and Franchisee of the law applicable 
thereto.

       9.     This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each 
of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one 
Certificate. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Certificate to 
produce or account for more than on counterpart signed by the party to be 
charged.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this statement to be 
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                           SHONEY'S, INC.

                                           By:_____________________________

                                           W. Craig Barber
                                           Senior Executive Vice President
                                           and Chief Financial Officer

       The Agents are signing this Certificate solely for the purpose of 
acknowledging their obligations under paragraph 4(b) hereof.

                                           THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                           as Administrative Agent

                                           By:____________________________

                                           Name:__________________________

                                           Title:_________________________

                                           NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA
                                           as Collateral Agent

                                           By:____________________________

                                           Name:__________________________

                                           Title:_________________________

<PAGE>

                                            EXHIBIT A

       9.2    Purchase of Notes by the Franchiser.

        (a)     After the occurrence and at any time during the continuance of 
an Event of Default and prior to exercising any remedies under the Loan 
Documents with respect to the Collateral, the Administrate Agent will notify 
the Franchiser of the occurrence of such Event of Default. During the period 
of 10 Business Days after such notice is given, the Franchiser shall have the 
right to purchase the Notes of all (but not less than all) of the Banks, 
without recourse, for an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance thereof 
together with accrued and unpaid interest, fees and all other amounts due 
under the Loan Documents. In the event that the Franchiser notifies the 
Administrative Agent that it agrees to so purchase the Notes, payment 
therefor shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds within 10 
Business Days after such notice. In such event, the Franchiser shall succeed 
to all the rights of the Agents and the Banks under the Loan Documents. In the
event that the Franchiser fails to give timely notice of its agreement to so 
purchase the Notes, or if the Franchiser notifies the Administrative Agent 
that it does not agree to purchase the Notes, The Collateral Agent shall be 
free to exercise all of the remedies with respect to the Collateral under the 
Loan Documents.

        (b)    Notices to the Franchiser under this paragraph 9.2 shall be in 
writing and shall be mailed or sent by telegram, telecopy or telex (with a 
copy to the Company at its address set forth in paragraph 11.2), as follows:

               Shoney's, Inc.
               1727 Elm Hill Pike
               Nashville, Tennessee 37210
               Attention: Secretary

               with copies to:

               Tuke Yopp & Sweeney
               Third National Bank Building, 17th Floor
               201 Fourth Avenue North
               Nashville, Tennessee 37219
               Attention: Gary M. Brown, Esq.

               TPI Restaurants, Inc.
               2158 Union Avenue
               Memphis, Tennessee 38104
               Attention: Frederick W. Burford
                          Vice President and
                          Chief Financial Officer
               and

               Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
               1440 New York Avenue, N.W.
               Washington, D.C 20005
               Attention: Ronald Barusch, Esq.



                        EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of the 1st day of January, 1993, by and between TPI 
RESTAURANTS, INC. ("Company") and HANEY A. LONG, JR. of Memphis, Tennessee 
("Employee").

                            WITNESSETH:

       WHEREAS, Company desires to engage Employee as the Vice President of 
Procurement and Distribution of the Company effective as of January 1, 1993; 
and

       WHEREAS, Company desires to restrict Employee's ability to act as an 
employee of others and to compete with Company during and after the period in 
which he is an employee of the Company; and

       WHEREAS, the parties wish to execute an agreement designating the terms 
and conditions relating to the foregoing.

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual 
covenants herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the 
receipt and sufficiency of all of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties 
hereto agree as follows:

        1.    Engagement. The Company agrees to engage the Employee and the 
Employee agrees to serve the Company as Vice President of Procurement and 
Distribution.

        2.    Term and Salary. Company hereby employs Employee as an employee 
of Company for a period of three (3) years or such longer period as the parties
may hereinafter agree upon in writing, commencing as of January 1, 1993, unless
earlier terminated herein set forth for a base salary equal to Two hundred two
thousand, five hundred eighty five dollars ($202,585.00) per year payable
bi-weekly. On the last Sunday in December of each year during the Employment
Term, the Executive's base salary shall be increased by an amount which is not
less than five percent (5%) of the immediately preceding year's base salary.
The Company will make available to Employee such non-cash benefits (by way of
illustration and not by way of obligation, such as medical care, insurance,
etc.) On the same terms as are or shall be granted or made available by the
Company to the executive officers of the Company, to the extent that Employee
shall become qualified or eligible for such employee benefits or any of them.

        3.    Services.    The Employee shall exert his best efforts and devote
substantially all of his time and attention to the Company's affairs during 
the term of this Agreement. As Vice President he shall have and agree to 
assume primary responsibly (subject at all times to the control of the Board 
of Directors ) for all food supply procurement and distribution for the 
Company. In the performance of such duties, Employee agrees to make available 
to the Company all of his professional and managerial knowledge and skill and 
such portion of his time as may be require for the proper fulfillment of his 
duties. In addition, during the term of this Agreement, Employee shall serve 
in such other offices and capacities to which he may be appointed or elected 
by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        4.    Expenses and Company Car.  The Employee shall be entitled to 
reimbursement


<PAGE>

for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of 
his duties upon presentation of voucher indicating the amount and business 
purposes. The Employee's reimbursement shall include, but not be limited to, 
a reasonable entertainment expense allowance. The Employee will be furnished 
an automobile and the related reasonable expenses of operating and maintaining 
such automobile shall be paid by the Company.

        5.    Non-Compete and Confidentiality Agreement. It is specifically 
agreed that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year 
after termination of this Agreement, Employee will not act as an employee and 
will not, (either directly or indirectly, alone or with others) advise, own, 
invest in, manager, or enter into or engage in any business which directly 
competes with the business of Company, within any of the Company's territories
at such time. In addition, Employee shall take all steps necessary to ensure 
that information about Company obtained by Employee, directly or indirectly, 
by virtue of his relationship envisioned in Agreement and other relationships 
with Company shall remain confidential and shall not be disclosed or revealed 
to outside sources. "Confidential information" includes information ordinarily 
known only to Company's personnel, and includes such information as customer 
lists, supplier lists, trade secrets, channels of distribution, pricing and 
records, inventory records, and such other information normally understood to 
be confidential or otherwise designated as such by the Company. Such
confidential information is and shall be deemed "trade secrets" by the 
undersigned. In the event of any breach of this Agreement, Employee agrees to 
submit to a court of competent jurisdiction in Shelby County, Tennessee and 
does agree and consent to the entry of an injunction permanently prohibiting
Employee form violating this Agreement.

        6.      Termination.
                (a)    Without Cause.   Without cause, the Company may 
terminate this  Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice to 
the Employee and the payment to the Employee of his regular compensation 
inclusive of bonuses (pro-rated) up to the date of termination.  Without cause,
the Employee may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice 
to the Company. In such event, the Employee shall continue to render his 
services and shall be paid his regular compensation inclusive of bonuses
(pro-rated) up to the date of termination.

                (b) With Cause.  With cause, the Company may terminate this 
Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Employee and the payment 
to the Employee of his regular compensation exclusive of bonuses herein 
provided to the date of such termination. "Cause" shall mean fraud or any 
illegal act by or on the part of the Employee in the performance of his 
duties under this Agreement or the Employee's willful and consistent failure 
to perform his duties under this Agreement.
        
        7.    Payment Upon Termination.     In the event that this Agreement 
is terminated by Employer pursuant to paragraph 6 (a), the Employee shall be 
paid, as severance pay, additional compensation hereunder in an amount equal 
to one year's salary and bonus (bonus equal to previous year).

        8.     Bonus.      Employee shall be entitled to the following bonuses:
               a.      12.5% of base salary payable at end of 1st quarter each 
                       year.
               b.      12.5% of base salary payable at end of 2nd quarter each 
                       year.
               c.      Minimum of 25% of gross salary and bonus earned during 
                       year just ended payable at year end.

        9.     Vacation.    The Employee shall be entitled to a vacation of 
three (3) weeks per year during which time his compensation shall be paid in 
full.

<PAGE>

       10. Death During Employment.      In the event of the death of the 
Employee during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the 
estate of the deceased Employee three years' salary and guaranteed bonus.

       11. Good Faith. Company and Employee agree that each party shall act in
good faith in the performance under this Agreement.

       12. Attorney's Fees.    In the event that either party is required to 
retain the services of any attorney to enforce such party's fights under this 
contract, such party shall be entitled to indemnification for the reasonable 
legal fees, cost and expenses incurred by such party pertaining to any 
contested issue as to which such party shall completely prevail in the 
litigation or arbitration of such contested issue.

       13. Notices.     Any notice required or permitted to be given under 
this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by registered 
mail to his residence, in the case of the Employee, or to its principal 
office, in the case of the Company.

       14. Applicable Law.    This Agreement is intended to be performed in 
the state of Tennessee and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with 
the laws thereof

       15. Merger.     This Agreement contains the entire understanding of 
the parties and all prior contemporaneous oral or written understandings of 
the parties with relation thereto are void and of no effect whatsoever. Except
as herein provided, no amendment, change or modification of any of the terms 
hereinabove contained shall be binding unless set forth in a writing signed by 
the party to be changed.

       16. Benefit.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be 
binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective representatives, heirs, 
successors and assigns.

       17. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined 
by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such 
invalidity or unenforceability of a provision shall not affect the remaining 
provisions of this Agreement, which remaining provisions shall be enforceable 
to the fullest extend allowed by law.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have duly executed this 
Agreement which shall be effective a of the day and year first above written.

                                      TPI RESTAURANTS, INC. (Company)

                                      By:____________________________

                                      Title:_________________________

                                      _______________________________

                                      HANEY A. LONG, JR., Employee



                                                                      Exhibit 11
<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                       COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE


                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended
                                                    -----------------------------------------

                                                       December 25,      December 26,       December 31,
                                                           1994              1993               1992
                                                    -----------------------------------------
    Primary Earnings Per Share
    --------------------------

    Computation for Statement of
      Operations
    Reconciliation of net income
      (loss) per statement of
      operations to amount used in
      primary earnings per share
      computations:

      <S>                                                  <C>            <C>                     <C>
      Income (loss) from continuing
          operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $(3,717)       $(36,488)              $662
      Discontinued operations   . . . . . . . . . .              --           5,273                 --
      Extraordinary item  . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --            (11,949)
      Cumulative effect of
          accounting changes  . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --             (2,838)
                                                            -------        --------            --------
    Net Income (loss), as adjusted (a)  . . . . . .         $(3,717)       $(31,215)          $(14,125)
                                                            ========       =========          =========

    Reconciliation of weighted average
      number of shares outstanding to
      amount used in primary earnings
      per share computation:

    Weighted average number of common
      shares outstanding  . . . . . . . . . . . . .          20,335          19,613             18,128
    Additional shares assuming conversion
      of stock options  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              80             514                165
                                                             ------          ------             ------
    Weighted average number of shares
      outstanding, as adjusted (a)  . . . . . . . .          20,415          20,127             18,293
                                                             ======          ======             ======

    Primary earnings per share(s):
      Income (loss) from continuing
          operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          $(0.18)         $(1.81)             $0.04
      Discontinued operations   . . . . . . . . . .              --            0.26                 --
      Extraordinary item  . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --              (0.65)
      Cumulative effect of
          accounting changes  . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --              (0.16)
    Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          $(0.18)         $(1.55)            $(0.77)
                                                             =======         =======            =======
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                       COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                                                  (Continued)

                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended
                                                    -----------------------------------------

                                                       December 25,      December 26,       December 31,
                                                           1994              1993               1992
                                                    -----------------------------------------
    Additional Fully Diluted Computation
    ------------------------------------
    Additional adjustments to net income
      (loss) as adjusted for fully 
      diluted computations:
      <S>                                                  <C>            <C>                     <C>
      Income (loss) from continuing
          operations, as adjusted . . . . . . . . .         $(3,717)       $(36,488)              $662
      Add net interest expense
          related to convertible
          debentures (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .           4,254           3,680              1,279
                                                            -------         -------              -----

      Income (loss) from continuing   . . . . . . .                
          operations, as adjusted   . . . . . . . .             537         (32,808)             1,941
      Discontinued operations   . . . . . . . . . .              --           5,273                 --
      Extraordinary item  . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --             11,949
      Cumulative effect of accounting
          changes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --             (2,838)
                                                            -------         -------             -------
    Net income (loss) as adjusted . . . . . . . . .          $  537        $(27,535)          $(12,846)
                                                             ======        =========          =========


    Additional adjustment to weighted
      average number of shares outstanding:
      Weighted average number of shares
          outstanding   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          20,335          19,613             18,128
      Additional shares assuming
          conversion of:
      Stock options   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              80             566                493
      Convertible subordinated
          debentures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           7,933           7,962              3,372
                                                              -----           -----              -----
    Weighted average number of shares
      outstanding, as adjusted  . . . . . . . . . .          28,348          28,141             21,993
                                                             ======          ======             ======
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE><CAPTION>
                                             TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                       COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                                                  (Continued)

                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended
                                                    -----------------------------------------

                                                       December 25,      December 26,       December 31,
                                                           1994              1993               1992
                                                    -----------------------------------------
   <S>                                                    <C>            <C>                   <C>
    Fully diluted earnings per share:
      Income (loss) from continuing
          operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           $0.02          $(1.17)             $0.09
      Discontinued operations   . . . . . . . . . .              --            0.19                 --
      Extraordinary item  . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --              (0.54)
      Cumulative effect of accounting
          changes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --              --              (0.13)
                                                            -------          ------             -------
    Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           $0.02          $(0.98)            $(0.58)
                                                            =======          =======            =======
                                                             (c)               (c)                (c)

    (a)     These figures agree with the related amounts in the statements of operations.
    (b)     Adjustments to income (loss) from continuing operations have been shown net of the tax effect
            (which were calculated at the Company's effective tax rate) of the gross amount of the
            adjustments.
    (c)     This calculation is submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K
            item 601(b)(11) although it is contrary to paragraph 40 of APB Opinion No. 15 because it
            produces an anti-dilutive result.
</TABLE>



                                                                     Exhibit 21

                                          SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
                                          ---------------------------


    Telecom Plus Shared Tenants Services, Inc.
    Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc.
    Maxcell Telecom Plus of Rhode Island, Inc. (2)
    TPI Restaurants, Inc.
    Danver's International , Inc. (1)
    The Insurex Agency, Inc. (1)
    Insurex Benefit Administrators, Inc. (1)
    TPI Entertainment, Inc.
    TPI West Palm, Inc.
    TPI Transportation, Inc. (1)
    TPI Insurance Corporation
    TPI Commissary, Inc. (1)

    -----------------------
    (1)     Wholly-owned subsidiary of TPI Restaurants, Inc.
    (2)     Wholly-owned subsidiary of Maxcell Telecom Plus, Inc.



                                                              EXHIBIT 23


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement
Nos. 2-80333, 2-95605, 33-30551, 33-36428 and 33-42572 on Form S-8, 
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-60034 on Form S-3 and 
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-48053 on Form S-2 of TPI
Enterprises, Inc. of our report dated March 10, 1995, appearing in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K of TPI Enterprises, Inc. for the fiscal year
ended December 25, 1994.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Memphis Tennessee
March 24, 1995





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>    5
<CIK>        0000096919
<NAME>       TPI ENTERPRISES, INC.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<CURRENCY>   U.S. DOLLARS

<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-25-1994
<PERIOD-START>                             DEC-27-1993
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-25-1994
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                            1,000
<CASH>                                          17,228
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      865
<ALLOWANCES>                                        59
<INVENTORY>                                     11,969
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                38,925
<PP&E>                                         227,964
<DEPRECIATION>                                  70,401
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 254,496
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           56,897
<BONDS>                                        107,721
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           332
<OTHER-SE>                                      67,238
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   254,496
<SALES>                                        287,384
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               287,384
<CGS>                                          257,340
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  281,200
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              10,238
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (3,717)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (3,717)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (3,717)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     (.18)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     (.18)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission